Full text of "Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington"

See other formats

yiieae
Pee Ws 2h ‘
hater ort) Seis

yond

sith ean

ee (es +7

CahNiekitbn

Spey
fa
a

peat
or rand
oe Bae \ ee wig euaaes we
qn nagte yt WNT aaa Mord re taht
ie ' yee!
ay
eohebente
wate S
trp roee

are
Mb aciate gets

iNitanueis jd

cael
Edd

Fare e blaes

reawere

pea

jeu pea ®
ma

wa hl

qecageay Tes

ee
a
seg i
Ve awe!
vee

reppeaiew at
‘

Are
Ay eT
my its tus wy
eepeidia a bates Mite
cha are goer oa

—
a
—=
——
—
—
—
——
—
—
a
—
——
——
——
<
—
a
——
—
——
S
Ke

|
}

INA
lan.)

y (m
IAA!

: Val

A A'E
| st z
a RAma ~ A

AAARAAAARAE

AAAAAA

pApncee

AA
mete
a

AAW
A
AAR!

AAMOANAAAAAARNARHAAY
AAAAAAAAAAA

ARAAA

aA
AAAA

N\A
Wy
|

<
=
=$
as
3
|
«

«
G

LA!

! WY
] | an AY) | I
V—\ V—\ \7\
WAZ ‘A ia

| aml

iA
\ aN B A A NAIA \ \ .
Ww NY NI + |

EN Ee
}
\

aaa

FEN f=
lA [
ARIA sy

ARWAANAAAAAAAA

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

WASHINGTON

VoLuME 31

we Instiz,S ..
_& ae | % :

Kn, : Y
NF /
{nai Muse

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1929

ACTUAL DATE OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 31

Number 1—pages 1-20 inclusive
Number 2—pages 21-44 inclusive
Number 3—pages 45-64 inclusive
Number 4—pages 65-88 inclusive
Number 5—pages 89-104 inclusive
Number 6—pages 105-120 inclusive
Number 7—pages 121-140 inclusive
Number 8—pages 141-168 inclusive
Number 9—pages 169-190 inclusive

Press OF

H. L. & J. B. McQueen, Inc.

WasHINGTON, D. C.

lai]

. January 28, 1929,
. . February 21, 1929.
. April 9, 1929.
. May 4, 1929.
» Junec2l, 1928,
. Sab ls, 1929:
. October 18, 1929.
. December 26, 1929.
. January 24, 1930.

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME 31.

AvpricH, J. M.: Notes on the Synonymy of Diptera, No. 3 .

Acalyptrate Diptera. . .

Ba.pur, W. V.: The Life History of Achatodes Zeae Eewis a paidap tera:
Noctuidae) :

Bovine, A. G.: Takenomic aheranedrs for hehe identiseation SE Bigeades
Srohi Peck and Pissodes approximatus Hopkins (Fam. Curculionidae)

Bripwe.i, JoHNn Cotspurn: The Cowpea Bruchid (Coleoptera) Under
Another Name—A Plea for One Kind of an Entomological Specialist .

—— —— Description of a Bruchid Immigrant into Hawaii Breeding in
the seeds of Convolulaceae (Coleoptera) .

—— —— A Preliminary Generic Arrangement of the Pala menchils
and Allies (Coleoptera) with Descriptions of New Species .

Bucuanan, L. L.. A New Agronus from Canada (Coleoptera: Otiorhy nee
idae)

Buscx, AuGust: A New Tajeciousy Pine Moth (Leniieatere: Geleche
idae)
idae) :

CaubeELL, A. N.: A ew Vv: ariety of Taseudderta walled Hebd: ow Vir:
ginia (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) .

—— —— Coconotus schunkei, New Name (onthonters: Teeeonvdee:
Pseudophyllinae)

Crark, Austin H.: Peripatus feo the Nena = Montserrat .

Ciausen, Curtis P.: Biological Studies on Poecilogonalos chwiaiteat
(Westw.), Parasitic in the Cocoons of Henecospilus (Hymenoptera:
Trigonalidae)

GOCKERELL, ‘1..D: A.: Decsiche burmmeisreri, Vesta: Aboaroncke Radic.
covered (Coccidae) .

Corron, Ricuarp T.: The larva BE abe seal Beene ialnans oe
tatus Oliv. (Coleoptera: Rhyncophoridae) . ;

—— —— The Use of Carbon Dioxide to Increase the iecenae Hf Be
cacyiof Bumigants 5. 2°. 4... .

Dyar, Harrison G.: A New Beneficial Moth ion Panama ands a Sear:
ger (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae: Phycitinae) ;

—— ——A New Species of Acrobasis (Lepidoptera: Byrstaa ae: ie cl-
tinae)

A New Aegeriid on ee from Brazil (Lepidoptera: Aegeri-

A New Mostuire Eon the Piitippitve Islands

American Psychodidae (Diptera) III .

Dyar, Harrison G. & Hetnricu, Cart: A New Myelois fom Bran
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae: Phycitinae) .

Ewine, H. E.: Three New American Chigwers (Acaninas ‘Trosibidiidas)

—— —— A New Variety of Tarsonemus (Acarina) from the Pacific
Coast abet sin

141

[iii]

—_— —— Notes on the Lung Mites of Primates (Acarina: Dermonyssi-
dae), Including the Description of a New Species. . . ......
FisHer, W. S.: Notes on Leaf Mining Buprestidae (Coleoptera), with
Descriptions of New Species. . . .. . ..; Gun eee
Ganan, A. B.: Description of an Egg- pare bE Exopthalmus quadri-
vittatus.(Oliver) . . . =. . ) 2 = & 6 So ee
HeinricH, Cari: Two Neeecen Céleophonden (Vesidapieeae
—— =—— A Correction ... 2 =: « & seu, re eee
Jouanssen, O. A.: A New Sciarid aon ees erie Vian (Diptera:
Meetophilidae) =... 2 . . 3 sy 3 ees
Litre, V. A.: A New Gistshagper (Grhopeeee Achaidse) from Texas .
Mann, W. M.: Notes on Cuban Ants of the Genus Macromischa on
optera: Formicidae) ;
McArteeg, W. L.: Further Notes on Tastes ‘Tahabitants of Bird Histsese
Paper Wasps (Polistes) as Pests in Bird Houses. .
The Place of Authority in Taxonomy. . .
Morean, A. C.: A New Genus and Five New Species sf Thy sane
Paced to the UnitediStates\.) . = sa. susea eee een
Mueseseck, C. F. W.: Two New Specs of ick: (Hymenoprere:
Braconidae). eae /~
Park, OrLANDO: Reticulirenmes tibialis Hane in she Chisske Week Oe
Rouwer, S. A.: A Note on the Synonymy ofa Birch Leaf Miner. . . .
—— —— A New Species of Trigonalid of the Genus Poecilogonalos .
Ross, H. H.: A Study of Marlatt’s Group I of the Genus Pontania with
Descriptions of Four New Species (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae)
Scuaus, W.: A New Species of Danaidae from the Philippine Islands
in the United States National Museum. :.........; <6
—— —— New Species of Heterocera (Lepidoptera) frou Southern Brazil
Snyper, T. E.: New Termites from the Antilles and Middle America. .
Wap ey, F. M.: Observations on the Injury Caused by Toxoptera grami-
num Rond’ (Homopfera: Aphididae)... -.. aa. = 9 ee
Warerston, James: On the Differential Characters of Chelonogastra Ash-
mead and Philomacroploea Cameron, Two Genera of Ichneumon-flies
of the Family Braconidae. = <92)). 07 2 ee ee
Wo corr, GeorceE N.: Notes on the Life Fistace of Bxopthalinas quadri-
vittatus Oliv.(Coleoptera), f=. 3: 0-0 ey tects eae

liv]

126

177

130

167

VOL. 31 JANUARY, 1929 No. 1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON ow !8°8TU7 >

far? 5
QO
JAW o y | L
at
CONTENTS Was ni ISO
BUSCK, AUGUST—A NEW INJURIOUS PINE MOTH (LEPIDOPT ia"

GHD AEN Slee acces, Rak Mine A ed eee besa, 6, RPA EN Se LU PIRES SOT LCS
CAUDELL, A. N.—A NEW VARIETY OF INSCUDDERIA WALKERI HEBD. FROM

VIRGINA (ORTHOPTERAS TEGTIGONIIDAE). ... .. >. -.--+-..-.- IJ
COCKERELL, T. D. A.—DROSICHA BURMEISTERI WESTWOOD APPARENTLY

REDISCOVERED COCCIDAD)/ Nt {esses sss. 6 Soe a A ewes 6
DYAR, HARRISON G.—A NEW BENEFICIAL MOTH FROM PANAMA AND A SCAV-

ENGER (LEPIDOPTERA, PYRALIDAE, PHYCITINAE) ........ 16
EWING, H. E.—THREE NEW AMERICAN CHIGGERS (ACARINA: exOmuio IDE) 9
GAHAN, A. B.—DESCRIPTION OF AN EGG-PARASITE OF EXOPTHALMUS QUAD-

RMMTEAMUSH(OLLVEER)E: estas “ot “a ta fst ts : ye 7
HEINRICH, CARL—TWO NEW AMERICAN COLEOPHORIDAE (Re e818
PEIVmICd, GARL—A CORRECTION . 0... : « © es seu se we ome 19
MORGAN, A. C.—A NEW GENUS AND FIVE NEW SPECIES OF THYSANOPTERA

FOREIGN ACOMGHE, UNIREDESTATES 0. ue eile iara a waite oie a seas nire 1
SCHAUS, W.—A NEW SPECIES OF DANAIDAE FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS,

IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM .=.... «+ 43). 20

Pus.isHED Montuiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE r

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Hontraty President ns 5 es ee L. O. HOWARD
President 2. trie JC BE a eee J. E. GRAF
Furst VicesPressdent hi... at Oe aa A. C. BAKER
Second WicesPrestdenh.. = so) tok <a. ea ee EF. C. BISHORE
Recording: Secreiary. -. jaa. % ae ee J. S. WADE
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer . . 2... 1. sss S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Editor’ 2000S Se ee ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. Caupe Lt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SEICRCES Sw ke a Oe RE ee ee A. G, BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra.
All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable
to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEp1NGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00

100 copies D5 4.50 6.75 9.00
Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the Editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. .31 JANUARY, 1929 No. 1

A NEW GENUS AND FIVE NEW SPECIES OF THYSANOPTERA
FOREIGN TO THE UNITED STATES.'!

By A. C. Morean.
EUPATHITHRIPIDAE, Bagnall, 1915.

CELETOTHRIPS, n. gen.

Head nearly twice as long as prothorax, not twice as long as width at base,
sub-carinate, slightly constricted at base, cheeks converging posteriorly and
bearing only a few spines, not set in large tubercles. Eyes not as large or as
approximate posteriorly as in either Eupathithrips or Sedulothrips; ocelli very
large, set on a very prominent hump, the anterior ocellus directed forward and
overhanging front of head. Antennae with first joint stout and approximate;
joints 3 and 4 not nearly so slender as in the other genera of the family. Sense
cones shorter than in Expathithrips. Mouth cone slender, reaching beyond
base of prosternum. Fore legs stout in both sexes, although larger in male than
in female; femur with a heavy cone-shaped tubercle near tip within; tibiae
strongly incurved in first fourth and bearing tubercles successively larger from
base to tip, the tubercle or spine nearest tip being flat and knife-shaped when
viewed from above. Tarsi bear a very stout tooth in both sexes.

Prothorax not emarginate anteriorly, the usual spines present, slightly dilated
at tips.

Celetothrips breviceps, n. sp.

Female.—Measurements: length 4.29 mm.; head, length .45 mm.; width
through eyes .293 mm., at neck-like constriction .215 mm.; prothorax, length
.603 mm., width through coxae .56 mm., exclusive of coxae .44 mm.; width
mesothorax .603 mm., length of tube .40 mm., width at base .137 mm.

Antennal segments, in microns:

Segment........ 1 2 3 4 5 6 Ii 8
Weng thee SO SS 6S GS Gre 50
WV iteltheaene 51 43 57 60 47 35 30 17

Color, dark brown to blackish brown; tarsi and fore tibiae light brown; all
antennal segments slightly lighter than the body color. Wings very light
brown, the posterior wing in posterior half much darker than in anterior half,

'Types to be deposited in the United States National Museum.

2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

darkest along median longitudinal vein and fading out toward posterior margin
to general color of wing.

Head indistinctly laterally striate, broadest in anterior half, in posterior half
gradually converging to neck-like constriction near posterior margin, slightly
carinate medially; eyes large, not protruding, finely facetted, occupying about
two-fifths the length of the head and only a little more than two-thirds its
width; ocelli very large, situated on a conspicuous hump which overhangs base
of antennae and bears anterior ocellus at its extremity, directed forward.
Posterior ocelli situated just in front of middle of compound eyes and contiguous
thereto, sides of head nearly smooth, bearing one large conspicuous spine set
in a small cylindrical tubercle just before neck-like constriction and directed
forward at an angle of 45°; close behind the large spine there is usually a smaller
spine set and directed forward similarly to the larger spine; other spines few and
small. Postocular bristles rather short and slender, antennae, approximate,
situated low in front, very nearly twice as long as the head; segment 1 cylindrical;
2 with a neck-like constriction at first fourth; 3-6 inverted, cone-shaped in
first halves, enlarged in third quarter, thence narrowing rather abruptly; 7
mildly fusiform, 8 cone-shaped and pointed; sense cones conspicuous, about
half as long as segments upon which they are borne, placed as follows: 3 each
on 3 and 4, 2 on 5, and 1 on 6; each cone is subtended by a hair nearly equaling
itinlength. A ventral comb of sense hairs extends from tip of 8 to about middle
of 7. Mouth cone long and pointed, reaching across prosternum. Maxillary
palpi long and slender, first joint very short.

Prothorax subcarinate medially, spines at posterior angles largest, those at
anterior angles nearly as large and larger than lateral and marginal spines.
Fore femora enlarged, about two-thirds as broad as head, armed with a short,
stout, blunt tooth near the tip within. Fore tibiae strongly incurved at first
fourth, and bearing on inner surface at extremity of the curve a short, stout,
blunt setigerous tooth—much smaller than the one on femur; near the center
of the segment within is a somewhat larger setigerous tooth shaped like the
preceding; at about the third fifth there is a large broad flattened wedge-shaped
tooth which bears a large seta about the middle of its inner face. Between
this tooth and the tip stands a strong spine somewhat longer than the tooth
opposite the wedge-shaped tooth; on the outer margin is a more slender spine
about twice as long as the preceding one, and near the tip without is a spine
very similar in size to the one on inner margin. The tarsus bears a very strong
stout tooth approximately as long as the tarsus (excluding bladder). Meso-
thoracic angles rather broadly rounded; metathorax narrowed behind. Inter-
mediate pair of legs scarcely as long as fore pair, their femora swollen in distal
half; posterior pair of legs slightly longer than anterior pair, their femora only
slightly thickened. Wings slender, nearly straight, anterior wing about fifteen
times as long as its breadth at middle, margins nearly parallel to the last fifth,
in which posterior margin curves forward so that at the tip the width is only
about half the width at middle. Near the tip on posterior margin the fringe
is double for about 44 hairs. Fringe on both wings long and thick. At base
of wing on vein stand three spines, the first with expanded tip, second blunt, and
third very long and sharp-pointed.

Abdomen rather slender. All spines sharp and gray, only moderate in size,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 3

except those at tip of ninth segment, which are brown and slightly more than
half the length of the tube. Spine at tip of tube very slender and less than half
the length of the tube.

Described from four females collected under bark, Carmelina,.
Honduras, February, 1920. W.M. Mann, collector.

Celetothrips breviceps, n. sp.

Alloty pe-—Measurements: length 4.24 mm.; head, length .43 mm., width .25
mm.; prothorax, length .293 mm., width through coxae .59 mm., exclusive of
coxae .48 mm.; mesothorax, width .603 mm.; tube, length .327 mm., width at
- base .12 mm.

- Dimensions of antennal segments, in microns:

Segment... 1 2 $ 4 5 6 i 8
Wena theese 85 S6meet 5S. el) 16S) 20m esl? 47
Widthes 60 47 58 61 56 38 34 17

In coloration and size the male differs very little from the female, except
that the fore femora are about seven-eighths as broad as the head and the spines
on the fore legs are somewhat stouter than in the female.

Described from two males collected in company with the
females.

Eupathithrips bagnalli, n. sp.

@.—Length 5.45 mm.; width mesothorax .79 mm.
Head, length .72 mm.; width through eyes .34.
Length antennal segments, in microns:

Segment... 1 D) 3 a 5 6 7 8

Wength..._... 94 94h 293." 298. e295 Neo.” M20 51

Length of sense cones on 3 and 4 about 189 microns, on 5 about 155 microns.

Wings about half as long as entire body, and at middle about one-twentieth
as broad as long.

Color —Very dark brown with orange pigmentation in prothorax and con-
nective tissue. All tibiae and tarsi yellow; intermediate tibiae at sides on basal
third, and posterior tibiae on basal half tinged with fuscus. Antennal joints
1 and 2 light brown, 3 yellow with very slight brownish tinge, 4, 5, basal half of
6, and basal third of 7, very light brown, distal half of 6, distal two-thirds of 7,
and all of 8 darker brown.

Head.—Length 2.1 times as long as width through eyes; the width at the
middle from tip to tip of spiniferous tubercles the same as through eyes. Cheeks
each bear 7 prominent spiniferous tubercles. A spine behind each eye about
one-third the distance from eye to posterior margin of head, fairly long and
knobbed. Eyes large, finely facetted, rounded, contiguous in front and very
nearly so behind, dorsally protruding, and very slightly less than two-fifths of

+ PROC. ENT. SOC.’ WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

length of head. Ocelli large and almost completely surrounded by the eyes.
Antennae set ventrally below anterior part of eyes and between ventral por-
tions thereof; basal joint cylindrical, second slightly narrowed at base, joints 3
to 6 roughly claviform, 7 fusiform and 8 cone-shaped; 3-6 beyond broadest
part produced into a narrow stem which is longest in 5, and in 4-6 longer than
in 3. Sense cones long, slender and placed and protected as in dentipes, Bagn.
Mouth cone long and sharp, reaching beyond base of prosternum; maxillary
palpi long and slender, the first joint being very short.

Prothorax trapezoidal, one-half as long as head, and through and including
coxae 2.25 times as broad as long. Posterior, midlateral, anterior, and anterior
marginal spines present, well developed, and swollen at tips. Coxal spine also
swollen at tip.

Pterothorax about as long as broad, reticulated medially. Wings reach to
sixth abdominal segment, slightly tinged with yellow, midvein brown to dark
brown; 3 basal spines on vein long, stout and slightly swollen at tips, both
fringes long, thick and fine, posterior fringe of forewing doubled for fifty-nine
hairs.

Legs fairly long, posterior and intermediate femora slightly swollen, sparsely
clothed with rows of small hairs, anterior femora considerably enlarged, sparsely
clothed with fine hairs with sharp triangular tooth at tip within, and also bear-
ing in its inner margin a double row of small spiniferous tubercles; all tibiae
clothed with fine hairs, the fore tibiae with a double row of very small spini-
ferous tubercles; fore tibiae with minute tooth, middle and hind tibiae each
with two short sharp spines at tip within.

Abdomen long and slender, tube very slightly more than half as long as
head. Spines on lateral margins of abdominal segments light yellow, becom-
ing progressively longer from 2 to 8, and all prominent ones swollen at tip
except one pair on 7, which is sharp-pointed. Spines on 9 slightly longer than
tube, slender and sharp. Spines on tube slender and sharp. Second ab-
dominal segment is emarginate anteriorly to recéive the bell-shaped reticulated
chitinous thickening of the first abdominal segment.

o'.—Cleared specimen: Length 4.17 mm. Width of mesothorax .65 mm.
Head, length .65 mm., width through eyes .31 mm. Eyes in relation to size
of head and insertion of antennae same asin Q. ‘Tubercles on side of head not
quite so well developed as in 9. Length of antennal segments, in microns:

Segment........ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

lenpth 2. = 86 77, 250) (258. ~ 258i) ‘les, PROS 51

Unfortunately, the fore legs of the & are lacking, but since
the male agrees so closely with the female in other respects I
feel sure that it will not be difficult to place. Posterior fringe
double for only 41 hairs.

Described from one 9? and one 2 collected by Mr. W. M.
Mann, from beneath bark, February, 1920, Carmelina, Hon-
duras.

I take pleasure in naming this well-marked species after Mr.
Richard S. Bagnall, that eminent English Thysanopterist,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 5

who described the genus and family to which this species is
referred.

v Anomalothrips amygdali, n. sp.

Female.—Color, yellowish brown, head, light brown, slightly tinged with
yellow; first antennal segment light brown; legs light brown, the femora and
tibiae shaded darker at the sides and somewhat darker than tarsi; second an-
tennal segment rather dark brown; third to seventh segments intermediate in
color between first and second segments, fourth and 5th segments gray at base; .
prothorax somewhat darker than the head, mesothorax yellowish brown; wings
light brown, abdomen darker than prothorax. Eyes black by reflected light,
ocelli gray, margined inwardly with light orange crescents.

Head nearly twice as long as wide, retracted within prothorax, arcuate be-
tween eyes; cheeks roughened and arched rather suddenly behind the eyes;
eyes occupy about half the width of the head and a little more than half the
length, rather closely faceted with medium facets, slightly pilose; ocelli larger
than facets of eye, placed well back on the head, the posterior ones very close
to margins of compound eye. Spines on head minute and sparse, one spine
directly behind, and one in front of each posterior ocellus near margin of com-
pound eye, a few inconspicuous spines behind each compound eye, and one small
spine on the arched cheek. Antennae nearly three times as long as head, seg-
ment | slightly rounded much the broadest; 2 rounded, only about three-fourths
as broad as 1, and one and three-fourths times as broad as segments 3 to 6; 3 to 6
capilliform; 3 bears above a slender, branched, sense cone somewhat removed
from the tip, and 4 a similar cone below near the tip. A few short brown spines
in 2 and 4 similarly are found in the apical third of 3. Mouth slender, reaching
three-fourths across prosternum, constricted at the middle. Maxillary palpi
well developed, three-segmented, segment 1 being equal in length to 3, and
second segment three-fifths as long. Labial palpi small and slender.

Prothorax one and one-half times as wide as long, its anterior margin straight,
sides nearly straight, posterior angles broadly rounded and bearing two stout
spines of medium length, posterior margin convex. Anterior angles bear one
short, stout, anteriorly directed spine and much smaller dorsally directed spine.
Other spines small and inconspicuous, mesothorax broad and heavy, bearing
a few short spines. The metascutum bears two rather heavy spines near the
meson. Wings broad and heavy, reaching nearly to tip of abdomen, forewing
at basal fourth one-tenth as broad as long; costa and veins thickly and regularly
set with short, sharp, dark-brown spines; costa bears 40; fore vein 33; hind
vein 22; scale 7, interior of scale 1. Fringe present in both margins of both
wings, long, wavy, and brown in posterior margins, straight in anterior margins,
thick except in anterior margins of posterior wings. Legs strong, of medium
length, regularly set with rows of small spines which are strongest on the
posterior pair and weakest in the anterior pair. Posterior tibiae armed at the
tip with three very heavy dark-brown spines, and along its inner side for about
half its length with a row of about 10 spines which are much heavier than the
other spines clothing the legs. Median tibia with two slender, light-brown
spines, at the tip within, and the anterior tibiae each with two slender, lighter-
brown spines.

6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

Abdomen with sides nearly straight to the eighth segment, thence tapering
suddenly and evenly to the tenth, which is conical. A broad, dark band
crosses segments 3 to 8 dorsally near the anterior edges. Posterior margins of
ninth and tenth segments set with a ringlet of about eight well developed spines,
of which the dorsal four are much the strongest; those on the ninth segment are
much stouter and longer than those on the tenth. Segment 9 on its dorsal
surface bears, about half-way between the meson and the lateral margin and
about one-third the length of the segment from its anterior margin, a heavy,

_very dark-brown spine, which is directed posteriorly and inwardly. Stout
spines, also brown, are at the posterior lateral margins of segments 5 to 8, one
each on segments 5 and 6 and two each on segments 7 and 8. Segment 10 is
split open above for about half its length.

Measurements of holotype: Length 1.44 mm.; head, length .112 mm., width
.21 mm.; prothorax, length .163 mm., width .258 mm.; mesothorax, width .405
mm.; abdomen, width .37 mm.; antennal length 1, 36.7 w; 2, 42.8 ; 3, 65.3 mu;
4,70 w; 5, 53 4; 6, 73 #; 7, 16 «4; segments, width 1, 36.7 4; 2, 28.5 mw; 3, 16 5
4,16 u; 5,16 u; 6,164; 7,104. The sixth segment is constricted 20.4 u from
the tip to very nearly the diameter of the base of the seventh segment. Total
length of antennae .356 pb.

Described from one specimen taken in flowers of almond,
Branxton, New South Wales, by W. W. Froggett, Quaintance
No. 4458.

Holopothrips fulvus, n. sp.

Female.—Length about 1.7 mm. Color by reflected light: Eyes and ocellar
crescents, red; first two antennal segments, base of mouth cone, and ninth
abdominal segment dark, blackish brown; tube black; outer half of seventh
and all of eighth antennal segments dark brown; intermediate antennal seg-
ments gray; remainder of body, including legs, lemon yellow, clearing to gray
in some portions. By reflected light the eyes are black, intermediate antennal
segments light lemon, the remainder of body deep yellow, except ninth abdomi-
nal segment, which is brown, and the tube is blackish brown in proximal half,
lighter in distal half.

Head about as broad as long, broadest at the third fourth; greatest width
across eyes very little more than four-fifths the greatest width of head. Eyes
large, occupying about three-fifths the length of the head and almost enclosing
the ocelli, their interval in front and behind being only about one-fourth the
greatest width of the eye. Ocelli large and situated anteriorly. Cheeks con-
vex. Posterior margin of head very little wider than is head at posterior margin
of eyes. Weakly striate behind eyes and bearing a few small spines. Post-
ocular spines wanting. Mouth cone reaches a little more than half across
prosternum. Antennae about 1.6 times as long as head, segment 1 slightly
wider than long, segment 2 subcylindrical, 3 claviform, pedicellate; 4-7 sub-
fusiform; 8 cone-shaped. ,

Prothorax about three-fifths as long as head, and, inclusive of coxae, twice
as wide as long; only slightly wider behind than in front; spines capitate, those

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 ‘1

at anterior angles about half as long as those at posterior angles; midlaterals
about half as long as those at anterior angles; anterior marginals wanting; pos-
terior marginals about three-fourths as stout and long as those at posterior
angles. Pterothorax heavy and with sides nearly parallel. Legs of moderate
size and length, tibiae and tarsi without teeth. Wings reaching to about
seventh abdominal segment, rather slender, not narrowed in center; fore wings
with six interlocated hairs on posterior margin. Wings hyaline in distal half,
light yellow in proximal half.

Abdomen slender, no wider than pterothorax. Bristles capitate except the
terminal ones and those at posterior margin of ninth abdominal segment, all of
which are long and slender, those on ninth segment being almost as tong as the
tube and only slightly longer than the terminal bristles.

Measurements of holotype 1.89 mm.; head, length .236 mm., width .224
mm.; prothorax, length .138 mm., width through coxae .302 mm.; pterothorax,
width .363 mm.; abdomen, width .363 mm.; tube, length .179 mm., width at
base .089 mm., at tip .038 mm. Antennal segments in microns:

Segment 1 2; 3 - 5 6 i 8
Length... 32.6 48.9 69 57 66 50 36:7 2855
Wadthe see 3677 — 822685 28-5) 28:5) 27 25 20.4 12

Described from three females taken on cotton, Bahia, Brazil,
June 14, 1923, by Seignor G. Bondar.

Male colored like female, more slender than female. One of the specimens
before me measures in length 1.32 mm., the other 1.8.

Described from two specimens collected with the holotype.

This species, in form, suggests the type of the genus, s/gvatus,
but may be easily distinguished therefrom by the coloration
and by the absence of postocular spines.

Heliothrips braziliensis, n. sp.

Female.—Length 1.04 mm.; head, length .11 mm., width .161 mm.; prothorax,
length .11 mm., width .183 mm.; mesothorax, width .257 mm. Dimensions
of antennal segments, in microns:

Segment.__... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ikengeh. LSi3u S67 A401, C40 AOS) 25 Jee AAT ie 29.4
Width. 2. = Does ole 2 we PO, 22. ahe.oy 16:5 — —

Head and prothorax rather finely and deeply reticulate, metascutum re-
ticulate a little less finely than head or prothorax, mesoscutum reticulate at the
meson on cephalic margin, the sides and caudal margin finely striate, abdomen
weakly reticulate upon cephalic margins of notal plates, striate on sides.

Color: Head, thorax, and abdomen, deep brown; all femora brown; tibiae
brown, but grayish yellow in distal fourth, and only slightly so in proximal
sixth, tarsi pale yellow; antennae, first, second, sixth to eighth and distal end

8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

of fifth light brown, remainder gray. Fore wings with basal fourth gray,
except for small smoky areas each side of median vein, another gray band crosses
the wing near tip, occupying about one-fifth the length of wing, remainder of
wing light brown, the median brown band occupying nearly half the length of
the wing; hind wings gray, slightly fuscous along median vein and toward tip.

Head nearly rectangular, slightly constricted at base, arcuate above and
between antennae; antennae well separated at base, normal to the genus; eyes
coarsely faceted, occupying about three-fifths the length of head and about
half its width; ocelli situated on slight hump, approximate, opposite center of
compound eyes, margined inwardly with orange crescents, ocellus scarcely
larger than facets of compound eye.

Prothorax with sides slightly arched, mesothorax with anterior angles dis-
tinctly shouldered; legs moderate in size; wings well-developed, reaching slightly
past tip of abdomen, at their middle about one-twelfth times as broad as long;
costa bears about 20 spines interspersed with shorter slenderer hairs; fore vein
bears 3 colorless slender spines in the clear basal area, two to three dark stout
spines near branching of hind vein and two other dark well developed spines
near the tip; the hind vein bears 5 to 7 spines of which one or two stand within
clear area.

Abdomen normal to the genus; spines upon ninth segment well-developed and
reaching past tip of tenth segment. Second to eighth segments with a trans-
verse chitinous thickening near anterior margin. ‘Tenth segment entire above.

Described from four females. Locality Brazil, food plant
not given. Collected by Prof. Carlos Moreira, November,
1922.

Heliothrips bruneri, n. sp.

Female.—Length 1.10 mm. Head, length .110 mm.; width .139 mm.; pro-
thorax, length .110 mm.; width .169 mm.; mesothorax, width .220 mm.
Antennal segments, in microns:

Segment.......- 1 2 3 + 5 6 A 8

engthet ss. 18:3: 3637) 4icT S858 36 QS) M4733

Width. .2 23.8 294 p22) 22 e202 eeals: = =

Color: Head and thorax brown, body dark brown, slightly lighter on tenth
segment; all tarsi and fore tibiae yellow; middle tibiae yellow but slightly fus-
cous at middle; hind tibiae yellow in extreme thirds, brown at center; anterior
femora light brown in basal half, remainder yellow, middle femora light brown,
yellowish at tip; posterior femora brown like thorax; eyes dark brown, ocelli
large, yellowish, approximate, margined inwardly with brown crescents; situated
on sides of a hump, the anterior ocellus directed forward. Antennae with
second segment dark brown, sixth segment pale brown, seventh progressively:
paler brown than sixth, fifth segment gray brown, third to fifth gray, wings
gray brown, the basal fourth almost clear except for a small irregular brownish
area along scale, veins prominent and dark brown at their branching at be-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 5)

ginning of second quarter of wing and again on margin around tip of wing in
distal sixth. Hind wing yellowish gray.

Head rectangular, cheeks nearly straight and parallel arcuate above base of
antennae, the front of head at center on a line with base of second antennal
segment, a deep notch between compound eye and basal segment of antenna;
eyes large, occupying fully three-fifths the length of the head and slightly more
than half its width, facets large; ocelli subapproximate situated on sides of a
hump just caudad of center of compound eye, the posterior ocelli directed
slightly caudad, the anterior ocellus sharply directed cephalad; ocelli about a
third greater in diameter than facets of compound eye. Head deeply and
plainly striate-reticulate. Antennae normal to the genus, the third segment
stalked, first to third each, having two pairs of long grayish brown spines.
Mouth cone reaching across prosternum, stout and tipped with black. Maxil-
lary palpi three-segmented.

Prothorax as long as head and one and one-half times wider than long,
reticulate like head, spines minute. Mesothorax heavy; mesoscutum finely
longitudinally striate on each lateral fourth, the mid-section transversely finely
striate: Metascutum and metascutellum reticulate. Wings reach to tip of
abdomen. Costa of forewing bears 18 to 21 long, slender, grayish-brown spines,
fore vein bears three spines before origin of hind vein, 2 to 3 spines at and near
juncture of veins and 2 spines near tip of wing, hind vein bears 5 spines, all
situated in the second and third quarters of vein.

Abdomen normal to genus, striate on sides, anterior margins of first to ninth
segments reticulate, second to eighth segments with a row of comb-like teeth
on lateral fourths; third to eighth segments with a transverse chitinous thicken-
ing extending entirely across the dorsum near anterior margin. Ninth segment
bears six rather long spines, the two near meson being dark brown and not
quite attaining tip of tenth segment, the other four spines longer and yellowish,
one pair near laterocaudal margin, the other pair on lateral margin and inserted
cephalad of insertions of mesal spines. Tenth segment split open above for
about three-fourths its length.

Described from 11 females, collected on sugar cane, Las Vegas,
Cuba, July 13, 1921, H. C. Bruner, collector, in whose honor I
have the pleasure of naming the species.

THREE NEW AMERICAN CHIGGERS (ACARINA: TROMBID-
IIDAE).

By H. E. Ewine, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

Two of the three new chiggers here described were taken by
Raymond C. Shannon while collaborating in research work on
verruga for the International Health Board of the Rockefeller
Foundation, one being taken from the house cat and one from a
lizard. The other new species was taken from a mole in
Oregon.

10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

Trombicula shannoni, new species.

In general appearance the larvae are similar to the well known T. irritans
Riley. Palpi with femur strongly rounded outwardly. First palpal seta
with several barbs; second seta with two or three barbs; third seta with several
long barbs. Palpal claw trifurcate, the inner and outer prongs being smaller
than the middle one and about equal. They arise far from the base of the
main claw. Chelicerae strongly curved and simple except for a single, minute,
recurved ventral tooth. Dorsal plate broader than long, somewhat incurved
along the front margin between the central and antero-lateral setae; posterior
margin of the plate much more strongly arched near the median line. Pseudo-
stigmatic organs very long, flagelliform and well barbed for the distal two-thirds
of their length. Anterior eyes larger than the posterior ones. Dorsal setae
forty-six. Legs of medium length. Dorsal spine of tarsus I entirely dorsal in
pasition and situated about its length from the base of the segment; dorsal
spine of tarsus II smaller than the one on tarsus I but similar in its position.
Tactile seta on tarsus III about as long as the tarsus itself, simple, situated about
the width of the tarsus from the base of the same.

Length of unengorged larva, 0.20 mm.; width, 0.13 mm.

Type host—House cat, Felis domestica.

Type locality —Verrugas Cafion, Lima, Peru.

Type slide—Cat. No. 986, U.S. N. M.

Described from many specimens mounted on seven micro-
scope slides. They were taken from the ear of the host by
R. C. Shannon, May 28, 1928.

This species is related to the Trombicula autumnalis (Shaw)
of Europe, but has forty-six dorsal abdominal setae instead of
twenty-eight or thirty. Also the dorsal plate is more strongly
outcurved along the posterior margin near the median line
than it is in autumnalis. Trombicula irritans var. tropica
Ewing has been reported from Peru, but in this variety the
palpal claw is bifurcate instead of trifurcate as it is in T. shannont.

Trombicula australis, new species.

Capitulum of the irritans type. Femur of palpus only slightly swollen
laterally. First palpal seta either simple or with one or two inconspicuous
barbs; second seta with as many as five barbs but usually with less; third,
apparently simple. Palpal claw bifurcate, with accessory claw element about
as large as terminal one and placed ventrally near tip. Chelicerae upcurved
rather strongly toward their tips; each with 3-4 very minute teeth above and 1
below near the tip. Dorsal plate broader than long, front margin almost
straight, posterior margin outwardly rounded; pseudostigmata large, each
situated slightly less than its diameter from median line; pseudostigmatic organs
long, flagelliform, with 1-3 barbs. Eyes prominent, first pair slightly larger
than the second. Abdomen with 44 rather short, pectinate, dorsal setae.
Tarsi I and II each without the dorsal spine; tarsus III without the simple
tactile hair.

Length of unengorged larva, 0.29 mm.; width, 0.16 mm.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 11

Type host—Tropiduras peruvianus (a lizard).

Type locality —Verrugas Cafion, aa Peru:

Type slide.—Cat. No. 987, U.S. N. :

Described from several specimens taken from type host by
R. C. Shannon, April 15, 1928. This species is very distinct
in the type of chelicerae, having 3-4 small teeth on dorsal
margin. The palpal claw is similar to that of irritans, but
irritans has only a single dorsal tooth on each chelicera.

Trombicula oregonensis, new species.

Palpi with second segment broadly rounded on outside; first palpal seta with
many barbs, second with several barbs, third with from two to four barbs; palpal
claw bifurcate, inner prong being much the largest. Chelicerae each with a
single dorsal tooth and apparently with a single ventral tooth. Dorsal plate
much broader than long, front margin about straight, posterior margin out-
wardly curved; pseudostigmata situated much nearer the posterior margin of
dorsal plate than the front margin; pseudostigmatic organs long, flagelliform,
simple. Eyes situated about their diameters from the lateral margins of
dorsal plate, front and posterior corneas subequal. Dorsal setae forty, not
counting a lateral posterior pair. Dorsal spine of tarsus I situated its length
from the base of the segment; dorsal spine of tarsus II sharper than the one on
tarsus I and similarly situated. Last pair of legs each with at least four long,
simple, tactile setae.

Length of unengorged larva, 0.30 mm.; width, 0.18 mm.

Type host—A mole.

Type locality —Corvallis, Oregon.

Type slide—Cat. No. 990, U. S. N. M.

Described from two lots of material as follows: “Five speci-
mens taken from type host at Corvallis, Oregon, June 3, 1912,
by A. J. Stover and eleven specimens taken from type host at
the same place May 17, 1912, by a student. This species is
most nearly related to Trombicula bruyanti (Oudemans) but
differs from Qudeman’s species in having the pseudostigmatic
organs simple instead of pectinate and in having forty dorsal
setae instead of twenty-eight.

A NEW VARIETY OF INSCUDDERIA WALKERI HEBD. FROM
VIRGINIA (ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE),.

By A. N. CaupDeE.Lt.

At Cape Henry, Virginia, the extensive sand dunes annually
encroach some distance into a large cypress swamp, thus
gradually burying the tall cypress trees growing in the swamp.
The tops of dead trunks project above the sand dunes here and
there as monuments, testifying to the former grandeur of these

(

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

ancient trees. The dunes end abruptly, dropping in an incline
of forty-five degrees into the swamp some forty to eighty feet
below, and on this steep incline the tops of partially buried, but
still living, cypress trees are found. These tops afford an easy
and unique opportunity for the exploration of the insect fauna
of the cypress, which under normal conditions is well nigh in-
accessible.

While investigating this fauna July 15-25, 1927, Mr. August
Busck collected some slender green katydids, the color of which
blended effectively with the foliage of the cypress. Additional
specimens of this insect were obtained two months later, Sep-
tember 20, 1927, on cypress in the identical locality, by Dr.
Bae. Chapin. These specimens prove to represent a variety
of Inscudderia walkeri Hebd., which I take pleasure in naming
in honor of my friend, Mr. Busck, who repeatedly has added to
our knowledge of American Orthoptera by his assiduous collect-
ing, although he is primarily interested in a very different group
of insects, the Microlepidoptera.

Inscudderia walkeri var. buscki, new species.

Size about as in ¢axodii Caud., decidedly smaller than walkeri Hebard; in
color agreeing with both the above species in the characteristic marking of
the tegmina, etc.

The male has the last dorsal segment of the shapes almost exactly as
described and figured by Mr. Hebard for wa/keri, and the terminal tooth of
the cercus also agrees in length and shape with that of Hebard’s species; the
decidedly larger size and the northern habitat will, however, serve to distin-
guish it from the typical southern form as described and figured in Hebard’s
paper of 1925.1. The supraanal plate, which, as in other species of this genus,
is deflexed beneath the last dorsal segment of the abdomen and thus generally
seen with difficulty, is elongate, about as long as one of the cerci and so deeply
sulcate dorsally as to appear divided for almost its entire length. The female
shows no differentiating characters of importance; the superior valves of the
ovipositor are either as long as, or very slightly longer, than the inferior ones,
there being but little variation in the specimens examined, in this particular
apparently agreeing more nearly with that of ¢axodii, as noted in the descrip-
tion by Hebard in the above noted article.

Measurements (in millimeters): Length, pronotum, co 4, Q 4.5; tegmen,
o 25, 9 26.5; posterior femur, o 20.5, 2 23; ovipositor, 8; width, pronotum
posteriorly, o 3, 2 3; tegmen at apical fourth, o 3, 2 3.5; posterior femora
at widest point, o' 2, @ 2.5.

Holotype, #, Cape Henry, Virginia, July 20, 1927, August
Busck, collector; allotype, 9, same data; paratypes as follows:
One adult female and a large female nymph, same data as the
holotype and allotype; two male and six female adults from same

'Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. li, p. 321-330, pls. x—xi.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 13

locality on September 20, 1927, E. A. Chapin, collector. All
taken on cypress, Taxodium distichum Richard.

Type material in the collection of the U. S. National Mu-
seum.

Type catalogue No. 40719, U. S. N. M.

The measurements in millimeters of typical wa/keri, as given by Hebard,
are as follows: Length, pronotum, o 4.8, 2 5.1; tegmen, o 30.4, 2 31.8;
posterior femur, o’ 23.8, 9 26.2; width, tegmen, o 5, 9 5.2.

Were it not for the geographical features involved and the
rather decided difference in size, this might be considered as
typical walkeri7. In consideration of the above features, how-
ever, there seems little doubt of the varietal distinctness of
the form here noted.

In order that this beautiful little katydid may be recognized
by interested persons other than orthopterists, the following
brief nontechnical description is given:

A small slender katydid barely one and one-half inches in length, inclusive
of the wings. The outer wings, or tegmina, are narrow, about six times as
long as broad, and of the semi-opaque horny texture usual in katydids. The
under wings are broad, membranous and transparent with the tips tinged
with green and, when folded, project a short distance beyond the outer wings.
The legs are long and slender, especially the hind ones, the femora, or first
half, of which reaches the tips of the closed outer wings. The female bears
at the tip of her body a short, flat up-curved egglaying organ called the ovi-
positor; this is about one-third as long as the outer wings and about one-fourth
as broad as long, and the tip is pointed. From the lower part of the tip of
the abdomen of the male is a narrow gently up-curved prolongation extending
well beyond the rest of the abdomen and above this is a pair of short apically
swollen projections with an apical incurved tooth on each.

The general color is green with the outer wings marked lengthwise with a
couple of narrow black streaks and with a few short diagonal marks of the
same color projecting from the upper edge of the closed wing.

So nicely do specimens of this insect blend with the colors
of the cypress foliage on which they occur they are very liable
to be overlooked unless especially sought for.

A NEW INJURIOUS PINE MOTH (LEPIDOPTERA: GELE-
CHIIDAE).

By Aucust Busck, U. 8. Bureau of Entomology.
Recurvaria condignella, new species.

Second joint of labial palpi black, slightly sprinkled with white scales on the
inner sides and with apex narrowly pure white; terminal joint white with ex-

14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

treme base and two annulations, one on the middle and one just before apex,
black; extreme tip white. Face white, bordered with black scales. Head and

thorax white, mottled with black scales. Antennae yellowish with narrow

black annulations.

Forewings white, thickly mottled with black; a con-

Recurvaria condignella Busck. Male and female genitalia.

spicuous deep black longitudinal streak from base of costa through the middle
of the wing nearly to apex, partly edged with white scales; a thin, faint arrow-
shaped transverse white fascia, pointing toward apex at apical fourth; a short

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 hs

black dash on the middle of the wing between the costal edge and the central
longitudinal black streak; three groups of raised scales, predominately black,
on dorsal part of the wing below the central black streak; cilia dark fuscous.
Hindwings light fuscous, in the male with a long ochreous yellow tuft of dilated
hairs on base of dorsum. Palpi and venation typical of the genus. Abdomen
dark fuscous, in the male with three first joints light velvety yellow above.
Legs black with narrow white tarsal annulations and with tuft on posterior
tibiae conspicuously white.
Alar expanse: 13-15 mm.

Habitat: Prescott, Arizona; Valparaiso, Florida.

Foodplant: Yellow Pine.

U.S. N. M. Type No. 41690.

Reared from yellow pine in Florida by Mr. E. W. Gemmer
of the Forest Service, and at Prescott, Arizona, by Mr. L. G.
Baumhofer of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology, the larvae
“infesting new growth on Western yellow pine of sapling size,
the small yellow larvae were abundant in the tips in certain
localities. Work similar to the tip moth. Moths issued July
3-11, 1928.” (Baumhofer.)

By far the most conspicuously marked of our described Ameri-
can species of the genus, nearest in pattern to the oak-feeding
R. quercivorella Chambers but bolder in design and color.
From the two other North American pine feeders of the genus,
R. pinella Busck and R. moreonella Heinrich, the present
species is at once separated by the predominating black central
streak on the forewing.

The genitalia of all the American species of the genus (except
the genotype, the introduced European R. nanella Hubner)
are remarkably alike, conforming to a very distinct generic
type, though easily separated specifically by small but constant
differences in details; they all exhibit the same bilobed hooded
uncus, the triple hooked gnathos, the asymmetrical winged
tegumen, the slender asymmetrical harpes, of which one is
commonly three to four times as large as the other, and the
projecting curved hooks (sicae) from the vinculum. The two
European species differ somewhat from this type, especially
in having symmetrical harpes, and, as before suggested, it may
eventually be sounder to restrict the generic name to these, and
to revive one of the American names which have been made
synonyms of Recurvaria, for the American species, but this
may well be postponed until a revision of the family is under-
taken.

The somewhat surprising occurrence of R. condignella in two
so widely separated regions may be accounted for by the re-
forestation projects in Florida, where the species presumably
has been introduced with nursery-stock from the West.

16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

DROSICHA BURMEISTERI WESTWOOD APPARENTLY
REDISCOVERED (COCCIDAE).

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Last February, on the slope of Doi Sutep, in northern Siam,
Miss Alice Mackie collected a male Drosicha which does not
belong to any of the species tabulated in Morrison’s recent
admirable revision. The very broad wings with black costa,
the dark thoracic dorsum and pale red scutellum, the broad red
abdomen with relatively stout penis sheath, and five pairs
of marginal tassels, the first short, the others very long, are all
characteristic features, and seem to refer the species to D.
burmeisteri, described from an unknown locality. The size
agrees well enough. The last (longest) caudal process is I
think fully as long as the abdomen, a character of D. durmeisteri
as against D. leachii. Westwood calls special attention to the
long abdominal filaments and the broadly rounded hind mar-
gins of the wings. The specimen is now in the U. S. National
Museum.

A NEW BENEFICIAL MOTH FROM PANAMA AND A SCAVENGER
(LEPIDOPTERA, PYRALIDAE, PHYCITINAE).

By Harrison G. Dyar.
Vitula saissetiae, new species.

Under the number Z. 3049, Mr. J. Zetek sends a small moth
. the larvae of which feed upon the scale Saissetia. They form
a fine web over the scales and the larva lives within this web.
Material collected May 8, 1928, from Hibiscus on Barro Colo-
rado Island, Canal Zone, Panama.

Palpi long, slender, obliquely upturned. Male antennae simple, a little
thickened and flattened. Fore wing light gray, shaded with blackish; inner line
white, followed by a black shade, sharply V-pointed, the upper limb very
oblique to costa, the lower reversed to inner margin and shorter; more or less
black shading filling lower part of median space; a double black discal dot; outer
line white, preceded and followed by black shades, the costal segment tremulous,
slightly retracted; a row of terminal black spots; fringe dark gray. Hind wing
subpellucid smoky whitish, veins and termen darker, fringe pale. Expanse,
male, 13 mm., female, 14 mm.

Type and allotype, male and female, No. 41389, U. S. Nat.
Mus. Also 76 other specimens sent from the same rearing.

Very close to Vitula rusto Dyar, described from Paraiso,
Canal Zone, and perhaps a variety of that; but in rusto the inner
line is almost perpendicular to the costa and has only a little
cusp-shaped point centrally.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929 iW)

Among these numerous specimens was a single specimen of
Ephestia declivella Zeller, doubtless a scavenger in the débris,
and another single specimen of a Tineid, which I handed to
Mr. August Busck.

DESCRIPTION OF AN EGG-PARASITE OF EXOPTHALMUS
QUADRIVITTATUS (OLIVIER).

By A. B. Gauan, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The specimens which form the basis for the following de-
scription were received from G. N. Wolcott and according to
Mr. Wolcott the new species is a common parasite of the
eggs of Exopthalmus quadrivittatus in Haiti.

Tetrastichus haitiensis, new species.

Falls in the group having a single erect seta on the sub-
marginal vein and resembles 7. ains/iei Gahan but may be dis-
tinguished by the wholly pale yellow coxae, the smooth pro-
podeum and the shorter antennae.

Female.—Length 1.2 mm. Shining black; scape, pedicel, legs including all
coxae, basal one-fourth to one-third of abdomen above, and more than half of
the abdominal venter pale lemon yellow; wings hyaline; venation and antennal
flagellum brownish. The fore and hind coxae are sometimes slightly stained
with blackish at extreme base. Antennae 9-jointed including one ring-joint;
scape subcylindrical; pedicel a little more than twice as long as thick at apex;
ring-joint small; funicle 3-jointed, the joints subequal and each about as long
as pedicel; club indistinctly 3-jointed, about equal in length to the two pre-
ceding funicle joints and terminating apically in a short stiff stylus. Head
shining, faintly shagreened, as broad as thorax; thorax not much longer than
broad; mesoscutum and scutellum weakly shagreened; median groove on meso-
scutum and two dorsal lines on scutellum present but very fine; propodeum
smooth, without carinae; submarginal vein with a single erect bristle; marginal
vein a little longer than submarginal, with about nine or ten marginal bristles;
stigmal approximately one-third as long as marginal; marginal cilia of forewing
short; legs normal; abdomen as long as head and thorax, as broad as thorax,
ovate with the apex acute; tip of ovipositor barely exserted.

Male.—Length 1.1 mm. Antennae 10-jointed; scape slightly thickened
toward apex; pedicel twice as long as thick; ring-joint minute; funicle 4-jointed,
the funicle joints covered with long hairs which are as long or a little longer
than the segments, first funicle joint a little less than twice as long as thick;
second, third, and fourth subequal and each more than twice as long as thick;
club hairy like the funicle, very slightly longer than two preceding joints,
3-jointed, the joints not distinctly separated, the apical joint terminating in a
short stylus; abdomen a little narrower than the thorax. Otherwise like the
female.

18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

Type locality —Port au Prince, Haiti.

Type.—Cat. No. 41081, U. S. N. M.

Described from forty-four females (one type) and ten males
reared from eggs of Exopthalmus quadrivittatus (Olivier) by
G. N. Wolcott, in March, 1927.

TWO NEW AMERICAN COLEOPHORIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA).

By Cart Heinricn, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

The following new names and descriptions are offered in
response to requests from correspondents of the Bureau of
Entomology.

Coleophora salmani, new species.

Antenna with a very slight tuft on basal joint; beyond base white annulated
with pale brown; basal joint pale gray brown. Palpus gray brown; semipor-
rect; third joint but slightly shorter than second and slightly upturned. Face
and head pale gray brown, concolorous with basal tuft of antenna. Thorax
and fore wing uniformly gray brown, darker than head and face; semilustrous;
cilia concolorous. Hind wing blackish smoky fuscous, much darker than fore
wing; cilia concolorous. Legs pale gray brown with paler dustings absent or
very much obscured.

Alar expanse, 10.5-12 mm.

Type and paratypes —Cat. No. 41631 U.S.N.M. Paratypes
also in Canadian National, Barnes and Braun collections.

Type locality —Mt. Desert Island, Maine. |

Food plant.—Betula.

Described from male type and 8 male and 12 female para-
types all from the type locality and reared July 18, 1928, by
Mr. K. A. Salman for whom the species is named.

Larval case ocherous, stout, cylindrical; posterior end
triangularly compressed; mouth deflected to 45 degrees; 5—5.5
mm. long.

Anunmarked species which goes in the first group of Forbes’s
handbook (“Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring
States’’).

It is closest to fletcherella and occidentis from which it differs
in the color of head and hind wing. From cerasivorella and
zelleriella it is separable by the lack of any pale shading at
apex of fore wing; from /aricella by its much darker color; and
from unicolorella and cinerella by its very different larval case.
Its genitalia also prevent its being identified with any of the
above species.

Coleophora sparsipuncta, new species.

Antenna with short basal tuft; white without darker annulations. Palpus
white with a faint streak of fuscous along under side; porrect, straight; no

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN.,1929 19

appreciable tuft on second joint; second joint long, third quite short. Face,
head and thorax white or (in some specimens) pale cream white. Fore wing
white with a few scattered black scales on outer half and in many of the speci-
mens a very faint cream or ocherous shading through center and along dorsum
of wing; cilia creamy white with a faint smoky tint behind tornus. Hind wing
smoky fuscous; cilia concolorous except on costa where they are paler. Legs
white with inner sides smoky fuscous and with a narrow ocherous or fuscous
streak along outer side of hind tibia. Under side of fore and hind wings smoky
fuscous.
Alar expanse, 12-18 mm.

Type and paratypes.—Cat. No. 41632 U.S.N.M._ Paratypes
also in American Museum, Canadian National, Barnes and
Braun collections.

Type locality —Lapel, Indiana (E. S. Cascadden, collector).

Food plant.—Aster.

Described from male type and 67 male and 60 female para-
types all from the type locality and reared during late June
and early July, 1928.

The larval case is of the needle type, straight, slender, smooth,
straw white in color and gradually tapering to a collapsible
triangularly compressed apex; mouth deflected to about 45
degrees; length, 18-24 mm.; width, 1.5 mm.

This species is close to argentella Chambers and wythiae
Walsinghams from both of which it is separable by its darker
hind wings and the scattered black scaling of fore wing. Its
larval case readily distinguishes it from the other known
aster-feeding species. On the sum of its characters it is prob-
ably closest to veroniaeella Chambers and in the arrangement
adopted for Forbes’s “Lepidoptera of New York and Neighbor-
ing States” it would be associated with that species. From
veroniaeella and its allies, however, it differs very markedly in
genitalia.

A CORRECTION.
By Cart Hernricn, U.S. Bureau of Entomology.

In my description of the Laspeyresia palmetum published in
the Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 30, June, 1928, p. 109, I gave
the foodplant as a small berry-like fruit, possibly Jcacorea
paniculata. This tentative identification was based upon a
misunderstanding. I understood Mr. Jones to say the fruit was
that of a small shrub. Since the publication of my article I
have learned from him that it is the seed of the “Silver Palm,”
Coccothrinax jucunda Sarg. The food plant record therefore
should be corrected accordingly.

20 «PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 1, JAN., 1929

A NEW SPECIES OF DANAIDAE FROM THE PHILIPPINE IS-
LANDS, IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

By W. Scuaus, Bureau of Entomology, U. S, Department of Agriculture.
Euploea blossomae, new species.

Male.—Body black; large white points laterally on frons, and smaller points
behind antennae, a pair on collar, others on shoulders, and underside of thorax;
a white line below eyes; white streaks on coxae and tibiae. Abdomen below
with white transverse lines connected with sublateral white spots. Wings
above black suffused with dark iridescent blue except on outer margin. Fore
wing: small white streaks at base of veins 6-10; a subapical white fascia cut by
veins, the spots between veins 6 and 8 larger; a small outer spot above vein 2,
and one above vein 3; a marginal series of white spots from just above vein 6 to
vein 1; cilia in part faintly tipped with white. Hind wing: a double series of
large marginal spots; costal margin white; a creamy white spot of androconia
at upper end of cell; cilia well tipped with white. Wings below chestnut brown,
the white marginal spots as above, the fore wing with also a white point near
cell between veins 3 and 4, and a short spot between veins 2 and 3; on hind wing
there is a small white spot beyond cell above vein 6.

Expanse.—66 mm. :

Habitat—Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands.

Type.—Cat. No. 33528 U.S. N. M.

It is a pleasure to name this beautiful species in honor of
Mrs. D. S. Blossom, who takes such a great interest in scientific
work.

NEEDHAM’S ELEMENTARY LESSONS ON INSECTS.!

Successfully to select from a vast assemblage of material and
to condense within the limits of slightly more than 200 pages a
practical textbook on entomology 1s a task that only a teacher
of long experience and a writer of rare skill and judgment could
hope to perform. Professor Needham is to be congratulated
on the fact that in the simplification necessitated by such severe
abridgment he has avoided in large degree the half-truths
which often mar the pages of elementary textbooks. The
matter is presented in a logical and convenient form, em-
bracing chapters on insect structure, development, habits and
a brief survey of control methods. The chapter on collecting,
preserving and rearing insects, which concludes the work,
should prove especially valuable to the beginner in entomology.
The book is well printed on excellent stock and illustrated with
clean-cut, intelligently chosen line drawings, and is substantially
and handsomely bound in blue and silver. As a textbook to
serve both teacher and student as an introduction to the ele-
ments of entomology this work is in a class by itself.

—W. R. Watton.

1Ementary Lessons On Insects, James G. Needham, Springfield, Ill., 1928,
Charles C. Thomas, $2.00.

Actual date of publication, Fanuary 28, 1929

“<

VOL. 31 FEBRUARY, 1929 No. 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

ALDRICH, J. M.—-NOTES ON SYNONYMY OF DIPTERA, NO. 3 RACAe ot ny bree

BRIDWELL, JOHN COLBURN-—THE COWPEA BRUCHID (COLEOPTERA) UNDER
ANOTHER NAME—A PLEA FOR ONE KIND OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SPECIALIST

COTTON, RICHARD T.—THE LARVA OF THE WEEVIL EXOPTHALMUS QUADRI-
VITTATUS OLIV. (COLEOPTERA: RHYNCOPHORIDAE) et ya sib 4

DYAR, HARRISON G. AND HEINRICH, CARL—~A NEW SPECIES OF ACROBASIS
(LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE; PHYCITINAE) bd ag

EWING, H. E.—A NEW VARIETY OF TARSONEMUS (loauiea). FROM THE
PACIFIC COAST Se) Se a ee eee ae ee

WOLCOTT, GEORGE N.—NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF EXOPTHALMUS QUAD-
RIVITTATUS OLIV. (COLEOPTERA)

PusiisHeD MontHiy Except Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.,

Act of August 24, 1912.

ail

Under?

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October

~3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEpinGcs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary President . . ... 2... 2 28 es AGE
President ee Oe er emcee
First Vice- Pieient PE oy ot (Cn EVA ELS
Second Vice-President ...:..%6. ++ «22s oe 2) Ee Co BISH@Re
Recording Secretary .. . REP See a eh) llabco: VANDEL
Corresponding Secretary- Teac to » « «sso» As ROWER
Was: Naconal Museum Washington, D. C.
Gat Olean 4. Speen eae 7. . WOR: WALTON

“Bureau BE ‘Baromaleey. Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. Caupe Lt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCHEMCES. cay + «is v¢ on 1S anise sega oe Ge Oe

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Proceepincs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the Editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOlE. Si FEBRUARY, 1929 No. 2

NOTES ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF EXOPTHALMUS QUAD-
RIVITTATUS OLIVIER (COLEOPTERA).

By Georce N. Wo corr, Service Technique, Port-au-Prince, Haiti.

The grubs of the various species of the Otiorhynchid beetles
of the genus Diaprepes are major pests in Porto Rico and the
Lesser Antilles. They feed on and burrow into the roots of
sugar-cane, and other crops, while the tender leaves of citrus
trees often prove most ‘attractive to the adults. It has been
supposed that these beetles ordinarily have a one-year life-
cycle under favorable conditions, but this is merely a supposi-
tion. It is based, not on definite and careful rearing befitting
pests of such wide-spread economic importance, but rather on
the more or less regular recurrence of an increasing abundance
of adults during the spring, and their comparative scarcity at
other times. While stationed in Porto Rico, the writer twice
started to rear these grubs from egg clusters, but in both cases
the material was neglected or thrown away during his temporary
absence, and a favorable opportunity to recommence rearing ex-
periments was not presented until the spring of 1927 while
stationed in Haiti.

In the first large island to the westward of Porto Rico, His-
paniola, only a single species, abbreviatus L., of Diaprepes occurs
(of which Dr. Marshall recognizes two varieties, comma Bohe-
man and doublieri Guerin), and this species is found only in the
eastern or Dominican end of the island. Several species of a
closely allied genus, Exophthalmus, do occur throughout the
island, and as the distinction between the two genera is due to
a mere difference in the comparative length of the first joint of
the funiculus, in the more general facts of their life-history,
Diaprepes and Fxopthalmus may be supposed to be essentially
alike.

By comparison with near-by countries of similar size, Haiti
grows comparatively little sugar-cane, and in none of the cane
fields have grubs of Exopthalmus been noted in sufficient
abundance to cause appreciable damage. At Leogane, adults
of the largest species, guadrivittatus Olivier, were several times
noted feeding on the leaves of Sesbania sericea in cane fields,
and their grubs of course might be one more factor in addition
to poor drainage, mosaic disease, etc., of the unfavorable com-
plex adversely affecting this cane. In general, however, none

22 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

of the species of Exopthalmus may be considered particularly
common in Haiti, especially by comparison with the allied
genus Lachnopus, of which both species and individuals are
much more numerous.

In a small citrus nursery at the Experiment Station at Haina,
Republica Dominicana, both Exopthalmus quadrivittatus and
Diaprepes a. comma were found in considerable abundance by
the writer in 1920, and in the spring of 1927 a comparable
abundance of the former species was noted in a citrus nursery
at Damien farm, near Port-au-Prince, Haiti. The beetles
were feeding on the tender leaves or resting in clusters in rolled-
up leaves. A closer inspection disclosed the fact that the
females were depositing eggs between the leaves, irregular
masses of from several scores to several hundreds of these being
glued together in single layers between the edges of two ad-
joining leaves. From the economic standpoint, the most
interesting observation on these egg clusters was the fact that
over half of them were parasitized by an apparently undescribed
species of Tetrastichus.. The wasps, on emerging, burrowed
directly through the leaf tissue and often half a dozen or more
such holes occurred in each of the leaves surrounding a parasi-
tized egg cluster. Repeated collections of egg masses were
made during the last of March and in early April, and the grubs
hatching from some of these masses were used in attempting
to determine by actual rearing, the minimum length of the
larval period, and for making other life-history observations.

The individual eggs are cream-colored and barrel-shaped,
measuring 1.28 to 1.44 mm. in length and .48 to .56 mm. in
width. One egg cluster containing 140 eggs weighed .0305 gr.,
and one of 223 eggs weighed .0497 gr., which, making allow-
ance for a small amount of cement holding the eggs together,
indicates that the individual egg weighs about .00022 gr.
The newly emerged larvae weigh .00014 gr., and ten live adults
weighed 2.8157 gr., so that the adult weighs over 2,000 times
as much as does its off-spring at the beginning of larval exis-
tence.

Before the larvae have half completed their growth they
weigh as much as do the adults, and, most surprisingly, they
appear to reach their maximum weight and size months before
they are ready to transform to pupae. The weights of some
larvae during different instars is shown in the following table:

Date of weighing Instar Weight
Aug. 11, 1927 6th RSISMIE) fete.
7th 5662 gr.
8th 5565 gr.

'This species was described by A. B. Gahan, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 31,

p. 17, as Tetrastichus haitiensis Gahan.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 23

8th .5854 gr. (molted Aug. 9)
8th .7108 gr. (molted Aug. 9)
8th .9698 gr.

Sept. 21, 1927 9th 1.018 gr.
11th .834 gr.

As the eleventh instar grub died a day or two after being
weighed, and the other grubs remaining were too few in number
to permit risking any additional unnecessary casualties, the
weighing of the older grubs was reluctantly discontinued.
However, it did not require a chemical balance to indicate that
they were no longer making rapid gains in size and weight,
for they were obviously smaller than they had been previously.

The rapid increase in size and weight during the earlier instars
is most obviously reflected in the dimensions of the head. With
a little experience, one can tell accurately the instar of the
grub by looking at its head during the earlier instars, although
as they become older, no apparent increase in head size can be
noted with succeeding molts:

Instar Width of Head °
Ist .3—.32 mm.

2d 5) Imm.

3d .68 mm.

4th 122) mm

Sth 2.54-2.6 mm.

‘Most of the grubs on molting to the sixth instar attain a
width of head cf 3.0 mm., or sometimes a little more, so that
they can not readily be distinguished from those of the 7th
and 8th instars, in which the width approximates 3.5 mm. This
is the maximum size attained, and the later instars can only be
determined by keeping each larva in an individual can, so that
each cast skin can with certainty be assigned to the individual
responsible for it. The inability of the grubs to make gains
in weight and size after the ninth instar, despite the fact that
they continue to feed and molt more or less regularly, is cor-
related with a deepening of their color, like the ageing of old
ivory. When one considers the hardness and thickness of
chitinization of the adults, it is hardly surprising that this re-
quires adequate preparation by consolidation and dessication
in the larval stages. Insects having a complete metamorphosis
attain their maximum live weight towards the end of the larval
period, and in most cases during the last larval instar. It would
be interesting to determine whether the maximum dry weight
of these grubs continues to increase in the later larval instars,
instead of decreasing as does the live weight. In this connec-

24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

tion, it should be noted that the maximum weight of the larva
is over three times the weight of the adult.

The incubation period of the eggs is from eight to ten days.
Eggs about to hatch turn somewhat brownish at one end, indi-
cating the head of the contained larva. When the eggs hatch,
the larvae wiggle between the leaves and do not burrow through
the leaf tissue in emerging from the cluster. If one tears apart
the leaves surrounding eggs that have recently hatched, many
larvae are found resting on top of, or in the spaces between the
flattened egg-shells, awaiting the hatching of other eggs at the
edge of the cluster so that they can get out. The larvae crawl
over the surface of the leaf with a galloping motion, but quickly
drop to the earth beneath when the leaf slopes steeply from the
horizontal. Placed on finely sifted soil in tightly covered tin
salve boxes, they showed no haste to burrow beneath the soil,
and even days later, when, after having been in the dark, they
were suddenly exposed to the light and left in the light, they did
not burrow away from it. They came readily to the surface
of the soil also during the first instar, making little piles of fine
dirt like those heaped up in a ditch by the little mole cricket,
Ellipes minuta Scudder. Those whose instincts had not been
disastrously affected by the artificial conditions provided by a
closed tin salve box, however, promptly tunneled into the soil
and to the bottom of the can, finding there soft kernels of corn,
into which they burrowed.

The very young larvae are elongate and cylindrical, not
pear-shaped, having a cream-colored body, a light yellow-brown
head and darker mandibles. When about to molt, the larva
ceases to be clean, as it is ordinarily, for the finer particles of
soil at this time adhere to its skin. It also loses its cylindrical
shape, and is considerably flattened ventrally. It rests quietly
on its back in a cell only slightly larger than itself, with no exit
or entrance, deep in the soil. Between molts, the larva is
active in an elongate tunnel, at one end of which is its supply of
food. The larvae appeared to prefer the kernels of corn for
food, rather than its shoots or roots, although they often severed
them, and even the yellow leaves were sometimes partly eaten.
Bits of sweet-potato were not touched, and as the corn was
most satisfactory in many ways for feeding them, no additional
qualitative experiments in food material were tried.

A determination of the exact length of the larval instars of
soil insects often can not readily be obtained. In the case of
Exopthalmus, larvae at least, the disturbance incidental to ex-
amination even several days before or after molting often re-
sulted in their death. This heavy mortality was not serious
at first when one had hundreds of individuals, but proved dis-
astrous later, when their numbers were greatly reduced, and
additional material could not be obtained until the next season.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 25

Most fortunately, however, the larger grubs often were in such
a position that they could be observed without disturbance of
the soil about them, and careful and exact examinations could
be readily made.

In the can thoroughly examined most recently after all the
larvae had hatched, which happened to be within eleven days,
three larvae had already molted to third instar, one was in the
second instar, while most of the larvae were still in the first
instar. Those still in the first instar were apparently no larger
than when they had first hatched, and presumably had not
eaten, while those in the second and third instars were almost
invariably found burrowing into kernels of corn. In another
can examined twenty-three days after the hatching of the
larvae, two larvae were found that had reached the fourth
instar, although many first instar larvae were still wandering
about, no larger than when they came from the eggs. The
minimum length of the first instar is thus only a few days, and
presumably not more than a week or ten days in any case where
the larva does eat, grow and molt. First instar larvae were
found alive and active even a month after hatching, but they
had apparently not eaten during this time, and at the next ob-
servation, all had disappeared. The greatest mortality thus
takes place during the first instar, but probably under natural
conditions these grubs aimlessly wandering about, apparently
lacking the impulse to eat, would fall an easy prey to ants and
other predators long before they had starved to death.

The months during which the various instars occurred, and
their relative abundance during the months, as shown by the
rearing records, are noted in the following table:

Instars Ist 2d 3d 4th Sth Oth 7th Sth 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th Month

v.many many 6 2- =| SF Se => — Ss April

many v. many v. many 49 14 May
none 2 8 Se LOR el? June

4° 23 sil 3 July
SSS AN TISE

1 — — Sept.
Oct.
1 — — Nov.
1 — Dec.
lane

te
nu
me wn
|
|
|

After the grubs had begun to eat and grow, there appeared
to be no delay in their continued growth until the sixth instar.
The average length of the second, third, fourth and fifth in-
stars was between two and two and a half weeks each, but
some of the grubs in the sixth instar were very slow in trans-
forming to the next instar. One grub which had molted to
the sixth on May 25, did not molt again until August 6, while

26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

most of them required over a month for this instar. After the
sixth instar, the remaining instars were of more normal length,
although all were longer than before, from three to four weeks
each. Although some grubs grew rapidly and molted promptly
during one or more instars, they often appeared to stand still
for weeks in some succeeding instar. As a result, the grubs
which had hatched on the same day from the same egg-cluster,
and a month later might be scattered over two or three or even
four instars, in later months came to approach each other more
closely in instar, and in size became practically indistinguish-
able.

One grub molted to the 11th instar on September 21, but on
account of handling too soon afterwards, while being weighed,
died a day or two later. One other grub molted to the 10th
instar on the same date, and died soon afterwards. A third
grub molted to the 10th instar on October 25, and was found
dead two weeks later. On March 30, 1928, the only remaining
grub, of the hundreds with which rearing operations had been
commenced 10 months before, was found crushed. It was
then in the 15th instar, having molted for the last time on March
16, 1928. The record of larval molts for the individual and its
companions follow.

Record of Larval Molts.
March 23 egg mass collected.
March 31 _ hatching.
April 2 all hatched.
April 18 many in 2d and 3d instar.
May 4 3%n 4th instar, 4 in 3d instar.
May 11 1 in 3d dead.
May 16 3in 4th, 1 in 3d.
May 18 21in 4th removed.
May 23 1 in Sth, 1 in 3d instar.
May 29 added 1 5th from 4.
June 7 Stanly:
June) 1S GaiNGehe
June 20 1 6th.
Iuily eS eee
July 26 molted to 8th.
Sept. 6 molted to 9th.
Sept. 15 fed sweet potato.
Oct. 5 molted to 9th (must be 10th).
Nov. 19 molted to 11th.
Dec. 12 molted to 12th.
Jan. 4 molted to 13th.
March 3. molted to 14th.
March 16 molted to 15th.
March 30 accidentally killed.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 a7

THE LARVA OF THE WEEVIL EXOPTHALMUS QUADRIVIT-
TATUS OLIVIER (COLEOPTERA: RHYNCOPHORIDAE).

By Ricuarp T. Corron, U. S. Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.

The following description of the larva of Exopthalmus quadri-
vittatus Olivier has been prepared from material reared by Dr.
George N. Wolcott at Port-au-Prince, Haiti.

Description of Mature Larva.
(Plate No. 1.)

Generalities:

The full grown larva (fig. 8) is about 16 mm. long and 6 mm. wide; it is
cylindrical and slightly curved in the typical curculionid manner.

The head (fig. 2) is yellowish-brown with darker margins; each epicranial
half has two well defined light colored areas.

The body is whitish in color, with a well defined yellowish-brown prothoracic
shield. The spiracles (fig. 5) are large, bifore-annular, and somewhat pear-
shaped. They are present on the mesothorax and the first eight abdominal
segments. The mesothoracic spiracle is noticeably larger than the abdominal
ones; it points upward and is located on a small lobe pushed into the posterior
part of the prothorax. The abdominal spiracles are all of the same size and
have the longitudinal axis pointing obliquely upward and forward; the eighth
one is placed slightly more dorsal than the rest.

Head:

About as broad as long from anterior margin of frons to occipital foramen, the
sides broadly rounded.

Epicranial suture distinctly longer than half of cranium. Each epicranial
half with eight large and six minute setae as shown in figure 2.

Ocelli lacking.

Frons about four-fifths the length of the epicranial suture; frontal sutures
forming an angle of about 120°; median frontal carina lacking. Two long
setae, three minute setae and two sensory spots on each side of the frontal plate
as shown in figure 2.

Antenna (fig. 6) small, two-jointed, basal joint with 7 small setae (in the
preserved alcoholic specimens), apical joint broad and flattened.

Clypeus transverse; about three times as wide as long, and bearing on each
side two setae at suture between clypeus and epistoma.

Labrum transverse, anterior margin convex and indistinctly trilobed; slightly
more than twice as wide as long. Dorsal face (fig. 2) with four setae on each
side. Anterior margin (fig. 9) with a group of three lateral and a median
group of two setae on each side (one of the median setae similar in size to the
lateral setae, the other much shorter). Ventral face (or epipharynx) (fig. 9) on
each side with two setae and one small group of sensory spots inside of the
epipharyngeal rod (er).

Mandible (fig. 4) subtriangular, somewhat larger at base than apically; inside

28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

slightly concave, distally bluntly pointed without teeth. Two setae on dorso-
external face.

Maxilla (fig. 1): Cardo (ca) smooth, yellowish-brown. Stipes proper (st)
smooth, yellowish-brown with one large seta, one minute seta and sensory spot.
Palpiger (g) soft, with two setae and a sensory spot on ventral face. Maxillary
lobe (or mala) (m) single, large, tip obtuse and rounded, reaching about to
middle of apical joint of palpus; on ventral face with two large and two small
setae and a sensory spot; on buccal face with about eight stout setae. Maxillary
palp (p) short, with two joints; basal joint slightly longer and about twice as wide
as the apical, which is conical, obtuse and about twice as long as wide; basal
joint with one seta and two sensory spots; apical joint papillose at tip, with one
sensory spot.

Subfacial area (sf, fig. 1) fleshy, and probably formed by a fusion of the mental,
submental and maxillary articulating areas; it carries three setae on each side.

Prementum (=the fused labial stipites) (pm, fig. 1) posteriorly and laterally
limited by a well defined, curved chitinization which in the middle line extends
like a heavy stick both anteriorly and posteriorly; one seta and one sensory
spot on each side. Labial palp two-jointed; basal joint about as long as and
twice as wide as apical, which is conical; basal joint with one sensory spot;
apical joint papillose at tip, one sensory spot. Ligula well developed, thick
and fleshy; ventral face (li, fig. 1) with one small seta and one sensory spot on
each side; dorsal face (In, fig. 3) with one small seta and one sensory spot on each
side, lateral margins on the dorsal side setose.

Paragnath (pet, fig. 3) a setose lobe.

Hypopharynx (hyp, fig. 3) fleshy, membranous, longitudinally wrinkled,
supported on each side by a chitinous rod.

Thorax:

Tergum of prothorax simple, not differentiated into tergal areas; each side
with a lightly chitinized, indistinctly defined, yellowish-brown shield. There
are on each side 11 setae arranged as shown in figure 8. Mesothorax and meta-
thorax with tergum divided into prescutum (psc), scuto-scutellum (sc-scl) plus
alar area (a) and post-scutellum (pscl). Prescutum (psc) with one seta on each
side; scuto-scutellum with 4 setae on each side; alar area with two setae.

Epipleurum (e) of prothorax large, lobe-like with distinct pre-epipleural
section (ea). The epipleurum of mesothorax large with well-developed pre-
epipleural (ea) and small post-epipleural (eb) sections, two setae on epipleurum
proper, one on pre-epipleural section. The metathoracic epipleurum without
clearly defined pre-epipleural section, otherwise similar in form to the corres-
ponding mesothoracic area.

The hypopleural and sternal areas of all thoracic segments are very similar
in size and arrangement.

Hypopleurum (h) situated below the ventro-lateral suture with two fine
setae on the prothoracic lobe and one on each of the mesothoracic and meta-
thoracic lobes.

Presternum absent in each segment, eusternum (est) large, unpaired, with
one seta on each side. Parasternum (or coxal lobe) (cx), triangular, with

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 28)

rounded swelling below hypopleurum; 7 either normal or small setae present.
Poststernellum (post) small, spindle-shaped without setae.

Abdomen:

The first eight segments are almost identical in all respects, the two last
modified and reduced in size.

Tergum divided into prescutum (psc, fig. 8), scutum (sc), scutellum (scl),
postscutellum (pscl) and alar area (a). The setal arrangement is on each side
as follows: prescutum with one seta; scutum without setae; scutellum with 5
setae arranged as shown in figure 8; postscutellum without setae; alar area with
two setae.

Epipleurum (e) ventrally limited by the ventro-lateral suture; median region
with two setae.

Hypopleurum (h) below the ventro-lateral suture, with two setae.

Presternum wanting; eusternum (est) same as in thoracic segments but with
two setae on each side. Parasternum (or coxal lobe) (cx) triangular, with one
seta; poststernellum small, spindle-shaped, without setae.

Ninth abdominal segment smaller, with tergal areas less differentiated and
with fewer setae.

Tenth abdominal segment small, globular, or wart-like with about 8 setae.

Spiracles bifore-annular with a thick rim in which a pair of minute air tubes
are located, a deeply hollowed mouth piece, beset with numerous fine, short
spinulae, and a slit-like opening at the bottom.

Comments:

The larva of Exopthalmus quddrivittatus Olivier is almost
identical in appearance with the larva of the closely allied
Diaprepes abbreviatus Linnaeus. The larvae of the two species,
however, may be readily distinguished by the size of the spiracles,
the spiracles of Exopthalmus quadrivittatus (fig. 5) being almost
twice as large as those of Diaprepes abbreviatus Linnaeus! (fig.
7). The measurements of the spiracles are as follows: Ex-
opthalmus quadrivittatus, mesothoracic spiracle length 0.6 mm.,
width 0.4 mm.; abdominal spiracle length 0.37 mm., width
0.26 mm. Diaprepes abbreviatus, mesothoracic spiracle length
0.36 mm., width 0.25 mm.; abdominal spiracle length 0.23 mm.,

width 0.16 mm.

'The spiracles of the larvae of the genus Diaprepes, examined by the writer,
are bifore-annular as in Exopthalmus. In a paper entitled ““Some sugar-cane
root-boring weevils of the West Indies” (Journal of Agric. Research, vol. IV,
no. 3, 1915), the author, W. Dwight Pierce, has given a habitus-figure of the
larva of Diaprepes spengleri, on which the spiracles appear to be annular; but
no detailed description or figures of the spiracles are presented.

PLATE | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31

COTTON—EXOPTHALMUS.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 Sill

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
(Drawings by the author.)

1. Ventral mouthparts, ventral view: ca, cardo; g, palpiger; li, ligula; m, mala;
p, palpus; pm, prementum; sf, subfacial area; st, stipes maxillaris.

2. Head capsule, dorsal view.

3. Ventral mouthparts, buccal view: hyp, hypopharynx; In, ligula, dorsal face;
m, mala; pgt, paragnath.

. Mandible, dorsal view.

. Mesothoracic spiracle with enlarged view of air tubes.

. Antenna.

. Mesothoracic spiracle of Diaprepes abbreviatus Linnaeus.

. Larva, habitus from the side: a, alar area; cx, parasternum; e, epipleurum;
ea, pre-epipleural lobe; eb, post-epipleural lobe; est, eusternum; h, hypo-
pleurum; post, poststernellum; psc, prescutum; pscl, postscutellum; sc,
scutum; scl, scutellum; sc-scl, scuto-scutellum.

9. Epipharynx: er, epipharyngeal rod.

oN A NM

A NEW VARIETY OF TARSONEMUS (ACARINA) FROM THE
PACIFIC COAST.

By H. E. Ewine, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

On the Pacific Coast, Tarsonemid mites have been found in-
festing narcissus plants and bulbs and causing some injury to
the same. They penetrate between the fleshy scales of bulbs
and by their activities cause a deadening of the tissues they
attack. This Tarsonemid mite, which is apparently unde-
scribed, is frequently accompanied by a predaceous, beneficial,
Gamasid mite, that should not be confused with the former.

Tarsonemus approximatus Banks, var. narcissi, new variety.

Female.—Of the type of approximatus Banks. Last segment of last pair of
legs extending beyond the margin of the abdomen by about its length. This
segment is a little over half as long as the penultimate.

Length of female, 0.23 mm.; width, 0.11 mm.

Male.—Capitulum almost circular. Posterior cephalothoracic — bristles
rather short and spinelike, in length equal to one and a half times the width of
coxa II. Posterior lateral setae of abdomen spinelike, not equal to femur IV
in length. Last pair of legs longer and stouter than the third pair; coxa some-
what triangular, as broad as long and without seta; femur longer than all the
other segments taken together, swollen laterally and slightly emarginate on the
inner border at the insertion of inner distal seta, which is straight and equal to
the width of the femur in length, lateral seta of femur curved and reaching to
the tip of the segment. Distal segment of last pair of legs slightly longer than
broad, inner spine at tip of segment and about one-third as long as tarsal claw,
outer seta clavate, situated almost at tip of segment and half as long as tarsal

32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO.(2, .FEB.,. 1929

claw, ventral seta straight, slightly longer than tarsal claw and slightly sur-
passing the same; tarsal claw stout, slightly shorter than the last segment of the

leg.
Length of male, 0.16 mm.; width, 0.09 mm.

Type locality —California.

Type slide—Cat. No. 960, U.S. N. M.

Described from many males and females taken from stems,
leaves and flower buds of Narcissus, San Leandro, California,
February 3, 1926, by C. F. Doucette; from stems and leaves of
Narcissus, Natividad, California, January 28, 19263by Be
Doucette; from stems and leaves of Narcissus, Natividad, Cali=
fornia, February 6, 1826, by Ck: Doucette: from Narcissus
bulbs (alba plana odorata) from Bellingham, Washington, Sep-
tember 18, 1928, by David Griffiths.

This variety differs from approximatus Banks in having much
shorter tarsal claws on the last pair of legs of the male. Also
the ventral seta of the last segment of leg IV of the male is not
more than half as long as it is in approximatus Banks.

The writer also examined some specimens of Tarsonemus
taken by Doucette from Narcissus plants at Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, April 13, 1925, which may have been this variety,
but he was unable to locate any males, hence could not defi-
nitely identify them.

NOTES ON SYNONYMY OF DIPTERA, NO. 3.!
By J. M. Aupricu, U. 8. National Museum.

1. Muscopteryx chaetosula Townsend. This species, type of
the genus, was described in the Canadian Entomologist, vol.
24, 1892, p. 171, from a single specimen said to be a male, from
Chihuahua, Mexico. Coquillett in his Revision, 1897, p. 125,
misidentified the species, and on p. 132 described the true
chaetosula as Brachycoma pulverea, as 1 find by comparing both
types. Brachycoma is a Sarcophagid genus, the postscutellum
being undeveloped. The type of chaetosu/a is a female, not a
male, and the term silvery as applied to the pollen should have
been cinereous. It has a well-developed postscutellum. Be-
sides the female type of pulverea, the National Museum now has
a male of the species, collected by Townsend on the Rio Ara-
vaipa, Arizona. In this male the width of the front at the
narrowest, somewhat anterior to ocelli, is 0.16 of the head, and
there are no orbital bristles; the fourth vein is more angular at

1The present paper is a continuation of two published in these Proceedings
last year (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 30, 1928, pp. 41-45 and 142-145); these were
not numbered, but since others may follow from time to time, it seems desirable
to number the parts hereafter.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 33

the bend and the apical cell is not quite closed. In both sexes
the fourth abdominal segment has a definite row of small
bristles at the first fourth of the length, a row of large bristles
at the middle, and a row almost as large just before the tip,
together with some smaller at tip.

iownsend, im Journal N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 23, 1915, ps 219;
says the specimen identified by Coquillett i in 1897 as age
is a male of Muscopteryx tibialis, described by Coquillett in
Proce U2 )S..NiM. 2571902. p. 115, which species Townsend
makes the type of a new genus Metopomuscopteryx. This is
certainly a valid genus, ¢dialis being a much more bristly
species than chaefosula. On the same page Townsend describes
Paramuscopteryx genalis, and mentions that Coquillett had
labeled the type as Muscopteryx chaetosula, although it is a dis-
tinct species from the one mentioned in his Revision. The
genus Paramuscopteryx (p. 218) has genalis as type, and I think
is valid, although the description as far as it is a comparison
with Muscoptery x 1s misleading, since Townsend had also failed
to recognize his own species, designating Coquillett’s Brachy-
coma ane as type of Psammoppia new genus in Proc. Biol.
poe vvash., 20, 1915.3 20:

Paramuscopteryx differs from Muscopteryx chiefly in having
several irregular rows of bristles on the parafacials, instead of
a single uniform row; antennae larger, third joint more elong-
ated; hairs of back of head all dark: a pair of acrostichals just
before suture; discals on first abdominal segment and prediscals
on second and third; third vein with a single bristle at base,
rarely two.

. Paratheresia signifera Townsend. The history of this
species is of considerable interest. It was reared by Rosenfeld
and Barber at Tucuman, Argentina, in 1911 to 1913, from the
sugar-cane borer, Diatraea sacchat -alis, and was discussed and
figured by them without a scientific name in their extensive
paper on the borer, in Revista Industrial y Agricola de Tucu-
man, vol. 4, 1913-14, p. 324, pl. 12. I find specimens in the
National Museum from them dated 1911 to 1913, evidently
sent here for identification, but at a time when there was no
specialist in the group at the Museum.

Dr. Townsend described the species in Journal N. Y. Ent.
Soc., 23, 1915, p. 65, from a single female which he found on the
trunk of a tree in Peru; the habits of the species were of course
unknown. In 1920 I identified Townsend’s 3 species in material
brought by Dr. Wm. M. Mann from Monte Cristo, Honduras,
which had been reared from Diatraea saccharalis there; also in
1924 the species was sent with the same habit by Osborn and
Van Zwaluwenburg, from Potrero, Vera Cruz, Mexico. Van
Zwaluwenburg published a note in Journal Econ. Ent., 19,

34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

1926, p. 664, on his attempt to introduce the parasite into
Sinaloa from Vera Cruz. Holloway, Haley and Loftin, Tech.
Bull. 41, U. S. Dept. Agric., 1928, p. 44, have noted the same
case; and Townsend has discussed the same parasitic habit in
Peru in Bol. 1, Est. Exper. Agron., Lima, Peru, 1928, p. 24,
fis. 29: 30:

Apparently in 1926 the Director of the Experiment Station
in Tucuman requested the late Dr. Brethes, of the National
Museum in Buenos Aires, to ascertain the identity of the para-
sites reared by Rosenfeld and Barber. Brethes then described
the species as Sarcophaga diatraeae in Rev. Indust. y Agric. de
Tucuman, vol. 17, 1927, p. 207. My attention was drawn to
this description by Harold E. Box, who went to Tucuman about
that time as entomologist. Through the kindness of Mr. Box I
received one of the types of the Brethes species, and found it
identical with Townsend’s.

Thus it appears that the species is a rather common parasite
of the sugar-cane borer throughout the sugar-growing region of
North and South America.

3. Trixoscelis cinerea Coquillett. Described as Parodinia
cinerea by Coquillett in Journal N. Y. Ent. Soc., 10, 1902, p.
186; it is the genotype of Parodinia. Coquillett described
Leria nuda in Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 12, 1910, p. 130, from two
specimens, one from Claremont, Calif. (Baker), the other from
Santa Fe, N. M. (Cockerell). The latter specimen is the same
as his types of cinerea, while the former is a different species
which was described as Trixoscelis prima by Hendel in Wien.
Ent. Zeit., 30, 1911, p. 43. It is necessary to designate one of
the cotypes of cinerea as the type. I choose for this purpose the
one from Claremont, Calif., although this has the regrettable
effect of making prima asynonym. The types of prima were
said to be from Claremont, N. H., but this was a geographical
error in the State, as they came from Claremont, Calif., and
bore identical labels with the type of muda. Since I sent the
material to Dr. Hendel, I am certain of this, although I do not
have any of his types. Melander, in Psyche, 20, 1913, p.
169, says, ““Hendel’s Trixoscelis prima is the same as Parodinia
cinerea Coquillett.” I find however that besides the black
third joint in cinerea, the species also has four or five irregular
rows of acrostichals, while prima (or nuda) has wholly yellow
third joint and two definite rows of acrostichals.

Coquillett’s mistake in referring two species (as one) of this
genus to Leria is similar to my own in putting my Sz/igo in
Heleomyzidae. In admitting my mistake, in Canad. Ent., 42,
1910, p. 100, I excused myself a little by noting that Loew once
described a Geomyza as a Leria. Frey, in Acta Soc. Fauna et
Flora Fenn., 48, 1921, p. 220, proposed a family Trixoscelidae,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 35

next to Heleomyzidae, on the basis-of his study of the mouth
parts. This family is accepted by Hendel in his recent general
paper on the families of Diptera (Tierwelt Deutschlands, Teil
ee Wipters, DE 1928. p. 99):

4. Genus Hippelates Loew. Malloch published a revision of
the genus and a few related forms in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
46, 1913, pp. 239-266, with two plates. Shortly after the
appearance of the paper I had occasion to examine his material
and to visit the Museum of Comparative Zoology and examine
the types of Loew’s species. The results of this work have been
awaiting publication until I could complete a manuscript on
the family Chloropidae, or at least a part of it. Recently some
of my findings were communicated to Professor Herms in con-
nection with identification work, and have been published by
him in Journal Econ. Ent. 21, 1928, p. 691. It seems desirable
to publish the remainder of my notes, and for completeness I
add what Professor Herms has already printed.

Hippelates nudifrons Malloch is Hippelates flaviceps Loew
(published as Oscinis)

Hippelates nitidifrons Malloch is typical flavipes Loew.

Pusio Loew is flavipes of Malloch.

Pusio Malloch is a different form.

Malloch’s key requires the following corrections as to the
numbers in order to be workable:

Page 240, couplet 11, the second alternative should run to
20 instead of 21; couplet 12, the second alternative should run
to 17 instead of 18. Page 241, left side, strike out the numbers
18, 21, and 23, as there are no such couplets.

5. Admontia nasoni Coquillett. Curran has described Ad-
montia ruficeps in Canad. Ent., 59, 1927, p. 296, based on a
male from Green Bay, Wis. This I believe the heretofore
undescribed male of nasoni. I collected three of the very
characteristic females of the species at Lafayette, Indiana,
together with one male agreeing with Curran’s description.
It would appear that the male does not have the wing coloration
which usually makes the female readily identifiable. Besides
the type, from Algonquin, Ill., and the specimens already
mentioned, the National Museum has three females from Ger-
mantown, Pa. (Harbeck), National Park, N. J. (Harbeck), and
Colorado (Baker No. 2080). Townsend proposed the new
genus Euhyperecteina for nasoni in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 2
1915, p. 19, but merely by designation of type, without descrip-
tion. Iam unable to find sufficient differences between nasoni
and the genotype of Admontia (amicta Meigen of Europe) to
justify a separate genus for the former.

36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

6. Sturmia bakeri Coquillett. This was described by Co-
quillett in his Revision of N. A. Tachinidae, 1897, p. 112. The
description was based on a single male from Colorado (Baker
No. 1580). Curran described what I believe to be the same
species as Laximasicera sexualis in Canad. Ent., 59, 1927, p.
14; he had a male from Waterton, Alberta. The genus was
characterized as like Erycia but without ocellars. Among
other characters, the species is said to have the outer verticals
developed in the male, and this sex also has a patch of fine
hairs on each side of the under part of the third abdominal
segment. With all details of Curran’s description, dakeri is in
agreement. I do not attempt to decide the validity of the
genus Laximasicera at this time; there are so many other existing
genera rather closely allied that I am at a loss to decide with
which, if any, it might be synonymous. The National Museum
has, besides the type of Saker, the following specimens (Aldrich
coll.): one male from Moscow, Idaho; two males and a female
from the Turtle Mountains in North Dakota; and a male

from Craig’s Mt., Idaho.

7. Sturmia schizurae Coquillett. Townsend referred this
species to Argyrophylax in Taxonomy of the Muscoid Flies,
1908, p. 98; and as there was already a species schizurae in the
genus he renamed this one piperz. But the species has well-
developed ocellars, and consequently would not go to Argyro-
phylax in his key on the same page; hence the new specific name
was unnecessary. Having bristly facial ridges, bare eyes,
strongly ciliate hind tibiae, etc., the species belongs in Achae-
toneura, and is in fact a close relative of frenchii Williston.

8. Neotrafota incarum Townsend. In these Proceedings,
30, 1928, p. 144, I discussed this species and Townsend’s dis-
sent from my conclusions on the basis of additional material
which he had secured in Peru. In November last he visited
Washington and gave to the National Museum two males of the
species which in his discussion he had taken to be Neotrafoia
incarum. On comparison with the types they turned out to be
a new species, as he readily admitted. Hence my conclusions
on the synonymy of Charapemyia calida are not affected by his
published statements.

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 37

A NEW SPECIES OF ACROBASIS (LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE;
PHYCITINAE).

By Harrison G. Dyar anp Cart HEtnricu.

(Plate 1.)

This species is of economic importance in Alabama and
Georgia, being injurious to the Pecan, so that a name for it
is desirable.

Acrobasis cunulae, new species.

(Latin: Cunulae, a little cradle, referring to the larval case.)

In general of a dark slaty gray, uniform, without red tint. Wings of the
male without any black sex-marks beneath. Fore wing dark gray; inner line
curved, moderately broad, pale gray, preceded on its lower two-thirds by
a ridge of raised blackish scales; middle field uniform; discal dots two, blackish,
generally separated, followed by a pale gray oblique streak to costa; outer
line blackish, denticulate, inbent at submedian fold, followed rather broadly
by pale gray; terminal line faintly darker. Hind wing gray, the membrane
subpellucid, sordid, the veins and terminal line blackish, darker in the female
than in the male. Expanse, 20-24 mm., the females but little larger than the
males.

Genitalia figured from type (male) and paratype (female) from the type
locality. The male genitalia are distinguished from those of other Acrobasis
species by the relatively broader lateral projections (1) of tongue of gnathos.

Cairo, Georgia, May 16, 1927 (G. F. Moznette); Mobile,
Alabama, May 16, 1927 iG. A. Pfaffman); Auburn, Alabama,
aa 25, 1926 (J. M. Robinson); Dewitt, Georgia, May ai,
1928 G F. Moznette).

Type (male), allotype (female) —Cat. No. 41,598, U.S. N. M.
(Mobile, Alabama); paratypes, 16, from this and the other
localities mentioned. All specimens reared.

A distinct species easily recognized by its nearly uniform
slate gray color and characteristic larval case. The latter
is black, stout, ovoid with the open end decidedly tapering,
from 18 to 20 mm. long and 4.5 to 5 mm. in diameter at its
widest part.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Acrobasis cunulae, new species.
Fig. 1. Male genitalia; ventral view of organs spread, with aedoeagus omitted;
1= lateral projection from tongue of gnathos.
Fig. 2. Aedoeagus and penis of male.

Fig. 3. Eighth abdominal segment of male showing modified scale tufts.
Fig. 4. Genitalia of female; Go=genital opening.

Drawings made under the author’s supervision by Mary Foley Benson of
the Bureau of Entomology.

PLATE 2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 39
THE COWPEA BRUCHID (COLEOPTERA) UNDER ANOTHER
NAME—A PLEA FOR ONE KIND OF ENTOMOLOGICAL
SPECIALIST.

By Joun CoiBurn BripWELt.

In checking over the recent bibliography of the Bruchidae,
this note was encountered in the Review of Applied Entomology,
Series A, Vol. 7, p. 236, 1919: “A Bruchid, Bruchus (Acanthos-
celides) trabuti is described occurring in the seeds of Vigna
sinensis (cowpea) ftom Timbuctoo.” Being interested in new
Bruchidae from the cowpea and somewhat suspicious of them,
though the U. S. National Museum Collection contains two
which are at least unrecorded, the paper referred to by M. H.
Caillol (Bull. Soc. Ent. France 1919) was examined and in it
was found a careful and accurate description of the cowpea
bruchid or so-called “‘four-spotted bean weevil.” I speak of it
thus so it may be recognized, for its nomenclatorial history
suggests the Woman at the Well and the husbands she had had
and him she then had who was not her husband. Names it has
had but the one it now has is not legitimately its own.

It came to me with a shock that in 1919, one of the earliest
described and best known of economic Bruchidae could be de-
scribed as new in a genus not its own, by a competent entomolo-
gist, in a periodical published by the oldest entomological so-
ciety in the world. It seemed incredible that it could be re-
viewed in such a journal as this, conducted by one of the ablest
coleopterists working to-day and the fact escape notice not only
then but during the ten years which have since elapsed,—yet
this is what has happened.

How can this be? This can be answered but not in a word.
The last general revision of the Bruchidae of the world was
published by Schoenherr in 1833 and expanded by the ad-
dition of many species in 1839. Since then have appeared
regional reviews of European species, by Allard using the names
Bruchus and Bruchidae, by Baudi with My/abris and Mylabri-
dae, by Schilsky reverting to Bruchus and Bruchidae, local
European treatment by Bedel and Reitter have Laria and
Lariidae. Dr. Sharp and Horn and Fall in treating American
species, all have used Bruchus and Bruchidae while Leng’s Cata-
logue turns to My/abris and Mylabridae; while the Pic catalogue
of the species of the world holds to Bruchus and Bruchidae.
But these nomenclatorial vicissitudes have been shared by all
the Bruchids and the mere shifting of names should not have
obscured such a species.

The cowpea bruchid has had an undue amount of con-
fusion about it and its nomenclatorial tangle has so far baffled
every student who has treated it so that when one begins to
feel sure of his own decision regarding its proper technical

40 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

name, modesty is likely to suggest caution in making positive
assertions. For more than ten years the writer has been
working on this group and for more than five of these he has
been of the opinion that the technical name for this species
should be Callosobruchus maculatus (Fabricius).

Fabricius 1775, Ent. Syst. 65, described Bruchus maculatus
and in 1792, Syst. Ent. (1) 2: 371, Bruchus 4#maculatus. Fah-
raeus 1839 in Schoenherr Gen. Curc. 5:11, after examining the
Fabrician types, considered them the same species but un-
fortunately continued to use the later, more cumbersome and
less accurate name, in which he has been followed by other
authors down to the present day. I know of no reason to
doubt the soundness of his judgment of their specific identity,
since no one since has had sounder knowledge of the Bruchidae
than Schoenherr’s three associates, Boheman, Gyllenhal, and
Fahraeus who did the descriptive work on the Bruchidae in
the Genera Curculionidum. We should then, it seems, use the
first valid specific name applied to the cowpea bruchid, and that
is maculatus of Fabricius 1775.

For the generic name, shall we use Bruchus, Mylabris, Laria,
Acanthoecelides or Pachymerus? In my judgment none of these,
which have been used, but Ca//losobruchus, which has not been
used. Pic in 1902, describing some Bruchidae allied to Bruchus
chineneis (Linnaeus) proposed for them and for Chinensis the
subgenus Callosobruchus, but did not then nor since elaborate a
description which would make maculatus congeneric with
chinensis as I believe it to. be. Cal/losobruchus as | understand it
is a valid genus of the Bruchinae with the pronotum conical,
its sides straight or a little concave, the pronotal margin ob-
scured or absent, the pygidium oblique in the 2, subvertical
in the «, the hind femur flattened beneath and _ longitudi-
nally bicarinate, each carina bearing a tooth near apex, the
outer triangular, the inner more acute. The species are
strongly sexually dimorphic and in some of them, such as
chinensis, the @ antennae are strongly serrate, often being
termed pectinate, while in maculatus the joints of the @ an-
tennae are slender and subserrate. In form the species may
be short and compact, even more so than chinensis, or more
elongate, as in maculatus. Pic.emphasizes the callous on the
median lobe of the pronotum of chinensis which is present in a
more or less developed condition in the species but is not diag-
nostic of the genus. Pic indicates in 1912, that he considers
chinensis (Linnaeus) as the type but does not quite designate
it as such. It is included in the original reference under the
synonym scutellaris (Fabricius). Accordingly, in order to put
the matter in definite form, Bruchus scutellaris (Fabricius) =
Curculio chinensis Linnaeus 1758, is hereby designated as the
genotype of Callosobruchus Pic. 1902.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 41
Pachymerus has been used for our species by various authors
but here there is no possibility of doubt. We have unfortun-
ately two genera called Pachymerus among the Bruchidae, to say
nothing of the genera of the same name in Ichneumonidae,
Scarabaeidae, and Lygaeidae. The first of these genera to be
established (Thunberg 1805) has for its type Bruchus bactris
(Linnaeus) bred by Jacquin from the seeds of a palm of the
genus Bactris and about as different from maculatus as any
member of the family. But were this not the case and we were
free to use the Schoenherrian Pachymerus our species is certainly
not congeneric with Bruchus brasiliensis Thunberg, fixed by
Schoenherr as the genotype. It can only have been placed
there in the belief that Pachymerus should serve as a convenient
resting place for Bruchidae with spinose femora regardless of
cephalic, thoracic, antennal and other characters or of any
similarity or difference of femoral structure even. While
brasiliensis and maculatus may perhaps fall into the same sub-
family, Pseudopachymerus Pic, which takes the place of Pachy-
merus Schoenherr, and Callosobruchus are quite as unlike as
any two genera of the Bruchinae. The former is naturally
confined to the New World and the latter was peculiar to the
Old, until the accidents of commerce permitted three of its
species to follow their host plants to the New World. aria,
Mylabris, and Bruchus are here excluded from consideration
since they are synonyms for a genus differing in thoracic,
secondary sexual and other characters and if my judgment is
sound, worthy of being held distinct.

But my apology for M. Caillol and the others who contributed
in continuing the error into which he has fallen is not complete.
Doubtless he felt it hopeless to determine whether his species
might have been described under maculatus or quadrimaculatus,
or under ornatus, or sinuatus, or ambiguus, or barbicornis, or
bistriotus which have been supposed to fall into this synonymy,
or under other names not yet suspected. He doubtless felt
that with the present imperfect descriptions he could not de-
termine his insect and to give Dr. Trabut a name for his eco-
nomic insect he proceeded to describe it as new. Still why
should he place it in Acanthoscelides?

Here the answer, again, can not be in a word. Herr Schilsky
in elaborating the European Bruchidae, like most other workers
in the group, felt the need for more genera and transferred a
majority of the species into Bruchidius, and after separating
these from Bruchus and removing as many as he could to
previously described genera, established a convenience genus
Acanthoscelides for certain other species of exotic origin es-
tablished in EweDrs naturally without recognizing any very
good limits for it. Had he had a large familiarity with the
Bruchid fauna of the world such as he had of Europe, doubtless

42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

he would have realized that Bruchus obtectus Say 1831 (in-
advertently treated under the later name iresectus Fahraeus
1839) would fall into a large American genus for which it would
serve admirably as genotype. Since he did not and his genus
still remains without a designated genotype, we may here attend
to that most necessary formality. Bruchus irresectus Fahraeus
1839, is hereby designated as genotype of Acanthoscelides
Schilsky. Basing the genus upon this type we find it the
largest genus of American Bruchidae. The species have the
pronotum conical with the surface even, the sides as seen from
above straight or convex, the lateral margins rudimentary,
not attaining the anterior margin; the front carinate; the hind
femur feebly channeled beneath, Jongitudinally bicarinate and
the inner carina with a strong tooth and beyond the tooth one,
most often two, but exceptionally even three or four denticles;
the abdomen with the intermediate sternites abbreviated and
the pygidium oblique, often subvertical. Had the genus been
described thus, M. Caillol would not have referred his species
to Acanthoscelides. Since neither genus had been adequately
described, M. Caillol’s reference might well have been made by
any coleopterist except those who would revert to the classifi-
cation and place all Bruchidae in one or other of two genera.

Since 1920 it has been my fortune to examine the literature
of the Bruchid genera and I feel quite safe in saying that of the
25, more or less, groups in the family of generic or near-generic
rank proposed in the family, not one has been described so as to
permit the common or ordinary coleopterist to include in it the
species belonging to it and to exclude from it the species which
do not, excepting only Bruchus as restricted by Schilsky.

Had the condition of the literature permitted M. Caillol to
refer the material submitted to him by Dr. Trabut to its
species he might have at once directed him to the rich biological
and economic literature which records our knowledge of the
Cowpea Bruchid (Callosobruchus maculatus (Fabricius 1775)).

It would be easy to duplicate this picture of confusion of
nomenclature and the resulting disorder and delay in economic
work in other groups. My purpose in this is to illustrate the
necessity for a certain type of entomological specialist nowhere
now supported officially and given freedom to work as any
miner or creative artist or naturalist must work—as the ore
leads.

The Bruchidae may serve as well as any other group to illus-
trate this need. Personal familiarity with this family calls up
a multitude of instances which might be brought out to sup-
port my conviction that such specialists must be developed,
supported, and used for the good of economic work.

Twelve species of Bruchidae have become established in the
Hawaiian Islands, four of them having apparently arrived

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929 43

since my work upon them began there in 1918. Of these,
four are of Old World origin and eight came from the warmer
parts of America. All but one have considerable economic
importance and have some economic literature concerning
them. Two species are still undescribed but one of these has
been discussed under a name based on a misidentification and
all the economic literature of significance under this name
(Bruchus prosopis) refers to this undescribed species. Of these
Hawaiian immigrant Bruchidae, two have been referred to the
genus 1n which I should place them. I should refer these
twelve species to seven genera, for four of these genera avail-
able names are found in literature, while three of them require
new names. Six of these species seem to be usually referred
to by species names which are not those by which thev should
be known while five seem to be called by names properly their
own. Not once seems legitimately referred to the genus under
which it has been usually placed and every one excepting one of
the two undescribed species is involved in nomenclatorial con-
fusion such that the literature can not be read until unpublished
corrections are recorded without erroneous ideas being com-
municated.

No one but a specialist in the study of the Bruchidae of the
world can possibly handle intelligently the questions involved
in the names, the habits, and their economics, and no specialist
in Bruchidae is employed in the whole world, unless one man
is so classed and his official duties are confined to the economics
of two species.

Instances might be multiplied to weariness of Bruchidae
attacking economic plants in all corners of the earth, awaiting
the accidents of commerce to spread elsewhere, undescribed,
or their habits unknown, or in nomenclatorial confusion, so
that one species seems to be two or two to be one, of which we
should know and let others know.

Such tasks as are thus suggested may be done only by one
type of entomological specialist and it is hoped what is here
written may further the development and support of such
specialists. The tasks to be done by a specialist in Bruchidae
are such as other specialists of the same type must do and an
outline of some of them seems pertinent here.

Some eight hundred names have been given to Bruchidae
and the habits of perhaps a hundred are known at least partially
but no great advance in biology, or economics are to be looked
for until certain foundation work in taxonomy is done. Among
the tasks which need doing are these:

Stabilization of the nomenclature, determining which generic
name should be used for the type genus of the family. + _
Preparation of a catalogue of the binomial names established

44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 2, FEB., 1929

in the family, so coleopterists may determine if a name used or
desired to be used is available or not. At present, no one can
determine from any existing catalogue or by any reasonable
amount of research whether a proposed binomial may or may
not be used. Eleven of our 91 valid described species have
recently been changed because of imperfect catalogue work
in the past or now require changing.

Description of fifty genera, more or less, necessary in the
Bruchidae to reduce the work of specific description and to
clarify our ideas of distribution.

Establishment of a general knowledge among coleopterists of
the characters by which Bruchid genera and species may be
distinguished. To be secured by publishing properly de-
scribed and figured Bruchid species and genera.

Criticism of published Bruchid host-plant records, classify-
ing them as erroneous, doubtful and certain.

Distribution into as many centers of entomological work as
possible, extensive collections of authentically named Bruchi-
dae from all parts of the world so that local workers may have
a basis for their work safer than that formed by descriptions.

These tasks completed as they may be in a very few years by
a properly supported and assisted specialist, future work in
the family would be carried on by local workers and we might
hope soon to know the Bruchid enemies we shall need to fight
and how to fight them and if, as may be the case, there are
Bruchid friends which will help us in fighting plant enemies.

Actual date of publication, February 21, 1929

VOL. 31 MARCH, 1929 No. 3

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS
CAUDELL, A. N.—COCCONOTUS SCHUNKEI, NEW NAME (ORTHOPTERA:

TE LOLGONLID AR e>SEUDORHMEDINAB)|\aueyil oa eelqua s mray) 4). Oe:
DYAR, HARRISON G.—A NEW MOSQUITO FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. . 61
DYAR, HARRISON G.—AMERICAN PSYCHODIDAE (DIPTERA) III. ...... 63
SCHAUS, W.—NEW SPECIES OF HETEROCERA (LEPIDOPTERA) FROM SOUTHERN

INCONEIT jg) SOs SRE e e OE ERCEEMCU CS, co)
ROHWER, S. A.—A NOTE ON THE SYNONYMY OF A BIRCH LEAF MINER... 62

PusiisHeED MontHiy Except Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER a
BY THE Ow
5
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON /
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ‘
WASHINGTON, D. C. Ne

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

~ APR 1119

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEDiNGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary: President. Ga 3 ee L. O. HOWARD
President. .c2c5 is A ee J. E. GRAF
RirsteVice=President =. 2 ae ee ee A. C. BAKER
Second VicesPresident, Weel ee cle. cain Aad Re F.C. BISHORE
Recording Secreta on, fabs oo ts! fo eet Bee J. S. WADE
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurem «0. 5 ws se ee S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Editor..." 2o SORES REA AE a ee -W, R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D, C,
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C, T, Greeng, A. N, Caupe t,

T, E, Snyper, >
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCHNTEEAD aap so che! a sen ae eee , oo A, G, BOVING
PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpinos will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00
Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the Editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL Society OF WASHINGTON
VOL. ai MARCH, 1929 No. 3

NEW SPECIES OF HETEROCERA (LEPIDOPTERA) FROM
SOUTHERN BRAZIL.

By W. Scuaus, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones of England and Glendale, Cali-
fornia, has generously presented to the United States National
Museum a collection of Heterocera made on his last trip to
Brazil. Besides the new species now described, there were a
number of others including the previously unknown female
of Itambe fenestalis Rag.

AMATIDAE
Cosmosoma nothina, new species.

Female.—Body above benzo brown; a pale orange yellow spot on collar
externally, a white spot on shoulder; basal segment of abdomen with two white
dorsal spots, subdorsal crimson spots, and a lateral white streak; subdorsal
white spots on fourth and fifth segments, also lateral white lines. Body below
fuscous; fore coxae cream white, and hind coxae with similar small spots;
a lateral crimson spot below wings. Fore wing benzo brown; a medial trigonate
hyaline spot in cell, and a larger spot below cell to submedian cut by the line
on fold; a hyaline spot beyond cell cut by vein 6, extending somewhat between
veins 6 and 5, below 5 reaching termen, but shorter below 4, not reaching
vein 2 nor cell; a white streak at base of costa. Hind wing: a narrow postmedial
hyaline fascia not reaching above vein 6, and below lower angle slightly inbent;
inner margin crimson. Wings below similar.

Expanse 32 mm.

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33529, U. S. N. M.

LITHOSIINAE
Illice pacata, new species.

Male.—Head and thorax black slightly mottled with dark gray; a red point
behind vertex; palpi grayish; throat flesh color. Abdomen eosine pink. Legs
flesh color shaded with pale drab gray. Fore wing black irrorated with white
especially on basal and terminal areas; a small eosine pink spot at end of cell;
a short begonia rose streak at base of inner margin. Hind wing white suffused
with La France pink on inner margin and shortly below median vein. Fore
wing below drab gray. Hind wing below white faintly tinged with pink on
inner margin; an oblong grayish patch on costa from beyond middle to apex.

Expanse 20 mm.

46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33530, U.S. N. M.

Described from 3 males.

Adoxosia nydiana, new species.

Male.—Body black. Fore wing greenish black, faintly glossy. Hind wing
rather duller. Wings below olivaceous black.
Expanse 22 mm.

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33531. U.S. N M.

CLEMENDANA, new genus.

Male.—Antenna faintly pubescent. Palpi upturned, reaching well above
head. Hind tibia with medial and terminal spurs. Fore wing: venation
as in Clemensia. Hind wing with venation as in Clemensia but veins 6 and 7
barely stalked at base. Wings without any secondary characters.

Type.—Clemendantia pactfera.

Clemendana pacifera, new species.

Male.—Head, thorax, and fore wing dark drab; neck salmon pink. Abdo-
men above and hind wing geranium pink. Thorax below smoke gray, the
legs deep mouse gray partly streaked with smoke gray. Abdomen below
light ochraceous salmon. Fore wing: white irrorations medially from within
cell to inner margin; and some scattered white scales on terminal third; a
small white spot at end of cell, and a postmedial white point above vein 1.
Hind wing: termen narrowly black from apex diminishing towards anal angle.
Wings below paler, the white spot at end of cell on fore wing present.

Expanse 26 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33532, U. S. N. M.

Described from 3 males.

ARCTIINAE
Neidalia dulcicula, new species.

Female.—Head, thorax and abdomen orange buff; abdomen with lateral
black spots; anal hairs whitish. Fore wing pale ochraceous salmon; costal
margin, termen narrowly, and cilia orange buff; a fine black line from before
middle of subcostal inbent to inner margin; a broken line on discocellular
and all the veins beyond middle of wing, except subcostal and those on costa,
with fine black lines. Hind wing nearest grenadine pink, the cilia maize
yellow. Wings below light orange yellow, the discs suffused with safrano
pink; fore wing with black lines on veins 5, 6, and 7.

Expanse 35 mm,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929 47

Habitat-—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33533, U.S. N. M.

NOCTUIDAE
Tripseuxoa deeringi, new species.

Male.—Body tilleul buff, the palpi below, the head and collar mottled with
darker hairs; abdomen more whitish at base, otherwise dorsally irrorated with
hair brown. Fore wing tilleul buff thinly irrorated with black scales; some
small clusters of black scales at base, subbasally in cell, and antemedially on
median and submedian veins; a black point as orbicular; two small black
spots as reniform; a curved subterminal series of black points and a terminal
series. Hind wing suffused with grayish olive, the costa and cilia white.

Female.—One specimen similar to the male, another more thickly irrorated
with black, the spots faintly marked, a third specimen, larger, has the vein
outlined with fuscous and probably belongs to Tripseuxoa strigata Hps.

Expanse: male 36 mm.; female 37 mm.

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—Cat. No. 33534, U. S. N. M.

Named in honor of Mr. Charles Deering, who has been gen-
erously interested in the museum collection.

Described from 7 specimens.

Porosagrotis carolia, new species.

Female.—Head and collar dusky drab, the front of collar paler shaded.
Thorax dark vinaceous drab; a broad white streak on tegulae. Abdomen
brownish drab with traces of dark segmental lines. Fore wing light vinaceous
brown; costal margin to beyond middle pale grayish vinaceous with a black
streak towards base; subcostal and median veins white from base to end of
cell; an elongated black mark in cell forming an antemedial triangular streak,
constricted just beyond middle of cell and forming beyond a quadrate spot
edged above and on discocellular with buffish white; an antemedial white
angled line below cell, defined by black and followed by the elongated black
claviform; a warm blackish brown shade beyond cell limited by a dark wavy
postmedial line, inbent from vein 3 to vein 1; veins on terminal space dark;
traces of a brownish subterminal line; a dark terminal line. Hind wing drab,
the veins darker; cilia white.

Expanse 38 mm.

Habitat.—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type—Cat. Not 33535, U. S: N. M.

Chabuata araneosa, new species.

Male.—Head, collar, thorax, and basal tuft on abdomen dark mouse gray.
Abdomen buffy brown. Tarsi with white rings. Fore wing light grayish

48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

drab, the clearer spaces medially and terminally with scattered black scales,
the markings black; a thick subbasal line not reaching inner margin; ante-
medial line double, vertical, somewhat lunular; reniform with some pale scaling
in lower half; postmedial line dentate outcurved around cell, followed by
black spots partly connected and almost forming a curved line; a black and
fuscous patch on costa above reniform, and a smaller triangular subterminal
spot on costa from which a fine broken line extends to inner margin; a wavy
terminal line with black spots on interspaces; cilia with some pinkish buff
spots. Hind wing cinnamon drab becoming broadly darker on outer margin
with a faint discal spot and darker postmedial line; cilia mostly white. Wings
below whitish irrorated with drab; forewing with disc largely suffused with
hair brown, a dark line on discocellular and a thick, almost vertical postmedial
line. Hind wing with a well marked discal spot and postmedial line.
Expanse: male 43 mm.; female 47 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33538, U.S. N. M.
Belongs to Sect. III A of Hampson.

Mictochroa caulea, new species.

Female.—Head whitish, probably green when fresh. Collar pale green
edged in front with black. Thorax pale green; the tips of tegulae black, also
black mottling on metathorax. Abdomen drab gray irrorated with black, the
two basal segments whitish with dorsal black spots and scattered black scales.
Fore wing lettuce green; some black scaling on base of costa and below cell;
subbasal black scaling in cell and on inner margin; antemedial line whitish
on costa with black marking on inner edge, below subcostal of ground color
defined by double black lines, sinuous, and incurved on inner margin; space
below cell to vein 1 and postmedial largely suffused with fuscous, crossed by
a white line from median below the orbicular which is greenish white edged
on either side by a black line; middle of cell fuscous not reaching subcostal,
end of cell lettuce green and white; double medial, postmedial, and subterminal
black spots on costa; from upper angle of cell a black incurved line along disco-
cellular, then inbent to inner margin forming with the postmedial a fuscous
fascia mottled with dark green, the postmedial being outcurved beyond cell,
then wavily inbent to inner margin, a short black line from costa beyond and
fine small black spots beyond the fascia; a triangular subterminal black patch
between veins 4 and 7, and smaller spots above vein 3 and at fold; marginal
black spots; two black lines on cilia at base, the cilia otherwise fuscous with
whitish patches. Hind wing finely striated with light drab; the costa broadly
white to near termen. Fore wing below aeneous dusky drab. Hind wing
below white irrorated with deep purplish vinaceous, especially on terminal
space towards apex; a dark discal point and medial line; a terminal fuscous
line.

Expanse 24 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33556, U. S. N. M.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929 49

BOALDA, new genus.

Male.—Proboscis small; palpi upturned reaching vertex, the second joint
long, well fringed in front, the third joint short, porrect; frons smooth; eyes
large, round; antennae with short stiff pectinations. Thorax smooth, clothed
with coarse hairs and scales; abdomen with dorsal tuft on basal segment;
legs not hairy; hind tibia with two pairs of spurs. Fore wing: costa straight;
termen nearly straight to vein 3, then slightly inbent; vein 2 well beyond
middle of cell; 3 and 4 apart from lower angle; 5 above lower angle; 6 from
upper angle; 7, 8 and 9, 10 from areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing: 3 and 4
from lower angle; 5 obsolescent from middle of discocellular; 6 and 7 stalked;
8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

Type.—Boalda gyona Schs.

Boalda gyona, new species.

Male.—Head, collar, and thorax mottled white and light russet vinaceous;
the collar edged behind with fuscous black. Abdomen white, the segments
irrorated on anterior half with light russet vinaceous. Fore wing cinnamon
brown, the markings mostly white; a subbasal broad line incurved from costa
to base of vein 1, defined inwardly by a black line; medial space defined by
an antemedial black line incurved from subcostal in cell and oblique to inner
margin with a white streak above it on costa, and followed in cell by a U-shaped
line partly irrorated with russet vinaceous, the outer branch of the U down-
turned on outer anterior edge of a narrow russet vinaceous reniform; oblique
white streaks on costa above reniform; outwardly the medial space is defined
by a white line, inwardly edged with black, wavy, slightly outbent from areole,
rounded at vein 4, well incurved below vein 3, partly divided from vein 3 to
inner margin by a fine ochraceous tawny line; between veins 5 and 6 the post-
medial is connected with the subterminal by a white patch; subterminal line
straight from costa to vein 6, incurved from 6 to 4, inangled between 4 and
3, incurved from 3 to tornus, all the veins beyond line white extending to tip
of cilia. Hind wing white; a fine russet vinaceous terminal line.

Expanse 25 mm.

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33557, U.S. N. M.

Sotigena solivaga, new species.

Male.—Body fuscous; anal hairs white. Fore wing: basal half and costal
margin pale brownish drab sparsely irrorated with brown, the outer portion
from termen at apex to middle of inner margin benzo brown; a fuscous streak
along median; a fine antemedial russet vinaceous line very oblique from costa
to near vein | near middle, then incurved and mottled with white scales; post-
medial line outbent to beyond cell, then incurved to inner margin near ante-
medial line; a black antemedial point in cell, and one at discocellular; a wavy
subterminal series of black and white points on veins; terminal short white
streaks on veifis; cilia yellowish. Hind wing and underside hair brown.

Female.—F¥ore wing: basal and costal areas light vinaceous fawn and similar
mottling above tornus; the transverse lines chestnut brown.

Expanse 34 mm.

50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33539, U. S. N. M.

GEOMETRIDAE
Fulgurodes lilianae, new species.

Male.—Antenna black. Head mottled black and white. Thorax black,
the tegulae with white patches; metathorax white. Abdomen grayish white
with fine dark segmental lines. Fore wing white, the markings black; a fine
subbasal line from costa outbent along vein 1, followed on costa by an elongated
patch; a diffuse antemedial fuscous shade from subcostal to vein 1, indentate
in cell and on fold, and outwardly parallel with medial line which consists
of a thick line from a patch on costa, crenulate, slightly projecting at median
and vein 2, then incurved and outangled at vein 1; reniform large, narrower
in front, containing a large patch. of similar shape; an elongated patch on
costa above reniform; postmedial line thick, outcurved and dentate; subtermi-
nal line deeply dentate; termen black, its inner edge parallel with subterminal.
Hind wing white, the veins and a streak in cell hair brown, a narrow spot at
discocellular, its inner edge curved filled in with light drab; postmedial line
drab, lunular dentate; subterminal line more deeply dentate; termen as on fore
wing. Wings below largely suffused with drab, paler on interspaces before
postmedial line; ‘veins hair brown; postmedial line followed by white spots
on interspaces; a lunular submarginal white line. Fore wing: a white spot
at upper end of cell and white streaks above and below vein 7.

Expanse 60 mm.

Habitat—Lages, Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—Cat. No. 33551, U.S. N. M.

Named in honor of Mrs. S. (Lilian) Prentiss Baldwin.

Specimens occur in both sexes with the white portion suf-
fused with drab, especially on fore wing. One male has the
fore wing so completely suffused with fuscous that only the
black postmedial line is defined and is followed on costa by a
small white spot; the hind wing is irrorated with hair brown,
very thickly on terminal space; the discal spot is larger in out-
line, the postmedial line well defined. For this well-marked
form I suggest the name of Fu/gurodes baldwini in honor of
Mr. S. Prentiss Baldwin. ;

Type.—Cat.. No. 33552, U.S. N. M.

Catophaenissa jonesaria, new species.

Female.—Palpi and head mottled white and fuscous with more white on
vertex. Collar and thorax mostly isabella color, possibly greener when caught,
the tegulae with some white scales. Abdomen fuscous blaék. Legs dark
mouse gray with white rings. Fore wing from base to postmedial line chiefly
light brownish olive; some grayish olive at base of inner margin; a white spot
at base of vein 1 and median; antemedial line black inwardly edged with white

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929 ail

outcurved in cell, from median to vein 1, and on inner margin; medial area
with scattered black scales, and a black fascia, outbent from costa to lower
angle of cell, then narrower, crenulate and incurved to inner margin; post-
medial line fine, black, obliquely incurved to vein 4 broadly edged distad
with white, below vein 4 crenulate on interspaces, slightly inbent below vein 3
followed by white with numerous black and light brownish olive striae, these
striae also occurring from costa, but more remote from postmedial line; a broken
subterminal white line preceded by a rather broad black space from costa to
vein 4, also followed by brownish olive and black striae from costa to vein 4;
some white scales at apex; some light brownish olive on termen from vein 4
to vein 2, the termen below vein 2 partly white, all with black striae; cilia
with white spots on interspaces. Hind wing black; cilia white with black
scaling at veins. Fore wing below deep mouse gray with some white scaling
along subcostal, at apex and narrowly along termen; a broad black, oblique
fascia from middle of costa to inner margin at postmedial, this line black de-
fined by some white scaling and a broad white fascia from costa to vein4. Hind
wing below dark grayish olive irrorated with black scales, and slightly mottled
with white on basal half to anal angle and partly on termen.
Expanse 48 mm.

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33542, U. S. N. M.

I take pleasure in naming this fine species in honor of Mr.

BE; WW Jones:

Nipteria petrova, new species.

Male.—Body and wings clear light drab, the space beyond postmedial line
slightly paler. Fore wing: a fine darker transverse line from costa at 8 mm.
from base, almost vertical; postmedial line straight, deep brownish drab at
5 mm. from apex of costa to 6 mm. from tip of inner margin; a slight dark
line on discocellular. Hind wing: a postmedial faintly curved line at two-
thirds from base. On both wings the postmedial is slightly paler edged out-
wardly. Wings below slightly darker from base to postmedial line.

Expanse 45-48 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33543, U.S. N. M.

Two males in collection.

Eudule allegra, new species.

Male—Body above salmon orange. Palpi white in front; antenna black.
Thorax below pinkish cinnamon; venter pinkish buff; anal segment and tufts
black; a faint black dorsal line terminally. Fore wing salmon orange; costal
edge and cilia on termen black; subcostal, median and submedian veins black
except at base; veins 2, 3, 4 and 6 black more finely at termen. Hind wing
orange chrome; termen at apex and cilia black. Fore wing below with apex
black; no black on veins. Hind wing below as above.

Expanse 24 mm.

52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33536, U. S. N. M.
Described from 2 males and 2 females.

Eudule sororcula, new species.

Male.—Body and wings English red; a black dorsal line from collar to black
anal segment. Abdomen below pale olive gray. Fore wing: costal edge,
termen narrowly and cilia black; veins more heavily black than in E. allegra
Schs., but no black on vein 6; an oblique black line from upper angle of cell
to vein 4 near termen. Hind wing with termen narrowly, at apex rather
wider, and cilia black. Fore wing below with veins, apex broadly and termen
from below vein 4 narrowly black.

Expanse 21 mm.

Habitat.——Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33537, U.S. N. M.

A male and a female in collection.

Eudule nanora, new species.

Male.—Head, body, and wings capucine orange; antenna and tarsi black.
Fore wing: costal edge from middle to apex finely black; cilia black from apex
to vein 3, then only faintly tipped with black.

Expanse 26 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33548, U. S. N. M.

Eucymatoge perfica, new species.

Female.—Palpi grayish. Head white. Thorax black, the tegulae white
edged with black dorsally. Abdomen white with dorsal black markings.
Fore wing white, the markings black; an elongated spot from base of costa
with a fine line to inner margin, followed by a smaller costal spot, then by a
broad fascia slightly outcurved, its outer edge irregular, its central portion
partly grayish or white; a fine wavy medial line followed by a postmedial
fascia from costa to near vein 4, continued by two fine lines from either edge,
more heavily defined from vein 2 to inner margin; a large subterminal patch
from costa to vein 6 with a fine line from it to inner margin, followed by black
spots from below vein 6 to vein 4 and from below vein 3 to inner margin; ter-
men partly fuscous; cilia white with black spots. Hind wing light cinnamon
drab, with traces of the lines of underside; a terminal black line; cilia white
with black streaks at veins. Fore wing below largely suffused with light
brownish drab with only traces of the white. Hind wing below whitish with
hair brown subbasal, antemedial, double medial and postmedial lines; termen
rather broadly dark.

Male—F¥ore wing similar to the female. Hind wing almost white with
traces of the lines.

Expanse: male 25 mm.; female 28 mm.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929 53

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil. Also a specimen received
from Rio de Janeiro without precise locality.

Three males and three females in collection.

Type.—Cat. No. 33540, U. S. N. M.

A female is made type owing to its clearer markings.

Eucymatoge segnis, new species.

Female.—Head white. Thorax white irrorated with gray. Abdomen: base
white, the second segment edged behind by a black line and then army brown;
following segments grayish white with dorsal black spots. Fore wing: base
broadly pale olive gray crossed by a fine inbent subbasal black line from a
small spot on costa, followed by a drab gray fascia partly irrorated with white,
inwardly edged by a distinct black line, slightly inbent, and outwardly by a
fainter black vertical line; outer half of wing light drab partly irrorated with
white, chiefly along costal third; a broken fuscous line from costa along disco-
cellular; a postmedial fuscous black line outbent on costa and down turned from
vein 6 to vein 4, inwardly shaded with fuscous, below vein 4 very faint, lunular,
inbent, from costa to vein 4 outwardly edged with white and followed by a
faint dark lunular line; traces of a subterminal whitish line; a fine dark terminal
line; cilia mostly pale drab gray. Hind wing pale drab gray, the costa whitish;
traces of lines on inner margin; a terminal dark line; cilia mouse gray. Wings
below mostly drab gray; black streaks on discocellular; a distinct postmedial
line; other lines on hind wing faint.

Expanse 26 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type—Cat. No. 33541, U.S. N. M.
This species is allied to E. (Perizoma) infimbriata Dogn.

NARQUENA, new genus.

Male.—Antenna minutely serrate. Palpi short, upturned, barely reaching
frons. Hind tibia with two pairs of spurs. Fore wing broad; costa convex;
apex acute; termen slightly rounded; vein 2 well before angle of cell; 3 near
angle; 4 from angle; 5 well above middle of discocellular; 6 from below angle;
7, 8, 9 stalked; 10 absent; 11 suffusing with 12. Hind wing: costa nearly
straight, termen rounded, vein 2 well before angle; 3 close to angle; 4 from
angle; 5 well above middle of discocellular; 6 and 7 stalked; 8 close to cell
for half its length.

Type.—Narquena resalaria.
This genus belongs to the Hemitheinae.

Narquena resalaria, new species.

Male.—Head and thorax avellaneous, a white band across vertex. Abdo-
men light buff. Fore wing pale ochraceous buff; costal edge white; the two
lines fine, hair brown consisting of lunules on interspaces; antemedial line
slightly outcurved from subcostal to inner margin; outer line from costa near
apex to middle of inner margin; a dark point at discocellular; cilia army brown.

54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

Hind wing white. Wings below whitish; discal points on both wings. Fore
wing: costal margin vinaceous fawn; outer line faint. Hind wing: traces of
a broken subterminal line; dark terminal points on interspaces.

Expanse 20 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Ty pe—Cat. No. 33550, U.S:.N. M.

Anisodes vuha, new species.

Female.—Head and body above colonial buff, underneath and legs whitish.
Wings above cream buff. Fore wing: a fuscous antemedial line, outbent on
costa, outcurved in cell, also from cell to vein 1, faint on inner margin; space
from antemedial to beyond cell and from subcostal to vein 1 suffused with
mikado brown and fuscous, the latter forming a thick line from costa to inner
margin; the veins to postmedial line partly crossed by mikado brown striae;
postmedial line fine, lunular and outcurved from costa with some black points
on veins. Hind wing: a fine wavily outcurved subbasal line followed from
within cell to inner margin by a large patch as on fore wing, the darker medial
line reaching costa; postmedial line as on fore wing; cilia on both wings faintly
reddish. Wings below whitish, the dark patches visible in transparency;
postmedial line distinct somewhat lunular dentate.

Expanse 25 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type.—Cat. No. 33549, U.S. N. M.

This species bears a strong resemblance to some of the species
of Semaeopus.

NOTODONTIDAE.
Rifargia mildora, new species.

Female.—Head and thorax benzo brown. Abdomen above drab, underneath
light cinnamon drab. Fore wing brownish buff; lines on costa black, the
subbasal, antemedial, medial, and postmedial double; a double subbasal line
not reaching inner margin; a broad antemedial fuscous suffusion outbent to
below cell; a similar narrower medial suffusion outbent to below reniform which
is outlined in black and filled in with cinnamon buff; postmedial line outangled
at vein 7, then fine, black, crenulate and wavy, closely followed by a diffuse
black line narrowest between veins 4 and 6; a pale buffish subterminal line,
slightly sinuous with a few white scales on it at veins 2 and 1, and followed
on interspaces by short black streaks, ending on termen in faint pale lunules
and black points. Cilia fuscous with buffish spots. Hind wing: base buffish
to buffy brown, the outer half benzo brown; cilia light buff; a small black and
white spot above anal angle. Wings below dull brownish drab, the termen
narrowly, and cilia warm buff; a wavy dark terminal line more noticeable
on fore wing.

Expanse 48 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33553, U. S. N. M.

Comes nearest R. docra Schs..

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929 55

MEGALOPYGIDAE.
Microrape shilluca, new species.

Male.—Antenna with shaft white, the pectinations light buff. Body white;
fore legs light drab. Wings white somewhat silvery and rather thinly scaled.
Expanse 22 mm.

Habitat——Santa Catharina, Brazil.

Type—Cat. No. 33555, U.S. N. M.

Male genitalia Strikingly different from those of any other
species in the genus Sacculus of divided harpe ventrally
placed, almost as broad as long; apex sharply hooked; similar
in general shape to the sacculus of Norape tosca Hopp. (Comp.
Hopp’s fig. 176, in Mitteilungen Aus den Zoolog. Mus. Berlin,
Band 13, Heft. 2, 1917, p. 327.)- Costal element of harpe
slender, smooth, very slightly longer than sacculus. Uncus
covered with hair-like spines; dorsally flattened, about one-
third as broad as long, from middle to apex triangular and
sharply tapering; from base to middle with sides nearly parallel.
Aedoeagus moderately long, evenly tapering and with apex
sharply curved, smooth; cornuti absent. (C. Heinrich.)

Sulychra mataca, new species.

Male.—Antenna with shaft white, the pectinations light ochraceous buff
Body white; palpi and throat black; fore and hind legs mostly mouse gray.
Wings white, the costal edge of fore wing black.

Expanse 25 mm.

Habitat——Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Type—Cat. No. 33554, U.S. N. M.

Male genitalia——Similar to those of S. argentea Butl. as
figured by Hopp except: costal element of harpe bulged and
broader toward base; from basal fourth to apex slender and
of even width. Cornuti a cluster of very short, broad, flat,
triangular spines, evenly distributed and filling the aedoeagus.

(C. Heinrich.)

HEPIALIDAE.
Aepytus helga, new species.

Female.—Body and fore wings apricot buff, the latter with very faint darker
annuli and lines on terminal third and along inner margin. Hind wing salmon
buff, the termen apricot buff; a broad subterminal series of grayish olive lines
along veins partly connected by similar shading. Wings below dusky vinaceous
fawn, the termen cinnamon buff.

Expanse 57 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33544, U.S. N. M.

56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

Aepytus munona, new species.

Male.—Head and thorax cinnamon buff, the abdomen faintly paler. Fore
wing ochraceous buff becoming paler at termen; costal edge dark brownish
drab; small brownish drab spots along costal margin, not entering cell, a few
spots on inner margin and faint terminal points on interspaces; a slight darker
shade from base below cell to middle of inner margin, the space below it pinkish
buff. Hind wing pale orange yellow. Wings below duller, the costa of fore
wing suffused with drab gray.

Expanse 35 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33545, U.S. N. M.

Aepytus verresi, new species.

Male.—Antenna with shaft white, the pectinations pale drab gray. Head,
thorax and terminal half of abdomen dorsally hair brown; base of abdomen
above light cinnamon drab. Fore wing largely drab gray; costal margin darker,
the edge fuscous, with a medial, postmedial, and more remote white spot;
an antemedial oblique semilunar silver spot in cell edged with mars brown;
a triangular mars brown spot at end of cell crossed by an oblique silver line
which follows its lower edge, is inbent and interrupted at median vein with
a yellow ocher patch below it in extra cell; postmedial space broadly pale
drab gray limited by a fine dark outer line parallel with termen; a broad white
space from line to termen from vein 5 to above vein 6; terminal white lunules
at tornus edged above with mars brown. Hind wing drab partly suffused
with cinnamon drab.

Expanse 35 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33546, U.S. N. M.

Comes nearest 4epytus oreas Schs.

PYRALIDAE.
CRAMBINAE.

Erupa nampa, new species.

Female.—Head and thorax cinnamon drab, the abdomen silky brownish
vinaceous. Fore wing purplish cinnamon drab faintly irrorated with darker
scales; a small dark medial spot in cell at subcostal vein; a slight dark shade
on discocellular and a fine fuscous line from it to middle of inner margin; a
remote postmedial series of black points on veins followed by a series of small
angled spots on interspaces; cilia tipped with fuscous. Hind wing silky light
pinkish cinnamon.

Expanse 45 mm.

Habitat—Santa Catharina, Brazil.
Type.—Cat. No. 33547, U.S. N. M.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. dl PLATE 4

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929 61

PrArEes Pamemtile
1. Cosmosoma nothina. 16. Porosagrotis carolia.
2. Eudule sororcula. 17. Mictochroa caulea.
3. Clemendana pacifera. 18. Eucymatoge segnis.
4. Eudule nemora. 19. Narquena resalaria.
5. Microrape shilluca. 20. Rifargia mildora.
6. Nipteria petrova. 21. Aepytus munona.
7. Catophaenissa jonesaria. 22. Aepytus helga.
8. Fulgurodes lilianae. 23. Aepytus verrest.
9. Fulgurodes baldwini. 24. Chabuata araneosa.
10. Sotigena solivaga. 25. Erupa nampa.
11. Neidalia dulcicula. 26. Tripseuxoa deeringi.
12. Eudule allegra. 27. Boalda gyona.

Yw
Nome)

13. Tice pacata.
14. Adoxosia nydiana:
15. Sulychra mataca,

. Eucymatoge perfica.
29. Antsodes vuha.

A NEW MOSQUITO FROM THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
By Harrison G. Dyar.
Rachionotomyia microcala Dyar, new species.

Female.—Palpi very short, dark. Proboscis long, curved, not as long as
the abdomen, black. Occiput with broad grayish black scales and a continu-
ous white border behind the eyes, narrow above, broader ventrally. Prothoracic
lobes with broad gray-white scales; mesonotum with rather broad curved scales,
dark gray with a slaty cast. Pleurae grayish-white scaled. Postnotum with
a patch of very fine, rather long hairs posteriorly, not at all bristle-shaped.
Abdomen slaty black above, venter and straight continuous lateral line, as
well as the top of the last segment grayish white scaled, the lateral white slightly
notching the dark at the segmental incisures. Legs black, the femora white-
lined below. Wing-scales narrow, dark. Length without the proboscis about
4 mm., being a rather large species.

Male.—Coloration of the female. The palpi are broken in the single speci-
men of this sex. Hypopygium: General structure as in Rachionotomyia powelli
Ludl. Side piece short, stout, blunt, simple, the hairs on the inner side toward
base fine and short. Clasper with enlarged base, slender, long, curved, the
tip distinctly inflated and with a short subterminal point. Tenth sternites
forming a small central cone. Ninth tergites conical, as in 4édes, each with
long dense bristly setae.

Type, &, Cat. No. 41861, U. S. N. M.

Allotype, 9, Cat. No. 41861, U. S. N. M.

Paratynes, 24 o.. Cat. No. 4136), Us S. Noi M.

One male, three females, raised from larvae from a Pitcher
Plant from the Bamban River, Pampanga, Luzon, Philippine
Islands, by Captain F. O. Stone, Medical Corps, U. S. Army,
December, 1927.

62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

The comparatively short proboscis is uncharacteristic of
Rachionotomyia, as well as the absence of the usual brilliant
coloration. Prothoracic lobes with irregularly distributed
setae; two proepimeral setae; two fine spiracular setae; sterno-
pleura bare and darkly colored except its posterior third, which
has dense scales and setae, but no setae above this area; two
prealar setae.

Perhaps allied to the Australian Rachisoura sylvestris Theo-
bald; but the wing-scales are all hair-like, not rather broad
as in Theobald’s figure of sy/veséris.

A NOTE ON THE SYNONYMY OF A BIRCH LEAF MINER.

By S. A. Rouwer,
Plant Quarantine and Control Administration, Washington, D. C.

Within the last few years a species of sawfly has been attract-
ing considerable attention by the mining of leaves of birches
in parts of Maine and of Canada. The species responsible
for the damage belongs to a genus not native to the American
continent, although adults of it were described in 1909 by
Dr. MacGillivray as a new genus and species, Ph/lebatrophia
mathesoni. An examination of the series of American speci-
mens of the birch leaf miner in the collection of the National
Museum and a comparison with European material and litera-
ture convince me that the species described by MacGillivray
is, as he suggests, the same as the European form, Phy//lotoma
nemorata (Fallén). The Museum collection contains adults
of this leaf miner from New Glasgow, Nova Scotia (paratypes),
and from Fredericton, New Brunswick, and Bar Harbor, Maine.
These specimens vary some in color and some of them differ
in minor details of color and venation from the paratypes of
MacGillivray’s species. The variation in color is not greater
than that recorded for zemorata by such writers as Cameron,
Morice and Enslin, and the variation in venation is of a type
which would be expected in species of the genus Phyl/otoma.

In describing the species, Dr. MacGillivray placed it in a
new genus, PA/lebatrophia, which he differentiated from Phyl
lotoma Fallén largely because the base of the radial sector
was atrophied. While this character exists in his specimens
and is more or less distinct in all of the other specimens before
me, I do not believe it is of generic importance. An exami-
nation of other species of the genus Phy//lotoma from Europe
indicates that they could not be satisfactorily separated into
two genera by means of this character alone. There are a
few structural differences between the genotype of PA/leba-
trophia and vagans (Fallén), the genotype of Phy/lotoma, but
these differences are not, in my opinion, of sufficient import-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929 63

ance to justify recognition of two genera. I believe that
Phlebatrophia MacGillivray should be considered a direct
synonym of Phyllotoma Fallen.

Omitting the numerous references to the European literature
and the synonymy as it has been determined in Europe and
published by Enslin and others, the following references apply
to the American form:

Phyllotoma nemorata (Fallén).

Hylotoma nemorata FauLEN, Svensk. Vet-Akad. Handl., vol. 29, 1808, p. 47,
ia, PS

Phyllotoma nemoralis FatteN, Monogr. Tenthred. Suec., 1829, p. 35, n. 18.

Phyllotoma nemorata (FAtLEN) Enslin, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 1914, Beiheft,
pp. 257-258.

Phlebatrophia mathesoni MacGi.uivray, Can. Ent., vol. 41, 1909, p. 345.

Cameron, Enslin, and others have commented that the male
of this species is not known. All of the American specimens
before me are females.

AMERICAN PSYCHODIDAE (DIPTERA) III.!
By Harrison G. Dyar.
Pericoma signata (Banks).

Psychoda signata Banks, Can. Ent., xxxiii, 274, 1901.
Pericoma megantica Curran, Can. Ent., lvi, 217, 1924.

Specimens before me from the vicinity of Washington, D. C..,
do not agree well with Banks’s description, although determined
under this name. It is possible that his specimens were in
indifferent condition, as is too often the case with captured
Psychodidae. I have also a specimen of megantica, determined
by Dr. Curran. The species is in general similar to Pericoma
americana Kinkaid (=interrupta Banks = satellitia Dyar) and
was found by me in the same location, although on a different
date. It is easily distinguished in good specimens by the two
raised black tufts on the disk of the wing, the row of whitish
patches between the veins along the outer margin, and the
three last black joints of the tarsi. Adults were found flying
on a large moist rock in dense woods.

The antennae of the two sexes are much alike (Figs. 1 and 2),
17-jointed, the last joint forming a thick “‘spike,’’ the second
or spherical joint larger in the male than in the female. The
upper pair of claspers of the male hypopygium terminate in
four, five or even six appendages (Fig. 3); the aedoeagus stem
is slender, widening into a sheath-like tip (Fig. 4).

Localities before me are: Niagara Glen, Ontario, June 1,

1Dr. Dyar died January 21, 1929,

64 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 3, MAR., 1929

1926 (G. S. Walley); Franconia, New Hampshire (Mrs. A. T.
Slosson); Marlboro, Maryland, May 13 (H. S. Barber); Plum-
mers Island, Maryland, September and October, 1905 (Barber
& Schwarz); Cabin John, Maryland, September 18, 1927 (H. G.
Dyar); Pimmit Run, Virginia, September 26, 1913 (F. Knab).

Psychoda helicis, new species.

Specimens preserved in alcohol and practically denuded; darkly colored,
the wing membrane dusky, apparently sparsely covered with dark gray hairs
without tufts or markings; a thick tuft at base of wing below. The antennae
are 16-jointed in both sexes, the last three joints small and spherical, those
of the male (Fig. 5) with larger joints and longer necks than those of the female
(Fig. 6). The female abdomen is bluntly ended without trace of ovipositor
apparent. Male hypopygium (Fig. 7) with the upper claspers arising from a
large excavated plate, finely hairy, with two long conspicuously inserted fila-
ments at tip. Lower claspers reduced, the basal joint setose on one side and
tip only; second joint cleaver-shaped, flat, with reduced setae on one margin.
The legs are dark with small whitish rings at the apices of the tarsal joints.

Type, male, No. 41,186, U. S. Nat. Mus.; paratypes, males
and females, 17 mounted on slides, 5 dry on card-points, Central
Jaroni, Cuba, September 26, 1927, reared from snails (H. K.
Plank, through W. A. Orton, Director of the Tropical Plant
Research Foundation).

No pupae or larvae of this Psychodid were sent, but in the
same bottle were many larvae and pupae, together with two
adults (winged males) of a Phorid, which Mr. C. T. Greene
has determined as Puliciphora borinquensis Wheeler. Mr.
Greene says that the Phorid breeds in dead and decaying
snails, which is probably true of the Psychodid also. The
Psychodid apparently develops faster than the Phorid, since
only adults of the former were sent, and of the latter mostly
larvae and pupae.

COCCONOTUS SCHUNKEI, NEW NAME (ORTHOPTERA: TETTI-
GONIIDAE: PSEUDOPHYLLINAE).

By A. N. CaupeE tt.

The Cocconotus similis described by the author! from Peru
is found to be a prime homonym of the previously described
Cocconotus similis of Giglio-Tos,? a species from Ecuador now
referred to the genus Acanthodiphrus. A new name being
required for Cocconotus similis Caudell, the specific name
schunkei is here proposed for that purpose.

1Ins. Insc. Mens., vol. vi, p. 39 (1918).
2Boll. Mus. Torino, vol. xiii, No. 311, pp. 97, 98 (1898).

Actual date of publication, April 9, 1929

VOL. 31 APRIL, 1929 No. 4

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

EKNTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

CLAUSEN, CURTIS P.—BIOLOGICAL STUDIES ON POECILOGONALOS THWAITESII
(WEsTW.), PARASITIC IN THE COCOONS OF HENICOSPILUS (HYMEN.:

LGC IN IAAT) See eRe CG go) EA a et. Se ap ae en ne Gis
JOHANSSEN, O. A.—A NEW SCIARID FROM LURAY CAVERN, VIRGINIA (DIP-
BER EMRORTORREUTDAE)) Go ha cs) ci Sn fete +. vel ba eo. eee (OS
ROHWER, S. A.—A NEW SPECIES OF TRIGONALID OF THE GENUS POECILO-
CONAUO San Te een a SN oR, yal ot ol eon | Meee ee eR OS
SNYDER, THOS. E.—NEW TERMITES FROM THE ANTILLES AND MIDDLE
PSVIETRGACM Es Wot Manne REY. area ho ey cae Ree) i pee

Pus.isHeD MontruHiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
>
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, atthe Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24) 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized_July 3, 1918.

- THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary Prestdent .. .a0s 2% 1S ee eee
President Ge 248 2. sR OS OR
Porst¥1cesPresident.. .. 203 aes Sn ee
Second VicesPresident 2 .(.0. 14 2%. 2 44D. ee
Recording Secretary =. 0s ams 6% 4 ES ee ee ee
Corresponding Secreiary-Treasurer < . .-. 2%... .. . 8. A ROMWEE
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
| TTT) a AR te RS - = so 5, Wo RS WATIRORS

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CaupeE.t,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SELENEES: —s, Sivoo ann Be Sie s ln Moke eet ets 0 ee

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Proceeptncs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 31 fee RE £929 No. 4

A NEW SPECIES OF TRIGONALID OF THE GENUS
POECILOGONALOS.

By S. A. Rouwer, Bureau of Entomology.

Mr. C. P. Clausen has made some very interesting observa-
tions on two species of the genus Poecilogonalos. One of these
forms appears to be new and the following description is pre-
sented so the observations on its habits may be recorded under
a name.

Poecilogonalos henicospili, new species.

Allied to Poecilogonalos mimus Cockerell and P. fulvoscutellata Ayyar but
differs from both of these forms in having the scutellum largely black. From
mimus it also differs in the tridentate mandibles.

Female.—Length 8 mm. Mandibles tridentate, teeth large; clypeus feebly
and sparsely punctured, the anterior margin with a shallow, arcuate median
emargination; frons with close distinct punctures; vertex and orbits shining,
with distinct well separated punctures; scutum and scutellum closely and rather
coarsely reticulato-granular; punctures on second tergite close, sometimes con-
fluent. Castaneous with yellow and black markings; antennae castaneous;
mandibles (except apices), two large, nearly confluent spots on clypeus, spot at
base of each antenna, inner orbits, narrower near top of eye, a diagonal mark
from inner orbital spot to near lateral ocellus, triangular spot below anterior
ocellus, lateral posterior margin of pronotum, sides of prescutum, spot on side
of scutellum, three nearly confluent spots on metanotum, two large ovate
spots on propodeum, apical margin of first tergite, apical margin of second ter-
gite (narrowing and slightly interrupted medianly), large spots on lateral
margin of fourth and following tergites, apical margin of first and second
sternites, and spots above mid and hind coxae yel/ow or yellowish; legs yellowish,
a brownish spot on anterior face of hind coxa, dorsal margin of femora more or
Jess blackish, tibiae suffused with brownish apically; prosternum, mesosternum,
sides and median line on propodeum, and base of second tergite and sternite
blackish. Wings subhyaline, the usual dusky spot covering the second and
third cubitals and apical part of radial cells. Head and thorax with white
hair.

Male—Length 7 mm. Yellow markings similar to those of female but the
castaneous color is replaced almost entirely by black. The apical margin of
third tergite is castaneous. The second sternite is flat, not convex as in female.

66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

Type locality —Jorhat, Assam.

Type, allotype and paratypes.—Cat. No. 40978 U. S. N. M.

Described from four specimens, type, allotype, and two
paratypes, reared by C. P. Clausen from cocoons of Henicos-
pilus rufus Tosq. in March, 1927, and recorded under Clausen
No. 2084.

Poecilogonalos thwaitesii (Westwood).

Schulz, 1907, Genera Insectorum, fasc. 61, p. 9, uses the
name pulchella Westwood for this species but it seems desirable
to adhere to the principle “Once a homonym, always a hom-
onym,” and use the new name suggested by Westwood in 1874.

A good series of specimens which agree very well with West-
wood’s description were secured by C. P. Clausen at Jorhat,
Assam. These specimens have the castaneous replaced by
black and show some variation in the extent of the yellow
markings. In one female the yellow on the head is unusually
extensive.\ Two specimens have the second recurrent wanting
or only faintly indicated. There is some variation in the
closeness of the punctures on the frons.

Poecilogonalos mimus Cockerell.

Poecilogonalos mimus Cockerell, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 20, no. 7, 1920, p.
+8t- Issued October 30, 1920.
1G{

Professor Cockerell requested that his type of P. mimus be
compared with the original description of P. fulvoscutellata
Ayyar. The type of Cockerell’s species agrees very closely
with Ayyar’s description for P. fulvoscutellata and at first it
seemed that the two were synonymous. The mandibles of
mimus are quadridentate while Ayyar described his species as
having tridentate mandibles.

The number of the Records of the Indian Museum! con-
taining Ayyar’s paper was not received in Washington until
after Professor Cockerell’s paper was published but it is pre-
sumed that it was issued prior to the October number of the
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington.

‘Records Indian Mus., vol. 16, pt. 7, Dec. 1919, p. 471. Received Washing-
ton, November 29, 1920.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 67

BIOLOGICAL STUDIES ON POECILOGONALOS THWAITESII
(WESTW.), PARASITIC IN THE COCOONS OF HENICOS-
PILUS (HYMEN: TRIGONALIDAE).!

By Curtis P. CLausen, Entomologist, United States Department of Agriculture.

In July, 1921, Mr. Cho Teranishi, then assistant in the in-
vestigations upon the parasites of Popillia japonica in Japan,
observed a female Trigonalid in the act of oviposition upon the
foliage of bamboo at Sapporo, Hokkaido. This female was
captured and placed in a breeding cage for observation. Several
thousand eggs were laid upon the foliage provided, and always
upon the under surface, a short distance from the margin.
This peculiar habit of oviposition was of exceptional interest,
as the only other hymenopterous groups known to have a
similar habit were the Perilampidae (Perilampus), which
oviposit on the leaf in the vicinity of the host, and the Euchari-
dae (Schizaspidia) which deposit the eggs en masse within the
buds of trees. In both of these cases the planidia make their
way to the host after hatching.

A search was made for additional material, and in the follow-
ing September the writer secured a series of six females at
Jozankai, about twenty miles from Sapporo. These were
found along a shaded forest path, and were depositing their
eggs exclusively upon the foliage of clover. Some eggs were
later secured in cages, but these, as well as the lot secured by
Mr. Teranishi, failed to hatch. The following season a search
was made for further material, but without success, and no
additional progress could be made at that time in the study of
this most interesting group of parasites.

During 1925 the writer had occasion to visit the Indian Tea
Planters Experiment Station at Tocklai, near Jorhat, Assam,
India, and in the insect collection at that station a number of
specimens of a Trigonalid were observed, with the cocoons
from which they had emerged. Mr. E. A. Andrews, ento-
mologist of the station, stated that these cocoons had been
secured from the soil when the tea gardens were hoed during
the winter. At this time the coolies employed in such work
were usually instructed to collect all insect cocoons, pupae and
larvae encountered, and these were either set aside for parasite
emergence or destroyed. Through the courtesy of Mr. An-
drews the writer was enabled to make extensive collections of
cocoons during the following two seasons.

In February, 1926, a series of 28 cocoons were secured, and
from them emerged late in April and early in May two males
and five females of the Trigonalid found in the Tocklai col-
lection. Specimens submitted to Mr. S. A. Rohwer have been

1Contribution No. 45, fapanese Beetle Laboratory, Moorestown, N. 7.

68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

determined as Poecilogonalos thwaitesii (Westw.). Examina-
tion of the cocoons from which these adults emerged showed
conclusively that the species was a secondary parasite, and
the further rearings established the fact that the cocoons were
those of Henicospilus rufus Tosq.! The host of this Ichneu-
monid is not known, but-a study of the host records of other
species indicates that it is a lepidopterous larva, probably of
the Noctuidae.

THE LIFE HISTORY OF POECILOGONALOS THWAITESIT.

During the seasons of 1926 and 1927 extensive collections were
made of Henicospilus rufus cocoons for study and rearing, and
a total of 356 of these was secured at this time. The primary
object of the study was to determine the manner of hatching
and to secure the first-stage larva for comparison with the
first-stage larvae of other Hymenoptera of similar habit.
Although this object was not accomplished, a considerable
amount of information was secured regarding the biology of
this obscure group. A considerable number of adults were
reared out and caged in pairs for mating. This was never
actually observed to occur, though in every case a few days
confinement resulted in serious mutilation of the males, the
legs and antennae being bitten off and the wings lacerated.
It is possible that this occurred during or after attempted
mating.

Oviposition.—In depositing her eggs the female first runs
rapidly over the upper surface of the leaf, and when satisfied
as to its suitability, approaches the margin, turns and curves
the tip of the abdomen under it, and places the egg about
.5 mm. from the margin. Only an instant is required for the
operation, and it may be repeated immediately. This egg
(fig. 2) measures only 0.12 mm. in length, is ellipsoidal in form,
and its ventral surface is flat. It is covered with a white,
vitreous shell bearing from five to seven longitudinal ridges,
which also extend ventrally entirely around the egg and con-
verge at the anterior end. This shell is very tough, though
flexible, and is complete upon the mature eggs in the ovarian
tubes. The egg when deposited upon the algae adheres only
lightly to it.

The maximum number of eggs obtained from a single female
was 10,641. In this instance oviposition extended over a
period of fourteen days. Another individual laid a total of
4,376 eggs in a single day. A third female was observed to

1Determined by Mr. G. R. Dutt, Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa,
Bihar, India.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 69

deposit twenty-seven eggs within one minute. This is a rate of
oviposition far in excess of that recorded for any other parasitic
hymenopteron, and provides for an exceptionally high per-
centage of mortality in the early stages. In the case of one
gravid female dissected, the ovaries were found to comprise a
total of 657 ovarioles, and in them were contained 8,218 mature
eggs and an undetermined number in various stages of develop-
ment. It is probable that the normal number of eggs de-
posited in the field is in excess of that here given for a caged
female.

Oviposition was obtained upon the leaves of a wide range of
plants, and little preference seemed to be shown except in the
case of citrus, which was largely refused. Leaves having a
serrate margin seemed to be favored, though not to a marked
extent. Eggs were laid freely upon the leaf petioles and even
upon stems, not exceeding four millimeters in diameter, pro-
vided they were in a horizontal position. A considerable num-
ber of eggs were deposited upon the edge of paper strips in the
feeding tubes, and even upon the edge of a glass slide which
had been smeared with a decoction of tea leaves. Where
abundant upon leaves these eggs appeared as a fine, white
line one-half millimeter within the margin on the lower side.
A total of many thousands of these were secured for experi-
mental purposes, upon various surfaces and upon growing
plants.

The first lot of eggs secured was found upon Euphorbia leaves
in April, 1926. These were kept in vials, under conditions of
moderate moisture throughout the summer, and examination
at intervals revealed that sufficient development had taken
place for the general form of the body to be well defined, though
eventually all the incipient larvae died without hatching.
Further material was secured in 1927, with a like result. It
was finally surmised that these eggs must be eaten by the
secondary host to provide the necessary stimulus for the com-
pletion of development and hatching, a requirement known to
exist among several species of Tachinidae. Owing to the
pressure of other work at the time it was not possible to in-
vestigate this point experimentally, and no proof is as yet
available to support the conjecture. The fact that three lots
of eggs, each numbering several thousand, died after reaching
a certain stage of development would indicate some departure
from the normal mode among the Hymenoptera, and point to
the eating of eggs by the host as very probably essential to de-
velopment.

Tue First Larvat Srace.—Although living larvae of this
stage have not as yet been secured it was possible to determine
their general form from a dissection of the eggs containing the

70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

partially developed embryos. The form is in general similar
to that of Perilampus, having a well defined head and tapering
body. Neither the head nor the body was as heavily chiti-
nized as a fully developed larva, and the ventral plates, with
their spines and setae, were not distinguishable; but the three
ventral hooks upon the thorax, similar to those of Per ilampus,
were distinctly evident. It may be assumed therefore that
the primary larva of Poecilogonalos thwaitesii is of the planidium
type, and capable of both locomotion and penetration. Its
length is approximately .12 mm.

Tue Post-Emsryonic Forms.—In view of the fact that it
was not possible to study the life history of the species in its
logical order from the egg to the adult, it was necessary to
work backwards from the successive known forms. In this
instance the pupa was recognizable without possibility of con-
fusion with other forms present, and with this identification as
a beginning it was necessary to associate each successive
known stage with the one immediately preceding it. To do
this two means were employed; first, the dissection of host
cocoons during the late winter and early spring, while develop-

ment from the first larval stage to maturity is proceeding
quite rapidly, and, second, the examination of the contents of
cocoons from which Poecilogonalos had already emerged. Using
the first method, a total of 187 fresh cocoons were cut open
and the contents examined under the binocular microscope and
a record made of all parasitic forms, of whatever stage, con-
tained in them. In the examination of 64 empty cocoons from
which Poecilogonalos had emerged, a record was likewise kept
of all larval remains found, principally mandibles, and these
were compared with the living forms obtained from the former
lot. In the living material a total of 28 distinct larvae of
different stages and species were found, and the problem was
then presented of isolating the relatively few Poecilogonalos
from among them. Several Chalcidoidea, parasitic externally
and internally, were readily distinguishable and segregated,
but the various other Ichneumonoidea present involved greater
difficulties. Those others, however, were found in relatively
small numbers as compared with Poecilogonalos. The number
of additional parasite species actually reared from the several
hundred Henicospilus cocoons collected and set aside for
emergence was nine, none of which was responsible for more
than 3 per cent of the total parasitism.

Tue Firru Larvat Srace.—In many instances the cocoons
dissected showed a large robust larva with distinctive tridentate
mandibles (Plate 5, fig. 6) feeding externally upon the dead

—

NUIMIBER. OF /ND/ VIDUALS

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 a

prepupa of Henicospilus. ‘These larvae were set aside for
development, and in due time reached the pupal stage and
finally emerged as adult Poecilogonalos. Further, these dis-
tinctive mandibles were always found in the pupal chamber
from which Poecilogonalos had emerged, and consequently
this form could be definitely listed as the final larval stage of
P. thwaitesii.

In one instance an empty cocoon was found to contain two
pairs of these tridentate mandibles. The dissections of living
cocoons had failed to show a single case in which two individuals

HEAP WIDTHS (N HUNDRETHS OF A P4/LLIMIETER
* 56 BIO 42 44 4646 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84

a
PREECE EH ET
|
DEAS. sae o ese ar a eRe
Rte NEN
if
id
E

CO SSR R SSR ERaS seeeEiReee
miele a7 [obs )abs[ dup JU). bh
oS See ee
BAN AA | tebe ef
Be eee ee

Fig. 1. Frequency curve showing the measurements, in hundredths of a
millimeter, of the head widths of 75 third-stage larvae of Poecilogonalos thwaitesii.

had reached the final larval stage on the same host, and rearings
never yielded more than one. This recovery, of two pairs of
mandibles, in conjunction with the finding of a fifth-stage
larva containing within its body a larva of the third stage,
would indicate that the presence of the two pairs of mandibles
above referred to had come about by the one larva reaching
the final stage and then succumbing to the attack of the larva
of an earlier stage within its own body, this later one then
giving rise to the adult which finally emerged. Such a course
of development would call for penetration by the planidium,
first, of the tertiary (lepidopterous?) host, second, of the larva of
Henicospilus and finally that of its own species.

Tue Fourrn Larvat Srace.—The fourth larval stage is
much less robust than the fifth, and has small, simple mandibles.

‘ha PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

Its relation to the latter was established by the finding of nine
larvae of the fifth stage, with the cast skin only partially re-
moved from the body, and of one of the fourth stage, showing
clearly the developing tridentate mandibles just back of the
head. This is the stage in which emergence from the body of
the host is effected, and it may be found either within the host
or outside of it.

Tue Tuirp Larvar Srace.—This large-headed larva is most
distinctive as compared with all the others observed, and was
linked to the fourth by the finding of four individuals in the
process of molting. The wide variation in head widths among
those observed, ranging from 0.36 mm. to 0.86 mm., led first
to the assumption that two species were involved, but this was
later disproved by the presence of head capsules of all sizes in
the cocoons from which Poecilogonalos had emerged. The
measurements of the head widths of 75 individuals gave a uni-
form gradation, as shown in the accompanying figure, and no
basis could be found for a division into two groups.

Several observations of interest in connection with this stage
were made during the course of the dissections. The maximum
number of larvae of the third stage found in a single host was
four, with an average of 1.8 for all parasitized Henicospilus
prepupae. In this third stage the Poeci/ogonalos larvae show a
pronounced canibalistic tendency, and when a number are
present in the one host body several of them are usually dead
owing to lacerations produced by the heavy, sickle-shaped
mandibles. However, not all which fail to reach maturity die
in this manner; many are apparently driven to the posterior
portions of the body of the host, where they fail to effect
emergence, and eventually die. In two instances larvae of
this stage were found parasitic internally within others of the
same species and stage, and one was found within a fifth-
stage larva. This situation is quite distinct from canibalism,
the usual means of elimination of the surplus numbers of an
internal parasite, and is a phenomenon seldom recorded hereto-
fore. It would tend to show in this case that the Poecilo-
gonalos planidium exhibits little discrimination as to the sort
of host larva which it enters and would appear to be able to
develop within almost any hymenopterous larva which might
be present in the body of the secondary host. Two individuals
were actually reared from undetermined Ichneumonids para-
sitic upon Henicospilus.

Tue Seconp Larva. Stace.—The second larval stage has
not yet been definitely associated with the planidium or with
the distinctive third stage, but is included on the assumption
that an intermediate form must occur between these two.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 7s

The planidium measures approximately 0.12 mm. in length,
while that which is termed the third stage averages 2.5 mm.,
the heavily chitinized head alone having an average width of
0.66 mm. With such a disparity in size between the two
forms the requirement for an intermediate stage can hardly
be questioned, and three individuals (Plate 5, fig. 3), which
alone fulfilled all requirements, were actually observed. These
measured from 0.8 to 1.2 mm. in length, and possessed large,
globular heads, unchitinized, and with simple mandibles widely
spaced ventrally. This form could not be associated with any
of the other parasites contained in the material examined, but,
likewise, could not be recovered from the empty parasitized
cocoons. The failure to recover it may be attributed to the
lack of any well defined parts that could be recognized after
molting, and in the earlier dissections such a form was not
anticipated. The relatively small number recognized may be
due to the difficulty of detecting them and, again, to a probable
relatively short duration of the period.

Summary of Dissections of Henicospilus Cocoons:

Nitmmberroteicesivcocoons dissected se wetea ee een ee ee ee 187
Numbencontainineviersicosp7/us pupae ee 11
Number containing unparasitized Henicospilus larvae or prepupae........._ 47
Number containing parasitized Henicospilus larvae, prepupae or pupae. 129
Of this number there were:
ICES tA eM DOCCHOMOIGIUS Serene me ee Eee teeee een eee ere 7
[Povine{al nesecnaye J Plalciar Wo pena 171 fo atcs ae Sa ae at ne ee tee ea ee 8
Mitind=stase:Pocctiocanmlos= et ee te ee eee 79
ECOG ESCA Ce OCGUL0 C01) 0p teens Se ee ee ee eee 3
Pupae, Poectlogonalos_..._.._____.._.___.... Ee eee seh A eee +
Wantous states .Onoticrm Spccless es = teeter Sane ee eee 28
Percentage of parasitism of the fresh cocoons by Poecitlogonalos........... 54

In the 64 empty cocoons examined the tridentate mandibles
of the fifth stage were always recovered in the pupation cell of
those cocoons from which Poeci/ogonalos had emerged, as were
also the large, heavily chitinized heads of the third stage, while
only 39 of that number yielded the remains of the fourth stage.
In this case there was no certainty as to the location of the
cast skin, as it might be within the decaying body of the host or
external to it, or, finally, it might be retained as a light pad at
the caudal end of the fifth stage larva and thus be included in
the contents of the pupation chamber. Of the 10 cocoons
which yielded other Ichneumonoidea none showed the triden-
tate mandibles, though 4 were found to contain the large head
capsules similar to, but distinguishable from, the third stage of
Poecilogonalos.

74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

THE DEVELOPMENT OF POECILOGONALOS THWAITESII.

On the basis of dissections made during 1926 and 1927 it
appears that Poecilogonalos thwaitesii passes the early part of
the winter in the first larval stage within the mature larva of
Henicospilus, the cocoon of whichis normally formed in the soil.
Emergence of Henicospilus under natural conditions at Jorhat
takes place in March, with Poeci/ogonalos appearing slightly
later. The material collected during January and February
and taken to Shillong (elevation 5,000 ft.) for emergence,
yielded adult Henicospilus from March 7 to April 6 and the
Poecilogonalos adults appeared from March 8 to April 24.
The peak of host emergence was about March 15, whereas
Poecilogonalos was quite evenly distributed throughout its
longer period. The January and February collections were
made too late to include the planidium stage, as development
had already progressed beyond that point.

Tue Tuirp Larva Stace.—The third stage is a very robust
larva and moves freely through the body of its host. At this
time the host is approaching pupation, but becomes greatly
weakened through the feeding of the parasite. With only a
single larva within its body the host usually remains alive
until the emergence of the larva for external feeding, but when
two or more are present death occurs as the prepupal stage is
reached, and while the Poecilogonalos larvae are still in the third
stage. The parasites are able to feed and develop for a relatively
considerable time following the death of the host, and mature
without difficulty. In the normal course of development,
however, the third stage completes its feeding in the living host.
When the prepupal stage of the latter is reached the parasite is
situated in the thoracic regions, and when ready to transform
to the following stage it takes up a position immediately under
the derm and within the eye, already somewhat pigmented,
of the developing pupa. Here the molt takes place, and the
new fourth-stage larva immediately makes an incision in the
derm of the host at that point and emerges to feed externally.
The developing host pupa dies at this time and shortly becomes
a putrefying mass. This procedure is rather unusual, as with
parasites of this type decay does not normally set in until
feeding is complete. In the case of hosts that are killed by an
excessive number of third-stage Poecilogonalos within the body,
putrefaction also sets in immediately, in spite of the fact that
there has been no break in the body wall; yet this incident
does not hinder the development of the parasite through the
succeeding stages. Less than half of the body contents of the
host are normally consumed.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 7S

THE FourtH Larvat Strace.—In approximately twenty per
cent of the individuals examined the Poeci/ogonalos fourth-stage
larva emerged from the fully formed pupa of Henicospilus
rather than from the developing prepupa. The point of exit
in each case was the same, the eye being invariably chosen.
For a relatively short period feeding takes place externally at
the single puncture, followed by transformation to the fifth,
and final larval stage.

THE Fiero Larvat Strace.—The fifth stage is equipped with
heavy tridentate mandibles and a large suctorial disc for feeding.
The mandibles, however, are of little use, as only a portion of
the fluid contents is sucked out, and no part of the solid tissues
or of the derm is consumed.

When feeding is ended the mature larva forms for itself a
pupation chamber of irregular outline at one side of the host
cocoon, thus separating itself from the large mass of putrefying
matter which constitutes the remainder of its host. The
envelope is thin, parchment-like and light brown in color.
After a few days the meconium is discharged, this being viscid
and black in color, as compared with the chocolate-brown to
brick-red color of the meconium of its host. Pupation occurs
in this cell, and the adult emerges by cutting an irregular hole at
the side, near the anterior end of the cocoon. This hole is
readily distinguished from that made by Henicospilus, which
is smoothly cut and at right angles to the axis of the cocoon.

From the data available it seems probable that both Poecilo-
gonalos and its host, Henicospilus rufus, have a single generation
each year, the latter parasitizing its lepidopterous (?) host
during the summer and passing the autumn and early winter
in the mature larval stage in its cocoon in the soil. The Poecilo-
gonalos planidium gains access to the body of its secondary
host at some time in the summer, and then enters such Henico-
spilus larvae as it may find there In this stage a considerable
period of time is apparently passed, and development through
the succeeding larval stages occurs quite rapidly during the
early spring. At Shillong the pupal stage covers three weeks
in March, but this time is probably reduced to about two weeks
under the conditions of temperature prevailing at that time of
the year at Jorhat. A period of gestation of two or three weeks
brings the time of oviposition to April and May, and apparently
the egg stage may be greatly prolonged.

The adults of Poecilogonalos are very readily distinguishable
in the field by the general form of the body, particularly the
pronounced ventral curving of the tip of the abdomen, and by
the position of the wings. While resting at intervals during the
day, or while feeding, the abdomen is held elevated at an angle

76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

of forty-five degrees from the horizontal, and at this time, as
well as when in movement or ovipositing, the wings are held
spread at right angles to each other and with the tips trailing
upon the surface of the leaf or other object upon which the insect
may be found. During protracted periods of rest, or at night,
the wings may be placed one above the other over the abdomen.
These positions of the wings and abdomen, in conjunction
with quick, jerky movements when this parasite is running
about the leaf, serve readily to distinguish members of the
family when found in the field.

Such Trigonalid females as have been observed in the field
seem to prefer the somewhat shaded places. Those collected
in northern Japan were found exclusively along shaded forest
paths where very little direct sunlight reached the undergrowth
upon which they were resting or ovipositing. In the laboratory
oviposition took place most readily in slightly darkened places.

Poecilogonalos henicospili, Rohwer.

From the material of Henicospilus rufus collected during
1927 for the rearing of Trigonalidae there emerged four indi-
viduals of a species other than the common Poecilogonalos
thwaitesti (Westw.). These have been examined by Mr. S. A.
Rohwer and described by him as a new species under the above
name. An examination of the remains of this species in the
host cocoons showed the head characters of the last three
larval stages to be indistinguishable from those of P. thwaitesii.

Oviposition by one of the females was readily brought about,
and a total of 5,782 eggs were deposited in a period of six days.
The egg is equal in length to that of P. thwaitesii, though
slightly narrower, and the outer shell has the usual longitudinal
ridges, but is more transparent than that of the latter species.

THE RELATION OF THE. OVIPOSITION HABIT -OF THE TRIE
GONALIDAE TO THE PROBLEM OF PARASITE
REARING AND INTRODUCTION.

Owing to the habit of the Trigonalidae of ovipositing upon
foliage apparently without any relation to the host itself,
another complication enters into the problem of rearing and
importation from one country to another of Ichneumonoid and
Tachinid parasites. This is true whether hatching takes place
in the normal way or following ingestion of the eggs by the
secondary host. The present record of the manner of ovi-
position of Poecilogonalos increases to four the number of
families of parasitic insects which place their eggs upon foliage,
the other three families being the Tachinidae (a relatively few
species), the Perilampidae and the Eucharidae. The members
of the last-named family, so far as known, are exclusively pri-
mary parasites of ants, and may therefore be disregarded in

se ie ne eee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 Fi

this connection. The Tachinids are primary parasites while
Perilampus may be either primary or secondary. Presuming a
Trigonalid or Perilampid parasitic upon Crossocosmia or any of
the other leaf-ovipositing Tachinidae to attack, for instance,
lepidopterous larvae, it would be possible to have both primary
and secondary parasitism of these caterpillars without either
of the parasite species having had access to the host. The high
degree of parasitism evidenced by Poecilogonalos thwaitesii
upon Henicospilus in India would prove a serious handicap
to the attempted introduction of such a species, besides the
danger that the hyperparasite itself might escape and become
established. It is becoming more and more evident that
rearing the primary host in insect-proof:cages is not a sufficient
precaution, and the presence of the above-mentioned parasites
makes necessary a similar protection of the sources of food

supply.
LITERATURE ON THE BIOLOGY OF THE TRIGONALIDAE.

In the literature to date there is an almost complete lack of
information upon the life history and habits of this most in-
teresting group of parasites. The following list comprises all
of the known records of host relationships of the family:

Species Host
Bareogonalos canadensis Harr. Vespa occidentalis Cress.
Lycogaster pullata Shuck. Ophion macrurus L. from Telea poly phemus Cr.
Nomadina cisandina Schulz. Polybia dimidiata Oliv.
Pseudogonalos hahni Spin. Ophion distans Thoms. from Lepidoptera
Trogus sp.

Vespa germanica ¥,
Tapinogonalos pulchella Cress. | Exorista lobeliae Coq. from Acronycta lobeliae

Guer.
Trigonalys costalis Cress. Acronycta lobeliae Guér.
Seminota depressa Deg. Polistes canadensis L.
Seminota mejicana Cress. Parachartergus apicalis ¥.

A consideration of the foregoing list indicates that the family
is largely parasitic in the nests of vespoid Hymenoptera, though
whether in the role of primary or of secondary parasite is not
known. Of the ten host records above given five are of this
family of social wasps. Next in importance may be mentioned
those which are secondary parasites of Lepidoptera, and
probably Hymenoptera (Tenthredinoidea) as well, with an
Ichneumonoid as the primary host. The single record from a
Tachinid, Exorista lobeliae Coq., itself a parasite of Acronycta,
would indicate a mode of development similar to that of Poeci/o-
gonalos.

The occurrence of Trigonalidae as parasites of Vespidae is of
—

78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

particular interest in view of the information now available
regarding Poecilogonalos. Its frequency as a parasite of that
group would seem to contradict the theory advanced by the
writer that the eggs are eaten by the secondary host, as the
Vespidae are not phytophagous. Dr. L. O. Howard has sug-
gested, however, that in the case of Polistes and other Vespidae,
the adults of which are known to feed upon the body fluids of
caterpillars, the Trigonalid planidia, hatched from eggs ingested
by the caterpillars and floating in the body fluids, might thus
be taken up by the wasps and carried to the nest in the food
supplied to the larvae. The roving habits of these wasps when
in search of food, and the fact that the females return fre-
quently to the nest to feed the larvae during their period of de-
velopment, would permit the planidia to reach the nest in the
same manner as do those of Schizaspidia upon ants, presuming
that normal hatching takes place. The records of a European
species (Pseudogonalos hahni Spin.) upon Vespa, Ophion and
Trogus, respectively, would indicate an identical habit through-
out the group and it would be of exceeding interest to clear up
the still obscure manner of hatching and the manner in which
the planidium gains access to its primary host.

Bugnion,! in his study of the anatomy of Pseudogonalos hahni,
mentions from 300 to 400 ovarioles in each ovary of the female,
a number equal to that found in Poecilogonalos, and an average of
about five mature eggsineach. These are stated to be 0.18 mm.
in length, or considerably larger than those of P. thwaitesii and
P. heniscopili.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF POECILOGO-
NALOS THWAITESII. (Plate 5.)

The Egg (Fig. 2). Length 0.12 mm., width 0.07 mm., ellipsoidal! in form and
white in color. The ventral side flat, with the dorsum not greatly arched.
The outer covering vitreous, with 5 to 7 longitudinal ridges extending entirely
around the egg and converging at the anterior pole, the ridges occasionally
branched.

First-Stage Larva. Unknown, though partially developed embryos dis-
sected out from the egg showed it to be of the planidium type, and possessing
three large ventral hooks on the thorax.

Second-Stage Larva (Fig. 3). Thirteen-segmented, and 1.2 mm. in length.
The head large, almost spherical in form, very lightly chitinized and with large
simple mandibles set widely apart ventrally. Body segmentation indistinct,
the caudal segments narrow. One pair of spiracles on the anterior margin of
the second thoracic segment. No dermal setae or spines.

Third-stage Larva (Fig. 4). Fourteen-segmented, 1.5 to 2.8 mm. in length
and widest in the thoracic region. One pair of large spiracles situated as in
the preceding stage.

Wire Magee: eS tie |) eee eee
1Bugnion, E. La Structure Anatomique du Trigonalys hahni Spin. Mitt.

Schweiz. Entom. Gez., vol. 12, pp. 14-20, illus., 1910.
r

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 79

The head very large, heavily chitinized, and deep brown in color. Average
width 0.66 mm. Sharply constricted in the posterior region, forming a distinct
neck. Mandibles (fig. 7) 0.35 mm. in length, and sickle-shaped. The max-
illae large, conical in form, and extending much beyond the anterior margin
of the head and mandibles. One pair of light spots, possibly sensoria, ven-
trally behind the middle transverse line.

The body segments decreasing in width caudad, with the anterior margin
of each having a minutely pebbled appearance, this being uniform over the
last two segments.

Fourth-stage Larva (Fig. 5). Fourteen-segmented, 3.5 mm. in length and
0.9 mm. in width. Eight pairs of spiracles, the first, on the second thoracic
segment large, the remaining seven small and inconspicuous, possibly not open.
The lateral trachael trunks heavy, with large anterior and posterior commissures.
The head large but not heavily chitinized, and with simple mandibles (Fig. 8)
0.18 mm. in length. The body segments subequal in length except the last two,
which are longer, the caudal one being much extended. No dermal setae or
spines.

Fifth-stage Larva (Fig. 6). Fourteen-segmented, 9 to 11 mm. in length, very
robust, and largely brown in color because the contents of the digestive tract
show through the derm. Eight pairs of open spiracles, situated on the second
and third thoracic and the first six abdominal segments.

The head relatively large, and truncate in form. The mouthparts comprising
a large suctorial disc and tridentate mandibles (Fig. 9) 0.14 mm. in length. An-
tennae conical in form, with 2 short, blunt sensoria at the tip.

Body broadest in the mid-abdominal region, the segments subequal in length,
the last tapering to a sharp point. No dermal setae or spines.

Pupa. No distinctive characteristics except that the tip of the abdomen is
sharply curved ventrally in the manner typical of the adults.

NEW TERMITES FROM THE ANTILLES AND MIDDLE
AMERICA.

By Tuos. E. Snyper, Senior Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology, United States
Department of Agriculture.

The following miscellaneous termites are herein described as
new:
Family KALOTERMITIDAE.

Kalotermes (Kalotermes) bequaerti. Cuba.

Kalotermes (Kalotermes) liberatus. Jamaica.

Family TERMITIDAE.

Cornitermes (Cornitermes) acignathus Silvestri, subspecies walkeri.
Panama.

Cornitermes (Cornitermes) acignathus Silvestri, subspecies
ecostaricensis. Costa Rica.

Cylindrotermes macrognathus. Panama

PLATE 5 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31

PECILOGONALOS HENICOSPILI ROHWER.

Figure 1, adult; 2, egg; 3, 4, 5, 6, second, third, fourth and fifth stage
larvae respectively.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 81

H. Hagen in 1858 (Linn. Ent., vol. 12, pp. 67-8) described
Calotermes posticus from the dealated female adult from St.
Thomas, stating it to be near “Ca/otermes”’ brevis Walker; the
latter species is in the subgenus Crypfotermes Banks.

In 1910, N. Holmgren in Termitenstudien 2 (Kungl. Sv. Vet.
Akad. Hd. 46, no. 6, p. 55, refers to C. posticus Hag. as doubt-
fully a species of Cryptotermes.

Nathan Banks, in Antillean Isoptera (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
vol. 62, no. 10, p. 477-479, Pl. I, figs. 8 and 12, 1919), described
the soldier caste of a termite from Jamaica as Ka/otermes posticus
Hagen, stating that it might not be the soldier of posticus, if not,
it was new. Winged forms (discussed in a key) are from St.
Thomas, Cuba and Haiti.

Since the identity of posticus is in great doubt, and it is quite
probably a Cryptotermes, possibly cavifrons Bks., which occurs
in the Antilles, | am giving the specimens referred to by Banks
the name /ideratus. Unfortunately, I can not name them for
Mr. Banks, having already described a termite as Ka/otermes
banksi.

Kalotermes (Kalotermes) liberatus, new species.

Soldier— “Head yellowish; mandibles red-brown, tips black, pronotum
faintly brownish, body rather a dull yellowish, legs and antennae pale. Head
about twice as long as broad, sides parallel, scarcely convex, broadly rounded
behind, in front rather suddenly declivous, clypeus subquadrate; mandibles not
as long as width of head, stout, toothed about as usual; antennae short, hardly
longer than width of head, third joint not modified; eyes not noticeable; pro-
notum more than twice as broad as long, concave in front, slightly convex
behind, sides rounded, hardly narrowed behind; head and body with scattered
moderately long, erect hairs; legs short, hind femora much swollen. Length of
head, 3 mm.”

Type-locality —Cinchona, Jamaica.
Type, soldier—Amer. Museum Natur. Hist., New York City.

Kalotermes (Kalotermes) bequaerti, new specics.

Winged adult——Head light castaneous-brown, with numerous long hairs and
fewer short hairs.

Antenna with 15 segments; third segment longer than second or fourth; last
sub-elliptical, short and narrow.

Eye black, rather large, separated from lower margin of head by a distance
less than half the diameter of the eye.

Ocellus elongate, narrow, in contact with and at oblique angle to eye.

Pronotum light castaneous-brown; with rows of long hairs on margins and a

1Description of posticus by Banks, 1919.

82 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

median row, fewer short hairs; broader than head; roundly emarginate at both
anterior and posterior margins.

Wings hyaline, yellow near costal margin; radius nearer to subcosta than
to cubitus; in forewing subcosta with 4 long branches to costa; cubitus nearer to
upper than lower margin of wing.

Abdomen yellow-brown; tergites with a row of long hairs near posterior
margins.

Pulvillus between tarsal claws prominent.

Measurements.—Length of entire winged adult!: 9.75—10.50 mm.

Length of entire dealated adult: 5.25-6.75 mm.
Length of head (to tip of labrum): 1.20-1.25 mm.
Length of pronotum (not at median): 0.65-0.70 mm.
Length of forewing: 7.80-8.00 mm.

Length of hind tibia: 0.70-0.80 mm.

Diameter of eye (long diameter): 0.26-0.27 mm.
Width of head (at eyes): 0.90-0.95 mm.

Width of pronotum: 1.00-1.05 mm.

Width of forewing: 2.15—2.20 mm.

Soldier—Head yellow-brown with reddish tinge, darker at anterior margin;
elongated normally; sides straight and parallel; front with slope at epicranial
suture; with scattered short and long hairs. Gula slender.

Antenna with 11 segments, third segment greatly modified, chitinized, light
castaneous brown, subclavate, longer and broader than second segment, or
third and fourth together; last segment subelliptical, short and narrow.

Eye spot not colored, oval and at an angle to rim of antennal socket, sepa-
rated from this rim by a distance about equal to the long diameter of the eye
spot.

Mandibles black, short, stout, incurved at apex. Left mandible with a
pointed marginal tooth near apex, two molars, and a large pointed tooth near
base; right mandible with two large, pointed marginal teeth between middle
of mandible and base.

Pronotum yellow, anterior margin broadly, angularly emarginate, finely
serrate; posterior margin slightly emarginate; anterior corners high; sides nar-
row towards posterior margin; with scattered long and short hairs.

Abdomen with tergites light yellow; long hair near posterior margins.

Legs with hind femora markedly swollen.

Measurements.—Length of entire soldier: 5.00-7.00 mm.

Length of head with mandibles: 2.5-3.1 mm.

Length of head without mandibles (to anterior): 1.7—2.1 mm.

Length of left mandible: 1.00-1.10 mm.

Length of pronotum (from anterior to posterior margins
at sides): 0.80-1.00 mm.

Length of hind tibia: 0.70-0.90 mm.

Width of head (where widest posteriorly): 1.00-1.40 mm.

Height of head at middle: 0.80-0.90 mm.

Width of pronotum: 1.10-1.55 mm.

1The females average slightly larger than the males.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 83

Type locality.—Banos (Oriente), Cuba.

Described from a large series of male and female winged
adults, soldiers and nymphs collected in dry, dead branch near
edge of mangrove, March 21, 1925, by J. Bequaert.- Named in
honor of the distinguished collector, who is now entomologist
in the Department of Tropical Medicine, Harvard Medical
School, Boston, Mass.

Cotypes.—(Winged adults.) Cat. No. 41742 U. S. National
Museum; morphotypes (soldiers), U. S. National Museum.
Coparatypes at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-

bridge, Mass.

Key to Antillean Species in the Subgenus Kalotermes.

Winged.
1. Head and thorax red-brown, small species not 10 mm. long /iberatus Snyder.
Head and thorax light castaneous-brown, usually at least 10 mm. long
bequaerti Snyder.

Head and thorax pale yellowish, larger species... 2.02.22 eeeeeee eens 2
2. sBody with brsdy hatr-22<. 282 ib ee Aa ee schwarzi Banks
Body with only, very short, fAneihait 2 jouteli Banks.
Soldiers.
1. Third antennal segment scarcely if any longer than second... »
Third antennal segment plainly longer than second... 3
2: Eye spot black, mandibles not very broad... ee mona Banks
Eye spot black, mandibles very broad... cubanus Snyder
ives spo tuliyaltme Steen ee ey Be ieee Schwarzi Banks
Swe spot black, sula wery broads 22 eo jouteli Banks
Eye spot hyaline, gula very slender... liberatus Snyder

Eye spot hyaline, gula slender, anterior margin of pronotum finely serrate
bequaerti Snyder

After an examination of Silvestri’s cotypes in 1927, Dr.
A. E. Emerson, of the University of Pittsburgh, states that
specimens of Cornitermes from Panama and Costa Rica de-
termined by me as acignathus Silv. are close to type but need
varietal or subspecific names. C. pugnax Emerson from
British Guiana is closely related to, but distinct from, acignathus.
I am naming the subspecies from Panama after a former
Governor of the Canal Zone, Panama, Brigadier General
Meriwether L. Walker; the subspecies from Costa Rica is
named costaricensis.

The dealated male adult of wa/keri has already been described
by the writer under the name Cornitermes (C.) acignathus
Silvestri, in the Journal Agricultural Research, U. S. Dept.
Agric., Vol. X XIX, no. 4, p. 187, Aug. 15, 1924.

‘Adapted from Banks, 1919.

84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

Cornitermes (C.) acignathus Silvestri, walkeri, new sub-species.

Soldier.—Head_ yellow-brown, broadest posteriorly, with a few scattered
fairly long hairs.

Fronta! tube elongate, s!ender, upturned, at oblique angle to head.

Mandibles piceous, curved, broad at base, slender, sharp pointed and in-
curved at apex; marginal teeth as in figure 1. On left mandible, the fine
marginal serrations on the apical third are more prominent than in costaricensis.

Antenna with 15 segments. Pronotum yellow with long hairs on margins,
anterior margin slightly emarginate. Abdominal tergites with numerous long
hairs.

Type locality —Rio Tapia, Republic of Panama.

Described from a series of soldiers collected with workers at
the type locality in a decaying log on February 7, 1924, by the
writer.

Type, soldier—Cat. No. 41743, U. S. National Museum.

Cornitermes (Cornitermes) acignathus Silvestri, costaricensis,
new subspecies.

Soldier —Head with a distinctive reddish tinge, broadest posteriorly, with
scattered fairly long hairs, more numerous than in wa/keri.

Frontal tube not as elongate or as slender as in wa/keri, upturned at oblique
angle to head.

Mandibles piceous, curved, broad at base, slender, pointed and incurved at
apex, marginal teeth as in figure 2.

Antenna with 15 segments, segments more slender than in wa/keri.

Pronotum yellow, with long hairs on margins, anterior margin very slightly
emarginate.

Abdominal tergites with numerous long hairs.

Type locality Hamburg Farm, near San Jose, Costa Rica.

Described from a series of soldiers collected with workers,
November 26, 1925, by F. Nevermann, in decaying wood.

Type soldier —Cat. No. 41744, U. S. National Museum.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

LEONG
GEC Oval
TUL OO S06)G
LOU SEG

“uw 0S"0-0F'0

OOF TE
HUD OVE
TOM 09 708 %
vory BISOD ‘“sJopug szsua9

-1404509 saloadsqns “‘AqIs
SNYJVUBIID (")) Sausaj1uU4s07)

“WU 0Z'Z
"WI 0S"
“wur 10"E-00'E
“WU OFZ

aS OSO0SO

Pcl Nel

IO OOS SOSE.

IW 0357-007
‘eueueg ‘lapdug

t4ayjom saizadsqns “‘ATIS
SnYIDUSIID (")) SatssaftUsoy)

aqn} [e}UOI, SUIPNpoUT Jou peoy. fo ssouysty |,
ummjouoid Jo YIpPI

Pest Jo MaPEAK

BIqh pury jo yIsueT

(a[yoid ul ajsuv worf
uayei ‘yyvoUeq WO) aqn} [eJUOIJ JO YISUaT

so[qipueur aay Jo yasueT]
soyqipuvul aseq 0} peay jo yi Sua]
sa]qipuvu y}IM pray jo ysuIT

sqUaulaINsvayY

86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

Doctor Emerson’s summary after examination of the cotypes
of acignathus is substantially as follows:

The typical soldier of Cornitermes acignathus Silv. is somewhat larger than
C. pugnax Emerson, has a proportionately wider head with a few scattered
long hairs; the small serrations anterior to notch in left mandible and posterior
to notch are not as distinct asin pugnax. Inner edge of right mandible curving
convexly anteriorly to notch much more so than in pugnax, causing a sharper
angle in the notch. Posterior to the notch there is a small concave curve not
present in pugnax. The species are undoubtedly distinct, but closely related.

The soldier of C. acignathus is very close to but a little larger than forms
from Rio Tapia, Republic of Panama; the mandibles from the notch out are
proportionately a little longer; the frontal tube is proportionately a little

shorter (quite perceptibly);"the gular region is close. Both the Panama and’

Costa Rica forms are much closer to the typical form from Ecuador, in regard to
the mandibles, than is acignathus to pugnax. The typical soldier of acignathus
is very similar to specimens from Hamburg Farm, Costa Rica (near San Jose);
the frontal tube is a little smaller, the mandibles from the notch outward are
proportionately a little longer; in profile the frontal tube is not as much turned
up; the segments of the antennae are conspicuously shorter and thicker pro-
portionately (pugnax is intermediate between the two in this respect). The
gular region is very similar. The size is about the same.

Cylindrotermes macrognathus, n. sp.

In 1926 (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 68, art. 14, p. 58-9), the writer referred
to a species of Cylindrotermes from Panama as possibly nordenskidldi Holmgren
described from Bolivia. Recently Dr. Alfred» Emerson, of the University
of Pittsburgh, has seen Holmgren’s type and discovered that the Panama
specimens represent a new species with longer mandibles than nordenskioldi.
I am naming this species macrognathus in contrast to an undescribed species
collected by Emerson in British Guiana.

Soldier —Head yellow, elongate, posterior margin rounded, faint trace of eye
spot, with numerous fairly long hairs. Frontal gland opening small, located at
apex of epicranial suture. Gula slender at middle.

Antenna with 11-12 segments, third segment showing a tendency to divide.

Mandibles reddish brown, elongate, wide, curved, incurved and _ sharp-
pointed at apex, a single tooth near the base.

Pronotum light yellow, margins with long hairs, anterior lobe distinct, very
weakly emarginate in middle.

Abdominal tergites with long hairs.

Measurements —Length of entire soldier: 4.20-4.60 mm. Length of head
with mandibles: 2.25-2.35 mm. Length of head to mandibles: 0.80 mm.
Length of pronotum: 0.37-0.40 mm. Length of hind tibia: 0.62-0.70 mm.
Width of head: 0.95-1.00 mm. Width of pronotum: 0.65 mm. Hairs on head
longer than in dbrevipilosus Sny. from Bolivia; differs from Nordenskioldi by
wider head, shorter pronotum and darker, heavier mandibles, and from Emer-
son’s undescribed species by the wider head and the longer mandibles.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929 87

Type locality —Barro Colorado Island, C. Z., Panama.

Described from a series of soldiers, collected with workers
and nymphs by the writer at the type locality on February 21,
1924; also collected at Rio Chinilla, R. P.

Type, soldier —Cat. No. 41745 U.S. National Museum.

Specimens collected in 1926 by F. Nevermann at Hamburg
Farm, near San Jose, Costa Rica, also appear to be this species.

One,

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

A HANDBOOK OF THE DRAGONFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA.'

By James G. NeepHAM anp Hortense Butter Heywoop.

This book should be hailed with enthusiasm by students of the
American Odonata. It is interestingly and lucidly written
and contains keys and other information essential to the
identification both of adults and known nymphs, from ordinal
to specific rank. The matter is arranged in two parts. The
first discusses in a delightful way the natural history of the
various forms, and the second contains illustrated, easily
assimilated information on the taxonomy of the American
species. The descriptive matter is so fully annotated with
respect to environment, phenology and behavior as to render
it unusually valuable.

The illustrations, consisting chiefly of excellent line drawings,
are of practical value throughout and an abridged but well
selected bibliography is appended.

The letterpress and binding are all that could be desired and
it is no exaggeration to say that this work will be found indis-
pensable by students of the Odonata of North America.—
W. R. Walton.

1Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Ill., $7.00 net.

88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 4, APR., 1929

A NEW SCIARID FROM LURAY CAVERN, VIRGINIA
(DIPTERA: MYCETOPHILIDAE).

By O. A. Jouannsen, Ithaca, N. Y.

Sciara luravi, n. sp.

Male.—Head black, subshining; ocelli in a flattened triangle behind the eye-
bridges and separated from them by a width greater than twice the diameter of
the latter; eye-bridges contiguous, two facets in width which is laterally reduced
to one. Face black, in width extending laterad of the middle of the antennal
scape. Palpi dark, last segments nearly four times as long as wide. Antennae
black, about .8 as long as the wing measured from the humeral cross-vein.
Thorax subshining black; hairs blackish, acrostichal and dorso-central hairs
short, the former in an irregular double row extending the length of the scutum,
the latter more numerous; lateral mesonotal setae black, consisting of 3 or 4
larger and several smaller ones. Scutellum with two larger marginal and several
smaller marginal and discal setae. Abdomen including hypopygium subopaque
brownish black covered with brownish hairs. Hypopygium without a median
setose ventral papilla; claspers resembling those of S. varians (Fig. 115, Bull.
200, Me. Agr. Exp. Station) but with the subapical setae on the inner side
rather stronger. Legs brownish, fore tibia with one, middle and hind tibiae
each with two spurs which are a little longer than the diameter of the tibiae at
the tip; hind tibial comb distinct; claws small and simple; empodium well
developed. Wings hyaline, veins brownish, posterior ones paler. Branches
of M and Cu without setae; sc short; the base of the radial sector about equi-
distant from the humeral cross-vein and the tip of Ri; Ri ends opposite or but very
slightly proximad of the fork of M; costa produced about .7 of distance from tip of
R,; to Mj 42; Mi+2 ends about mid-way between the tips of Ri and M3; branches
of M rather straight and only very slightly divergent at tips; r-m longer, the
petiole of cubitus over .6 as long as the basal section of M; petiole of M about
5/6 as long as Mi+2; anal veins evanescent. Halteres pale to sub-fuscous.
Length 2.5 mm.

Female.—Resembles the male in coloring. It differs in having shorter an-
tennae which are about 5/8 as long as the wing measured from the humeral
cross-vein, and in being a little larger, measuring 3 mm.in length. The wing
measures 3.5 mm. in length from the humeral cross-vein. Some specimens
even exceed these dimensions.

Holotype and allotype in U. S. National Museum; paratypes
in U. S. National,Museum and in my collection.

This species will fall in with Sczara varians in my key (Bull.
200 Me. Agr. Exp. Station, 1912), but differs in being dis-
tinctly larger, in having proportionally longer antennae and
in the longer Ri.

These insects were collected in traps set by Mr. H. S. Barber
in Luray Cavern, Virginia. Two ¢ specimens were also
collected in Madden’s cave. The traps were set last October,
deep in the cave, but the collections were not made until April,
1929:

Actual date of publication, May 4, 1929

_
——EEOO

er ee are mpc ag ne A

VOL. 31 MAY, 1929 No. 5

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

AUDRICH: |, M.—-THREE NEW ACALYPTRATE DIPTERA... ...... +. 89

BUCHANAN, L. L.—A NEW AGRONUS FROM CANADA (COLEOPTERA: OTIO-
REN CHIDAE Maen awe ee ren co ar ee A TOD

COTTON, R. T.—THE USE OF CARBON DIOXIDE TO INCREASE THE INSECTI-
CIDATMERTICACY, OF) EUMIGANTS© Gla boas BAY eo el aie. $97

ROSS, H. H.—A STUDY OF MARLATT’S GROUP I OF THE GENUS PONTANIA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA: TEN-
PLETED UN TD ACE ae aes eee Ree aes, Oot, Pai Se Ts, ate ak Oil

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excerpr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGsS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary President 2 0% SM a ee ee ee
President... iw 3 wk RAE De Sie Oe eee
First Vice- Pees hae G0h pls by Se Re Sa ee
Second Vice-President .....% 25.34.44 14 . EG) BISEREE
Recording Secretary .. . 2 ee or be eS ee ES is
Corresponding Secretary- ieeusuter Mi. ... 3°75. A. RORWESS
WS: National Muséum, Washington, D. C.
ditors jot ay ae ae oa ae WR We

Butea of Batata’ Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. Caupe.t,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
Sciences ov aw) y wee oes 0 » Pe aan te

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Procreprncs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 31 MAY, 1929 No.5

THREE NEW ACALYPTRATE DIPTERA.
By J. M. Avpricu, U. S. National Museum.

The following three species have all been reared and the
records are of considerable interest. It is therefore thought
advisable to publish the species at this time.

Agromyza schmidti, new species.

Resembles 4gromyza melampyga Loew in having the thorax yellow with a
large dorsal spot which does not reach the sides and is deeply excavated behind;
also in having a large spot on sternopleura, the rim of the calypter, and the
sides of the scutellum black. Differs chiefly in having the black portion of
the thorax opaque, with glaucous pruinosity, the prescutellar yellow area not
deeply concave in front, the dark mark reaching the scutellum on each side.

Head yellow, the arista, ocellar triangle, and occiput black; frontals four
pairs; cheeks at narrowest one-sixth of eye height, wider behind. Dorso-
centrals two large pairs behind, three smaller anterior to them; acrostichals
coarse and rather irregular, none on yellow prescutellar area; two pairs of
scutellars; a brown spot on humerus, another very small behind it, a small
vertical brown stripe below wing; halteres yellow. Abdomen black above,
not shining, indistinctly yellow at sides; hairs of tergites coarse and rather
abundant; ovipositor of female black, very short. Legs yellow, hind knees
and all tarsi brownish. Wings hyaline, costa reaching fourth vein; last section
of fifth vein a little more than twice the preceding; anterior crossvein on the
middle of the discal cell. Length, .8 to 1 mm.

Described from seven males and four females, reared at San
Jose, Costa Rica, by H. Schmidt, from larvae making serpen-
tine mines in eaves of Gliricidia maculata. Named in honor
of Mr. Schmidt, a valued collaborator of the National Mu-
seum.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 41413, U.S. N. M.

Phytomyza atripalpis, new species.

Female.—Black, including legs and antennae, the halteres and most of the
head yellow. Front yellow, about half as wide as the head; the ocellar triangle
subshining black; four pairs of fronta! bristles (apparently only three pairs
in the paratype); frontal orbits with minute proclinate hairs. Face yellow,
the shallow antennal grooves reaching to the oral margin; cheek yellow, about

90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

half the eye height, scarcely higher behind than in front. The yellow color
extends up behind the eye two-thirds of the way to the vertex. Proboscis
yellow; palpi very distinctly enlarged at apex, shining black. Antennae en-
tirely black, of moderate size; third joint round, not pilose; arista strongly
thickened on basal third, microscopically a little pubescent.

Thorax cinerous, with a minute yellow line below the notopleural suture;
acrostichal in two rows; dorsocentral 4, 3 being behind the suture; scutellum
with 4 bristles. Pleurae black with one bristle above front coxa, one accom-
panied by two hairs on hind edge of mesopleura and one on upper hind part
of sternopleura before which is a small hair; halteres lemon yellow.

Abdomen black with a trace of a yellow hind margin on the first three seg-
ments and a very distinct whitish posterior border on the fifth; sixth segment
(base of ovipositor) shining black, cylindrical, nearly as long as the two pre-
ceding segments.

Legs entirely black, or with exceedingly narrow indication of yellow on the
tips of the femora. Wing subhyaline, auxiliary vein ending in the costa close
to the first. Costal section between first and second almost four times as
long as that between second and third.

Length, 1.9 mm.

Described from two females from British Columbia “‘re-
ceived as pupae amongst seeds of Anemone multifida in Novy.
1927,” by G. Fox Wilson of the Royal Horticultural Society
Gardens, Wisley, Surrey, England, who sent them to me for
identification.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 41708 U. S. N. M.

The paratype was returned to Mr. Wilson, who deposited
it in the Canadian National Collection.

Oscinella dampfi, new species.

Female.—Of elongated form like Oscinella lonzipes Loew, but the posterior
half of the mesonotum distinctly flattened, the eye narrower and more diagonal
in position, etc. Shining black, the trochanters and base of middle and hind
tarsi, and the knees very narrowly, yellow. Frontal triangle polished, very

large, reaching the lunule. Antennae black, of ordinary size, third joint rounded, .

arista rather short and slightly pubescent under a power of 35 diameters; palpi
black. Back of head bulging, from the neck forward as wide as the eye in
profile. Cheek one-third eye height. Thorax with delicate dark hairs, which
are pale only in certain angles of light, the flattened posterior part aciculate,
the scutellum rounded, scabrous, with two pairs of minute bristles, the apical
upright. Pleurae shining black, broadly concave from front coxa to just below
the wing, where it is bulging; mesosternal region flat, with distinct whitish
hair. Halteres whitish. Abdomen shining black, distinctly elongated, at
base below a little pale. Wings hyaline, costal segment between first and
second veins hardly double that between second and third, fourth vein ending
in or barely behind exact apex, alula little developed.
Length, 1.8 to 2.2 mm.

£30 EP Se

ce a ee ee et ene —e ee

A EE gy eT = ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929 91

Described from three females, reared by Dr. Alfons Dampf
from rotten ears of maize at San Jacinto, D. F., Mexico. One
of the paratypes is returned to him.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 41885 U. S. N. M.

The generic position of the species is a little doubtful. The
flattened thorax is much like Melanochaeta longula Loew, a
common North. American form; but in that genus the arista
is densely pubescent, appearing thickened. On account of
the similarity of Oscinella longipes, 1 place dampfi in the same
genus.

The genus Oscinella was proposed by Becker (Arch. Zool.,
vol. 1, 1910, p. 150) in the sense of Oscinzs of authors, since the
latter contained when first proposed no species belonging to
the present group. Musca frit Linnaeus 1758 is hereby desig-
nated the genotype.

A STUDY OF MARLATT’S GROUP I OF THE GENUS PON-
TANIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW SPECIES
(HYMENOPTERA: TENTHREDINIDAE).!

By H. H. Ross, I/linois State Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois.

In 1927-28 the author reared a species of Pontania O. Costa
which proved to be new to science, whose larvae had caused a
leaf-fold of poplar. This species infested a large number of
Populus balsamifera in Vancouver, British Columbia, in 1927.
Since biologically the species seemed identical with several
other species, the adults of which differed only in minute
structural characters, it was necessary to give the group to
which it belonged a fairly thorough survey. This paper is the
result of that study. The types of all the species considered
have been studied, as well as those of some species belonging
to other groups of the genus. It has been found necessary to
recognize four new species in the group, the descriptions of
which follow; and since several other species have been described
since the group was keyed by Marlatt (1896), a key is given
for the separation of all the nearctic species known to the author.

Pontania mariana new species.

Female-—Length 5.5mm. Robust, head nearly as wide as thorax. Labrum
wide and truncate, clypeus circularly emarginate, the cleft moderately deep,
the lobes broad and rounded; supraclypeal area convex, shining and prominent;
tentorial foveae large and pit-like, confluent with area about antennae. Vertex
finely punctate, dull; antennal furrows represented by only a crease opposite

'Contribution No. 133 of the Entomological Laboratories of the University
of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois.

of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

posterior ocelli; vertical furrows and postocellar furrow each represented by a
line; ridges of the head variable, but with the median fovea shallowly funnel-
shaped, the frontal crest usually weak, almost obsolete, although sometimes
well defined, cut by a narrow linear furrow extending from the median fovea to
the median ocellus; walls of ocellar basin ridge-like, distinct laterally but either
present or nearly obsolete posteriorly. Antennae relatively short, third and
fourth segments subequal, distinctly longer than fifth. Dorsum of mesothorax
finely punctate, dull, one and one-half times as long as wide. Wings hyaline,
costa, subcosta and stigma yellowish hyaline, veins blackish-brown. Stigma
three times as long as wide, widest near base, evenly rounded to an acute tip.
Tarsal claws cleft for one-third their length, rays coarse, subequal, widely di-
vergent. Sheath slightly convex above, evenly emarginate below, finely
pointed at tip, and densely hairy with outward-, then up-curving setae (Fig.
1)

Color of head, pleurae, legs, and venter mostly yellowish red, with the follow-
ing parts black: antennae, large spot on vertex from antennae to occiput,
dorsum of meso- and metathorax, dorsal portion of meso-epimeron, and dorsum
of abdomen, except lateral margins of segments 3-6, and segments 7 and 8 en-
tirely, which are the color of the venter. Apex of sheath, extreme apex of
posterior tibiae, apical segments of tarsi above, and posterior tarsi entirely,
infuscated.

Male.—Similar in structure to the female. Hypopygium as long as three-
fourths of the ventral length of the rest of the abdomen, the lateral margins of
the apex slightly sinuate, converging relatively sharply, at slightly less than a
right angle, the extreme tip round-pointed. The procidentia is broad and
flat, very little produced, convex above, hardly carinate basally, the tip broadly
rounded. Color as in the female, but with the pleural sutures washed a trifle
more with black, and with the dorsum of the abdomen entirely black except a
narrow yellowish red lateral portion.

Larva.—Typical for the genus. Since the larvae of closely related species
could not be obtained, no comparative description can be drawn up. :

Leaf-fold——Similar to that described and figured by Cooley (1903). Pro-
duced by a folding-under of a lateral area near the base of the leaf. The fold is
flat. A crescentic row of punctures is made on the upper part of the leaf, just
within the edge of the turned-under portion. One or two folds may be made on
one leaf; if two, then one on each side. Little feeding is done within the fold,
but the adjacent apical portion of the leaf is badly eaten.

Holotype— 2 , Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, reared
from Populus balsamifera. Cocoons spun October 10, 1927,
adults emerged June 4, 1928. Deposited in the collection of
the author.

Allotype. Z, same data. Deposited with holotype.

Paratypes—4 2 ?, same data. Deposited in the collections
of the Canadian National Museum, the Illinois State Natural
History Survey, the U. S. National Museum, and the author.

The female of this species may be separated from nevadensis

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929 93

by the shape of the sheath and the obsolete frontal crest, the
male by the latter character, and from the other members of the
group by the characters given in the appended key.

Pontania marlatti, new species.

Female.—Length 5.5 mm. Body robust. Head above antennae opaque,
finely shagreened; clypeus circularly emarginate, lobes wide and rounded;
supraclypeal area wide and prominent, flattish; tentorial and antennal foveae
confluent, deep and declevitous; antennal furrows obsolete, vertical furrows
represented by a puncture behind posterior ocelli; walls of ocellar basin practi-
cally obsolete, ocellar basin obsolete, ocellar fovea a small, depressed, shining
area anterior and adjacent to the median ocellus; third and fourth segments of
antennae subequal, slightly longer than fifth. Anterior and lateral lobes of
mesonotum minutely punctate, dull, scutum and postscutellum shining; tarsal
claws deeply cleft, the inner ray slightly smaller and shorter than outer; stigma
two and one-half times as long as wide, upper and lower margins parallel for
basal half, evenly rounded at tip. Sheath (Fig. 3) thick and stocky, distinctly
shouldered on ventral margin, emarginate near tip, dorsal margin convex;
lateral surface shouldered slightly near dorsal margin; setae numerous and fine;
cerci almost attaining length of sheath.

Color of body black, the inner and posterior orbits yellow-rufescent, the
following parts luteus to yellow: mouthparts and genae, clypeus, inner lower
orbits, latero-posterior margins of collar, tegulae, costal veins and stigma at
base, legs except base of coxae, narrow upper and lower margins of femora, tip
of hind tibiae and hind tarsi which are blackish or fuscous, and cerci. Apex of
stigma reddish. Veins of wing blackish.

Holotype-— @, Oregon (Koebele). Deposited in the U. S.
National Museum. Easily differentiated from agama Roh.
by the shouldered sheath (Figs. 2 and 3).

I take great pleasure in naming this species after C. L. Mar-
latt, the first worker to put the nearctic Nematinae on an easily
understood basis.

Pontania agama, Rohwer.

Pontania agama Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 43, p. 242, Sept. 30,
1912. 9.

Pontania foveata Rohwer, ibid, p. 243. 9. New synonymy.

A study of the types of these two forms, together with a large
series of material from the typic locality, indicates that they
are conspecific, and that foveafa represents only an individual
variation of agama.

Pontania popuella, new species.

Female.—Length, 6 mm., body robust. Head shining; clypeus shallowly
circularly emarginate, lobes very broadly angulate; supraclypeal area prominent,

94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

flattish; tentorial foveae large, pit-like, confluent with depression around base
of antennae; antennal furrows obsolete, vertical furrows a line, postocellar
furrow obsolete; walls of ocellar basin not raised, ocellar basin only a general
shallow area; third and fifth segments of antennae subequal, fourth longer than
either. Mesonotum smooth, postscutellum evenly and minutely punctate.
Tarsal claws deeply and coarsely cleft, rays subequa! in length, the inner one
the stouter. Stigma two and one-half times as long as broad, widest at middle
evenly rounded beneath; sheath shining, dorsal margin very slightly emarginate
at tip, ventral margin distinctly emarginate, point subconical; setae fine,
relatively short. Sheath varies a little in shape, the extremes represented by
Figure 4+ (the holotype) and Figure 7 (a paratype).

Color of body resinous-yellow, except mandibles, sheath, and tips of hind
femora, which are reddish, and the following parts which are black: second
segment of antennae, flagellum above, small spot on front directly above base
of antennae, spot on vertex including ocelli and postocellar area except two
transverse lateral pale areas, mesonotum except sides of anterior lobe, two
lateral spots on postscutellum, and posterior margin of lateral lobes, metano-
tum, basal plates dorsally, and a triangular median area on dorsum of abdo-
men, widest at base and decreasing towards apex. Wings hyaline, veins
below costal area blackish except at base. In some specimens the black on
the dorsum is reduced in extent.

Male.—Similar to female, differing as follows: third antennal segment some-
times as long as fourth (varying on same specimen); clypeus narrow and there-
fore more deeply emarginate; black on head extending over walls of ocellar
basin half-way to eye; entire dorsum of thorax and abdomen black. Hypopy-
gium broadly rounded at apex.

Holotype—¢?, Aweme, Manitoba, Canada, May 8, 1910
(N. Criddle). Bred from cottonwood leaves. Deposited in
the Canadian National Museum.

Allotype-— &, Brookings, South Dakota, June 23, 1891. In
the collection of the author.

Paratypes.—2 2 2, June 20, 1913;5 9 9, May 6-9, 1910;1 9,
June 13, 1911, all at Aweme, Manitoba, bred from cottonwood
leaves (N. Criddle); 5 %@,1 92, Brookings, South Dakota.
In the collections of the Canadian National Museum, U. S.
National Museum, Illinois State Natural History Survey,
South Dakota State College and the author

The female can be separated by characters given in the key.

Specimens which are considered as the males of this species
agree closely with the type of P. agilis Cresson, but also agree
with the males of species in other groups. It is therefore con-
sidered wiser to describe the females as distinct, although the
name may later fall as a synonym of agilis. The female de-
scribed as P. agilis by Marlatt (1896) seems to be P. bozemani

Cooley.

Sac

SR a EER Be a

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929 95

Pontania pepii new species.
Female.—Length 6.5 mm. Robust, head nearly as wide as thorax. Clypeus
arcuately emarginate, cleft one-half its length, the lobes broad and rounded;
tentorial foveae deep and pit-like, confluent with area around base of antennae;

head above antennae shining, slightly wider behind eyes than through them,

2 Raqama
1 P mariana

4 P popuella

6.P mellina

&P robusta

TP popuella a P nevadensis

Sheathes of Pontania.

96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1926

postocular area robust; antennal furrows interrupted above antennae, repre-
sented posteriorly by broad shallow depressions; vertical furrows deep and
trenth-like for anterior two-thirds, line-like for posterior third; postocellar area
nearly three times as broad as long; postocellar furrow faint and line-like; lateral
walls of ocellar basin nearly obsolete, wide, shining and flat, ocellar basin only
very slightly depressed; median fovea shallow and saucer-like, ocellar fovea
likewise, but slightly larger. Third and fourth segments of antennae subequal,
fifth slightly shorter, sixth only two-thirds as long as fifth, remainder subequal,
and shorter than sixth. Thorax shining, finely setose, postscutellum punctate.
Stigma narrow and acuminate, two and one-half times as long as wide, the
lower margin straight. Tarsal claws not deeply cleft, the two rays subequal,
very little separated. Sheath as in Figure 8; ventral margin undulate and
emarginate near tip, dorsal margin nearly straight basally, but sharply convex
at apex; point smail but sharp.

Color mostly black. Antennae, dorsum of head except posterior-lateral
area, pro-pleurae, mesal portion of collar, dorsum of thorax, pleurae except
small yellowish spot, pectus, metapleurae, small mark at base of hind coxae,
dorsum of abdomen except last tergite, and lateral and ventral portion at base,
black; remainder of head and collar, tegulae, costa and basal two-thirds of
stigma, luteous; spot on pleurae, legs, venter and sides of abdomen except at
base, and sheath, fuscous.

Holotype-— 2, Florence, Montana, June 1, 1912. In the
collection of the author.

This species is most closely related to robusta Marl., bozemani
Cooley, mellina (Cress.), and popuella n. sp., from which it
can be separated by the black pectus and pleurae; it also
differs from robusta and popuella in having the antennae almost
entirely black, and from dozemani and medllina in the shape of
the sheath.

Marlatt’s Group I of Pontania Costa, includes those species
which have the sheath pointed at the tip, and emarginate on
the ventral margin. The following species known to the
author belong to this group: ‘undra, leaviti, parva, nigrita,
melanosoma, pallicornis, marlatti, agama, pepiit, nevadensis,
mariana, mellina, bozemani, robusta and popuella. These may
be separated by the following key:

1. Pleurae black.or witha small paleispot-.0.-2 = 2
Pléurae palei..2.8 2s pe ee ee eee ee 10
2. Kémota ‘black-=- tees a 2 eee ee ee ee ee tundra Kincaid
Kemorainteteat part luteous@ <= oo ee ee ee 3
3. Lateral walls of ocellar basinudistinct.... =e oe ee 4
Lateral walls of ocellar basin wanting, or mound-like and indistinct... 8
4 1Ocellarbasinideep. slotting. eee ne eee leaviti Rohwer
Ocellar basin shallow. shagreemed arc ys ce eee eee 5
5. Femora linearly infuscate along edges. parva Cresson
Femora luteous, or infuscate at base-seis A | 6

ee ee ee ee ee ee
ie

IS:

14.

. Antennae short, terminal segment 2-3 times as long as broad

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929 oy

. Lateral walls of ocellar basin low, basin scarcely excavated.._nigrita Marlatt

Lateral! walls of ocellar basin distinct, basin well excavated. et ]

. Lateral walls linear, sharp, frontal crest of same height, the ocellar basin

bounded by perpendicular walls... melanosoma Rohwer
Lateral walls wide and sloping, the frontal crest mound-like, higher than
lateral walls, ocellar basin saucer like, with sloping walls

pallicornis (Norton)

. Dorsum of head dull, shagreened; lateral walls of ocellar basin obsolete. 9

Dorsum of head shining, not shagreened; lateral walls of ocellar basin
Tadistinet mari Minound=tkes! se ees Se ee pepii n. sp.

Psheat shomdered laterally sos. ee enneee marlatti n. sp.

Sheath not shouldered laterally EH Ae Aes agama Rohwer

. Lateral walls of ocellar basin ridge-like, distinct and linear... 11

Lateral walls of ocellar basin rounded, not ridge-like, ocellar basin sub-
GDSOlC ica eeee a eee Sunn Ree IE AS Co Se reas eee Ta Se ee 13

. Frontal crest obsolete, represented by a flat area. mariana n. sp.

hiro ntalsichestegalscdandistinGts semen es eee ete a 12

PRRCCUUSR ID Alea eee eer Seen A ee a0} ek nevadensis (Cresson)

Rectusy biackwoistained: =n. nevadensis var. nigripecta Rohwer
Miaeellumiorantentia entirely: Diack 1s 2 a's. 14
Flagellum of antenna pale beneath, for entire length or at apex
Abdomen entirely pale; sheath short and wide, as in Figure 6...
mellina (Cresson)
Abdomen black at base of dorsum; sheath longer than wide, as in Figure 5

Lozemani Cooley

robusta Marlatt
Antennae long, termina! segment 4-5 times as long as broad

Popuella n. sp.
To further aid in differentiating the species here described

as new the sheaths are illustrated of these and the species to
which they are most closely allied (see figure).

Il.

REFERENCES CITED.

C. L. Marlatt, 1896. Revision of the Nematinae of North America. Bull.
US. Dept: Agric... Diva Ent. Dech.Sers, No: 3,135 pp. 1) pl.
R. A. Cooley, 1903. A New Sawfly. Can. Ent., Vol. XX XV, No. 7, July,
pp. 197-198, w. 1 fig.
THE USE OF CARBON DIOXIDE TO INCREASE THE
INSECTICIDAL EFFICACY OF FUMIGANTS.

By R. T. Corron, Senior Entomologist, U. S. Bureau of Entomology,
and
H. D. Youne, Assistant Chemist, U. S. Bureau of Chemistry and Soils.

It is well known to those who work with fumigants that in-

sects in an inactive state are relatively more resistant to the

98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

effect of fumigants than when they are active. Any agent
therefore that will activate an insect or stimulate the respiratory
processes—for it is by penetration into the tracheal system
that a gas is most quickly effective—should render more ef-
fective the fumigant with which it is used.

An increase in temperature has, up to a certain point, a
stimulating effect upon the respiratory processes, and greatly
increases the susceptibility of an insect to a toxic gas. It should
be noted, however, that the apparent increase in toxicity of a
fumigant with an increase in temperature may be owing in part
to a reduction of the absorption capacities of the media con-
taining the insects. The use of heat to increase the toxicity of
a fumigant is a common practice but its value is limited.

Many gases are believed to cause insects to close their tracheal
valves, but a few are known that apparently have the property
of stimulating the respiratory processes of insects and conse-
quently are capable of rendering more effective the fumigants
with which they may be used. Sanders and Pestell observed
that the addition of ammonia increased the insecticidal effect
of nicotine. In an application for a patent, filed September
1, 1922,1 they make the statement, “The object of our inven-
tion is to provide a nicotine dust with which insects of the
above character may be readily exterminated, in as much as our
composition contains not only nicotine in a volatile form but
also ammonia, which appears to increase the effect of the nico-
tine upon the insects, owing, probably, to the increase in the
respiratory function of the insects.” Owing to the corrosive-
ness of ammonia and the readiness with which it is absorbed it
is doubtful whether it will ever be of practical value in admix-
ture with other gases for general fumigation work.

Brinley and Baker? observed that “A small amount of methyl
acetate added to liquid hydrocyanic acid gas seemed to increase
the toxicity of the gas arising from the liquid, which may be due
to the fact that a small amount of methyl acetate kept the
spiracles open, while in pure hydrocyanic acid gas the spiracles
were quickly closed.”

The writers have found that the placing of a small quantity of |

methyl acetate in a fumigation chamber, prior to administering a
fumigant, resulted in an apparent increase in toxicity of the
fumigant. Roark and Cotton* found that methyl acetate alone
was not highly toxic to the rice weevil, Sitophilus oryza. The
minimum lethal dose as determined by them in half-liter glass

1Sanders, G. E., and Pestell, R. H., U.S. Patent No. 1,577,369, Mar. 16, 1926.

2Brinley, F. J., and Baker, R. H., Biol. Bull., Vol. LIT, pp. 201-207, Sept.,
O27:

3Roark, R. C., and Cotton, R. T. Tests of Certain Aliphatic Compounds
as Fumigants. (In manuscript.)

ane iO et ee As

wr eee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5,MAY, 1929 99

flasks half-filled with wheat was 192 mg. per liter. The fact
that the vapor of methyl] acetate is highly flammable is a draw-
back to its use, since the addition of even small quantities to
other fumigants would increase the fire hazard.

In 1928 Hazelhoff' published a short note in which he stated
that in the course of his studies on the regulation of respiration
in insects'-he had observed that carbon dioxide had a marked
effect not only on the ordinary respiratory movements of in-
sects but also on the tracheal valves. He found that “The
cockroach, Periplaneta americana e. g., displays no respiratory
movements when at rest (at room temperature), and its tracheal
valves are nearly closed; when the animal is brought into an
atmosphere containing 2 or 3% carbon dioxide, the spiracles
open immediately, thus allowing a more rapid diffusion of the
respiratory gases. When the carbon dioxide pressure is raised
to about 7 or 10% or more, ordinary respiratory movements
of the abdomen appear. The width of the spiracle opening
turned out to be regulated normally by the amount of carbon
dioxide pressure in the immediate neighborhood of the spiracles.”
He suggested that carbon dioxide might therefore have the
same effect as methyl acetate when mixed with hydrocyanic-
acid gas or other respiratory insecticides, i. e., to accelerate the
penetration of such gases and to increase their insecticidal
action.

In many ways carbon dioxide is admirably adapted for such
a part. It is easily handled, relatively inexpensive, readily
available, non- -injurious to man, non-injurious to merchandise,
is non-lammable, and in addition removes or reduces the fire
hazard connected with the use of fumigants with which it is
mixed. I[t is compatible with all the common fumigants.

Carbon dioxide has frequently been recommended as a fumi-
gant, but when used alone has never proved very satisfactory.
Of the many reports regarding its insecticidal properties, the
most exhaustive known to the writers is that of Dendy and
Elkington,? published in 1920. They found that specimens of
the rice weevil, Sztophilus oryza, were readily killed with carbon
dioxide in admixture with air and that up to a certain point the
higher the initial concentration of carbon dioxide the more rapid
was the lethal effect. With an initial carbon dioxide concen-
tration of 14 per cent rice weevils survived for about 12 days,
with a percentage of about 79 the weevils were all killed in 21
hours. On the other hand weevils confined in pure carbon
dioxide for 20 hours all recovered and others confined in the pure

_ 1 Hazelhoff, E. H., Jour. Econ. Ent., v. 21, no. 5, p. 790, 1928.

*Dendy, A., and Elkington, D. Report on the Effect of Air-tight Storage
upon Grain Insects. Part III, Royal Soc. Rpt. Grain Pests (War) Commit-
fees noo. pp. toll 920;

100 =PpROc. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

gas at temperatures lower than normal recovered after 13
days’ confinement. Apparently pure carbon dioxide acts as a
narcotic, under the influence of which insects may remain in-
active for a considerable period, without losing their power of
recovery.

The writers recently conducted a series of experiments to
determine the value of carbon dioxide in admixture with other
fumigants, and to determine the possibility of its commercial
application. In the first series of experiments, fumigation
tests were conducted with specimens of the flour beetle, 777-
bolium confusum Duv., in 6-liter glass flasks. Ethylene di-
chloride at the rate of 63 mg. and 84 mg. respectively, per liter,
and methyl chloroacetate at the rate of 4 mg. per liter were
used alone and with varying concentrations of carbon dioxide.
The results obtained are given in Table I.

In the preceding experiments the carbon dioxide was run into
the flasks first and allowed to stand a few minutes before the
fumigant was added. As may be seen from the data in Table
I, ethylene dichloride used alone at the rate of 63 mg. per liter
killed only 50 per cent of the flour beetles in 5 hours, whereas
when the same dosage was used in combination with 330 mg.
of carbon dioxide per liter 100 per cent kill was obtained in
3 hours. When used at the rate of 84 mg. per liter ethylene
dichloride alone gave a 100 per cent kill in 4 hours, and in combi-
nation with 330 mg. of carbon dioxide per liter a 100 per cent
kill was obtained in 1 hour. Similarly a dosage of 4 mg. per
liter of methyl chloroacetate used alone gave a 100 per cent
kill in 5 hours and in combination with 330 mg. of carbon
dioxide per liter a 100 per cent was obtained in | hour.

Further experiments were conducted in the 6-liter flasks with
carbon disulfide and chloropicrin. Carbon disulfide when
used alone at the rate of 250 mg. per liter gave a 100% per cent
kill in 234 hours, and the same dosage in combination with 330
mg. per liter of carbon dioxide gave a 100 per cent kill in 1%
hours. With chloropicrin the results were more striking.
When used alone.at the rate of 17 mg. per liter a 100 per cent
kill was obtained in 90 minutes, whereas with the addition of
330 mg. per liter of carbon dioxide the necessary exposure to
kill 100 per cent of the flour beetles was reduced to 20 minutes,
or less than a fourth of the time.

From an examination of the data in Table I a dosage some-
where between 165 mg. and 330 mg. per liter (or 10 and 20 Ibs.
per 1,000 cu. ft.) of carbon dioxide would, from the standpoint
of economy and efficiency, appear to be most satisfactory for
general fumigation work. In subsequent experiments a dosage
about midway between the two proved to be very efficient.

Since the use of carbon dioxide in combination with other
fumigants is particularly adapted for vacuum work, experiments

a all

101

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

00; OOT OO OOT OO
Oot OOT OOT Oot OL
OOT OO ME 06 09
001 SY) OF 09 Ol
OOT Sy) 1! Oi! S

Bu QEe Bu COT “Bu CR “Bu ZF “aUuoTP

“hay 42d “OD YA

OOL OOL OOL OOT O01 OO OOT OOT OOL 08 OS
OO O01 OOL OOT OOL OO! Oo! OOT OO $8 OC
OOT OO OOT OOL OS OOI OO $6 OO oy) OF
OOT OO $6 OS Se OO $6 08 06 Sz i)
OO £8 te 08 Se OS OS Ol 08 S 0

‘Su Qce Su COT “Bu cg “Su GF ‘auolp \Su QYQ "Bu YEE su SO] “Bu Cg “Bu GF “auojp
“aq ed “QD YI ‘day 4ad ‘apixoip uogsvo YIL AY

“day ad “Bul
IJVIIVOAO[YI [AYJIUL YIIM ]]1Y 1UII Lag

“day ad “Bul $9 eS

“atl 2a “bul CY
apIsolYyIIp auapKysa YJIM []1yY JuaI Lag

apraoqyaip auaysysa ysier [114 1439 sag]

“SSP AI}I-Q UT IpPIXOIP UOGIPD Yum

(92)

*sAnoy
ae
ainsod
-xa {0
YyIsuaT]

UOHBUIGWOD UI puv sUO]e {9}¥I39¥OIO[YD [AYIIW PUR aPlIOjYyDIP euetAyie Jo wnsnfuor wnyogi4y Jo syjnpe uodn ydeye [eyis’]

‘T 3TaV LL

102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

were conducted in a small vacuum tank to determine its pos-
sibilities. Specimens of the rice weevil, Sztophilus oryza, and
the flour beetle, Trisolium confusum, were buried in the middle
of tightly sealed cartons of rice and the vacuum tank was filled
with these packages. Ethylene oxide was used as the fumi-
gant. When used alone at the rate of 3 pounds! to 1,000 cubic
feet this fumigant gave a 100 per cent kill in 3 hours, when used
in combination with carbon dioxice at the rate of about 14
pounds to 1,000 cubic fect, the same dose gave a 100 per cent
kill in 45 minutes, or in one-fourth of the time. To obtain a
perfect kill in 45 minutes without the use of carbon dioxide it
required slightly more than 6 pounds to 1,000 cubic feet of the
fumigant, or more than twice the dosage.

Carbon dioxide is at present being used to some extent in
commercial vacuum fumigation in combination with carbon
disulfide.2. It is used in very heavy concentrations with the

purpose of reducing the fire hazard connected with the use of -

carbon disulfide and not for the purpose of increasing the toxicity
of the fumigant.

CoNncLUSION.

Carbon dioxide in admixture with the vapors of ethylene
dichloride, methyl! chloroacetate, carbon disulfide, chloropicrin,
and ethylene oxide appears to be of considerable value for fumi-
gation purposes. It accelerates the toxic action upon insects
of these vapors to such an extent that the dosage or length of
exposure may be greatly reduced. It is non-injurious to man
and to the merchandise fumigated and has the added advantage
of removing or reducing the fire hazard of inflammable fumi-
gants.

A NEW AGRONUS FROM CANADA (COLEOPTERA:
OTIORHYNCHIDAE).

By L. L. Bucnanan, U. S. Biological Survey.

The species described below is one of the many interesting

discoveries of Mr. F. S. Carr of Medicine Hat, Alberta.

Agronus carri, n. sp.

20 specimens, apparently all females. Length, 314 to 4 mm.; width, 1.26 to
2.01 mm. Body stout; vestiture above consisting of short, stout, sub-erect
setae, and pale, subcircular scales with a faint pearly luster; scales slightly

'Three pounds per 1,000 cubic feet are equivalent to 48 mg. per liter.
2U. S. Patent 1,668,068, May 1, 1928, states that 740 cu. ft. of carbon dioxide
is used with 200 cubic feet of carbon disulfide.

ee i eee

OPA ye OS ale a es ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929 103

separated or contiguous, at most not more than narrowly overlapping, and
allowing numerous points of the shining black surface chitin to show through;
abdomen sparsely hairy, sides of Ist and 2d segments with a few scales; rest of
under surface rather sparsely scaly.

Rostrum a little shorter than in cinerarius, similarly concave above, upper
margins of scrobes not quite so strongly convergent backward; rostrum and
head longitudinally strigose; scape 2,'3 as long as funicle, and with a few, narrow,
not appressed scales on apical portion (in addition to the setae); funicle dis-
tinctly shorter than in cimerarius, though the relative lengths of the segments
are about the same. Eyes small, nearly round, rather prominent. Pronotum
unevenly, subrugosely punctured, the scaly covering incomplete and leaving
exposed many of the larger, seta-bearing punctures; sides of prothorax feebly
rounded, slightly constricted at base and apex, the Jatter narrower. Elytral
intervals broad and flat, the setae numerous and confused; scales, as a rule,
a little more condensed and just visibly paler for a short distance behind scu-
tellum; serial punctures rounded, close-set (separated by thcir own diameter or
less), the rows more or less interrupted or obscured by the encroachment of
scales. - Legs scaly and setose, Ist tarsal segment shorter than in cinerarius.
Abdominal punctures on Ist to 4th segments very fine and sparse or obsolete,
on 5th segment small and rather sparse, but distinct; middle half of Ist and 2d
segments transversely strigose on most specimens; apical half of Ist, and basal
half of 2d, with a common flattened or concave area. Inter-coxal piece nar-
rower than in cinerarius, and with a slightly arcuate suture between it and
metasternum (suture is straight in cimerarius).

Type locality.
brush).

Other locality —Chilestin, British Columbia (E. R. Buckell).

Type and 13 paratypes returned to Mr. Carr. Type to be
deposited in Canadian National Collection; 2 paratypes, Cat.
No. 41754, in U. S. National Museum Collection; 1 paratype
in Biological Survey collection; 1 paratype in collection of
Ralph Hopping; 2 paratypes in collection of writer.

In cinerarius, the elytral intervals are narrower, with the
scales more crowded and almost completely covering the sur-
face chitin. The scales are largely confined to the intervals,
—j. e., they do not noticeably encroach on the strial rows,
the latter, in most specimens, being rather sharply defined
throughout their length. The male of cinerarius has a con-
cavity or transverse depression near apex of last ventral
segment.

The three species of 4gronus are separable as follows:

Medicine Hat, Alberta (F. S. Carr) (on sage

1. Scape, when laid across middle of eye, reaching distinctly past its hind
UDR Tons Jt gu nats Me Ce ee enna eee ee 2

la. Scape hot or barely attaining hind margin of eye; last ventral segment
flat or feebly convex, not transversely depressed apically (probably a
ERTIALENG HD AEAC CEL Meets Rapes mv ew lar tee est AUN et ee ocean aes 3

’

104 proc. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 5, MAY, 1929

2. Elytral setae short, blunt, in a confused single or double row along each
interval; scales above denser, those on sutural, third, and fifth intervals
often paler, the latter two intervals sometimes a little wider than the
others; strial rows generally sharply defined; form more elongate;
Calif: (Placer and) Siskiyous|Gos:) eee see ener cinerarius Horn.

2a. Elytral setae long, fine, acute at tip, in a double row along each interval;
strial rows feebly defined, interrupted in numerous places by the en-
croachment of scales; body stouter; Calif. (San Francisco), (Horn)__.

deciduus Horn

3. Elytral setae short, stout, blunt at tip and in a confused double or triple
series along each interval; intervals broad and flat; stria] rows as in
deciduus; body still stouter; Alberta and B. C..._....W.-....------------ carri n. sp.

Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr., kindly furnished data regarding the type of deciduus
Horn.

Agronus carri, n. sp.

A, base of elytra showing strial punctures and arrangement of vestiture.
B, fore leg.

CORRECTION OF LEGEND FOR PLATE 5 OF THE PREVIOUS
ISSUE.

Through an unfortunate editorial error the name “Pecilo-
gonalos henicospilus Rohwer” appears under plate 5, page 80,
in the issue of May 4, 1929. The following name should be
substituted for this: Poecilogonalos thwaitesii (Westwood).

— Editor.

Actual date of publication, June 21, 1929.

VOL. 31 JUNE, 1929 No. 6

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE Son

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BRIDWELL, JOHN COLBURN—DESCRIPTION OF A BRUCHID IMMIGRANT
INTO HAWAII BREEDING IN THE SEEDS OF CONVOLVULACEAE (COLE-
CEASRIAD PRN? Se ety eed i See oe ee ee. Te 8D

DYAR, HARRISON G. AND HEINRICH, CARL—A NEW MYELOIS FROM BRAZIL
KHEPIDOPTERAY PYRALIDAE? PHYCITINAB)) | 6 2. foe. che. LNG

LITTLE, V, A.—A NEW GRASSHOPPER (QRTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE) FROM
SESS COG eae es Nae ttt We ene eM gh oe. oh <6 Wc, ea ey Lae Om Be The eee aL

MCATEE, W. L.—- FURTHER NOTES ON INSECT INHABITANTS OF BIRD HOUSES 105

MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—-TWO NEW SPECIES OF APANTELES (HYMENOPTERA:
MUMCONEOAR) tin se \s Mt en ele A NTE Ror oY sek Ven 6 We Ee

PusiisHED Montuiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcGaAnizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEpINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary President’ (. 2 ee ee L. O. HOWARD
President. 3. VA SUha kee Pee ee ee eee J. E. GRAF
First Vice=Prestdentis, 30... 2.3) peas eae ee eee A. C. BAKER
Second Vice-President, a ee eee ee ee EF. C., BISHOBRE
Recording: Secretary» ts... eben. cone ee J. S. WADE
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ......... ... Sa. ROBWERE
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
PEQUOF.. ugh Sates Pea ey Nee a ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CaupbeE Lt,
T. E. SNypDER.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCIENCES. VI we es US eee ee on A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceepinGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies DDS 4.50 6.75 9.00

Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and

suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any

. number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the Editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 31 TUNES 1929 No. 6

FURTHER NOTES ON INSECT INHABITANTS OF BIRD HOUSES.
By W. Ly McAteer:

In these Proceedings for April, 1927 (Vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 87—
90), the writer reported on insects and certain other small organ-
isms found in or bred from bird houses at Bell, Md., during the
season of 1926. The present paper is a similar report for the
season of 1927.

Assistance by identification of organisms upon which they
specialize is gratefully acknowledged from J. R. Malloch and
L. L. Buchanan of the Biological Survey, Aug. Busck, Adam
Boving, E. A. Chapin, H. G. Dyar, H. E. Ewing, and A. B.
Gahan of the Bureau of Entomology, and Paul Bartsch and
C. R. Shoemaker of the National Museum.

Corrections and additions to the previous report may be
noted as follows: the puparia there listed as sarcophagid were
chiefly those of Protocalliphora; the Tinea sp. doubtless is the
same as that positively identified in 1927 as T. fuscipunctella
Haworth; and the ‘theta sp. is now provisionally identified as
Microglotta nidicola Fairmaire.

Points in the 1927 findings of special interest are: the fact
that rather heavy infestations of the parasitic flies (Protocalli-
phora splendida) are not especially destructive to nestling birds;
we found no entire broods killed, in fact only an occasional
individual nestling the death of which may have resulted from
attacks of these parasites; from 50 to 65 per cent mortality of
the Protocalliphora due to parasites and predators shows that
balancing factors are operating in favor of the birds; the finding
of living adults of the beetles (Guathoncus communis and Ptinus
brunneus) in closely fitting cavities inside bird droppings, and
of those of the first named species and of Attagenus piceus
inside of puparia of Protocalliphora into which they must have
gained entrance as very small larvae, cases practically bridging
the gap between scavenger and parasite; the common occur-
rence in the nests of the tachinid fly Plectops pruinosa with no
evidence as yet as to its rdle; and finally the astonishing abun-
dance of scavengers, predators, and parasites in some of the
nests.

Records of occurrence are analyzed in the sequel, first, under
species of birds and secondly, under entries for each kind of
inquiline identified.

106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

STARLING (Sturnus vulgaris).

The contents of 7 nest boxes in which broods of starlings had been reared
were analyzed. The starling is very untidy in its housekeeping with the result
that the nest becomes a paradise for scavengers.

Isopoda.
Porcellionides pruinosus Brandt. A single specimen from one house,
July 8.
Corrodentia.
Troctes divinatorius Muller. In 5 nests, numerous in 2, July 8.
Lepidoptera.

Epizeuxis americalis Guenee. An adult present in one box, July 8.

Tinea fuscipunctella Haworth. In 5 houses (both dates), from one of
which 39 adults were bred, and later a count made of no fewer than 92
cocoons.

Coleoptera.

Silpha noveboracensis Forster. One adult, July 8.

Philonthus sp. One larva, July 8.

Microglotta nidicola Fairmaire. One adult identified as probably this
species, July 8.

Dermestes sp. Associated with the dried-up body of a young bird in one
nest were 26 shed skins of about equal size, and remains of smaller ones
of earlier instars, July 8.

Attagenus piceus Olivier. Living larvae and exuviae in 5 boxes, both dates.

Hister biplagiatus Leconte. One adult from each of three boxes, both
dates.

Hister abbreviatus Fabricius.

Hister memnonius Say. One adult of each of these species from a nest
collected July 8.

Hister sp. A single larva, July 8.

Carcinops 14-striata Stephens. Nine adults, from a single box, July 8.

Dendrophilus punctulatus Say. A single adult with the last.

Saprinus conformis Casey. One adult, July 8.

Saprinus n. sp. A single adult from one house, and four from another,
July 8.

Gnathoncus communis Marseul. One adult from each of two boxes, and
four from each of two others, July 8. In one of these latter houses the
state of occurrence of two of the specimens were of interest; one was
inside a dropping and the other inside a puparium of Protocalliphora
splendida, which had some exit holes of parasitic hymenoptera but none
large enough to admit the adult histerid; it must therefore have matured
in the puparium after crawling in as a larva.

Gnathoncus idiopygus Casey. “One adult in each of two nests, July 8.

Glistrochilus fasciatus Olivier. One adult, July 8.

Trox scaber Linnaeus. In 4 houses, July 8, to the number of 1, 6, 7 and 7
adults; all in the lot of 6 were covered with mites.

Hypera punctata Fabricius. One adult, July 8.

Diptera.
Scatopse notata Linnaeus. Two puparia from one nest, July 8.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929 107

Reichertella femoralis Meigen. Two adults from one nest and one from
another, July 8.
Scenopinus fenestralis Linnaeus. Represented in 5 nests by small numbers
of various stages, both dates.
Aphiochaeta sp. One adult, July 8.
Tachinidae. Puparia probably of this family, but not further identified,
were found in 2 houses, fifteen in one and one in another, July 8.
Plectops pruinosa Malloch. In small numbers in 3 boxes, July 8.
Sarcophaga sp. One puparium, August 16.
Lucilia australis Townsend. One adult, July 8; in the same nest were 4
puparia, one containing a dead fly, that may represent the same species.
. Protocalliphora splendida Macquart. Represented in 4 nests, from one of
which 24 and from another 33 adults were bred; both dates.
Orthellia caesarion Meigen. One puparium, August 16.
Muscina stabulans Fallen. Six adults and 8 puparia from one nest, July 8.
Hydrotaea nidicola Malloch. Five adults and 8 puparia, 4 of them para-
sitized, from one box, July 8.
Fannia canicularis Linnaeus. A single adult from one box and one adult
and 5 puparia from another, July 8.
Fannia femoralis Stein. Three puparia from one nest, July 8.
Fannia trimaculata Stein. Seventeen adults from one house, July 8.
Fannia sp. Represented by a few larvae or puparia in 4 nests; both dates.
Dendrophaonia querceti Bouché. Represented by 18 to 20 puparia in each
of 3 houses, July 8.
Anthomyia pluvialis Linnaeus. Three adults and 4 puparia from one nest,
July 8.
Hylemyia sp. One puparium, July 8.
Neossos marylandica Malloch. Represented in 6 houses, usually numer-
ously; both dates.
Hypaspistomyia latipes Meigen. Three adults from one nest and 8 from
another, July 8.
Leptocera limosa Meigen.
Leptocera ferrugata Stenhammer. One adult of each of these in one nest,
July 8.
Hymenoptera.
Apanteles carpatus Say. Five adults from one nest, July 8.
Acoloides sp. One, July 8.
Eucoila sp. In 2 houses, 22 from one, July 8.
Eurytoma sp. Two in one box, July 8.
Spalangia drosophilae Ashmead. Two from one house and one from
another, July 8.
Spalangia muscidarum. ‘Two, July 8.
Mormoniella abnormis. One, July 8.
Tetrastichus sp. In 3 nests to the number of 9 in one, July 8.
Crematogaster lineolata Say. A numerous colony in one nest, July 8.
Acarina.
Liponyssus sylviarum Canestrini and Fanzago,
Lelaps sp.

108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

Analgesidae. Two of the nests collected July 8 were heavily infested with
mites, one having the first and second groups in this list represented,
and the other the second and third.

Araneida.
One spider further unidentified, July 8.
Gastropoda.

Zonitoides arborea Say. One specimen in each of 3 nests; both dates.

Gastrodonta ligera Say. One, July 8.

Pupoides marginatus Say. In 2 houses, July 8. There may be some
question as to whether the snails are food items or intruders; if the
former we should expect them to have been eaten or at least damaged;
as they were in perfect condition the intruder hypothesis is favored.

ENGLISH SPARROW (Passer domesticus).

Three bird houses were occupied by this species from two of which two nests
each were collected; another nest was tucked into a cavity in the lower aspect
of the martin house, and this circumstance appears to have resulted in some
transfer of parasites.

Isopoda.

Porcellionides pruinosus Brandt. In one nest, August 16.
Corrodentia.

Troctes divinatorius Muller. Numerous in two nests, July 8.
Lepidoptera.

Tinea fuscipunctella Haworth. Twenty-seven adults bred from one nest
(August 16), and smaller numbers from each of two others.

Coleoptera.

Attagenus piceus Olivier. Numerous in 3 nests, both dates.

Trogoderma ornata Say. Three adults bred from one nest, July 8, and one
from another, August 16.

Trogoderma inclusa Leconte. Your adults bred from a nest collected July
8, and one from another collected August 16.

Ptinus brunneus Duftschmid. Seven adults from one box, July 8, one
of them from inside a dropping composed of insect fragments; in addi-
tion there were living larvae of Ptinus in this nest, and in another col-
lected August 16.

Diptera.

Scenopinus fenestralis Linnaeus. One larva, 2 puparia, and 2 adults in
one nest, August 16.

Phoridae. Two puparia in one house, July 8.

Plectops pruinosa Malloch. In three boxes, both dates, the largest number
from one nest, 14.

Lucilia sp. Seven larvae in one nest, July 8.

Protocalliphora splendida Macquart. Represented in every nest, the
largest number of adults bred from a single nest being 20.

Hylemyia sp. Remains of 4 adults in one nest, July 8, and one puparium
in another, August 16.

Neossos marylandica Malloch. Bred from 2 nests collected August 16,
5 and 6 adults being reared.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929 109

Hymenoptera.
Crematogaster lineolata Say. Numerous in 2 nests, August 16.
Suctoria.
Ceratophyllus idius Jordan and Rothschild. ‘Two in the nest under martin
house, no doubt by intrusion from the latter.
Acarina.
Liponyssus syloiarum Canestrini and Fanzago.
Dermanyssus sp.
Laelaps sp.
Analgesidae. All of these were represented in a nest swarming with mites;
many of the last-named group were in a second house; July 8.

PURPLE MARTIN (Progne sudis).

Apparently only 4 rooms of a 16-compartment martin house were occupied.
The contents of these were collected August 16 and yielded the following insects:

Corrodentia.

Troctes divinatorius Muller. Vhousands.
Lepidoptera.

Tinea fuscipunctella Haworth. Fragments of several chrysalides.
Coleoptera.

Attagenus piceus Olivier. Numerous living larvae and cast skins.

Trogoderma sp. One from puparium of Protocalliphora splendida.

Carcinops /4-striata Stephens. Two adults.

Diptera.

Scenopinus fenestralis Linnaeus. Nineteen larvae, 10 puparia (2 un-
hatched), and 5 adults.

Plectops pruinosa Malloch. One adult.

Protocalliphora splendida Macquart. Fragments of 2 adults, 3 dead larvae,
and 355 puparia were found in the martin house, an average infestation
of nearly 90 to a brood of nestlings. An analysis of the puparia is of
interest. Flies had emerged from 123; 173 otherwise emptied puparia
had been parasitized by small hymenoptera (chiefly if not entirely
Mormoniella abnormis); 6 had larger exit holes in them, and 6 were
irregularly broken (probably by some scavenger); 45 were entire contain-
ing dead larvae or flies, of which 12 appeared to have been killed by
mold and 12 by parasites. The numbers of parasite larvae in single
puparia were counted in several cases and totals of no fewer than 36
reached in two instances.

Hylemyia sp. One puparium and fragments of 4 adults.

Neossos marylandica Malloch. Hundreds of puparia and adults.

Hymenoptera.
Mormoniella abnormis Boheman. Hundreds of adults emerged and many
larvae were in puparia of Protocalliphora as noted.
Suctoria.
Ceratophyllus idius Jordan and Rothschild. Many.
Acarina.

Dermanyssus gallinae Linnaeus. A few, perhaps stragglers from the

English sparrow nest tucked in a cavity under the martin house proper.

110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

HOUSE WREN (Troglodytes aedon).

Fifteen boxes occupied by house wrens were studied, in 13 of which one or
more broods were produced. The insect and other inhabitants other than
those brought in to feed the young included:

Isopoda.

Porcellionides pruinosus Brandt. Two in one nest, July 8, six in another,
August 16; elevated retreats for these characteristically terrestrial
creatures.

Corrodentia.

Troctes divinatorius Muller. A few in one nest and many in another,

July 8.
Lepidoptera.

Epizeuxis americalis Guenee. A chrysalis in one nest, August 16.

Tinea fuscipunctella Haworth. In four nests; numerous, with all stages
represented in one, August 16.

Coleoptera.

Staphylinidae, remains of 2 in one nest, August 16.

Hippodamia convergens Guerin. In one box, July 8.

Attagenus piceus Olivier. Represented in 8 nests, numerous in one,
August 16.

Trogoderma ornatum Say. Adults in 4 nests.

Trogoderma inclusa Le Conte. One adult in a single nest, August 16.

Ptinus fur Linnaeus. Three adults in one nest, August 16.

Anomala undulata Melsheimer. Two adults in one nest, July 8. Do these
beetles (too large for the wren to bringin) creep into cavities to die?

Mordellistena infima Le Conte. One adult in each of 2 boxes, July 8.

Diptera.

Scenopinus fenestralis Linnaeus. One larva found in each of 3 nests, Au-
gust 16.

Plectops pruinosa Malloch. Four adults from one box, August 16.

Sarcophaga sp. One puparium in a single nest, August 16. |

Protocalliphora splendida Macquart. Represented in 6 nests, both dates.
Two lots collected August 16 are worth further comment. In one case
a well grown larva of Aitagenus piceus with several cast skins was found
inside an apparently intact puparium. Probably some small opening
existed through which the first stage larva crawled but the case is one
of those illustrating the convergence of predation and parasitism. In
the second noteworthy instance the Protocalliphora found consisted of
48 puparia from which adults had emerged, 50 that had been destroyed
by parasites, and a single dried-up larva. This case besides showing
a rather heavy infestation for so small a bird as the house wren (one
of the 4 young died in the nest) proves that the Protocalliphora do not
have things all their own way, the mortality cited being more than 50
per cent.

Protocalliphora sp. Two adult females bred from a nest collected July 8,
probably represent an undescribed species, but males are needed for
satisfactory diagnosis.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929 111

Fannia sp. One puparium in a single nest, August 16.
Neossos marylandica Malloch. One adult bred August 16.
Hymenoptera.

Apanteles carpatus Say. Four adults from one nest, August 16.

Acoloides sp. Two adults from one house, July 8.

Mormoniella abnormis Boheman. ‘Two puparia of Protocalliphora splendida
from a nest collected August 16, were packed with the small fat larvae of
this parasite.

Tetrastichus sp. Six specimens from one nest box, August 16.

Crematogaster lineolata Say. Numerous in one box, July 8.

Araneida.
Spiders not further identified were represented in the contents of 3 houses.
Gastropoda.

Zonitoides arboreus. A single specimen found in each of 3 bird boxes;
not likely to have been brought in by wrens; these probably crawled in
for shelter.

BLUEBIRD (Sialia sialis).

Four nests, occupied part or all season by bluebirds, in two of which broods
were reared, yelded the following intruders, mostly scavengers:

Corrodentia.

Troctes divinatorius Muller, abundant in one nest, July 8.
Lepidoptera.

Tinea fuscipunctella Haworth, in one nest, August 16.
Coleoptera.

Attagenus piceus Olivier, a few larvae in one nest, July 8.

Anthrenus sp., one adult, August 16.

Ptinus fur Linnaeus, two adults, one live larva, and some shed skins in

one nest, August 16.

Diptera.

Neossos marylandica Malloch, 2 adults in one nest, August 16.
Hymenoptera.

Acoloides sp., 7 adults in one nest, July 8.

Crematogaster lineolata Say, numerous in two nests, July 8, August 16.

As a supplement to the 1927 report may be added the following statement
of the inquilines found in a nest collected August 18, 1928, the only one analyzed
this year.

CRESTED FLYCATCHER (Myitarchus crinitus).

Lepidotera.
Tinea fuscipunctella Haworth. Numerous.
Diptera.
Plectops pruinosa Malloch. Ten adults.
Frontina sp. Two puparia in a cell with a shrunken caterpillar, Sarco-
phagidae. Fragments of an adult.
Protocalliphora splendida Macquart. Five puparia.
Hymenoptera.
Cynipidae. One adult.

La PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

DESCRIPTION OF A BRUCHID IMMIGRANT INTO HAWAII
BREEDING IN THE SEEDS OF CONVOLVULACEAE (COLEOP-
TERA).

By Joun Cotpurn BripweE ti, Glencarlyn, Virginia.

Under the manuscript name Megacerus pescaprae Falder-
mann, Director of the Botanic Gardens at St. Petersburg, sent
a Bruchid obtained from seeds of /pomoea pescaprae from
Brazil to Schoenherr for use in his work on the Curculionidae.
Schoenherr considered it a Bruchus of his Stirps 2, Maniplus 2,
and referred it to Fahraeus, who described it as Bruchus pes-
caprae in Schoenherr 1839, Gen. Curc. 5:34, no. 48, citing
Faldermann’s manuscript name in synonymy. Under the
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (see Opinion
no. 4) this action validates the monobasic genus Megacerus
with the genotype Bruchus pescaprae. This instance seems
to be the oldest use of the genonym Megacerus. Jekel in
1855 (Insecta Saundersiana Col. Curc. 1:1) considered the
group containing Bruchus pescaprae and B. coryphae Olivier
as of generic rank and described it without using a generic
name but placed the specimens in his collection under the
name Pachybruchus which was published by Pic 1912 (Echange
28:109) as a subgenus. I fully agree with Jekel’s opinion and
with the suggestion made by Sharp 1885 (Biol. Centr.-Am.
Col. 5:484) that the group seems entitled to generic recognition
and it is here so treated as the genus Megacerus.

The breeding habits of several species of Megacerus are known
and with one possible exception all are attached to the family
Convolvulaceae, the larvae living in their seeds. Among these
are our species discoideus (Say), impiger (Horn), coryphae (Oli-
vier), and schaefferianus new name (Bruchus crenatus Schaeffer
1909 not Bruchus crenatus (Fabricius) Thunberg 1791). Ma-
terial of an undescribed species from Panama in the National
Museum bears a label indicating the “silk cotton” as host
plant. So far the genus is exclusively American, extending
throughout the range of Convolvulaceae on the Continent and
in the West Indies, and represented by many species in the
American tropics. The species here described is the first of
the genus to show migratory tendencies.

The species of Megacerus may be separated into four groups
of which the species here described falls into one having these
characters: Mucro of hind tibia long and slender, as long as
the tibial width at apex or longer, sculpture very strong, at
least some of the elytral intervals bearing a row of punctures;
body beneath, pygidium, and in part dorsum of pronotum and
elytra bearing dense appressed pubescence concealing the sur-
face sculpture and with certain characteristic denudate areas;

ee ee

Aa. ee On eg

Se gt

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929 Lis

apex of front tibia of males bearing a deflected slender acute
tooth or spine behind the base of the tarsus; inner carina of
hind femur beneath simple, not crenate nor emarginate or
toothed at apex. Should further study indicate the need of
a name for this group Pachybruchus Pic is available since
Bruchus coryphae (originally included and hereby designated
as genotype of Pachybruchus) belongs in this group together
with Megacerus melaleucus (Fahraeus) and ¢reticulatus, leucor-
pilus and excellans (Sharp) all distinct and well distinguished
species.

Megacerus alternatus, new species. /

Rufous, head and antennae entirely black; clothed with dense appressed
pubescence concealing the surface sculpture, whitish-ochraceous on prothorax
and mesothorax shading to snowy white on metapleuron, metasternum, sternites
and pygidium; pronotum with a longitudinal denudate area on either side of
the median line with an outer acute backward directed spur arising near the
middle and a sublateral denudate dot on either side near the middle; elytra
with the intervals alternately pubescent and denudate, suture basally passing
over on the first interval near the middle, the suture thence denudate, 2, 4, 6, 8
except on humeral callus, 9 and 10 on humeral lobe, and the apex of elytra
pubescent, elsewhere denudate; pygidium with a slight longitudinal denudate
excision on either side, these parallel, slightly divergent from the margin an-
teriorly; legs with sparse cinereous pubescence not concealing the surface;
punctures of pronotum revealed on the denudate areas moderate, dense, con-
fluent, well impressed; striae of elytra well impressed, the punctures moderate,
not much encroaching on the intervals, subconfluent, a little larger than the
more shallow punctures of the intervals; sculpture of pygidium concealed by
pubescence; eyes of female separated by nearly the width of the upper lobe of
the eye, subcontiguous in the male. Length (from anterior margin of pronotum
to apex of elytra), 4 mm.

Described from material furnished by O. H. Swezey of
Honolulu and collected by him. Holotype male, Barber’s
Point, Oahu, Dec. 23, 1923; allotype female, Honolulu, Sep-
tember 22, 1926, from seeds of [pomoeae pescaprae and four
female and six male paratypes with the same data as the allo-
type.

Holotype, allotype and six paratypes deposited in the collec-
tion of the United States National Museum; male and female
paratypes in the collection of the Hawaiian Entomological
Society; male and female paratypes in the collection of the
British Museum (Natural History).

The alternate pubescence of the elytra distinguishes this
species from any other, no other species of this group having
so much pubescence on the elytra. It resembles, among the
described species, /eucospi/us more closely than any other, but

114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

in that species the sculpture of the elytra is somewhat coarser.
In coryphae the profound perforate punctures of the intervals
encroach upon the intervals very strongly.

Mr. Swezey first took a/ternatus on Oahu on Dec. 23, 1923,
as recorded (1925, Proc. Haw. Ent. Soc. 6:3 Bruchus near
coryphae Olivier). It was subsequently bred by E. L. Caum
and Mr. Swezey from Ipomoea pescaprae and by Mr. Swezey
from J. tuberculata. In the collection of the National Museum
is a series of three broken and much abraded individuals appar-
ently belonging to this species intercepted at San Francisco
by L. A. Whitney in baggage from Nicaragua together with
the seeds from which they had bred numbered H. 3870. The
seeds appear to be those of /pomoea crassicaulis (Bentham),
better known as J. fistulosa Martius, an erect shrub much
cultivated in southern Texas and in tropical America generally.

A NEW GRASSHOPPER (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE) FROM
TEXAS.

By V. A. Litrte, Texas A. and M. College, College Station, Texas.
Melanoplus warneri, new species.

This form belongs to the Texanus series and is most closely
related to zexvenus. The writer formerly confused it with this
species (Entomological News, Vol. 37, p. 319), but a study of
a large series of both shows it to be an entirely separate and
distinct species. It can be easily separated from fexanus by
the differences in the male cerci, size, fastigium of the vertex,
and distribution.

Type male: Brazos County, Texas, May 20, 1928.

Size medium; form robust. Color grayish brown with a ferrugineous tinge
on head and pronotum, lighter beneath. Antennae reddish brown, apically
infuscated; equal to the combined length of the head and pronotum. Eyes
oval, the width equaling two-thirds the length; mottled in color. Fastigium
of the vertex moderately declivent, enlarging and rounded apically; shallowly
sulcate. Frontal costa equal, plane above, shallowly sulcate around and below
the median ocellus. Pronotum enlarging a little posteriorly with the hind
margin roundly angulate; the metazona three-fourths the length of the prozona.
Median carina very distinct; lateral carina faint. Post-ocular band reaching
metazona, broadening posteriorly. Prosternal spine large, sub-conical, blunt,
and retrose. Epimera of the meso- and meta-thorax black. Interspace be-
tween the mesosternal lobes twice as long as wide; the lobes of the metasternum
attingent. Tegmina short, overlapping, ovate with the apices roundly pointed;
faintly maculate; scarcely as long as head and pronotum combined. Extremity
of abdomen upturned, supra-anal plate triangular, as broad as long, mesially

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929 115

suleate, sides nearly straight. Furcula very short, depressed broader than
long. Cerci broad and straight, spatulate; two and one-half times as long as
the narrowest breadth; apically roundedly angulate and slightly incurved.

Tip of abdomen of the male, Jateral and dorsal views.

Sub-genital plate sub-conical, almost as broad as long, apically entire. Hind
femora exceeding tip of abdomen and crossed on the outer and upper surfaces
by two ill-defined fuscous bands; lower surface reddish. Hind tibiae red with
eleven black tipped spines in the outer series.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Length of Length of Length of Length of Length of

Antenna Pronotum Body Tegmen Hind femur
' Type 8 BS) 20 7 12.8
Paratypes (76) 726 SA Oro) E8988 ee 11.6-14.4

Allotype female: Brazos County, Texas, May 10, 1928.

Considerably larger than the male; very robust in form. General color rusty
brown with fuscous; lighter beneath. Antennae rusty brown apically infus-
cated; not quite as long as the combined length of head and pronotum. Eyes
moderately prominent, width equaling three-fourths the length. Fastigium of
vertex as in male but more shallowly sulcate, Frontal costa equal, plane, shal-
lowly sulcate around and immediately below the median ocellus; punctate.
Pronotum considerably enlarging posteriorly, but evenly; slightly arched;
posterior margin rounded. Metazona four-fifths the length of the prozona;
median carina distinct; lateral carinae sub-obsolete. Post-ocular band reaching
metazona, not as distinct as in male. Prosternal spine sub-conical, retrose.
Epimera black. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes sub-quadrate; that
of the metasternal lobes wedge-shaped. Tegmina short, oval, slightly over-
lapping with their apices rounded; length less than that of the head and pro-
notum combined; faintly maculate. Ovipositor moderately exserted. Hind

116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

femora reaching tip of abdomen, more or less infuscated; two fuscous bands
across the upper and outer surfaces faintly indicated; color beneath, reddish.
Hind tibiae red with eleven black tipped spines in the outer series.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Length of Length of Lengthof Length of Length of

Antenna Pronotum Body Tegmen Hind femur
Allotype 9.5 7.65 26.4 8 16.4
Paratypes (48) 8.8-10.4 7.65-8.55 23.2-28.8 7.2-9.2 14.4-17.6

This species is found in open post oak woods. Over a five-
year period that the writer has taken it, April 12 is the earliest
date that adults have been found. It disappears in early
June. No specimens have ever been taken after June 15.
The type, allotype and all the paratype material was taken
in the immediate vicinity of College Station, Texas.

It is named in honor of Dr. S. R. Warner, Huntsville, Texas.
The type, allotype and several paratypes have been deposited
in the U. S. National Museum.

A NEW MYELOIS FROM BRAZIL (LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE:
PHYCITINAE).

By Harrison G. Dyar Aanp Cari HEINRICH.

The following new species was received from Sefior Doctor
Gregorio Bondar, Chief of the Laboratory of Vegetable Path-
ology of the State of Bahia, Brazil, with request for a name.

Myelois expunctrix, new species.

Fore wing unicolorous slate gray, under magnification showing a few black
scales along the veins and a general faint whitish dusting; cross lines obsolete;
along termen at vein ends a row of faint black dots; cilia gray, faintly sprinkled
with sordid white; veins 4-5 long stalked. Hind wing semitranslucent white
with a smoky shade at apex and on veins and with a rather broad dark band
along costa; along termen a thin dark line; cilia shining white; veins 4 and 5

long stalked.

’ Expanse, 22-30 mm. Females considerably larger than the males.
Genitalia figured from type (male) and paratype (female).

Type and paratypes.—Cat. No. 41636 U. S. N. M. (Gregorio
Bondar).

Type locality —Bahia, Brazil.

Food plant—‘‘Stems of leguminous tree.”

Described from male type and 2 male and 11 female para-
types, all reared and from the type locality. Apparently close

et RE

PLATE 6

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31

MYELOIS.

’

DYAR AND HEINRICH

118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

to perrensiella Ragonot from which it is distinguished by the
absence of the outer cross line on the fore wing. The genitalia
resemble those of euzopherella Dyar and pombra Dyar, differing
in the uncus which is much stouter and broader stemmed in
expunctrix than in either of the other two species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Myelois expunctrix, new species.

Fig 1. Male genitalia; ventral view of organs spread, with aedoeagus omitted;
An=anellus; Gn= gnathos; Tg = tegumen; U=uncus; Vm=vinculum.
Fig. 2. Eighth abdominal segment showing ventro-lateral hair tufts.
Fig. 3. Aedoeagus and penis of male.
Fig. 4. Genitalia of female; Go—genital opening; Sm—signum.
Drawings made under the author’s supervision by Mary Foley Benson of
the Bureau of Entomology.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF APANTELES (HYMENOPTERA: BRA-
CONIDAE).

By C. F. W. MUESEBECK,
U. S. Bureau of Entomology, Melrose Highlands, Mass.

The following descriptions are presented at this time in
order to make the names available for use in economic papers
that are in the course of preparation.

Apanteles phlyctaeniae, new species.

Runs to couplet 140 in my key to the North American species
of Apanteles, and is very similar to pyraustae Viereck and
phobetri Rohwer. From both it differs, however, in the very
weakly punctate mesoscutum, in the relatively less strongly
sculptured propodeum, and in having the plate of the first
tergite more strongly rounded off apically and that of the
second much narrower at extreme base. It differs further
from pyraustae in the much longer female antennae.

Female.—Length 2.3 mm. Face a little broader than long to clypeus,
weakly but distinctly punctate, subopaque; antennae as long as the body, all
flagellar segments elongate; ocell-ocular line about twice the diameter of an
ocellus; temples moderately broad, evenly rounded; mesoscutum very minutely
punctate, smooth posteriorly; disc of scutellum convex, with weak scattered
punctures; propodeum rather gradually declivous, mostly smooth basally and
laterally, finely rugulose medially, without a median carina; mesopleura mostly

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 58, 1920, p. 500.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929 mg

polished; metapleura polished anteriorly, opaque posteriorly; abdomen narrower
than thorax; plate of first tergite broadening only slightly behind, strongly
rounded off at apex, punctate or very weakly rugulose laterally and apically,
polished medially toward base; plate of second tergite transverse, narrow on
the first suture but broadening strongly directly behind this, finely rugulose,
narrowly polished down middle; third tergite a little longer than the second;
third and following tergites polished; hypopygium not surpassing apex of last
tergite; ovipositor only slightly exserted; posterior coxae smooth; inner spur
of posterior tibia longer than the outer and distinctly a little more than half
the length of metatarsus; radius of fore wing longer than greatest width of
stigma and longer than intercubitus, joining the latter in a rather strong angle.
Head and thorax entirely black; palpi pale; abdomen black, yellowish basally
on sides and venter, the broad membranous lateral margins at apex of first
tergite and base of second yellow; legs testaceous, with all coxae black, and
extreme apices of hind femora above, the apical third of posterior tibiae, and
the posterior tarsi except at base of metatarsus, blackish or fuscous; tegulae
black; wing bases fuscous or blackish; wings hyaline; stigma brown.

Male.—Essentially as in the female.

Cocoon.—Solitary; very pale yellowish in color.

Type locality —Oak Harbor, Ohio.

Type.—Cat. No. 41849, U. S. N. M.

Host.—? Phlyctaenia tertialis Guen.

Described from one female (type) and one male (allotype)
reared by W. V. Balduf, July 28 and August 2, 1928, respectively,
and labeled “Probably on Phlyctaenia tertialis.”

Apanteles oidematophori, new species.

Very similar to 4. cacoeciae Riley, differing principally in
being considerably larger, in the relatively slightly shorter
ovipositor sheaths, and in the more strongly sculptured pro-
podeum and second abdominal tergite. It is apparently a
solitary parasite, while 4. cacoeciae is gregarious.

Female.—Length 3.2 mm. Head strongly transverse, a little narrower than
thorax; face broader than long from antennae to clypeus, very slightly convex,
nearly smooth, the punctation very weak; antennae a little shorter than the
body; ocell-ocular line not more than twice the diameter of an ocellus; temples
narrow but not receding directly behind the eyes; thorax stout; mesoscutum,
viewed from above, broader than long, closely finely punctate, opaque or
subopaque; disc of scutellum a little longer than broad, impunctate, polished,
only very slightly convex; lateral faces of scutellum mostly rugulose, the pos-
terior polished area transverse and not extending half way to the base; pro-
podeum strongly convex at base, rather sharply declivous posteriorly, mostly
finely punctato-rugulose, and with a poorly-limited, though distinct, areola
medially; mesopleura mostly smooth and shining; metapleura polished an-
teriorly, punctate and opaque posteriorly; abdomen as long as thorax, somewhat

120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 6, JUNE, 1929

narrower, depressed; plate of first abdominal tergite large, practically parallel-
sided from spiracles to apex, finely longitudinally rugulose, and with a weak
suggestion of a median impression posteriorly; plate of second tergite strongly
transverse, its greatest breadth three times its greatest length, broader at apex
than at base, the lateral margins oblique; posterior margin somewhat arcuate
so that the plate is longest down the middle; surface of second plate mostly
finely longitudinally sculptured, most strongly so posteriorly; rather broad
membranous margins laterally on apex of first plate and along second; third
and following tergites polished; ovipositor sheaths slightly more than half
the length of the abdomen; posterior coxae large, somewhat compressed; inner
spur of posterior tibia but little longer than outer and slightly less than half
the length of the metatarsus; radius longer than intercubitus; metacarpus much
longer than stigma. Body entirely black, including sides and venter of abdo-
men; tegulae and wing bases black; wings hyaline; stigma brown with a distinct
pale spot at base; all coxae black; anterior trochanters yellowish, except on the
apical segment below; remainder of anterior legs testaceous except for blackish
markings on extreme base of their femora; middle legs blackish, with the
apices of their femora within, the basal half of their tibiae, and the four basal
segments of their tarsi testaceous; posterior legs black, except for the pale
basal third or more of their tibiae.

Type locality —Dane County, Wisconsin.
Type.—Cat No. 41848, U. S. N. M.
Host.—Oidaematophorus kellicottii ¥ ish.

Described from two female specimens (type and paratype)
reared by E. P. Breakey, May 28, 1928.

Actual date of publication, Fuly 18, 1929.

VOL. 31 OCTOBER, 1929 No. 7

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS
BUSCK, AUGUST—A NEW AEGERIID ON COWPEA FROM BRAZIL (LEPIDOPTERA:

ENE GERD AT RL SPR oe A A eh te ae! eh a: eagle eT Ga
CLARK, AUSTIN H.—PERIPATUS‘ FROM THE ISLAND OF MONTSERRAT. .. 139
EWING, H. E.—NOTES ON THE LUNG MITES OF PRIMATES (ACARINA: DER-

MANYSSIDAE), INCLUDING THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES. . . 126
MC ATEE, W. L.—PAPER WASPS (POLISTES) AS PESTS IN BIRD HOUSES. . . 136
MC ATEE, W. L.—THE PLACE OF AUTHORITY IN TAXONOMY. ..... . 138

PARK, ORLANDO—RETICULITERMES TIBIALIS BANKS IN THE CHICAGO AREA. 121

WADLEY, F. M.—OBSERVATIONS ON THE INJURY CAUSED BY TOXOPTERA
GRAMINUM ROND (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) ........... 130

PusiisHED MontHiy Except Jury, August AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October

3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918. wd ¢ >
Rayer ap

: (got 228%

a on % <a

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEpiInGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary. President 6. Gs ae se es L. O. HOWARD
President os 00 0 Gai & ROR ee eee J. E. GRAF
First Vice=Prestdent to ot. ee Bhs ee ee A. C. BAKER
Second Vice-President.) 5 aa ee en ee eee F.C. BISHOPRE
Recording ‘Secretary Wn ists ek ee J. S. WADE
Corresponding ‘Secretary-Treasurer )°; . 2 as S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Biditor sg... su 8s be See HEE PRCA Nicer ee

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C,
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CAupe Lt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SESENCES | SANE BSF Sy 2a pe, SOR ee eee A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcrEpinGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any

number may be obtained at the author’s expense. AI] manuscripts should

be sent to the Editor.

—

Pe ee ee Se

cae lly

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VO? 31 OCTOBER 21929 No. 7

-RETICULITERMES TIBIALIS BANKS IN THE CHICAGO AREA.

By Ortanvo Park, Whitman Laboratory, University of Chicago.

Reticulitermes tibialis Banks 1s a western species. Banks and
Snyder (1920, p. 50) give its distribution west of the Mississippi
River as “Towa City (Johnson County), Iowa, and Cass (Frank-
lin County), Arkansas. The State records are Nebraska, Kan-
sas, Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, Colorado, Nevada,
Utah, Idaho, Montana and California.” Another species of
Reticulitermes (R. flavipes Kollar) of similar subterranean habit
is distributed generally over the eastern United States and has
been assumed in the past to be the only species of termite
inhabiting the region defined ecologically as the Chicago area.

R. tibialis was recorded by Dietz (1923) in the extreme south-
west section of Indiana (Gibson County), “The one and only
record of R. tibialis was winged adults obtained November 3,
1922, from crowns of strawberry plants, previously tunnelled
by the workers” (p. 299). Since Chicago occupies a portion
of the transition zone between these two species of Rhino-
termitidae, an investigation was undertaken to obtain a better
idea of the distribution of these forms in the Chicago area.
So far ¢2bzalis is known from the Indiana dune region, but future
search should discover its colonies in the ecologically equiva-
lent area near Waukegan, Illinois, since the species apparently
thrives in sandy communities and Dietz (loc. cit, p. 301) men-
tions the Gibson County habitat as being “a sandy, level,
almost treeless area.”

First form reproductive adults have been taken on four dif-
ferent occasions in the sand dunes of Indiana, some thirty miles
east of Chicago. A single deadlated adult was taken beneath _
a small, moist log on the upper beach of Lake Michigan (Miller’s,
Indiana) on March 28, 1925, at 10:00 a. m., and two more
were taken under the same conditions of habitat at 3:40 p. M.
(Ogden Dunes, Indiana) on May 22, 1928. These dealated
adults were all active and were taken from niches similar to

1] am indebted to Mr. W. J. Gerhard of the Field Museum, and Dr. Alfred
Emerson of the University of Pittsburgh for the determination of material,
and especially to Dr. T. E. Snyder, U. S. Bureau of Entomology, for timely
aid and criticism.

122 PROC. ENT, SOC. -WASH:, VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., -1929

those from which colonies were found at other times. The
single dealated adult was a female which had apparently reached
the sheltered, favorable conditions of the upper beach drift
following the spring colonizing flight. The other dealated
individuals, both females, were taken, one under each end
of an upper beach drift log. These latter were probably part
of an incipient colony of ¢zbialis.

The “‘colonizing flight” (Snyder, 1926) or colonizing aggrega-
tion (after the terminology of Allee, 1927) has been observed
on March 16, 1927, and on March 24, 1928. On the former
date tibialis was abundant on the bare sand of the upper beach
of Lake Michigan (Long Lake, Indiana) between 11:55 a. m.
and 2:00 p. m. It will be seen from the following table that
the intensity of daylight was from 7791.03 foot-candles at 11:55
A. M. and then a general clouding of the sky with a reduction
of daylight intensity to 4269.06 foot-candles at 2:00 Pp. M.

On March 24, 1928, another colonizing aggregation was
noticed at 11:00 a. m., that is, approximately one year later.
The termites were present in great numbers crawling over the
bare sand (only occasionally were individuals noted flying)
of the Ogden Dunes blow-out. The swarm was composed of
first form males and females in the approximate ratio of 90 ? 9
to 100 «7 @. More extensive counts probably would have given
the expected one to one sexual ratio. At this time the air
six inches above the sand was 26.5° C., the sand surface 33° C.,
and one inch below the surface 19° C., and the intensity of the
unobstructed daylight measured 7684.3 foot-candles.

In the following table of climatological data the daylight
intensities were measured by the author with a Macbeth [lumi-
nometer at the localities mentioned. The temperatures and
relative humidities are taken from records of the University
Observatory, Chicago, Illinois, through the courtesy of Mr.
P. E. Johnson, and are given for the general conditions only
since the condition of the sky, and the various environmental
factors, would vary considerably between the dune area and
at Chicago.

On March 24, 1928, this scattered distribution of termites
. prevailed over at least 5000 square feet. On the sheltered sides
of Ammophila ridges ¢idza/is was found in a concentration of
four per square foot and often groups of from 50 to 75 individ-
uals were noticed, their bodies in contact, and the outer fringe
of individuals moving actively about. It is quite possible that
such crowding was accidental, and due to the usually strong
lake wind, rather than a more significant grouping together.
No holes from which these adults may have just emerged were
found. Since the gullies between Ammophila ridges cast little
if any shade, daylight intensity or temperature apparently were
not acting selectively. Similar groups were taken under Popu-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, ocT., 1929 123

Temperature Relative Daylight Intensity
Time. (°F). Fumidity (%). (Foot-candles).
March 28, 1925
10:00 a. M. 44 py SOTO gw) leer ee hours BCR ae
March 16, 1927
11:00 a. om. 63 SMa ha) (Pee reese eee oto Ree
12:00 66 45 7791.03 (11:55 a. M.)
1:00 p. m. 69 St Up MN || es 9 2 eR eh ren
2:00 p. mM. 70 44 4269.06
March 24, 1928
11:00 a. m. 69 56 7684.30
12:00 73 54 8111.21
1:00 p. M. 73 5h at A gill || ech te ke NET hg td
2:00 p. m. 74 50 4269.06
May 22, 1928
4:00 p. M. 69 50 4593.37

lus deltotdes where branch interference cut down the daylight
intensity to 5500 or 6000 foot-candles at 11:10 a. m., and a
proportionate drop in temperature of air and sand surface was
apparent.

On the dry, open sand many pairs of tibialis were observed,
one (usually the male) following another (usually the female).
Occasionally three would be in a row following the apparently
aimless wanderings of the leader over the sand. The latter was
normally engaged in moving forward, twisting the head and
thorax from side to side and tapping the sand with the antennae.
The termite following kept the abdomen of the leading indi-
vidual between its antennae, one antenna in contect with the
latter’s abdomen on each side. If separated from the leader,
these individuals experienced difficulty in finding her again.
Under such conditions the behavior of the female was appar-
ently not changed, while the male, when separated by as much
as half an inch, ran haphazardly about, as if “distracted,”
jerking the head and antennae in all directions. When re-
placed in contact with the female, they immediately resumed
the passive behavior noted before, apparently in response to
an odor of the female, according to Snyder (1926, p. 536).
Both or either member of the pair was found with the wings
still intact, although the general rule was the presence of dea-
lated adults, the wings being detached and scattered over the
sand. As far as I could determine, the behavior of the solitary
individuals was that of the leading female of a pair, although
both members of a pair may have been affected since the aver-
age rate of locomotion of such pairs was .38 inches per second
as against .77 inches per second for solitary individuals. These

124 pROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

latter were largely engaged in actively running about over the
sand or standing in an attitude singularly like that of many
Staphylinidae. This staphylinoid pose was characterized by
holding the abdomen sharply elevated in the air, with the
head more or less lowered.

In the afternoon the sky had become overcast and the wind
had increased, accompanied by a driving rain at 4:00 p.m. Ob-
servations on the swarm were made at 2:30 p. M., with the sky
overcast, averaging 4000 foot-candles daylight intensity (4269.06
at 2:30), and an air temperature of 25° C. At this time ¢ibialis
was far less abundant; many apparently had been blown away,
had burrowed, or had reached favorable conditions under upper
beach drift logs, or in the adjacent communities of the jack
pine (Pinus banksiana) or black oak (Quercus velutina). Of
those remaining, although isolated termites were present,
groups of from 7 to 12 were more common and few pairs of male
and female were to be found. Of the groups, some were com-
posed of dead and dying individuals, with others crawling slowly
about on the sand.

These data are largely in accord with the general swarming
of winged, sexual termites as previously recorded by many
investigators (cf. Snyder, 1926, pp. 535-541), and represent the
spring colonizing aggregation of R. ¢zbzalis in the Chicago area.

This behavior has been noticed, then, twice on different years
toward the end of March, from 11:00 a. m. to 2:00 P. M., ap-
proximately. In both cases the daylight intensity was more
or less at a maximum for the day involved, and normal for the
time of year. In both cases by early afternoon the sky had
become overcast with a lowering of the daylight intensity to
approximately the same average, accompanied by a diminu-
tion in numbers and activity of ¢/dialis. Such behavior may,
of course, only refer to the conditions obtaining in the Chicago
area, or to tibialis, or both, but the facts are interesting. This
is not to say that daylight intensity necessarily is involved any
more than another factor, as temperature or humidity. Rather,
from the general picture of the weather as indicated in the
preceding table, there is a fairly constant complex of tempera-
ture, relative humidity and daylight intensity, and any or all
of the environmental factors, together with more obscure
biological factors, may be operating. The colonizing rhythm
may even possibly parallel a rhythm in weather and climate,
without the two impinging upon each other, although such an
assumption is improbable. Swarming termites are markedly
photopositive, later becoming thigmopositive according to
Snyder (loc. cit.). Such behavior is quite the reverse of the
strongly photonegative response of the established colony to
strong, or directive light, and suggests a reversal in phototropism
having as its origin some periodic influence, either internal or

i Nag a en A I EO LD NS Helle TL TE i Nt al ae

A ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929 125

derived from the environment. It is possible that the relative
length of day and night may play some part. This latter view
is strengthened by the demonstration of photoperiodicity in
growth and reproduction of plants (Garner and Allard, 1920;
Kellerman, 1926), and in the migration of certain birds (Rowan,
1926), while Marcovitch, 1923, thinks that the relative length
of day and night may stimulate the production of sexual forms
in plant lice. Of the three factors mentioned in the preceding
table, the seasonal periodicity of daylight intensity is more
constant probably for the given dates.

It is fully recognized that what part light may play in such
behavior, whether intensity or the relative length of day and
night, may only be determined by controlled experimentation.
That light has a direct or an initial effect is improbable since
the winged caste receives the swarming stimulus in the dark-
ness of the nest. However, it is possible that in those species
in which apertures are made in the walls of the nest for purposes
of emerging, the suddenly penetrating ray of light may act
as a stimulus and subsequent reversal of phototropism may
explain, together with odor and contact, the emergence of the
colonizing aggregation. The fact that some species of Isoptera
swarm at night, however, indicates that the process is too
complicated to be explained simply. Once the ¢idialis swarm
is outside of the nest, such a factor as daylight intensity may
be important in conditioning the subsequent behavior.

Apparently both R. tibialis and flavipes are well established
in the Chicago area. Colonies of flavipes have been taken from
the Indiana dune region just east of Chicago, viz., a colony of
flavipes including soldiers, workers and first form nymphs has
been located at Dune Park, Indiana, beneath a log in the cotton-
wood community (Populus deltoides) on September 23, 1924,
to mention but one of a number of records. In another colony
of flavipes (Long Lake, Ind., May 6, 1926) four specimens of
the small staphylinid, Atheta polita Melsh., were found in the
galleries of the nest. The presence of this species of beetle
may or may not be accidental since species of the tribe Myr-
medoniini, to which po/ita belongs, often occur in the nests
of ants, and its presence with termites is certainly interesting.

Colonies of ¢#bzal7s (soldiers and workers) are also abundant
in the same area, being located chiefly beneath drift logs on the
upper beach of Lake Michigan, viz., abundant at Clark and
Pine, Indiana (May 19, 1929), and at Ogden Dunes, Indiana
(May 25, 1929). Since R. tibialis and flat vipes appear to occupy
much the same habitat in the Chicago area, it 1s possible that
the species are ecologically equivalent, and consequently a more
precise survey of the distribution of these species in this area
should be valuable, especially since we have an eastern and a

126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

western species near the limits of their respective ranges occupy-
ing closely similar habitat niches.

LITERATURE CITED.

AutteE, W. C. 1927. Animal Aggregations. Quar. Rev. Biol., 2:367-398.

Banks, N., and T. E. Snyper. 1920. A revision of the Nearctic Termites.
U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 108, 228 pp.

Dietz, H. F. 1923. Notes on the Termites of Indiana—II. Proc. 39th Ann:
Meeting Ind. Acad. Sci., 33:229-301.

Garner, W.W., and H. A. Attarp. 1920. The Effect of the relative length
of day and night and other factors of the environment on Growth and
Reproduction in Plants. Jour. Agri. Res., 18:553-605.

Kevierman, K. F. 1926. A Review of the Discovery of Photoperiodism.
Quar. Rev. Biol., 1:87-94.

Marcovircn, S. Plant lice and Light Exposure, Science, n. s., 58:537—538:
1923:

Rowan, W. 1926. On Photoperiodism, Reproductive periodicity, and annual
Migration of birds and certain fishes. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 38:
147-189.

Snyper, T. E. 1926. The Biology of the Termite Castes. Quar. Rev. Biol.,
1:522-552.

NOTES ON THE LUNG MITES OF PRIMATES (ACARINA:
DERMANYSSIDAE), INCLUDING THE DESCRIPTION OF A
NEW SPECIES.

By H. E. Ewine, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

Lung mites of primates occur, so far as known, exclusively in
Old World hosts. They infest the bronchial tubes and tracheae
and cause tubercular growths that have been mistaken for
tuberculosis nodules. The injury produced by these mites has
been well summarized by Helwig (1925), who reported upon six
cases of infestation of the lungs. He states that the acarids
produced pulmonary lesions that were at first mistaken for
those of tuberculosis. According to this writer three of the in-
fested monkeys were subject “to very frequent attacks of
paroxysmal coughing and sneezing which we attributed to the
arachnid infection.”

Our first knowledge of these mites dates from the publication

of a paper by Haan and Grijns in 1901 in which they include.

Banks’s description of the first reported species, which species
was placed in a new genus. These authors state: “Dr. N.
Banks determiniert und als Pueumonyssus simicola n. g., n. sp.
beschrieben worden sind. Wir entnehmen seiner Ver6ffent-
lichung folgendes * * *.” Then the description follows in

ee eS ee eo

eee Gree

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929 127

quotation marks. It is evident that the genus Pueumonyssus
and also its one included species, simico/a, should be attributed
to Banks rather than to Haan and Grijns. Since this first de-
scription was published a number of papers have appeared
dealing with the biology, taxonomy, or economy of lung mites
of monkeys. Included in these papers are the descriptions
of four forms that were considered as new species.

Recently the writer has received two lots of lung mites for
study, one of them coming from a Rhesus monkey in this
country and one from the dog-faced baboon in the Belgian
Congo. A study of these two lots showed some striking differ-
ences between them, and when the characters of other described
species were taken into consideration it appeared that most os
these differences existed between those species occurring i
hosts from the Ethiopian Region and those occurring in ats
belonging to the Oriental Region. Also it seems that some of
the species described as new should be regarded as synonyms.

In order to give a summary of the known species in the
briefest possible manner a table is here presented that is self
explanatory:

TABLE OF SpEcIES OF LunG Mires or PRIMATES.

It is noted that three of these six species came from the same
type host, the common laboratory monkey, Macacus rhesus.
Weidman (1915), when he described the last of these three,
pointed out in a very clear manner the supposed differences
between his fox and the other species.

The chief trouble in our work with these mites has been the
lack of adequate material and the lack of proper technique
in studying specimens. The present writer has had no diffi-

128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT,, 1929

culty in determining his material from Macacus rhesus as
representing Weidman’s species from the same host, and when
a comparison is made with the descriptions of the other two
species that have also been described as new from the same host
there appears to be an argeement in regard to most of the
characters. It is noted also that the drawings of the entire
specimens are so similar to the species in hand that one is in-
clined to consider all species described from Macacus rhesus as
the same. In studying these mites it is very hard to determine
whether the dorsal shield is present or absent in certain speci-
mens. The mouth-parts are so small that it is almost im-
possible to tell definitely whether the chelicerae are chelate or
not. It is believed, also, that here we have a case where re-
semblances should be emphasized as much or even more than
supposed differences in characters that are variable or very
hard to make out. The very close agreement in a number of

characters that can easily be seen and described in species from

the same type host should go a long way in indicating their
probable synonymy.

The genus Pneumotuber Hoepke, based on Pueumotuber
macaci Hoepke, from the Rhesus monkey, must be very near to
Banks’s Pneumonyssus. If in fact the posterior tarsi are
without claws in P. macaci the genus should be considered as
good. However, specimens examined by the writer, taken
from the Rhesus monkey and considered by him as being,
very probably, identical with Hoepke’s P. macaci, show the
posterior tarsi with claws.

There are four species of lung mites from primates that come
from different type host species, and these give every evidence
of being good species. They are separated by the following
key:

Key to Species of Pneumonyssus.

A. Tarsal claws of second and third pairs of legs large, angulate, projecting
laterally and more conspicuous than the pulvillus; abdomen of gravid
females elongate and swollen and in some specimens separated from
cephalothorax by transverse folds. Occurring in Ethiopian primates.

B. With two pairs of stigmata, abdomen in gravid females very long.
Found in a euenon, Cercopithecus schmidii2 = ee
P. duttoni Newstead & Todd.
BB. With but a single pair of stigmata; abdomen not so long in gravid
females. Found in a baboon, Papio sp. _.P. congoensis, new species.

AA. Tarsal claws of second and third pairs of legs much reduced, not angulate,

not projecting laterally and less conspicuous than the pulvillus; abdo-

men of gravid females swollen but not elongate and never separated
from cephalothorax by a transverse fold. Occurring in Oriental pri-
mates.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929 129

B. Dorsal plate present; pulvilli constant on legs I, II and III. Occur-
himenesviarecus rhesws 2128 or) P. griffithi Newstead.

BB. Dorsal plate wanting; pulvilli poorly developed in some specimens.
Occurring in a Javan monkey, Cynocephalus........ P. simicola Banks.

The new species from the baboon is here described, especial
attention being given to those characters believed to have
specific importance.

Pneumonyssus congoensis, new species.
(Adult female.)

Capitulum quadrangular, about one and a half times as long as broad, with
retracted chelicerae occupying most of internal space.

Palpi greatly reduced, in length not equal to width of capitulum; first segment
very short, disclike, about three times as broad as long; second segment about
half as broad as the first but slightly longer; third segment about two-thirds
as broad as second segment and slightly longer than broad. This third seg-
ment is indistinctly divided about its middle and bears distally two promi-
nent tactile setae, the outer of which is longer than the palpus itself.

Chelicera with two chelae, each being modified into a sharp, tapering piercer;
outer chela with a prominent elbow near its base and a long, curving, lancelike
distal part; inner chela smaller than outer and without the elbow.

Dorsal plate long, eggshape in outline and completely covering the cephalo-
thorax above. It is well scleritized, extends backward past the fourth pair
of coxae and bears about a dozen, short, subequal setae.

Ventral plate irregularly diamondshape, with three pairs of setae; first pair
subapical; second pair situated just in front of lateral angles of plate near
margin of same; third pair near posterior end, tips of setae themselves extend-
ing beyond tip of plate.

Anal plate eggshape in outline, somewhat angulate behind; anal opening a
little more than a third as wide as anal plate is broad; the two paired anal
setae slightly longer than the single posterior seta, and situated slightly in
front of anterior rim of anal opening.

Spiracles surrounded with irregularly scleritized, bulblike walls. They are
situated dorsally above the posterior coxae just under the lateral margins
of dorsal plate.

Tarsal claws well developed, particularly those of legs II and III; first pair
of tarsal claws appressed; second and third pairs large, angulate, strongly
divergent; fourth pair similar to second and third pairs but smaller and less
angulate.

Length of nongravid female, 0.61 mm.; width, 0.18 mm. Length of gravid
female, 0.87 mm.; width, 0.36 mm.

Type host—Dog-faced baboon, Papio sp.
Type locality —Belgian Congo, Africa.
Type slide-—Cat. No. 994, U.S. N. M.

Described from four females (one having a larva almost com-

130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

pletely formed in the abdomen) taken from a dog-faced baboon,
Papio sp., March 4, 1927, by Professor J. Bequaert at Lutenga,
Belgian Congo, Africa.

REFERENCES.

Banks, N. 1904. A Treatise on the Acarina, or Mites. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 28:53, 54, 61.

Haan, J.,& Griyns,G. 1901. Eine neue endoparasitare Acaride. Centralb.
f. Bakt. u. Paras, Abt. 1, Bd. 30:7-9.

Hetwic, F.C. 1925. Arachnid Infection in Monkeys. Am. Jour. Path. (4),
vol. 1:389-395,

Lanpois, F., & Hoerxe, H. 1914. Eine endoparasitiire Milbe in der Lunge
von Macacus rhesus. Centralb. f. Bakt., Abt. 1, Orig. Bd. 73:384-391.

Newsreab, R. 1906. Another New Dermanyssid Acarid. Liverp. School
Trop. Med., Mem. 18:45—50.

Newsrteap, R., & Topp, J. L. 1906. A New Dermanyssid Acarid Found

Living in the Lungs of Monkeys (Cercopithecus schmidtii) from the Upper _

Congo. Rept. Exp. to Congo, 1903-05. Liverp. School Trop. Med., Mem.
18:41-44.

Weipman, F. D. 1915. Pneumonyssus foxi, nov. sp., an Arachnoid Parasitic
in the Lung of a Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Jour. Par., vol. 2:37-45.
Wurm, H. 1926. Ueber eine Milbenerkrankung der Lunge bei Macacus rhesus.

Bakt. Parasit. u. Infektionskr., Abt. 1, Bd. 98, Heft. 7¢:514-521.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE INJURY CAUSED BY TOXOPTERA
GRAMINUM ROND (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE).

By F. M. Wap tey, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.!

Toxoptera graminum Rondani is much more injurious in pro-
portion to numbers than other grain aphids. This seems to
be due largely to a peculiar effect of its feeding on the leaf tissues,
which has not been seen with the other species. Rhopalosiphum
prunifoliae Fitch and Macrosiphum granarium Kirby have been
reared and compared with Toxoptera. They show no such
effect; plants infested by them in chimney cages have supported
colonies of aphids in considerable numbers and for weeks at a
time without dying. With Toxoptera graminum similar num-
bers quickly killed the plant.

Horvath (1884) described the injuriousness of Toxoptera and
reddening of its food-plants in Hungary; Webster (1892) in

-1This work was done while the writer was employed by the Minnesota
Experiment Station, and is published with the approval of the Director as
Paper No. 892 of the Journal Series of the Experiment Station of the Univer-
sity of Minnesota.

~~ Sete

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT,, 1929 131

America, noted the great damage caused in proportion to num-
bers, and indicated a belief in a pathological condition in asso-
ciation with the aphid. Numerous references are found in the
extensive ete to unusual injury and reddening or yellow-
ing of the food-plant. Webster and Phillips (1912) refer to
the injury as specific. Moore (1914), working in Africa, de-
scribes it and points out its superficial resemblance to injury
caused by some plant bugs, except that the spots are not
sunken. In the present study, helpful suggestions have been
given by Dr. R. A. Gortner, biochemist of the Minnesota
Experiment Station.

The injury on oats is in the form of pale or yellowish spots,
which become confluent if numerous. They are slightly length-
ened in the direction of the leaf veins, and may reach 2 mm.
in length, though usually smaller. Their boundaries are not
sharp. A reddish dot is usually formed in the center around
the feeding puncture, and is about 0.1 mm. in diameter. A
microscopic examination shows that at the feeding puncture
the leaf cell contents appear brownish; in adjacent cells bright
red bodies are seen, becoming less numerous farther from the
puncture. Not more than one of these red bodies has been
seen in a cell; they appear identical with nuclei, as revealed
in normal cells by staining with Delafield’s hematoxylin and
eosin. This condition produces the red dot, and may give a
yellowish tinge to the pale area. In the pale area away from
the feeding punctures, cells appear normal at first except for
loss of color and sharper definition of the chloroplasts; later
the cells appear nearly empty.

At ordinary temperatures a faint paleness appeared 18 to 24
hours after the first feeding, and the spot became fully defined
in about 48 hours, the red dot appearing last.. In one case on
oats, a spot was not produced by 2 or 6 hours feeding by an
adult; a faint spot was produced by 8 hours’ feeding; and a
fully defined spot by 14 hours’ feeding. It is obvious that
injury may not appear until after the aphid has left. The
appearance of injury after feeding has ceased is delayed by
coolness; in one case the development in 10 hours at 26° C.
approximately equaled that in 58 hours at 14° C.

All plants fed on long have been affected in about the same
way. They include oats, wheat, rye, barley, corn, sorghum
and a number of grasses. Ona few grasses no effect was seen,
but these were species on which Toxoptera could not be induced
to remain long, and feeding was probably not continued long
enough in any location to form a spot. Size of spots, shade
of red or of paleness, and rate of development varied somewhat
on different plants. On barley, spots developed very slowly,
and the pale area around the red spot was small and poorly
developed. Injury was not pronounced, but Toxoptera re-

132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

mained on barley only reluctantly. On Dawson’s Golden Chaff
wheat, a variety of the common white type, spots were numerous
and white, with no red dots, and injury was severe.

The spots were not observed to spread after feeding had
ceased and they had reached their full development, which was
only a day or two later. No recovery was observed. Single
spots remained about the same in appearance for some days;
shrivelling was not observed, though the tissue appeared dead.
Where an entire leaf or a large part of it became pale, it shriv-
elled and dried after holding its turgor for a day or two. Dam-
age has been roughly proportional to amount of feeding, con-
sidering both number and size of aphids. It invariably
developed following prolonged feeding of any form or stage
of Toxoptera.

Injury has developed fully and typically in darkness, on
plants green before they were put in the dark and infested.
On oat sprouts germinated and kept in the dark, hence devoid
of chlorophyll, no pale spots have appeared as a result of 24
or 48 hours’ feeding in the dark. The red dots developed in
darkness after 48 hours. When such plants were brought to
the light and aphids removed, green color developed in a few
hours, and the pale spots appeared in typical form around the
feeding punctures.

In efforts to study the development of paleness in the lab-
oratory, it was found that juice from oat leaves standing on
macerated Toxoptera usually became paler than untreated
juice, or juice with other grain aphids, but results were not
consistent. Juice from oat leaves showing effects of Toxoptera
feeding, became markedly paler than juice from normal oat
leaves within two days. Chlorophyll prepared from alfalfa and
spinach by the method described by Morrow (1927) was ob-
tained from the biochemistry division, and dissolved to satura-
tion in absolute ethyl alcohol. This solution was diluted with
four times its volume of distilled water, the dilution resulting
in a clear bluish-green solution. This was treated with an
extract of Toxoptera, made by freezing 100 to 300 aphids at
—18° C. or lower, macerating them and extracting them for an
hour or more with % cc. of distilled water.1. The clear extract
was drawn off with a pipette, and added to 2 cc. of the chloro-
phyll solution in a small vial, which was allowed to stand in
the laboratory. Decolorization was noticeable in 2 days, and
was practically complete in 5 to 7 days. A precipitate formed
on first adding the extract; this was not chlorophyll, since the

1At first a water solution of sodium chloride, 0.6%, was used as an extractant;
decolorization took place with it, but a hazy condition in the chlorophyll solu-
tion hampered observation. Distilled water was then tried with better results,
and used thereafter.

—

eee ee e—vVnvVv——e—3_ eee

UES eg re ee hee UE at | Oe eens a Om tee eel a el At lei ES ig a

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929 133

color remained unchanged. It was finely divided and settled
slowly. This precipitate must be of material derived from the
aphids, as the only other substance present were water, alcohol
and chlorophyll. This experiment was repeated five times with
similar results. When the precipitate was removed from con-
tact with the solution decolorization took place without it just
asinits presence. The extract of Toxoptera failed to decolorize
the chlorophyll, in one case, after being raised to 100° C.; in
another case it decolorized after being heated just enough to
coagulate protein-like material present.

In the above experiments checks were run by adding only
distilled water to the chlorophyll solution; these remained un-
changed. Rhopalosiphum and Macrosiphum, the less harmful
grain aphids mentioned, were also tested. Extracts made from
them as described above failed to decolorize chlorophyll solu-
tion noticeably in a week, in several trials. A precipitate
formed on adding their extracts to the solution, as it did in
the case of Toxoptera extract.

It is believed that this injury is a direct effect of feeding,
not a case of transmission of a disease organism or virus; since
injury always followed prolonged feeding, was proportional to
amount of feeding, and did not spread long after feeding ceased.
The paleness must be due to destruction of chlorophyll, since
it did not develop in the absence of chlorophyll, and decoloriza-
tion was produced in solutions of refined chlorophyll by aphid
extract. It appears that the destruction is due to some sub-
stance injected, because it went on for a short time after the
aphid had left, and if chlorophyll was absent during feeding
and developed later the affected areas remained pale and
chlorophyll-free. A substance which destroyed refined chloro-
phyll slowly was extracted from frozen Toxoptera, and its
activity was destroyed by heat. It seems likely from these
facts that this is an enzyme. Davidson (1923) demonstrated
a starch-splitting enzyme in the salivary glands of Aphis
rumicis. ‘The reddening effect is independent of the action on
chlorophyll, as noted, and has not been the subject of experi-
ments. It seems to be largely a reaction of the leaf cell nuclei
with some substance injected or formed in the breaking down
of the tissue. According to Mirande (1907) red coloring in
leaf cells, attacked by some insects, is due to formation of
anthocyanins, and these are formed when several conditions
occur together, including the presence of oxidase. This sug-
gests that reddening also may be connected with enzyme action.

Judging from the cases of barley in which red dots occurred
with little paleness, and of Dawson’s Golden Chaff wheat in
which paleness without reddening occurred, the paleness or
destruction of chlorophyll was much more injurious than red-

134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

dening. This combination of feeding effects, characteristic
of Toxoptera, causes much greater injury than extraction of
sap. It usually develops before sap extraction has had a
chance to cause injury; though by confining large numbers of
Toxoptera on small plants, injury by extraction has been pro-
duced before the specific injury developed. It seems unlikely
that juice extraction by Toxoptera is greater than that by
Macrosiphum and Rhopalosiphum, which cause comparatively
little injury. The secretion of a chlorophyll-destroying enzyme
may thus contribute largely to the economic importance of
Toxoptera graminum.

LirERATURE CITED.

Davinson, J. 1923. Biological studies of Aphis rumicis L. The penetration
of plant tissues and the source of the food supply of aphids. Ann Appl.
Biol., 10: 35-54.

Horvatn, G. 1884. Toxoptera graminum Rond. Rovartoni Lapok, 1: 143-
145.

Miranpe, M. 1907. On formation of red pigment in the parenchyma cells
of leaves which had been pierced by insects. Compt. Rend., Acad. Sci.
Paris, 145: 1300.

Moore, Wo., 1914. The wheat louse (Toxoptera graminum). Agr. Jour.
Union So. Africa, 6: 482-492, 767-772, 973-977; 7: 50-60.

Morrow, C. A. 1927. Biochemical laboratory methods. Pp. 350. Wiley,
N.Y:

Wesster, F.M. 1892. Notes on the grain Toxoptera. Insect Life, 4: 245-
248.

Wesster, F. M., and Puituips, W. J. 1912. The spring grain aphis or green
bug. U.S. Bu. Ent. Bul. 110, pp. 144.

A NEW AEGERIID ON COWPEA FROM BRAZIL (LEPIDOPTERA:
AEGERIIDAE).

By Aucustr Busck, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

The Chief of the Laboratory of Vegetable Pathology of the
State of Bahia, Brazil, Sefior Doctor Gregorio Bondar, has
requested a name for the following species to be used in his
forthcoming paper, “ Les Ennemies de Legumineuses cultivées.”’

Aegerina vignae, new species.

Second joint of labial palpi with well developed triangular tuft of black
scales, slightly tipped with yellow; terminal joint erect, black with acute apex
reddish. Antennae gradually thickened towards the tip, with minute hair
pencil at apex; in the female simple with basal half bluish black and apical

pe,

—

A EW gree stew se

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, ocT., 1929 135

half dark maroon brown; in the male biciliate on underside and light reddish
brown throughout. Face smooth, iridescent, bluish black; head with semi-
erect dull black scales and a thin transverse line of yellowish white scales.
Thorax dark reddish brown, nearly black, with shoulder tufts edged with
yellow and with posterior edge yellow. Abdomen wasp-like towards base,
bluish black with each joint narrowly edged with yellow posteriorly. Anal
lateral tufts bluish black. Fore wing with costal area above the cell bluish
black, dorsal edge and cross vein dusted with reddish brown; otherwise nearly
clear, transparent; 11 veins; vein 10 absent; 7 and 8 stalked to costa; 2 to 6
separate and straight. Hind wing transparent with veins thinly scaled; 7
veins; vein 4 absent; 3 and 5 shortstalked (Plate 7, Fig. 1). Legs metallic
bluish black with the spurs and posterior edge of each joint yellow.

Male genitalia (Plate 7, Figs. 3-4) typical Aegeriid with gracefully back-
wardly curved socii (Si) clothed with forked hairs; winged tegumen; gnathos
(Gn) with narrow, strongly chitinized, curved, wire-like ventral plate (Vp)
supporting the anal tube; harpes with forked scales on costal half, dorsal
half nearly unscaled except for a rectangular patch of scales on the middle
of the sacculus and two strong spines of unequal length on the base of the
sacculus; this latter character is probably generic, and is not found in any
North American species of the family; vinculum produced, stout, half as long
as the harpe; anellus rounded, with two elongate, weak lobes surrounding the
aedoeagus; the latter long, thin, straight, dilated at base; penis with about
ten pairs of small seed-like cornuti.

Female genitalia (Plate 7, Fig. 2) telescopic, with lobes of the ovipositor
elongate, narrow, and opposed to each other; ostium strongly chitinized, deep
funnel- or cup-shaped with inverted edges; adjoining posterior half of ductus
bursae a strongly chitinized, curved and narrow tube; anterior half wider, soft
and ending in a rather small, soft, oval bursa, with a mere trace of signum.

Type and Cotypes—Cat. No. 42161, U. S. N. M.

Type locality —Bahia, Brazil.

Foodplant.—Stems of Vigna sinensis Endl. (cowpea) and other
cultivated leguminous plants (Gregorio Bondar).

The genus /egerina Le Cerf has hitherto been restricted to
its type, 4. ovinia Druce, from Mexico and Guatemala, from
which the present species differs in coloration; some of the other
South and Central American species, however, described by
Druce as Aegeria and placed at present in the genus Synan-
thedon Hubner (Dalla Torre, Strand, Hampson and Le Cerf),
will probably be found to belong to degerina; the genus is
characterized by the tufted antennae, the straight dorsal veins
in the fore wings, the stalked veins 7 and 8, and the absence
of vein 10 in the fore wing, the stalked veins 3 and 5 in the hind
wing, and the anteriorly narrowed abdomen, as well as by the
male genitalia, which are at once recognized by the strong
single spines on the base of the sacculus.

136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7.
Aegerina vignae Busck.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig. 3. Genitalia of male.
Fig. 4. Side view of tegumen; Si—socii; Vp—ventral plate; Gn—gnathos.
Drawings made under the author’s supervision by Eleanor Templeman
Armstrong of the Bureau of Entomology.

. Wing-venation.
. Genitalia of female.

Hw G2 WN

PAPER WASPS (POLISTES) AS PESTS IN BIRD HOUSES.
By W. L. McAree.

A cooperative project between the Biological Survey and
Bureau of Plant Industry for increasing the number of birds
in the experimental chestnut orchard at Bell, Md., has been
under way since 1926.

In the season of 1928 ninety-nine bird boxes were available
and of these forty had one or more nests of Polistes in them.
These wasps showed a decided preference for houses in the sun,
those selected having an average degree of insolation of 78.5%.
Some of the lowest (4 ft.) houses were inhabited by the wasps,
but none of the highest ones (10 to 15 ft.), the average height
of those occupied being 5.5 feet.

Of the forty nests with Polistes in them eleven were occupied
at the same time or later by birds. In four of these cases the
wasps were driven out by our aggressive operations, in six
cases the wasp nests were unsuccessful perhaps by reason of
destructive activities of the birds themselves, and in one in-
stance the bird house was occupied simultaneously by wasps
and birds.

The opportunity was taken for experimenting on methods
of driving out wasps, and two sprays were used, namely, gaso-
line and Flit. Either would in most cases kill a Polistes thor-
oughly drenched with it, but neither was effective as a vapor,
and merely spraying these fluids through the entrances of
otherwise closed bird boxes had no permanent ill effects upon
the wasps.

Tearing the nests down and removing them from the houses
was the only remedy we found of any account and this operation
had to be repeated two, three, or even four times to achieve
lasting success. Nests can be torn out on cool days or in the
morning or evening with little to fear from these well-armed
but comparatively mild-tempered and sluggish wasps.

It may be of interest to add that two of the boxes were occu-
pied by swarms of honey bees.

|
|
|
|

PLATE 7

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31

Bera:

BUSCK NEW AEGERIID ON COWPEA.

138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

THE PLACE OF AUTHORITY IN TAXONOMY.
By W. L. McATEE.

Taxonomists while they have constantly to deal with authori-
ties, should ever be on guard against placing too much reliance
on authority. Science rests upon data subject indefinitely to
verification, and in no branch of science is the necessity for
this process greater than in taxonomy. The infinitude of
detail resulting from the vast number of organisms dealt with,
their multiplicity of characters, the complexity of descriptions
and of bibliographic references renders going back to funda-
mentals a constant necessity.

A reviser can not accept identifications merely upon authority,
a bibliographer can not safely copy references perhaps already
second or third hand and therefore almost certainly erroneous,
and the definer of ranges must be ever conscious of the ease
with which errors creep into citations of geographic names
often from more or less abbreviated or illegible labels. The
systematist who occupies all of these rdles is reminded at every
turn that he can not safely rely upon authority.

If a large work, one for which the author can not possibly
verify all details, must be undertaken, it can only be with
trepidation and a foreboding that it will be charged with
errors. The ideal is a small work perfected and polished with
infinite patience. Most of us usually are too impatient for
this type of performance, or prompt results are demanded, and
we rush through another largely compiled paper; in other words
we trust once more to authority and as a rule have ample cause
for regret. It may encourage us to adopt a more careful policy
to reflect that errors copied would go on forever, except for
inquiring minds that so far as possible verify every detail for
themselves. Without this type of mind, self-reliant, and
spurning authority, there would be no progress, no science.
We conclude, therefore, that only through force of unavoidable
circumstances has authority any place in taxonomy.

A MANUAL OF EXTERNAL PARASITES.
By Henry ExtitsworrH Ewine.

Although dealing principally with the external parasites of
the vertebrates this work also includes a discussion of the mites
affecting some insects such as the locusts. The larger part
of the work is devoted to the mites, which discussion consumes
some 65 pages. The remaining allotments are as follows:
Mallophaga 37 pages, Siphonaptera 31, Anoplura 26, Ixodoidea
25, and descriptive matter proposing some 32 new genera in

ee a ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OcT., 1929 139

4 of the orders, 20 pages, respectively. In most cases family
and generic tables are given and a list of synonyms with a brief
bibliography are appended. A convenient index occupies some
20 pages.

An important feature of this manual is the digest of control
or remedial measures furnished for each principal group. In
view of its content this work should prove of great value to the
student and of more than ordinary interest to the advanced
taxonomists in the orders treated.

The letter press, illustrations, paper and binding are excellent.

The publisher is Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Il. Price,
$4.50. —W. R. Walton.

PERIPATUS FROM THE ISLAND OF MONTSERRAT.!
By Austin H. Crark.

The National Museum has just received from Mr. T. Savage
English three specimens of an onychophore from the island of
Montserrat, British West Indies, where, according to Mr.
English, this creature is ‘‘now nearly exterminated.”

The species represented is Peripatus (Peripatus) antiguensis
Bouvier which was originally described from the neighboring
island of Antigua. This form is very closely related to P. (P.)
dominice Pollard from the island of Dominica.

All three specimens are females; one is +2 mm. long with
29 pairs of legs; another is 38 mm. long with 29 pairs of legs;
and the third is 35 mm. long with 31 pairs of legs.

NOTE ON THE RESPIRATION OF ENTOMOLOGISTS.

The desirability becomes more and more apparent that refu-
tation be made of certain opprobrious allegations directed from
time to time against conditions alleged to prevail during the
two-hour sessions of our society: (1) Vigorous denial should be
made of the systematically disseminated slander to the effect
that the entomologists composing our personnel have a chronic
aversion to ordinary systems of ventilation. On the face of it
this is false and preposterous, as it can easily be proved that
our assembly hall is thoroughly aired out at least once and
sometimes twice each decade—and, verily, what more could
possibly be expected or desired in exuberant abundance of
fresh air. Traducers with turned-up noses have more than
hinted that there also frequently prevails therein a distinct

1Published with the permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

140 pROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 7, OCT., 1929

odor of mustiness. Of course, it is to be expected that this
would be misinterpreted by an uninitiated proletaire, because
in reality that which is noticed is the atmosphere of scholarship
and learning which prevails at our sessions, and it is this which
is—as it should be—the pride and glory of our membership.
In reply to the offensive remarks regarding the high degree of
heat likewise claimed to prevail at other times to an excessive
degree in our meeting place, it should be emphatically asserted
that the temperature never at any time has been permitted to
go higher than 212 degrees F. Furthermore, adequate warmth
is highly commendatory and desirable in this particular circum-
stance as it must be attributed solely to radiations from the
passionate beating of the warm hearts of our members during
these periods of fraternal devotion and good fellowship. (2)
Indignant repudiation also should be made of the gross exag-
gerations that repeatedly have reached our ears concerning an
alleged over-abundance of tobacco smoke in the room during
our deliberations. It even has been stated that garments
worn on such occasions have become so thoroughly permeated
with smoke that they were never afterwards in need of subse-
quent fumigation. The real fact is that tobacco smoke is
never allowed to become thicker in the room than can be
chopped with a meat ax. Then in this phenomenon, too, there
is an altruistic impulse, for members of our society who indulge
during sessions in the fragrant weed are actuated in part by a
benevolent consideration for their companions—few in num-
ber—whose early education has been neglected to the unfortun-
ate extent of not having learned to smoke. No doubt these
smokers are actuated by a deep desire to pass a good thing along
so that its satisfaction may be shared by their comrades. It
is urged that our membership take every opportunity to repudi-
ate all calumnies and extravagant statements of the character
here indicated, for they are not only highly reprehensible but

are unworthy the dignity and gravity of our gatherings.
J. S"Wape-.

Actual date of publication, October 18, 1929.

PNG 8 ea UW 8 Et she

be te

VOL. 31 NOVEMBER, 1929 No. 8

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

BRIDWELL, JOHN COLBURN—A PRELIMINARY ARRANGEMENT OF THE PALM
BRUCHIDS AND ALLIES (COLEOPTERA) WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW

SIRS, SEL Ua ha Oe at oa Su a ee le ae ees a |

MANN, W. M.—NOTES ON CUBAN ANTS OF THE GENUS MACROMISCHA (HyY-
MEN OMLERACRRORMECTD AE ie. \. attain c. cecine alte. stasueectene olGll

WATERSTON, JAMES—ON THE DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF CHELONOGAS-
TRA ASHMEAD AND PHILOMACROPLOEA CAMERON, TWO GENERA OF
ICHNEUMON FLIES OF THE FAMILY BRACONIDAE (HYMENOPTERA). . 167

PusiisHED MontHiy Excerpt Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.
SN

Kg AS U'
S

A
\

en ANIL

" .
NIAN liSTis

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEpDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary: President) ig. %) 5.4. a pon al ee ae L. O. HOWARD
President: <r he, Goa 0 is dank eR Ee ee J. E. GRAF
First Viceseresident’. ali canoe) ee eee A. C. BAKER
Second Aces restaent™ aaa ae ele eee Fk. C. BISHOPE
RECOTAINSASECLElATY | 0 es ae ee . Pd Sy co ep SMV
Corresponding ‘Scereiary=Ireasurem 2 eee ee S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
1, 171s ge AS Ree Otc GES W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CauDeE-t,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Soctety as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCLEMCES 6 oS en 3 bp tn bela eae A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. S.pp... 12 pp: 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 31 NOVEMBER, 1929 No. 8

A PRELIMINARY GENERIC ARRANGEMENT OF THE PALM
BRUCHIDS AND ALLIES (COLEOPTERA) WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By Joun Coisurn Bripwe tt, Washington, D. C.

In January, 1829, Dr. E. A. Back, in charge of Stored Product
Insect Investigations in the United States Department of
Agriculture, showed me two palm bruchids from Brazilian
babassu nuts under investigation in his office. Having already
given considerable attention to this group, I asked permission
to study them. On comparing them with the material in the
United States National Museum, both species were found to
be already represented there and in addition to these there were
representatives of five other species so closely allied to one of
them as to make it necessary to treat them together. Un-
fortunately the condition of the literature of the group does
not enable the described species to be determined with cer-
tainty and types or other authentically named material are
not to be found in this country. Dr. Back and Dr. Cotton
have prepared a paper upon these two bruchids and needed
names for them. The present paper has been prepared to
supply this need, to describe characters not previously used
to distinguish species in the group, and to establish in the litera-
ture the genera into which the palm bruchids have differen-
tiated.

Opportunity for type study being not yet afforded, I have
ventured to describe the species as new believing it wil! be easy
to sink any species found synonymous after the study of types.
It is more difficult to clear up confusion caused by misidenti-
fications.! .

The types of the species here described are to be found in
the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.

GENONYMS AND GENERA OF Pam Brucuips AND ALLIES.

The species of Bruchidae breeding in the seeds of many
American palms have been considered as belonging in a single

1] have appreciated the opportunity to work on these interesting Bruchidae,
particularly as it associates my work with the economic aspects and illustrations
discussed in the paper previously referred to.

142 pRoc. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

genus, in which have been included several Old World species,
none of which are known to attack palm seed. The first geno-
nym applicable to this group is Pachymerus Thunberg 1805,
a monobasic genus based upon Dermestes bactris Johansohn
1763 (usually cited as of Linnaeus). The second was Caryedon
Schoenherr 1823, with the originally designated genotype
Bruchus serratus Olivier 1790, which has largely been lost sight
of. In 1833 Schoenherr suppressed Caryedon, erected the
“Grex”? Caryoborus in Bruchus with the designated genotype
Bruchus serripes Sturm 1826, including in it dactris and serratus
and applied the genonym Pachymerus to another “‘Grex”’ with
the designated genotype Br uchus brasiliensis Thunberg, which
is not congeneric with any of the species referred to. This
arrangement of the palm bruchids and the Old World “ Caryo-
borus’’? was universally followed until 1913, when Pic restored
Pachymerus for the group, listing Caryedon as a subgenus with-
out indicating its application to species. Careful study of the
Bruchidae of the National Museum has convinced me that the
Old World species are not congeneric with the palm bruchids
and must form a separate tribe. The palm bruchids separate
naturally into three genera and form a compact tribe. These
tribes with a third composed of Caryopemon Jekel 1855 and
Diegobruchus Pic 1913 form a co subfamily of the Bruchi-
dae.

PACHYMERINAE (new subfamily).

Mesepimeron free, not fused with the mesepisternum, broadly attaining the
trochantin extension of the mesocoxal cavity, but little or not at all narrowed
beneath; pronotum flattened, flanks separated from dorsum by a marginal
carina subtended on the dorsum by an impressed line, completely surrounding
the dorsum or both obsolete anteriorly on the sides in Caryedon; anterior angles
but little deflected toward the front coxae; front and middle tibiae with small
equal paired calcaria concealed in the dense lustrous fulvous appressed hairs
covering the tibiae toward the apex; front and middle tarsi with first and
second joints triangularly widened toward apex and with the expanded lobes
of third joint bearing dense fulvous plantar brushes, hind tarsi similar, basi-
tarsus longer, hind tarsus about half as long as tibia; hind coxae narrow, about
half as wide as the femora, and narrower than first sternite behind coxa (this
elongate often forming in the middle more than half the length of the abdomen);
hind femora strongly incrassate, unicarinate beneath, with a strong tooth
and a denticulate crista extending from it toward the apex, or with several
strong teeth near apex, hind tibiae arcuate dorsoventrally, with a median
longitudinal ventral channel bounded by strong ridges, obliquely truncate
at apex, ventral apex produced into a strong trowelshaped spine; elytra elongate,
convex, narrowed and deflected at apex, covering base of pygidium, or in
Caryopemon and Diegobruchus less convex, little deflected and narrowed at
apex, not covering base of pygidium.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 143

None of the species referred to Pachymerus Latreille by
Schoenherr and his associates or other authors before 1913,
except Pachymerus pandani Blanchard 1845, are members of
the Pachymerinae as thus described. They dre, im general,
Bruchinae and some but not many fall into 4ndromisus Gozis
1881 (Pseudopachymerus Pic 1913).

TRIBES OF PACHYMERINAE.

The tribes of the Pachymerinae may be distinguished by the
following table in which the order is from the specialized to the
generalized forms:

1. Head elongate, malar space longer than broad, temples strongly produced
behind the eyes; eyes finely facetted, emarginate for half their length;
pronotum less flattened, lateral margins depressed, its hind margin semi-
circularly produced between the elytra; front coxae contiguous at apex or
narrowly separated; scutellum minute; elytra flattened with humeral calli
prominent, not much narrowed apically nor bent down, not covering the
base of pygidium....Caryopemini, new tribe (Caryopemon, Diegobruchus).

Head short, malar space not longer than broad, temples not produced;
eyes coarsely facetted, emarginate for one-fourth or less of their length,
strongly projecting; pronotum flatter, not produced semicircularly be-
tween the elytra; scutellum larger; elytra convex, elongate, narrowed and
deflected apically, covering base of pygidium....... Di

2. Carinae and impressed lines of pronotum obsolete on the sides in front; front
coxae contiguous at apex, prosternum separating them for not more than
one-third their length; eyes barely perceptibly eee joints one
ANGEWOMOL tans! wut. Ittile (expanded tat iapex t= ween ee

Caryedini, new tribe (Caryedon).

Carinae and impressed lines of pronotum complete, the lines surround-
ing dorsum; front coxae separated at apex by the sternum; eyes distinctly
emarginate but not for more than one-fourth their length, joints one
and twolofi tarsi strongly triangularly expanded...
Pachymerini, new tribe (Pachymerus, Caryobruchus, new genus, Caryoborus).

Caryopemon and Diegobruchus.

Jekel 1855 Ins. Saundersiana Curcul. 25-26, gave the most
carefully elaborated description of a Bruchid genus which has
been published, describing Caryopemon and an equally excel-
lent description of the genotype hieroglyphicus \. c. 27-29, with
the locality “India orientalis.” During June, 1925, I collected
a large series of the species feeding upon the glands of the young
leaves of the scandent Acacia intsia at Mormugao, Goa, Portu-
guese India. This is not the host plant and I could not find
the plant in which it breeds. There is before me also an indi-
vidual of this species from Bandra (a suburb of Bombay),

144. ~— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

India, collected by Dr. Jayakar. 1905, 152, which reached the
National Museum through the British Museum by way of the
Carl F. Baker collection. Another belonging in the collection

of the Imperial Entomologist of India, kindly lent to me for

study with other bruchid material by T. Bainbrigge Fletcher,
Imperial Entomologist, was collected at Chicacole Road, Madras
Presidency, by P. V. Isaac, 8, vu, 24. These are the only
locality records known to me for the species.

Stephens 1839 Man. British Col. 265, described Caryoborus
cruciger “from red West India seeds: evidently imported.” It
was figured by Spry and Shuckard 1840 British Col. Delin.
Suppl. Pl..6, f. 2, and referred to Caryopemon by Pic 1913 Col.
Cat. 55:9, with the locality indication ““England (eingeschleppt),
Indien, Afrika.” I have elsewhere (Journ. Washington Acad.
Sci. 15:80, 1925) recorded it as bred from seeds of Abrus preca-
torius by Le Doux, Cape Province, Union of South Africa.
Since then two additional lots have come to the National Mu-
seum secured from the same plant from Africa by inspectors
of the Federal Horticultural Board. I know no other records
of the habits of any of the species, all of them Indo-Maylayan,
Mascarene, or Ethiopian.

While many important characters force us to place Caryope-
mon in the Pachymerinae, it shows many resemblances to
Andromisus Gozis 1881 as represented by the genotype Bruchus
brasiliensis Thunberg 1816. Whether these resemblances in-
dicate affinity or convergence requires further study to deter-
mine. The species show much divergence and may not belong
together. Pic 1912 Echange 28:110, has laconically established
the “new ‘genus Diegobruchus (for the old B. suarezicus Pic
1904 Echange 20:35), near Caryopemon and very distinct by
the prothorax strongly inclined in front, concealing the head
from above, hind femora strongly incrassate, pluridentate, the
tibiae strongly arcuate.’ When the characters of Diego-

bruchus are further elaborated some species of Caryopemon may, ~

perhaps, be placed there. There are no records of the habits
of any species of Diegobruchus which are all Mascarene or East
African.

Caryedon and its Genotype.

The first species of the Pachymerinae was described by
Geoffroy 1762 as My/abris 2, without a specific name. Goeze
1777 Ent. Beytr. 1:332, based Bruchus fuscus upon this descrip-
tion. Subsequently this species has received many names
because the descriptions are inadequate; it utilizes a large num-
ber of leguminous host plants over an extraordinary range of
distribution and is much more than ordinarily variable. Olivier
1790 Encycl. Meth. Ins. 5:199, described it under two names,

eed ee ae

eS ell

ee ee

a a ey sh eg itch meer e apne

“ah

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOv., 1929 145

Bruchus pallidus and Bruchus serratus, as collected by the
younger Geoffroy in Senegal. Schoenherr in Isis von Oken 1823:
1134, cited serratus as the genotype of his undescribed genus
Caryedon, a valid and available genonym under the Inter-
national Code of Zoological Nomenclature, and a proper geno-
type fixation. Bedel 1901 Faune Col. Bas. Seine 5:341, after
comparing the types made serratus a synonym of fuscus, indi-
cating that both types had been collected by the younger
Geoffroy in Senegal. The name of the genotype therefore is
Caryedon fuscus (Goeze) new combination. If my present inter-
pretation of the species and its synonymy is correct some 19
or more specific names have been applied to Caryedon fuscus,
of which we need to mention here only Bruchus gonagra Fa-
bricius 1798 Ent. Syst. Suppl. 159, and Bruchus (Caryoborus)
languidus Gyllenhal 1839 in Schoenherr Gen. Curc. 5:129,
names much used for the species. It is found throughout the
Old World tropics and subtropics and has become established
in Hawaii (recorded 1908), Jamaica (1916), Fiji (1921), and
now Haiti (1928). The other species are found in the Old
World and the only records of habits, besides those of fuscus
under one name or another, are by Skaife 1926 South African
Journ. Sci. 23:579, recording the attacks of inferstinctus Fah-
raeus upon the seeds of Acacia giraffae in South Africa and
Blanchard’s account of his problematical Pachymerus pandani.

Caryedon? pandani (Blanchard).

Blanchard 1845 Hist. Ins. 2:114, pl. 10, f. 5-8, described from
Madagascar Pachymerus pandani as “from five to six mm. long,
and entirely grayish.” ‘To this brief description may be added
his diagnosis of Pachymerus: “Hind femora much inflated,
multidentate. Tibiae arcuate. Antennae long, a little serrate.”
The figures show that the insect was reared from Pandanus and
is a bruchid of the subfamily Pachymerinae, possibly a Caryedon
or an undistinguished genus near it. He refers to it 1845
Ann. Soc. Ent. Faunce (2) 3: 1v, as Bruchus pandani and indi-
cates that it may have originated in Bourbon. Pic 1913 Col.
Cat. 55:11, places it in Pseudopachymerus.

Tue GenerRA oF Pam Brucuips (PACHYMERINI).

The genotypes of Pachymerus and Caryoborus are not con-
generic, these genonyms are therefore available for two genera.
The genera are arranged from the more generalized, to the
more specialized forms. That part of the armature of the lower
margin of the hind femora occurring before the great tooth, 1s
referred to, if present, as made up of serrations; that beyond it
as denticles; they are not much unlike in some species.

146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

1. Hind tibiae with two small unequal calcaria at apex beneath; antennae
serrate from fourth joint or from third in one male, basal joints not im-
pressed at base; hind femora with the great tooth before the middle,
margin before it not serrate; crista beyond it with from ten to sixteen
denticles; hind tibia evenly arcuate, without a tubercle beneath near base,
received against the femur between the great tooth and crista within
toward apex and a not very prominent.subbasal angular process without...

Caryoborus.
Hind) tibiae) without caleariaa p= es es 2s

2. Antennae serrate from fourth joint (except in veseyi in which they are sub-
filiform), basal joints not impressed; hind femora with the great tooth
beyond the middle, margin before it serrate, crista with six to ten denti-
cles, hind tibia receiving the serrations of hind femur in its ventral channel
and lying outside the great tooth and crista as in Caryoborus, but lacking
the subbasal process of femur... Caryobruchus new genus:

Antennae serrate from the fifth joint, joints 2, 3, 4, and sometimes others
impressed at base; hind femora with the great tooth near base, margin
before it not serrate, margin beyond hardly cristate, with ten or more
denticles more or less hidden in pubescence, lower margin apically emargi-
nate, the apical denticles, one at the beginning of the emargination and
one or two in the emargination more tuberculate than the others; hind
tibia abruptly bent near base, with a tubercle beneath at the bend, shal-
lowly channeled above within and without, these longitudinal channels
bounded by weak ridges (in addition to the ventral channel), received
against the femur within and alongside the denticles and great tooth___...

Pachymerus.

Caryoborus Schoenherr (Restricted).

As restricted by the description here given, Caryoborus in-
cludes Bruchus serripes Sturm 1826, Caryoborus priocerus
Chevrolat 1877, Caryoborus chiriquensis Sharp 1885, and
perhaps other species. The material of the genus in the Na-
tional Museum seems to fall into but two species, all of it from
the continent of South America. Chiriguensis was described
from Panama and probably occurs there naturally, though
all the material we have from Panama was secured in quaran-
tine, in commercial ivory palm nuts from Equador, in which
there is a considerable export through Panama. It may be
that what I have considered as serripes consists of more than
one species but I have been unable to find any certainly signifi-
cant differences between the darker material from Bolivia and
from French Guiana and the more rufescent material from
Brazil. Probably priocerus is synonymous with serripes. The
species may be separated thus:

1. Denticles of hind femur about 16; humeri strongly asperate; antennae unlike
in the sexes, joint three widened in male and not in female, joint 11 in

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 147

male thrice as long as broad, twice as long as broad in female, mesosternum
abruptly bent toward the plane of metasternum......... Serripes.

Denticles about 12; humeri feebly asperate; antennae alike in the sexes,
joint three narrow, joint 11 about twice as long as broad; mesosternum
gradually curved back toward the plane of the metasternum....chiriquensis.

Caryoborus serripes (Sturm).

Sturm 1826 Cat. Ins—Samml. 74, tab. III, fig. 28, described
and figured this species “aus Para in Brasilien”? without indi-
cation of host plant as Bruchus serripes and Boheman 1829
Nouvelle Mem. Soc. Nat. Moscou 1:117—118, independently
described it under the same name attributed to Hoffmannsegg
on the authority of Schneider in Litt., from the Schoenherr
Collection, saying doubtfully “habitat in America meridionali.”
Schoenherr 1833, designated it as ““typus” of his Grex Caryo-
borus in Bruchus, a proper genotype designation, according
to the International Code. Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55, referred it
to Pachymerus.

In the National Museum is a series of a Caryoborus with the
palm seeds from which they issued which have remained un-
identified since 1878. The infested seeds were brought to
Theodore Pergande by Mr. Smith of the Botanic Garden and
reared out by him, several larvae working in a single seed.
Careful study of Sturm’s descriptions and figures and Bohe-
man’s description convince me that they are Caryvoborus serripes.
The seeds were referred to O. F. Cook and C. B. Doyle of the
Bureau of Plant Industry and determined as those of a species
of Astrocaryum and in all probability from Brazil as originally
indicated by Mr. Smith. The indication of Elephantusia
[Phytelephas| macrocarpa as host plant for this species by
Letzner 1878 Jahresb. Schles. Ges. 55:195-198, is doubtless
due to confusion with the similar, still undescribed Caryoborus
chiriquensis Sharp 1885. Other material in the National
Museum determined as this species, 1s a series collected by
William Schaus on the Maroni River, French Guiana, in 1904;
one individual intercepted in quarantine at Washington, D. C.,
by E. H. Dusham, then of the Federal Horticultural Board, in
‘palm nuts from Para, Brazil, accompanied by a fragmentary
beetle and fragment of palm nut from which it issued, considered
by Mr. Doyle as probably that of a Maximiliana; and one indi-
vidual collected by M. R. Lopez in February at Ivon, Beni,
Bolivia, while with the Mulford Biological Expedition of 1921
and 1922.

Caryoborus chiriquensis Sharp.

Caryoborus chiriquensis Sharp 1885 Biologia Centr. Amer.
Col. 5:504, pl. 26, f. 13, was described from the Volcano.Chiriqui,

148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

Panama. A series in the National Museum derived from the
Chittenden collection, bears a locality label Ecuador 5990, and
another indicating they had been determined as this species
by Dr. Sharp; two individuals are labelled Ivory nuts, Pier 7,
Cristobal, C. Z., Oct. 26, 1918, H. F. Dietz Coll.; a series bear
the label Zetek 1436, in Ivory nuts, Baranguatal, Ecuador.
Under this number in the files of the Bureau of Entomology is
the following note by Mr. Zetek: “Given me by Mr. H. K.
Plank who collected it in April, 1921, and thought it was a
good nut. Was going to send it to his people in the United
States, I believe. The entire inside was reduced to powder,
pupal cells and weevils. There were thirty-one adult weevils
present, each in a cell by itself, filling the entire nut cavity.”
J. W. Douglas, 1876, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1876:xiv, xvi,
reported a Caryoborus, presumably the present species, as
seriously affecting the weight of a shipment of the Corozo nut
(Phytelephas macrocarpa) on the London docks, imported from
Guayaquil. “‘As there were several larvae in each nut the
interior was completely destroyed.” As before indicated,
Letzner’s record of the Ivory nut being attacked by Caryoborus
serripes refers to this species. Schilsky’s notes and description
under Caryoborus serripes 1905, Kafer Europa’s 41: Gand 1906
op. cit. 43: no. 28, as imported into Hamburg from Central
America also seem to refer to this species.

CARYOBRUCHUS, new genus (Genotype Dermestes gleditsiae Linnaeus).

The material of this genus to the National Museum is sepa-
rable into fifteen species, of which only veseyi (Horn), g/ed-
itsiae (Linnaeus), and curvipes (Latreille) may be recognized
with reasonable certainty as described.

This is the most widely distributed palm bruchid genus, with
numerous species on the continent from the Carolinas to Argen-
tina and in the West Indies, being the only genus definitely
known to be represented in the United States and the West
Indies. It is also more divergent than the other genera with
two rather well defined groups besides the somewhat isolated
Caryobruchus veseyi. The group of smaller species, so far as
they have been associated with host plants, breed in the seeds
of the palmettos and palms having similar drupaceous fruits
with hard seeds lacking a differentiated soft kernel, mainly
Sabalaceae Cook. The group of larger species breed in the
oily kernels of palms in which the soft kernel is differentiated
from the hard shell inclosing it, the shell covered with a peri-
carp and epicarp, sometimes soft and fleshy, often fibrous
(Cocoaceae Cook). The former group includes the smallest
species of the palm bruchids and the latter the largest, indeed

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 149

the largest of all Bruchidae. Caryobruchus giganteus is de-
scribed as reaching 29 mm. in length, while some individuals
of C. gleditsiae of the smaller group collected by H. S. Barber
on Big Pine Key, Florida, do not exceed 5 mm. in length.

The two groups may be distinguished by the form of the gula,
veseyi agreeing with the smaller species in this character. The
larger species have the eyes somewhat approximate beneath
and the gula is abruptly narrowed between the eyes with its
sides there parallel; in the others the eyes are less approximate
beneath and the sides of the gula converge posteriorly. The
larger species, so far as the fourteen individuals at hand repre-
sent the group, are all fifteen mm. or more in length. The
carina of the hind femur beneath is incised before the great
tooth with about six incisions forming flattened serrations; in
the smaller species, the serrations are less flattened, more dis-
tinct, even and more numerous. In the larger species the
antennal joints are longer and more slender, the apical joint
being three times as long as broad; the apical joint in the smaller
species is about twice as long as broad; in vesey/ it is similar to
those of the larger group but the other joints are still more
slender than in those species and hardly serrate. Except in
veseyi and two undescribed smaller species the elytral humeri
are smooth or at most microscopically asperate; in these they
are asperate as in Pachymerus. In the larger species the pro-
notum is angulate on the sides near the apical third, much
more so than in any of the smaller species. The coarse punc-
tures on the dorsum of pronotum are fewer than in the smaller
species and grouped into a mediolateral and posterodiscal group
on either side, those of the former group usually not extending
forward beyond the lateral angulations. Most of the species
have the antennae, more or less of the front and middle legs
and the tibiae and tarsi of the hind legs reddish testaceous or
yellow, contrasting with the darker reddish coloration of the
body. In the males the first joint of the front and middle
legs are very evenly inflated and expanded from base to apex
with the lateral margins evenly rounded out and about twice
as long as broad. Some of the smaller species have this joint
similarly inflated but in them the joint is shorter and broader.

The large Caryobruchi are represented in the National Mu-
seum by six forms, presumably species, but their status and rela-
tionship to four species names in this group can not be deter-
mined until ampler material is available and comparison with
the types of ruficornis, giganteus, donckieri and _ revotlt
can be made. No authentic material of any of these species
is found in this country. Since but two of these forms are
present in both sexes and the material of two of them show
distortion from unnatural conditions during transformation,

150 pROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

more satisfactory material for type series of new species might
well be desired. Nevertheless, characters to distinguish species
in this group seem to be present and have not been brought
forward before. I have therefore ventured to describe and
give names to these six forms, recognizing that some of them
may be synonymous with species previously described.

Table of the Spectes of Carvobruchus with the sides of the gula between the eyes
parallel, not converging posteriorly.

1. Sides of pronotum strongly angulate, somewhat concave between this angu-
lation. and. “the sposterior, angles” 2-2 ee 2
Sides of pronotum less strongly angulate, nearly straight from the angula-
tion. tothe posterior (angles =) = ee eee 4,

2. Apex of mesosternum abruptly bent, the bent apex as long as broad, lateral
sulcus,.of pronotuml sume telte ce ee ee 3s
Apex of mesosternum gradually bent back koeed the plane of the metas-
ternum, lateral sulcus of pronotum not visibly punctate, mediolateral
punctures about 15, extending forward beyond the angulation, postero-
discals about 14 (11-16); Colombia from seeds of Scheelea excelsa; length
from anterior margin of pronotum to apex of elytra, 17-18 mm...
Scheeleae, new species.

3. Basal portion of mesosternum subvertical, surface subgibbous at the bend;
pygidium about as broad as long, broadly rounded at apex (slightly pro-
duced in @), a little convex (more convex in ©’); punctures of lateral
sulcus few, not extending forward beyond the angulation, mediolaterals
about four, posterodiscals about seven; Brazil from babassu nuts; 15
Wate St ee ie a SS ee lipasmatus, new species.
Basal portion of mesosternum more oblique, surface not gibbous at the
bend; pygidium longer than broad, but little convex, broadly truncate in
both sexes (narrowly produced in @); punctures of lateral sulcus more
numerous, extending forward beyond the angulation; mediolaterals about

16 (9-21); posterodiscals about 20 (10-40); Panama, Venezuela; 13-18
Pr So af lhe Sethe 1 ee ee buscki, new species.

4. Punctures of lateral sulcus coarse, in more than one series, encroaching on
the surface above the sulcus, fine punctures of pronotum in front well
impressed and numerous, extending across near the front margin from one
group of mediolaterals to the other; denticles about seven, not flattened,
four basal well separated, three toward apex more or less confused and
indefinite; Uruguay, from the seeds of 4crocomia sp.; 12-13 mm.................
acrocomiae, new species.

Punctures of lateral sulcus finer, in a single series, not encroaching on the
surface above, fine punctures in front few and feebly impressed, not notice-
able in the middle near the front margin=. =) == 5s

5. Pronotum with an anterodiscal group of a few well impressed punctures
within the mediolaterals, finer than these and coarser than the fine punc-
ture; denticles as in acrocomiae; Para, Brazil, from seeds of Attalea sp.;

DA pn i Si ee se ee pararius, new species.

‘

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOv., 1929 151

Pronotum without anterodiscal modgrate punctures; denticles about 12,
flattened, crista much elevated; from palm nut, probably Astrocaryum sp.
fromm bnazels! js? iii. iste see Ms ee pergandei, new species.

Caryobruchus scheeleae, new species.

Brownish red, antennae, front margin of clypeus, labrum, palpi and tars
yellowish testaceous, everywhere covered with fine appressed brownish ciner-
ous pubescence somewhat obscuring the surface sculpture, everywhere micro-
punctulate; eyes separated by about one-fourth the width of clypeus; front
narrow anteriorly, arcuately wider behind, carinate, carina continued behind
as an impunctate line to the contraction of the head above, supraorbital furrows
subreticulately punctured; temples broadly and shallowly sulcate parallel to
the contraction; pronotum strongly angulate, posterior angles produced and
subacute, sides between this angle and the anterior angulation parallel and
slightly concave, dorsum with scattered shallow scarcely perceptible fine punc-
tures and mediolateral and posterodiscal groups of coarse well impressed
punctures of varying size and number, mediolaterals in the type 9 on the
right, 14 on the left, in the paratype 16 on the right, 13 on the left, postero-
discals in the type, 10 on the right, 11 on the left, in the paratype, 14 on the
right, 15 on the left, flanks not perceptibly punctured; scutellum about as
broad as long, strongly emarginate at apex; humeri micro-asperate, striae
slightly but distinctly impressed except the marginal (10th) stria which is
strongly impressed basally, punctures of striae irregularly disposed, intervals
flat, not perceptibly punctured; femoral serrations 6-8, basal two acute and
distinct, apical serrations obtuse and ill-defined, denticles 8-9 a little confused
toward apex, inner carina of hind tibia beneath more elevated than outer;
pygidium of male (female unknown) about as broad as long, broadly truncate
with rounded angles, convex longitudinally, not very coarsely nor closely
punctured, nearly impunctate broadly on the median longitudinal line, with
coarser well impressed punctures toward the middle on either side; hypopygium
about as long as the preceding sternite, its margin sinuate, somewhat produced
in the middle; length 17-18 mm.

Described from two males, one (type) labelled as bred in
Feb., 1917, from seeds of 4ttalea sp. from El Banco, Bolivar,
Colombia (F. H. B. no. 18575), recerved July 29, 1916, and
heavily fumigated; the other (paratype) was received from
R. S. Beagles, then in charge of the Plant Introduction Gardens
of the Bureau of Plant Industry at Chico, California, and
labelled as “‘ex Aitalea nut probably from El Banco, Colombia,
24-6-16, Curran.

The seeds of this palm were collected as indicated by Mr.
H. M. Curran at El Banco, Colombia, and have been deter-
mined as those of Scheelea excelsa by Mr. Doyle as recorded in
Inventory of Seeds and Plants Imported 48:14, no. 43055,
1921, from which this note is quoted. “Fruit drupaceous,
edible, ovoid, apiculate, about the size of a duck’s egg; pericarp
mucilaginous, oily, intermixed with fibers; epicarp leathery,

152. pROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

yellow; seeds bony, one to thgee celled. Grows in hot valleys
of the Magdalena and Canea.”’ The seed from which the para-
type emerged is preserved in the National Museum. It is two
chambered and the larva had eaten one of the kernels. Each
of the chambers is about 1.5 in. im length by .5 in. in diameter;
the enclosed kernel is very oily, nearly cylindrical, and covered
with a fragile brown membranous coat. The exit hole of the
bruchid is 9 mm. in diameter and leads to a pupal chamber
about 20 mm. long. This is closed at base by a layer about
5 mm. thick composed of a substance like rotted sawdust and
is lined with a brownish cement which is not very noticeable.
The rest of the chamber is filled with a substance like that
compacted to form the basal wall of the pupal cell. This is
the débris resulting from devouring the kernel.

Caryobruchus lipasmatus, new species.

Closely resembling C. schee/eae with these differences besides those indicated
in the table: Front and middle tibiae also reddish testaceous as well as the
parts described as yellowish testaceous in scheelei, exact color probably not
significant but dependent on maturity and state and manner of preservation;
denticles of hind femur 11-12, confused toward apex; inner carina of hind
tibia not more elevated than outer; scutellum less strongly emarginate; py-
gidium rather evenly, finely and sparsely punctured except upon a subtriangular
nearly impunctate area on either side toward base; 15 mm. long.

Described from two individuals reared in Dr. Back’s office
and labelled “bred from babassu nuts shipped to New York
from Para, Brazil, Stored Product Insect Investigations, Wash-
ington, D. C., December, 1928.” One of these is a female
type, the other the male allotype; there is another female para-
type which was reared by H. L. Sanford from “coco” palm
nut brought to this country from Estado do Maranhao, Brazil,
in October, 1915, by Dr. E. C. Green, then in the Brazilian
agricultural service. The adult beetle emerged in May, 1916.
F. H. B. no. 5488. I have been unable to secure a determina-
tion of the species of palm from which this individual was
reared. This paratype is imperfect, lacking the hind legs and
is somewhat distorted from unnatural conditions during trans-
formation.

Caryobruchus buscki, new species.

Closely resembling C. scheeleae with these differences in addition to those
indicated in the table: Most of the head above in front of the neck, front and
middle legs and hind legs except indefinite infuscate markings on femora reddish
testaceous, less contrasting with the color of the body; scutellum less strongly
emarginate; femora serrations more definite apically; inner carina of hind
tibia not more elevated than outer; 13-18 mm. long.

PP tes

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 153

Described from four female and one male individuals, with
one exception from Panama, one paratype from Venezuela;
type female, Tabernilla, Canal Zone, July 31, 1907, August
Busck; allotype male, La Chorrera, May 17, 1912, Busck;
paratype female, same data except May 10; paratype female
Barro Colorado Island, 1929, Phil Rau 7565; paratype female,
Caracas, Venezuela, H. Pittier, June, 1923, no. 495.

Named in honor of August Busck, the eminent microlepi-
dopterist, whose name must be linked with the entomological
exploration of Panama. This is one of many interesting Bru-
chidae collected by him in this work.

Caryobruchus acrocomiae, new species.

Much less closely resembling C. scheeleae with these differences besides those
indicated in the table: Form more compact; clypeus palpi and all the legs except
darker markings on the hind femora reddish; scutellum less strongly emarginate;
pygidium more coarsely and irregularly punctate, with lateral subbasal subim-
punctate areas; denticles of hind femora seven; 12-13 mm.

Described from two males, a type and paratype intercepted
in quarantine at Washington, D. C., in seeds of Acrocomia sp.
from Uruguay, Nov. 9, 1921, by W. T. Owens, F. H. B. no.
40378.

Caryobruchus pararius, new species.

Closely resembling C. scheeleae with these differences in addition to those
indicated in the table: Color of antennae, labrum and legs not contrasting
with body color; sternites 1-4 with apical margin infuscate contrasting with
the basal portion; scutellum very slightly emarginate; inner carina of hind
tibia not more elevated than outer; 14 mm. long.

Described from one female type intercepted in quarantine
at Washington, D. C., April 19, 1918 (F. H. B. no. 24247), in
i palm nut from Para, Brazil, D. A. Tower, identified for me
by Mr. C. B. Doyle as that of an /#falea, one of the oil palms,
with a very hard shell and two rather small oily kernels.

Caryobruchus pergandei, new species.

Closely resembling C. scheeleae, with these differences besides those indicated
in the table: Coloration darker, perhaps due to age or condition of preservation,
labrum partly yellowish, partly reddish, margin of clypeus paler red, antennae
reddish, with no other marked color contrast with body color; some pe-
culiarity of disposition of the pubescence along the elytral striae gives an effect
of alternating color to the naked eye which disappears under the lens; 15 mm.
long.

154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

Described from one female type with the old Department
of Agriculture no. 1036 P. In 1878 this insect was brought
as a larva to Theodore Pergande in a palm seed, apparently
the same as the Brazilian Astrocaryum from which Caryoborus
serripes was bred, by Mr. Smith of the Botanic Garden. In
1880 Mr. Pergande noted finding the emerged beetle and pre-
served the present type which has remained undescribed until
now. It is named in honor of Pergande to help keep alive the
memory of a pioneer in the Bureau of Entomology. Appar-
ently a single larva emerged from a sing!e kernel of the nut,
as appears to be the case with all these species of Caryobruchus.

Caryobruchus ruficornis (Germar 1818), new combination.

Germar 1818 Mag. Ent. 3:1—7, tab. 1, f. 1-4 described and
figured Bruchus ruficornis, its larva and pupa and the seed
from which it had been secured by Zincken in Brunswick from
palm nuts, which Germar supposed to be those of Bactris minor

Jacquin from the West Indies. The figure, however, shows.

the seed of one of the oil palms very much larger than those of
Bactris. In the same volume, p. 463, he refers his species to
Bruchus curvipes Latreille 1811, in which he was certainly in
error. His species was the first of the large Caryobruchi to be
described and his description of the larva was the first detailed!
description of a bruchid larva. His error of determination has
been universally followed and all subsequent literature of
Bruchus curvipes, and particularly its larva, has been based on
this or one of the related large species of Caryobruchus.

OrHER CARYOBRUCHI OF THE Group OF LARGE SPECIES.

The following species from the descriptions seem to belong in
the group of large species of Caryobruchus with the sides of the
gula between the eyes parallel, not converging. As has been
said. I have not been able from the descriptions to make out
whether any of these specific names or Caryobruchus ruficornis,
represent species distinct from those here described or from each
other. Pic’s two species do not seem to be synonymous.

1Herbst 1784 [Borowsky] Gemein. Naturgesch. Thicerr. 6:102-3, and Kurze
Einleit. z. Kenntn. Insekt. 102-103, described briefly the larva of Pachymerus
nucleorum as that of Bruchus bactris and Boddaert 1770 Dierkundig Mengel-
werk Stuk 5:12-23, f. 9-13 describes in the Dutch language and figures a palm
bruchid and its larva obtained for him by Heer L. Juliaans, able apothecary,
presumably in Flushing, from a South American palm nut used by the button
makers. Everything suggests Caryoborus chiriquensis in the ivory palm nut
but we can not be quite sure.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, Nov., 1929 155

Caryobruchus giganteus (Chevrolat) new combination.

Caryoborus giganteus Chevrolat 1877 Ann. Soc. Ent. France (5) 7: xeviii Bahia.
Pachymerus giganteus (Chevrolat) Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55: 7 Brasilien.

Caryobruchus donckieri (Pic) new combination.

Caryoborus donckieri Pic 1899 Le Naturaliste 21:21 Brazil.
Pachymerus donckieri (Pic) Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55:7 Brasilien.

Caryobruchus revoili (Pic) new combination.

Caryoborus revoili Pic 1902 Le Naturaliste 24:172 Paraguay.
Pachymerus revoili (Pic) Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55:8 Paraguay.

Species or Caryosrucuus WirH THE SIDES OF THE GULA CONVERGING
BETWEEN THE EYEs.

The species of this group with one exception, develop in the
seeds of Sabalaceae which are without differentiated kernel and
hard outer shell; an undescribed species in the National Museum
is said to have been reared from a Mexican Chamaedorea of
another family but with somewhat similar seeds. Nine species
are represented in the collection, of which I am reasonably certain
of the identity of three species. These four following names
appear to apply to species of this group but I can not definitely
associate any of them with the remaining six species of the
collection:

Caryobruchus testaceus (Motschulsky) new combination.
Caryaborus testaceus Motschulsky 1874 Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou 462:246-247.
Pachymerus testaceus (Motschulsky) Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55:8 Nicaragua.

Caryobruchus rubidus (Chevrolat) new combination.

Caryoborus rubidus Chevrolat 1877 Bull. Soc. Ent. France (2) 7: exiv Mexico,
Tutla [Tuxtla, Chiapas] (Boucard).
Pachymerus rubidus (Chevrolat) Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55:8 Mexico.
Caryobruchus recticollis (Chevrolat) new combination.

Caryoborus recticollis Chevrolat 1877 Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2) 7: exv Venez-
uela, Caracas (Langsberg).
Pachymerus recticollis (Chevrolat) Pic. 1913 Col. Cat. 55:8 Venezuela.

Caryobruchus sparsefunctatus (Pic) new combination.
Caryoborus sparsepunctatus Pic 1913 Le Naturaliste 24:172 Brazil.
Pachymerus sparsepunctatus (Pic) Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55:8 Brasilien.

Caryobruchus gleditsiae (Linnaeus), new combination.

Johanssohn 1763 Amoen. Acad. 6:392 described the first and
second species of Bruchidae affecting palm seeds as Dermestes

156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

gleditsiae and bactris, usually cited as of Linnaeus, who re-
ferred them to Bruchus, 1767 Systema Naturae ed. 12:605. The
former species was supposed to breed in the seeds of the honey
locust (Gleditsia triacanthos) and so received its misleading
specific name. It was later described as Bruchus arthriticus by
Fabricius 1801 Syst. Eleuth. 2:398. Under this specific name it
was placed in Caryoborus by Schoenherr 1833 Gen. Curc. 1:93
and has since been generally known as Caryoborus arthriticus.
Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55:6 called it Pachymerus gleditsiae, restoring
the first specific name for it in accordance with the rules of
nomenclature. It is a common species breeding in the seeds of
palmettos in the United States from North Carolina to Browns-
ville, Texas. I do not know if it occurs elsewhere for some of
the records of it occurring in the West Indies are probably based
on undescribed species known to occur there. I do not believe
that it occurs in Argentina as reported doubtfully by Bruch
1915 Rev. Mus. La Plata 19:432.

Caryobruchus curvipes (Latreille), new combination.

Bruchus curvipes Latreille 1811 in Humboldt et Bonpland
Voy. aux Rég. Aequin du Nouv. Cont. 1:234—236, pl. 16, f. 5, 6,
was described from Serrullo,! Nouvelle Espagne [Mexico] from
the seeds of an unknown species of palm brought back to
France for planting. Every one of these seeds was found to
contain one of these Bruchids. The seeds are from the figure
certainly those of Jmodes or Sabal. The figures and description
make it certain that this species is very closely allied to gleditsiae.
Latreille gives the size as 14 mm. but says figure 5 is somewhat
enlarged, yet it measures only 15 mm. Probably then the
actual measurement is less than 14 mm. _ I have considered as
representing this species a series bred from the seeds of an
undetermined Jvodes collected by G. N. Collins Dec. 26, 1907,
at San Bartolome, Chiapas, Mexico, and another series received
in Washington, June 2, 1919, from S. Calderon, who bred them
from an undetermined native palm in San Salvador. The
largest individual of both these series measures about 12 mm.
in length and they resemble closely large individuals of gleditsiae
bred from Inodes texana Cook from near Brownsville, Texas.
They may be distinguished by the more nearly vertical meso-
sternum which is not noticeably bent back toward the plane of
the metasternum. I do not think that Latreille’s species has
been interpreted correctly since its description, owing to the
confusion between it and ruficornis.

1Serrullo is a missprint probably for Jorullo, the great volcano of Michoacan,
Mexico, where Humboldt and Bonpland travelled.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOv., 1929 157

Caryobruchus veseyi (Horn), new combination.

Caryoborus veseyi Horn 1873 Trans. American Ent. Soc. 4:313
was described from the Cape Region of Lower California.
There is a series of this species in the National Museum bred
from the seeds of a palm collected in January, 1906, by the
late Dr. J. N. Rose on the Sierra de la Laguna and with it a
single seed of the palm. This was determined for me by Dr.
O. F. Cook as that of an Erythea, probably Brandegeei Purpus.
Since Erythea Brandegeei is the only species of the genus known
from the Sierra de la Laguna or indeed from the whole Cape
region of Baja California, doubtless it is the host plant. Neither
host plant nor insect is known except from that region.

PACHYMERUS Thunberg.

The genus Pachymerus is less widely distributed than Caryo-
bruchus, all the material in the National Museum being from
the mainland of the American continent except that from the
island of Trinidad and a single specimen from Jamaica (perhaps
only intercepted there). The most northerly material is from
the state of Jalisco in Mexico and the southernmost from Para-
guay. The species form a very compact group with most of
the characters common to all. The differences by which the
species may be separated are found in the structure of the hind
femora, in differences in details of puncturation and in the
impressions of the antennae. Since these characters have not
been described for the named species I can not recognize with
certainty any of those “‘described.”” The details described here
and those given in the table are general to the material in this
genus. It is hardly to be expected that some exceptions will
not be found.

Form elliptical, strongly bent down in front and behind; piceous black,
clypeus, labrum, and sometimes legs and elytra in part rufescent, integument in
general micropunctulate and with not very coarse punctures on clypeus except at
apex, front, neck, dorsum and flanks of pronotum, striae of elytra, pygidium,
hind femur especially above at base and apex, metepisternum, and the sternites;
in general covered with cinereous, olivaceous, or brownish appressed pubes-
cence, denser beneath, but little concealing the surface sculpture, except toward
apex of front and middle tibiae, on the denticulate edge of the hind femur and
on the plantar surface of tarsal joints one to three.

Head short, strongly contracted above and on the sides behind the eyes,
malar space not longer than broad, temples gradually declivous to the contrac-
tion, not produced, not sulcate; eyes coarsely facetted, emarginate about one-
fourth, strongly projecting; pronotum about as long as broad or shorter, arcu-
ately narrowed in front near the apical third, lateral margins somewhat de-
pressed, sulcus punctate, coarser punctures of dorsum not assembled in distinct
groups, denser and coarser toward the sides, flanks strongly and rather coarsely

158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

punctured, pronotum not much produced between the elytra, posterior margin
nearly straight except for the median lobe, prosternum transversely carinate
behind the coxae at the summit of the posterior face; mesosternum gradually
bent back toward the plane of the metasternum; scutellum quadrate, more or
less emarginate behind; elytra! humeri asperate, punctures of striae coarser
and more rounded basally, finer, more elongate, and less impressed toward
apex, striae not strongly impressed, intervals flat; hind femur without serra-
tions, denticles 10-12; hind tibia punctate dorsally; pygidium subvertical,
covered at base by the decurved apices of elytra, about as broad as long, rounded
at apex or subtruncate, neatly plane in female, plane or longitudinally convex
and inflexed at apex in male, sternites transversely sulcate at base with a de-
pressed translucent apical margin, hypopygium not longer than sternite four,
narrowed in the middle in male.

The species of this genus which have been reared use seeds
of the size of a filbert or larger, usually the seeds of Cocoaceae,
but do not seem to correspond in size with the seed in which
they develop. None of the species are as small as the smallest
Caryobruchi and only one species approaches the size of the
larger ones. The species are not so numerous as in that genus.

The genus Pachymerus is represented in the National Museum
by 170 individuals which I have been unable to separate into
species to my own satisfaction. My tentative arrangement
separates them into six species, of which I have assigned old
names to two. Reference of any of the remaining four (or more)
species to any of the extant species names would be mere guess
work for the descriptions to not even permit them to be as-
signed to the genus Pachymerus with certainty. Latreille’s
complaint of the difficulties he encountered in determining
palm bruchids is as just to-day as when he published it, a
hundred and eighteen yearsago,in 1811. ‘The embarrassment
one encounters in the determination of species comes from the
greater part of the descriptions being very incomplete and from
the authors being more attached to speaking of colors than of
characters of form.” I have separated the material by the
characters exhibited in the following partial table, which should
serve to distinguish the one species to which I wish to apply a
new name.

1. Marginal and sutural intervals of elytra with more condensed and paler
pubescence contrasting with the surface between, upper margin of hind
femur in female in an even curve from base to apex, hind femur in male
more elongate, with a sinuate basal crista nearly at right angles to the
remainder of the upper surface and continued dorsally beyond the base
of the longitudinal portion so that this is emarginate basally, apical
denticles two, pygidium plane in both sexes___...-..---.------.- luteomarginatus.

Pubescence of elytra not differentiated on the sutural and marginal inter-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 159

2. Basal portion of upper margin of hind femur abruptly bent, more strongly

SOyitn GierinAlless eG w es ee Se ea bactris and another species.

Upper margin of hind femur in an even curve from base to apex, nowhere

abruptly bent, pygidium in males inflexed at apex... 3}o

3. Apica! denticles of hind femur three—one or more species said to have been

bred from Maximiliana, Attalea, Scheelea, Orbignyia, Eleis guineensis

and melanocarpa and Areca triandra from Brazil, Bolivia, Demerrara,
Trinidad, Panama, and Jalisco, Mexico.

PADICAMGCMtCleS IN Oes ey meee Ok. Ane he EE ed AND BEE ee, 4,

4. Labrum and anterior margin of clypeus yellowish, mymidiaes coarsely, shal-

lowly and irregularly confluently punctured, the median longitudinal

line nearly free from coarse punctures especially in the female, Brazil

HO Rioaitraieceet sian SP ue ee at ke ae ele it a Pachymerus sp.
Labrum reddish, pygidium more finely deeply and discretely punctured
with coarse punctures throughout.......... Pachymerus olearius new species.

Pachymerus bactris (Linnaeus).

Dermestes bactris Johanssohn 1763 Amoen. Acad. 6:392 was
the second palm bruchid described and the first recorded as
breeding in the seeds of a palm. Johanssohn in the original
description cites Jacquin 1763 Hist. 170 where Jacquin records
breeding it from the seeds of his Bactris minor brought back to
Europe from Cathagena, Colombia, for planting and found in-
fested with this beetle. Linnaeus 1767 referred it to Bruchus;
Thunberg 1805 Goettinger Gelehrte Anzeiger 29:281 cited it
under his monobasic genus Pachymerus, establishing it under
the International Code with dactris as genotype; Gyllenhal 1833
in Schoenherr Gen. Curc. 1:93 referred it to Caryoborus Schoen-
herr, where it remained until Pic 1913 Col. Cat. 55:7 properly
restored it to Pachymerus. Whether any of the insects re-
ferred to in the literature are really Linnaeus’ species is doubt-
ful, but material in the National MuSeum may represent it, since
two lots bear labels indicating species of Bactris as host plant.
It is a Pachymerus with the characters indicated in the table.

Pachymerus nucleorum (Fabricius).

Herbst 1783 Fuessly Archiv den Insectenk. (4) 4-5:28 de-
scribed and figured what he supposed to be Bruchus bactris
from “East Indian” palm nuts used by the turners in making
knobs for canes. He describes the antennae as having three
narrow joints which would indicate Caryoborus or Caryobruchus
while his figure resembles the species here described as o/earius.
Fabricius 1792 Ent. Syst. 12:369 named Herbst’s species
Bruchus nucleorum describing the elytra as striate but not punc-
tate, while Herbst had said they were striate with punctures.
Schoenherr 1833 referred it to Caryoborus, and Pic 1913 to
Pachymerus where it probably belongs. The identity of this

160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

species is uncertain and more than one species has been referred
to under this name.

Pachymerus luteomarginatus (Chevrolat).

Chevrolat 1877 Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2) 7: cvi described
Caryoborus luteomarginatus from Venezuela, Caracas. It is
clearly a Pachymerus. Material collected the same day in
Panama seems to represent this species and exhibits the peculiar
sexual dimorphism indicated in the table.

OrHER SPECIES OF PALM Brucuips IN PACHYMERUS.

The following species of palm bruchids may all be species of
Pachymerus, where they have been placed by Pic 1913, but
the study of types will be necessary before we can be sure:

Caryoborus cardo Fahraeus 1839 in Schoenherr Gen. Curc. 127 Brasilia.
abruptestriatus Gyllenhal 1839 1. c. 128 Brasilia.
lacerdae Chevrolat 1877 |. cvi. Bahia.
rubrofemoralis Pic 1899 Le Naturaliste 21:21 Brazil.

Pachymerus olearius, new species.

Labrum piceous red, shining, transverse, a little produced medially, clypeus
black; hind femora with two apical denticles; pygidium of female about as
broad as long, plane margined, sides straight, narrowly rounded at apex, coarsely
densely and toward base somewhat confluently irregularly punctured with
strongly impressed punctures; in the male similar, broader, convex longitudi-
nally, more broadly rounded apically and inflexed. 13-16 mm.

Described from 48 individuals from Brazil: 1 9? type, 1 2
allotvpe, 19 paratype, 7 @ paratypes labelled reared from
babassu nuts shipped to New York from Para, Brazil, Stored
Product Insect Investigations, December, 1928 (from Dr.
Back); 1 9 paratype and 3 & paratypes from Maranhao,
Brazil, F. H. B. No. 5488 with the same history as indicated
under that no. for a paratype of Caryobruchus lipasmatus;
31 paratypes Para, Brazil, B. Koukoff coll., nuts of Aétalea
speciosa; | #@ paratype ex nuts babassu intercepted in quaran-
tine at New York by H. B. Shaw no. 145; 1 9 and 1 & para-
type intercepted in quarantine at Washington, D. C., in nuts
of Acrocomia sclerocarpa from Porto Murtinho, Matto Grosso,
Brazil, November 6, 1917, D. G. Tower, F. H. B. 22789.

This is the largest species of Pachymerus known to me and is
one of the species referred to in literature as nucleorum. The
babassu nut is the seed of Orbignyia speciosa of which Attalea
speciosa is a svnonym as I have been informed by Mr. Doyle.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, ocT., 1929 161

NOTES ON CUBAN ANTS OF THE GENUS MACROMISCHA
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE).

By W. M. Mann, U. S. National Museum.

Mr. William S. Creighton, a student of the Bussey Institu-
tion, Harvard University, has recently very kindly turned over
to me for study the ants of the genus Macromischa which he
collected in Cuba. In addition to finding a distinct new species,
M. cretghtoni, from the Isle of Pines, the collector rediscovered
M. porphyrites and M. versicolor, and found also M. pastinifera
Emery, the last making an interesting addition to the list of
Cuban species.

The carton-making habit apparently varies a great deal in
the different species in this group. Some make none at all,
while others, such as M. sa/lei and its subspecies haytiana of
the mountains of Haiti, construct large and beautiful nests
entirely of this material.

Mr. Creighton’s notes on the habits of certain species are
included with the descriptions.

The accompanying drawings were made by Miss Eleanor
Armstrong.

Macromischa (Macromischa) pastinifera Emery.

Female.—Length 4 mm. Resembling the worker in color and sculpture ex-
cept for a black occellar spot and broad black borders to the sides of pronotum
and on the posterior portion of scutellum. Head is much shorter and broader
than in the worker and the occipital border nearly straight. The antennae
slightly surpass the occipital corners. The striae on the pro- and mesonotum
are irregular and very distinct. Hairs erect and stiff, moderately abundant on
head, thorax and abdomen; finer and semi-recumbent on appendages. The
wings are hyaline.

Male.—Length 2 mm. Head a little longer than broad, rounded behind;
eyes large and prominent; mandibles well developed, stout; scapes distinctly
less than one-half as long as funiculi, with well-developed 4-jointed club;
joints 1, 2 and 3 elongate very slightly increasing in size toward apex, apical
joint three times as long as broad and about as long as the two preceding joints
together. Mesonotum with distinct Mayrian furrows; epinotum unarmed;
petiole in profile two times as long as high; the node sub-globose; postpetiole
sub-campanulate and two and one-half times as broad as petiole; legs long and
slender, the femora feebly incrassate.

Sub-opaque. Head and thorax densely punctate. Petiole, post-petiole
and gaster very finely punctate and moderately shining. Hair whitish, rather
sparse, sub-erect.

Color dark brown to black. Legs and antennal scapes yellowish white,
wings hyaline.

Soledad, Cuba.

162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

I am unable to distinguish any characters in the specimen
before me that would distinguish the Cuban form from Emery’s
description of the typical pastinifera. The workers of the
Cuban species agree closely with those which I took some years
ago on Andros Island in the Bahamas.

Macromischa (Macromischa) porphyritis Roger.

Female (dedélated)—Length 7 mm. Head slightly longer than broad, rounded
at sides; occipital border nearly straight; mandibles with 5 distinct teeth;
clypeus longitudinally carinate at middle; antennal scapes surpassing the oc-
cipital corners by about one-fourth their length; mesonotum rather feebly
margined at posterior half of sides; scutellum twice as broad as long; petiolar
spines slightly longer than the distance apart at base, feebly curved; middle of
peduncular node with strong triangular projections at sides.

Moderately shining. Head rugosely striate longitudinally, finely and densely
punctate; mesothorax and scutellum and base of epinotum irregularly longi-
tudinally striate. Hairs whitish and moderately abundant throughout.
Apical half of petiole with sparse longitudinal rugae.

Scutellum, petiolar node, post-petiole, gaster and legs excluding tips of
trochanters black with violaceous reflections; the remainder red brown with
faint violaceous reflections.

Soledad, Cuba.

Numerous workers were taken (Fig. 1); the specimens agree
closely with Roger’s description except that he describes the

N
2a \
f \
W
uJ
. Fig. 1.

—-_

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 163

petiole and legs shining yellowish brown, whereas all of the
workers taken by Creighton have the legs as well as the antennae
postpetiole and gaster black with rather faint violaceous reflec-
tions. Possibly the single worker that Roger had before him
was a callow. In the workers before me the femora appear
finely tuberculate, a character common to several species in
the genus.

Creighton notes.

“Altogether I found four nests. Each of these was in a crevice in the lime-
stone and the entrance of each was surrounded by a carton of silk and bits of
vegetable detritus. In three of the four the entrance of the nest was simply a
circular hole near the center of the carton. In the fourth nest, however, the
carton around the entrance had been built into a tube about half an inch in
diameter and three-quarters of aninch long. Queens were secured from three of
these nests but no males or virgin queens were seen during the time I was in
Cuba (October 29th to December 13th). When walking about on the rocks
porphyritis elevates the abdomen so that the gaster is considerably above the
thorax. This gives them a curious appearance somewhat reminiscent of a
person carrying a parasol.”

Macromischa (Macromischa) creightoni, n. sp.

Worker —Length 3.75 mm. (fig. 2). Head oval, about one-fourth longer
than broad; sides and occipital corners broadly rounded; occipital border very

164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, OCT., 1929

broadly rounded; mandibles stout, with five distinct teeth. Surface of clypeus
broadly convex, anterior border straight, median surface with a distinct though
narrow longitudinal carina on anterior half; frontal carinae short, sub-parallel.
Antennae moderately stout, their scapes rather strongly curved at base, slightly
surpassing the occipital corners; first funicular joint about as long as the two
succeeding joints together; club well defined, its terminal joint a little shorter
than the two preceding joints together. Eyes oval, situated nearly at middle
of sides of head.

Thorax robust. Prothorax broadly convex above, with rounded humeral
angles; anteriorly with a moderate neck. Thoracic sutures not discernible.
Epinotal spines three times as long as their distance apart at base, slender,
divergent, curved outward and downward. Peduncle of petiole long and slen-
der, one and one-fourth times longer than epinotal spines; node in profile two
times as high as long and less than one-third as long as the petiole; anterior
surface moderately concave, posterior nearly flat; from above two and one-half
times as broad as long; anterior border broadly arcuate, posterior borders
straight and converging to an angle. Post-petiole in profile one and one-half
times as long as the petiolar node, anterior surface nearly straight and broadly
rounding into the moderately convex superior border; from above sub-campanu-
late, a little broader than the petiolar node and about one and one-half times
as broad as long. Gaster with first segment one and one-third times longer
than broad, feebly convex at sides. Legs stout, femora and tibiae strongly in-
crassate. Sting slender but well developed.

Body and appendages shining. Mandibles, clypeus and head coarsely and
irregularly longitudinally striate, thorax with similar but transverse striae,
petiole, post-petiole, gaster and legs minutely punctate and shining.

Hairs whitish, rather stiff, sub-erect, abundant on head, thorax and appen-
dages, longest on thorax. Head and thorax violaceous; anterior portion of
head and the petiolar spines greenish; base of antennal scapes, base of femora,
tips of tarsi and the petiolar node brown; the remainder of legs, petiolar node,
post-petiole and gaster black.

Female (dedlated) —Length 5.5 mm. Head, exclusive of mandibles, a little
longer than broad, slightly broadest behind eyes; with rounded occipital corners
and nearly straight border; clypeus with median carina for entire length.
Fyes situated at middle of sides of head; ocelli well developed; antennal scapes
slightly surpassing occipital corners; first funicular joint as long as the second
and third together; club moderately developed with a terminal joint distinctly
shorter than the two preceding joints together. Thorax robust; mesothorax
one and one-third times as long as broad; scutellum one and two-thirds times
as broad as long; epinotal spines nearly straight, a little shorter than their dis-
tance apart at tips, rather stout basally. Peduncle of petiole twice as long as
node; node in profile less than two times as high as broad; narrowly rounded
above, its anterior surface sloping, the posterior flat; from above twice as
broad as long, sub-angulate at sides. Post-petiole twice as broad as long,
rounded above and at sides; legs as in worker.

Shining throughout. Mandibles and head irregularly and coarsely striate
longitudinally; clypeus very finely punctate; pronotum transversely, mesono-
tum and scutellum irregularly striate longitudinally; petiole, post-petiole and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 165

gaster minutely punctate; femora with scattered foveolate punctures, the mar-
gins of punctures slightly elevated.

Hairs fine, whitish, abundant on head, thorax, and appendages. Head and
thorax violaceous with greenish reflections; basal half of petiolar peduncle, tips
of coxae, trochanters, and base of femora yellowish; the remainder black with
violaceous reflections strongest on the femora.

Isle of Pines, Neuva Gerona, December, 1927.

Cotype no. 42746, U. S. National Museum.

This beautiful species is the second to be recorded from the
Isle of Pines. It is most closely related to Macromischa squami-
fera Roger but distinct from it in the more robust thorax, more
curved spinotal spines, in color and in sculpture.

I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. J. S. Creigh-
ton, who writes of it:

“The first day I took only strays. It seems to be fairly
abundant on the higher portions of the hills for I could usually
turn up a few under any pile of fallen leaves which happened
to be near the foot of a ledge. They are strictly confined to
the northern and eastern slopes of the hills and seem to prefer
heavily shaded nest sites. Their movements are slow even
when disturbed and they frequently spend long intervals when

oy pdb |

they appear to be ‘just sittin’.

166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV, 1929

Macromischa (Croesomyrmex) versicolor Roger.

Female (dedlated)—Length 6 mm. Head excluding mandibles nearly one-
third longer than broad; slightly broader behind eyes; sides of cheeks nearly
straight and sub-parallel; sides behind eyes and occipital corners broadly
rounded; border nearly straight; mandibles with 5 distinct teeth; eyes and ocelli
large; antennal scapes surpassing occipital corners by nearly one-third their
length; scutellum twice as broad as long; epinotum broadly convex in profile;
petiole about as long as epinotum; peduncle less than two times as long as the
low rounded node, which from above is scarcely broader than the peduncle and
about one-third as broad as the post-petiole; femora moderately incrassate
apically.

Feebly shining. Mandibles rugosely striate longitudinally; head densely
punctate and with rugose longitudinal striae, but with an area between the
frontal carinae and the eye free from striae; clypeus finely and densely punctate
and longitudinally striate; pronotum anteriorly densely striate, posteriorly at
its sides with separated longitudinal irregular striae; meso-thorax and scutellum
densely punctate and longitudinally striate, the striae sparser on the scutellum.
Epinotum transversely striate; petiole, post-petiole and gaster and appendages
very finely and densely punctulate. Hairs whitish, abundant on head, thorax
and appendages.

Color dark reddish brown to black with very faint violaceous reflections;
scutellum, epinotum and petiole, except apex of node lighter than the rest.

Isle of Pines, Nueva Gerona, December 10, 1927.

Described from a single dealated female found by Creighton.

Many workers from the same locality agree well with Roger’s
description. This is one of the more elongate species and
very strikingly sculptured and colored with its black head,
post-petiole and legs, and rich reddish-brown thorax and petiole
and a black tip to the petiolar node.

Creighton notes:

“This ant is abundant on the ledges of the hills to the west of Neuva Gerona.
It is also present, though in lesser numbers, in the hills across the river. A
great many strays were collected but only two nests were definitely located.
Both were in passageways in the rock and each was enclosed at the entrance by
carton. ‘These cartons are much inferior to those constructed by porphyritis.
They are darker in color, looser in texture and the detritus used is coarser.
Versicolor is by far the most active Macromischa that I have seen. Despite
their large size they are quite hard to pick up, since they run rapidly when
disturbed. In the first nest taken were a few males but no virgin queens.
The second nest contained no sexual forms.”

Nt te sees ag o> |

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929 167

ON THE DIFFERENTIAL CHARACTERS OF CHELONOGAS-
TRA ASHMEAD AND PHILOMACROPLOEA CAMERON, TWO
GENERA OF ICHNEUMON-FLIES OF THE FAMILY BRACO-
NIDAE.

By James Warerston!

In a recent contribution to our knowledge of South Indian
Braconidae [Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Ent. Series, vol. X, No.
eePts 1, Vipioninae, p. 5250923)| Mr. 1. V. Ramakrishna
Ayyar has synonymized Chelonogastra Ashmead (W. H.) [Proc.
Sa Nat. Muss; vol. 235 p:139°(1900)=: vol. 30, p. 195, pl. 14,
fig. 3 (1906)] and Philomacroploea Cameron (P.) [Spol. Zeyl.,
vol. 3, p. 87 (1905)]. This view, however, appears to be incor-
rect. Cameron’s genotype is deposited in the British Mu-
seum, and having through the kindness of Mr. R. A. Cushman,
of the U.S. National Museum, Washingron, had an opportunity
of examining two of Ashmead’s paratypes, I think it well to
put on record the main distinguishing features of the two

genera.
Philomacroploea Cameron.
(Type.—P. basimacula Cameron.)
Eyes bare.

Head normal; temples about one-
third the length of the eye.

Mesonotum duller, with fine, short
pubescence. Parapsidal furrows con-
vergent on middle of scutellar suture.

Mid mesosternal sulcus distinct,
deep, Propodeon with
strong median keel.

crenulate.

Abdominal tergites 1-6 connate,
5 and 6 feebly movable ventrally at
sides. Three segments telescoped

within apex of carapace.

First tergite flat, and smooth save
at sides, and forming along its fusion
with the 2nd a strong ridge.

Chelonogastra Ashmead.
(Type.—C. koebelei Ashmead.)

Eyes with long, dense pubescence.

Head producéd greatly behind the
eyes, with straight strongly
vergent sides, the temples thus nearly
as long as the eyes from above.

Mesonotum smooth, shining, with
fine, scattered bristles. Parapsidal
furrows wide apart at intersection
with scutellar suture.

con-

Sulcus indistinct and smooth. Pro-
podeon ecarinate.

Abdomen distinctly movable about
Ist suture; tergites 2-5 connate. Four
telescoped segments within apex of
the carapace.

First tergite with deep strongly
crenulate sulcus at each side. Dis-
tally in middle strongly intumescent,
the raised portion with short longi-
tudinal keels and coarse sculpture.

1Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

168

Tergites 2 and 3 with continuous
well defined median carina, apart
from which the whole dorsal surface
shows a moderately strong, close,
even, umbilicate puncturation with
rather dense short pubescence.

Lateral edge of fused tergites

simple.

Forewings with second cubital cell
short, second radial abscissa equal
to first transverse cubital.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 8, NOV., 1929

Tergite 2 with median keel flanked
on each side by two broad rather in-
distinct crenulate sulci, one along-
side the keel, the other sub-parallel
and about half way to the side. Rest
of surface coarsely sculptured. Ter-
gite 3 like tergite 2, but without keel
or sulci. Tergites 4 and 5 quite
different in sculpture from preceding
tergites, finely and closely punctate,
matt, with short sulci around the
spiracles. :

Lateral edge denticulate, 7. e. the
tergites postero-laterally produced
slightly.

Second cubital cell long; second
radial abscissa much longer than Ist
transverse cubital.

Even should some of the above characters prove to have
only sub-generic or even specific value, we have obviously

here two abundantly distinct genera; one need only add that.

both are true Vipionnines, and that they were so placed by

their respective authors.

Actual date of publication, December 26, 1929.

VOL. 31 DECEMBER, 1929 No. 9

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

KNTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS 4 ,
£ Museu 4

BALDUF, W. V.—THE LIFE HISTORY OF ACHATODES ZEAE HARRIS (LEPIDOP-
ERACENOCRUTD ARMM. afta meet ate Pe Sout ot ord Nk Se ie le ee iai 5 169

BOVING, ADAM G.—TAXONOMIC CHARACTERS FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF
THE MATURE LARVAE OF PISSODES STROBI PECK AND PISSODES AP-
PROXIMATUS HOPKINS (FAM. CURCULIONIDAE) .......... 182

FISHER, W. S.—NOTES ON LEAF MINING BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA), WITH
DESGRIPPIONS ORO NEW. SPECIES) 5 4 Glues :ukew too 20 nee 177

PusiisHED Montuiy Except Juty, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGSs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary PRESTIGE o.oo ia x bh ay i oe ee Ree L. O. HOWARD
President: 5 ARS SO Se ee J. E. GRAF
Risst Risce President: eM. en Be A. C. BAKER
Second Vacezkgnestdent Te cee Gl eee See EF. C. BISHOPE
Recording GSC¢Gry: — «as oo, ele, se ne ane ee J. S. WADE
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer . 1... .... 2... S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Baiterte CRE Ei ed Ce ol eee ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. Cavupe tt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
Scsentes; ..2.1:ole.On le Pie aaa trees ee aera A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEp1nGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 220 4.50 6.75 9.00
Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the Editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 31 DECEMBER, 1929 No. 9

THE LIFE HISTORY OF ACHATODES ZEAE HARRIS (LEPI-
DOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE).

By W. V. Batpur.!

Achatodes zeae Harris, commonly called the spindle worm,
has attracted attention during the past half century by its
occasional and moderate injury to corn (1), dahlia and perhaps
other thick-stemmed plants. From opinions and records in
the literature and from the writer’s observation it is certain
that these food-plants are secondary, and that elder (Sambucus)
is definitely preferred. The common name elder borer would
therefore be more appropriate for this larva. Earlier articles
admit a dearth of knowledge concerning the essentials in its
life history. The studies reported here were made at Oak
Harbor, Ohio, and Urbana, Illinois, in 1927 and 1928.

Tue Larva.

This species is best known to entomologists in its larval stage, and has been
studied comparatively with similar caterpillars since the European corn borer
has come among us. Doctor Mosher (2) pronounced it the most easily rec-
ognized of all the noctuid borers, and Ellis (3) states that this larva may be
distinguished from other common lepidopterous borers resembling Pyrausta
nubilalis by the anal shield which “‘is strongly chitinized, black, rugose, and
bears on its caudal margin three pairs or a row of prominent and strongly
produced spines.” The description by Ellis is quoted further. ‘“‘The larva
is striking in appearance. Head, thoracic and anal shields, and the pinacula
are glossy black; the body of the larva is yellowish-white. On all the abdomi- *
nal segments, with the exception of the ninth, the two anterior median pinacula
are larger than those of the caudal pair; the anterior pair are circular in contour,
the caudal pair elliptical. On the ninth abdominal segment the anterior set
equals the posterior in size.”” When mature the larva is from one to one and
one-eighth inch in length.

Only half-grown to mature larvae have been found to date,
but with the facts given here, the earlier instars can no doubt
be found readily. The larvae have been reported as occurring,
usually almost full-grown, as follows: Forbes (4) found it

1Contribution No. 130 from the Entomological Laboratories of the Uni-
versity of Illinois.

170 pROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., !929

abundant in elder twigs on May 27; Felt (5) received infested
elder shoots from Geneva, N. Y., in mid-June, and Ellis (3)
cut quantities of the larvae from new elderberry shoots on
May 21, 1921. The writer did not find the larvae earlier than
May 24, 1928, at Urbana, although they were sought since
May 1. When found they had become almost full-grown,
but a few specimens only one-third grown were still seen on
May 30. The new shoots of elder, both from the roots and
the old stems, had reached a height varying between one and
two feet. The new spine growth had become one to four
inches high,on May 2, and the large size of the borers on May
24 indicates that they enter the plant about as soon as it sends
out the stems. The entrance holes are, of course, at first very
small and inconspicuous, and the presence of the larva is not
readily discovered until the mass of grass at the entrance is
larger as produced by the big caterpillars. Several stems were
found by dissection to contain advanced borers that had not
yet made readily noticeable holes in the stems, which condi-
tion may be typical of the species and hence may indicate
why the larvae are not discovered easily early in their develop-
ment.

The large majority of larvae entered sprouts arising from
the ground, and the rest occurred in the lateral shoots from the
old growth at various distances from the ground. When the
shoots have passed the tender succulent stage, the faeces of
the larvae no longer cling to the stem at the entrance. The
entrance hole is made above the node, and the borer always
works upward in the internode. Boring is at first confined
to one internode of the stem, usually entering at or below the
second node. Some larvae seem to be able to mature in one
internode when they occupy the older and thicker basal parts
of the stems. But it is not uncommon to find that a larva
nearer the apex of the stem has found it necessary to chew
through the node into the internode above in order to secure
sufficient food for maturity. In the average infestation one
borer per stem is common, with many stems not inhabited,
but they range from two to five in more serious attacks. In
a series of 54 stems 9 contained two larvae each, each having
its own entrance hole.

The food of the larva is the pith of the stem, and maturity
is reached in almost all cases before the pith becomes white
and tough. The earlier larvae in the most tender stems con-
sume all the substance, leaving the stem only as a thin-walled
cylinder. These are easily broken over and the tips hang down
and sometimes die in consequence. Isolated stands of chiefly
new growth are usually uninjured, suggesting that the moth
does not exist in early spring to carry the species to them.

No evidence of cannibalism was noted. They shun the

Paty ay

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 171

light; only one larva was noted outside by day, making its
way up a smooth green stem by building a silken string ladder
before itself. The tunnels become partly filled with pellets
of faeces, but larvae have been observed to back down the
burrows, thrust the anal end out through the exit hole, and
eject the excreta. In such a case defecation took place as
often as once in seven minutes, the larva feeding constantly
in the intervals.

Some larvae dissected from elder in the vicinity of Urbana,
and caged, were full-grown on May 26. An occasional empty
burrow and the presence of a few larvae in the favored places
for pupation showed that the earliest individuals had become
mature about May 24. On May 30 only five of fifty-six larvae
had become full-grown, but the mature state was reached by
forty of this number by June 3, 1928. Almost all Urbana larvae
had finished feeding on June 11, 1928.

The season of larval development is distinctly later at Oak
Harbor. On June 25 and 27, 1927, about forty-five per cent
of the borers were still feeding; those in a bush growing behind
a barn in shade were even later than those in plants fully ex-
posed to the sun. On June 17, 1928, twenty per cent had
reached maturity in the shaded clump, and of those remaining
thirty-five per cent were nearly full-size, while among the
other sixty-five per cent, a few were only from one-fourth to
one-half grown.

In 1928 larvae were gathered at various places in and around
Oak Harbor and placed in cages. Infestations ranging from
0 to 50 per cent were found. Field observations showed that
on June 19 to 21, 40 to 55 per cent had matured; 75 per cent
had become mature in the field and 75 per cent in the cages
on June 25, and 88 per cent on June 30. At least 85 per cent
of the 4. zeae taken from a large elder bush in an alley on
June 26 had reached full size, and 97 per cent collected on a
field trip on June 30 had made their full growth. No more
feeding larvae were found on July 11, hence the latter limit
of the growing stage of the larvae at Oak Harbor in 1928 was
probably within the first week of July.

PLace oF PUPATION.

Some earlier writers state that 4. zeae pupates in the burrows
mined by the same individuals during the larval stage. This
was not found to be true in the present study. When the
larva reaches maturity it turns pale yellow, due to the accumu-
lated fat in the body, and leaves the stem in which it devel-
oped. It has also been stated that transformation to the
pupa occurs on the soil under debris beneath or near the elder.
Pupae were not located in such places examined by the writer.

172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

Invariably the full-grown borer enters another stem which
may be an elder or various weeds growing close to the elder.
This habit was first observed by Joe Polivka! in 1927. The
stems selected for pupation were also without exception dead,
such as the stumps of elders or weeds cut off previous to the
date of larval maturity, or the stems themselves lying on the
ground. In most cases stems of the previous year and lying
on the ground were chosen, but later maturing larvae some-
times entered the deserted burrows made by earlier members
of the same generation. The stems may be hollow for most
part, or still filled with firm or more or less mellowed pith.

Larvae enter these stems in one of two ways. Most of them
find a stem either with or without somewhat of a cavity at one
end and mine into it by pulling bits of pith away by means
of the mandibles and kicking it behind them by aid of their
thoracic legs, thus filling the burrow with particles like coarse
saw dust as they proceed. The first dust is thrown outside
the stem, forming a fresh white heap at the entrance. At
times the borer makes a burrow several inches long before it
settles down to pupate. In many instances the larva finds
a rather old stem, frequently mined out by individuals of an
earlier generation, and enters various distances, the maximum
observed being 18 inches. They seem to require the presence
of some solid material, or at least a tunnel no greater in diam-
eter than their own bodies, to induce them to stay and con-
struct a pupal cell. In a few instances, a larva crawled a foot
or so up the side of a dry hollowed stem attached vertically
to a growing branch several feet from the ground. Entrance
was made at the terminal openings in these cases.

A smaller number was found to enter the dry stems by
burrowing through the woody wall somewhere between the
ends of the stem. Only such leverage as is available from
chance objects near by is needed, and one larva in the act of
entering in this way had the abdomen elevated into the air
without attachment of the abdomen to anything. The hole
made was tight for the larva. This probably aided in securing
leverage for boring. Several hours are required to penetrate
in this way. Stems bearing partially made entrances from the
side were seen. Hence some larvae forsake spots at first
selected.

As many as five yellowish larvae or pupae have been dis-
covered in a single dry stem within an eight-inch section of
the branch, but most frequently only one occurs. This, of
course, depends on the degree of infestation but also on the
availability of suitable dry stems. An abundance of such
stems lies under large elder clumps of long standing, but in

1Assistant Entomologist, Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station.

ae ee ee

et Pe el

ag la i

Die =

cata.

ante” lee ee Sis tee

ee ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 173

less extensive and younger growths the larvae need to crawl
many feet, presumably over devious paths and with much
trial and error, seeking to locate a desirable shelter. Most
chrysalids were taken in free stems lying on the ground under
the bushes in moist shaded situations.

Having found a place for pupation, the larva compacts the
pith surrounding itself, but if a hollow stem is selected, only
a plug of sawdust is present closing the cell from the rest of
the burrow. Before transforming the larva chews a circular
exit through the woody part of the stem, leaving the thin
papery bark intact, but cuts the circumference of the hole
even more nearly through, hence, the adult has usually no
difficulty in pushing the lid off the opening. The larva then
transforms in probably not over two or three days after the
cell is completed. Measurements of 44 living pupae from Oak
Harbor show they varied in length from 14.5 to 20.5 mm.
with an average of 18.25 mm. The body is reddish brown,
and bears two stout (1) rounded tubercles at the head end,
the posterior being without stout spines.

DuRATION OF PUPATION AND ADULT EMERGENCE.

The period required for pupation was found in a number of
instances during mostly hot humid weather to be 18 to 19
days. These records do not include the pre-pupa period.
The last Urbana larvae matured about June 11. The first
pupae were taken on June 3. The first mature larvae were
collected on May 26, hence pupation began no later than
June 1. Dr. Forbes (4) had this stage under observation from
about June 8 to 26, and some living pupae were still present
on the latter date. On June 22, 1928, all individuals were
in the pupal stage; the last chrysalis was seen in the cages on
July 9. The first moths were reared on June 25, and the last
issued July 11, with the maximum emergence going on between
June 28 and July 3. Forbes took adults in lights from June
23 to July 20, and Johannsen (1) reports specimens from Orono,
Maine, on August 1, and at Ithaca, New York, on July 14.

Development came later at Oak Harbor. Here the first
pupa was discovered on June 19, and the last occurred about
July 13. The first moth appeared in the cages on July 2,
the largest numbers issued between July 13 and 23, and the
last one was obtained on August 6. The known pupal period
was therefore 36 days for Urbana material, and at Oak Harbor
it was approximately 24 days. The known and obviously
incomplete period of adult emergence for Urbana was 16 days
as compared with 35 days for Oak Harbor moths. Both sexes
appeared simultaneously from the inception of the emergence
period.

174 — PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

Moths were sometimes found dead or alive stuck in the exit
holes, or even in the burrows in instances where the larva
happened upon a stem with a Jong hollow, and the moths passed
beyond the exits provided by the caterpillar. Moths with
the scales removed from the dorsum of the thorax were common,
and in most cases these losses were explainable by the rubbing
of the body on the edge of the exit holes at the time of emerg-
ence. Scales in masses are found commonly inside the burrows
or at the openings. It is, it seems, generally supposed that
the abnormal absence of scales on the thorax of moths is due
to friction with objects after issuance from the chrysalis, which
obviously, then, is not the exclusive cause of such loss.

Tue Morn.

Wing expanse | 3/16 to 1 5/16 inches; front wings reddish-brown, mottled
with gray especially on the discal area, three faint transverse zig-zag bands
of brown on apical third, and a somewhat indistinct suboval spot of orange
on the cephalo-lateral angles; hind wings much smaller, and rather uniformly
yellowish-gray; a curved cloudy band extending at apical third over the under
side of both wings; vertex and thorax with heavy mats of scales; the dorso-
mesal line of abdominal segments three to six bear tufts of brown scales or
hairs, especially those of segments three and four showing above the wings
when at rest, and help to create the resemblance of the moth to the irregulari-
ties of the dead wood on which the adult insect habitually rests. The antennae
are setiform in both sexes.

MatTING AND OVIPOSITION.

Mr. E. G. Kelsheimer! observed the moths in copulation on
and about July 14 at night in the course of his photometry
studies in which the present species was included. They exhibit
a strong tendency to mate, and in doing so both sexes rest on
their support with the caudal ends united. The penis is evers-
ible, and anterior to it there is a pair of transverse sickle-shaped
claspers which probably grasp the female by the small attenu-
ated terminal abdominal segments, to which the ovipositor
is attached. Other copulatory appendages are present in the
male. Mating begins as soon as the first or second night of
adulthood.

The time and place of oviposition has only been surmised
heretofore. Felt (5) states that “it is very probable, as in the
case of some of the allied stalk borers belonging to the genus
Papaipema, that the insect winters in the egg stage.” The
first eggs from Urbana moths were obtained on July 2, but
they probably occurred as early as June 27, and the last moths
reared began laying eggs about July 12. For Oak Harbor moths,

1Assistant Entomologist, Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 175

the first and last eggs were deposited about July 4 and August
7, respectively.

The three terminal segments of the female abdomen are
extensible, and only about half as broad as the rest of the seg-
ments, and become narrower toward the tip. At the apex is
borne a brown firm chitinized structure, the ovipositor (Fig. 1),

ExpLANATION OF FIGURE.

Ovipositor of Achatodes zeae Harris.
a. Chitinous forks of the ovipositor.
b. Membranous tube out of which eggs pass.
c. Terminal retractile segments of abdomen.
d. Dotted lines represent position of vagina.
e. Abdomen proper.

which when retracted, is hidden in a cup-like enclosure of scales
extending backward from the end of the abdomen. The ovi-
/positor is composed of a pair of tapering and slightly curved
processes whose ends are rather sharply rounded. These
structures are depressed in form and united along the basal
three-fourths of their length on the mesal margins by a mem-
branous somewhat flattened tube or vagina. The ovipositor
is remarkably constructed for placing the eggs, and obviously
this structure limits the moth to locating the eggs in certain
peculiarly constituted situations. In the cages these were
inserted under the bark of the old dried elder stems which either
stood erect or lay on the ground. ‘The particular points selected
are the slightly raised bark where this is broken along cracks
or rents on the surface of the stem. In outdoor cages these
places were invariably chosen, and the eggs, which are flattened,
are obviously inserted there by thrusting the extended oviposi-
tor under the bark. Firmly attached, or much loosened bark
is not selected usually for oviposition. A clear, colorless sticky
liquid is obviously produced by the moth, inasmuch as the
eggs are firmly secured to the wood beneath them, and the
bark is cemented down so tightly as to impress the form of the
eggs distinctly on the bark that covers them. They are always
found flat and usually contiguous in a miscellaneous place-
ment and in a single layer.

The egg is light lemon yellow; circular to subcircular in dorsal
outline, depressed, equally shallowly convex above and below,
with the edges more sharply rounded; diameter 0.6 mm., and
about half as thick at the center, but lessening toward the

176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

edges; upper and lower surfaces glabrous, lateral surface im-
pressed with finely angulated pits separated by almost their
diameter, and margined with fine ridges; intermediate spaces
smooth. Superficially the side has the appearance of being
frosted. Contiguous eggs assume a hexagonal shape from mutual
pressure. The shell is thick and supports considerable pressure.
This texture and thickness of the shell, plus the bark and gluey
covering hiding the eggs constitute an efficient equipment for
surviving the varying conditions of the seasons in which the
eggs are present, and would seem to give them considerable
immunity from parasites, although some have been seen that
were probably destroyed by a predator.

Ninety-one eggs were found in one mass, but smaller numbers
are more usual. The egg-producing capacity of a single female
was suggested by a dissection in which were found 410 eggs
that had become yellow and of quite mature size, and also, one
hundred still small and white but with the characteristic disc-
like form. Hence, at least 500 eggs may be laid, and the oc-
currence of large yellow eggs in a one-day-old moth shows that
the eggs are deposited at least as early as the second night of
adult life. The eggs in the follicles have their flat surfaces at
right angles to the long axis of the tube. But somewhere in

passing to the ovipositor they change position and lie flat when’

they are placed under the bark.

Many masses of eggs have been kept out-of-doors from July,
1928, to April, 1929, and through the fall and winter were fresh
and firm and contained yellow yolk as before. The larvae from
these caged eggs has hatched early in April outside a window.
No doubt, then, they carry the species through the winter. This
is shown also by the fact that the larvae are borers only in green
stems, and begin their boring as soon as elder shoots appear in
the spring. Hatching probably takes place about May 1, at
Urbana, and a week or more later at Oak Harbor, under ordi-
nary natural conditions. The eggs therefore undergo a great
range of weather conditions varying from hot and dry to
saturated and below zero. Under natural conditions the eggs
would occur in the more or less shaded and moist environment
obtaining under elder clumps of various densities and extents.
Achatodes zeae has, then, but one generation in a year, the eggs
existing from July to May, the larvae from May to June (Ur-
bana) or July (Oak Harbor), the pupae occur from early June
or the middle of June through about a month, and the adults
from latter June or early July through approximately the five
weeks following emergence.

Here one finds an obvious instance of timing of the seasonal
development of the insect to the growth of the food plant.
The species exists for ten months in the egg stage, hence time
enough is available for another generation which some noctuid

eee

Wats te ettistinccigs. i irene a lage pinche

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 177

species produce. But elder pith, which constitutes the chief
food of the larva, is whitened and tough at the time of larval ma-
turity. A second generation of larvae, if such should develop,
would need to feed upon mature, relatively dry pith, remark-
ably different in texture and probably food value from that of
the tender new shoots in May and June.

LirERATURE CITED.

. Johannsen, O. A., Me. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 177, 1909, p. 23.
. Mosher, Edna, Jour. Eco. Ent., Vol. 12, 1919, pp. 267-8.
sElliss We ©: Jour; Agr. Res.) XOOXG 11925. ps 791.

. Forbes, S. A., Ill. Ent. Rept. 23, 1905, pp. 85-86.

. Felt, E. P., 32d Rept. State Ent. New York, 1916, pp. 71-72.

Nn PB WD Ne

NOTES ON LEAF MINING BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA),
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By W. S. FisHEr,
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

This paper is the result of a study of a small collection of leaf-
mining Buprestidae received from S. W. Frost for identification.
One species received from H. Pittier is also included. Mr.
Frost has been working on the biology of leaf-mining insects
for a number of years, and during the early part of 1929 spent

‘a few months at the laboratory on Barro Colorado Island,

Canal Zone, collecting and rearing the larvae of various insects
found mining in the leaves of plants.

Since very little is known about the biology of these small
leaf-mining insects found in the tropical parts of the world,
it seems advisable to publish the notes on this material at this
time, so that the information will be available to students who
care to make a study of these interesting insects. The plants
listed in this paper have been identified by Paul C. Standley.

Pachyschelus frosti, new species.

Female.—Broadly ovate, distinctly longer than wide, about equally rounded
in front and behind, feebly shining, and sparsely pubescent, but the pubes-
cence not forming spots or designs; above uniformly greenish black, with
a more or less distinct purplish reflection in certain lights; beneath piceous,
with a vague aeneous tinge.

Head strongly convex, and with a vague, narrow, longitudinal groove on
the front; surface with a few scattered punctures and hairs.

Pronotum slightly convex, four times as wide as long at middle, much nar-
rower at apex than at base, and widest at base; sides feebly, arcuately rounded
from base to apical angles, which are rather acutely angulated; anterior margin

178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

broadly, rather deeply, arcuately emarginate; base transversely sinuate, and
broadly, transversely truncate in front of scutellum; posterior angles acute,
but not projecting beyond the humeral angles of the elytra; surface not de-
pressed toward the sides, but with a vague, round depression on each side of
middle of disk, densely, obsoletely granulose, finely, very sparsely punctate,
and very sparsely, uniformly clothed with short, recumbent cinereous hairs.
Scutellum distinctly wider than long, and the surface nearly smooth.

Elytra as wide as pronotum at base, and widest at basal fourth; humeral
angles obtusely angulated; sides vaguely rounded from base to near middle,
then strongly, obliquely narrowed to near the tips, which are conjointly broadly
rounded, the lateral margins vaguely serrate, and when viewed from the side
are nearly straight from base to apex, except for a feeble sinuation for the
posterior legs; each elytron with a deep depression between the humerus and
lateral margin, extending along the margin from humeral angle to middle,
and becoming deeper and broadly expanded behind the humerus, but without
a distinct basal depression; surface rather densely, coarsely, irregularly punc-
tate, and sparsely, uniformly clothed with short, recumbent cinereous hairs,
which form more or less distinct rows.

Abdomen beneath rather strongly convex, densely, finely reticulate, sparsely,
obsoletely punctate, the punctures very shallow, oblong, and open posteriorly,
and sparsely clothed with short, inconspicuous hairs; last segment slightly
sinuate at the sides near apex, which is narrowed, broadly rounded, and slightly
produced downward, with a narrow V-shaped incision at the middle, and three
short, blunt, equidistant teeth on each side, the surface of the segment with
a transverse elevation, which is interrupted at the middle by a rather deep,
longitudinal depression. Metasternum feebly, broadly, arcuately emarginate
in front. Prosternum feebly, broadly emarginate in front; prosternal process
very broad, the sides nearly parallel, and broadly rounded at apex. Pro-
thoracic epipleura broad and feebly concave. Antennal groove deep, wider
internally, and extending nearly to the lateral margin.

Length, 2.8 mm.; width, 1.8 mm.

Type locality—Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone.

Type.—Cat. No. 42168, United States National Museum.

Described from a single female collected at the type locality
March 27; 1929) by st. Erose

This species is allied to purpureipennis Waterhouse, but differs
from it in being more broadly oval, and equally rounded in
front and behind, upper surface uniformly greenish black,
with a feeble purplish reflection, head broadly rounded in front
when viewed from above, and without a distinct depression,
pronotum not wider than the elytra, and the posterior angles
not projecting backward beyond the elytra, sides of elytra
arcuately rounded along the basal half, and the teeth arranged
differently on the anal comb.

This species is named after S. W. Frost, who has done a
great amount of biological work on the leaf-mining insects.

ee ee ee
0 =

te.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 179

Pachyschelus pittieri, new species.

Female.—Broadly cuneiform, distinctly longer than wide, strongly nar-
rowed posteriorly, subopaque, and nearly glabrous; above uniformly bottle
green, with a more or less aeneous tinge; beneath piceous, with a vague aeneous
or cupreous reflection.

Head strongly convex, and with a vague, narrow, longitudinal groove extend-
ing from vertex to epistoma; surface finely, densely granulose, with a few
coarse, shallow punctures intermixed.

Pronotum slightly convex, four times as wide as long at middle, much narrower
at apex than at base, and widest at base, sides feebly arcuately rounded from
base to apical angles, which are rather acutely angulated; anterior margin
broadly, rather deeply, arcuately emarginate; base transversely sinuate, and
broadly, transversely subtruncate in front of scutellum; posterior angles acute,
scarcely projecting beyond the humeral angles of the elytra, and fitting closely
to them; surface scarcely depressed toward the sides, rather coarsely, densely
granulose, with a few coarse, shallow punctures intermixed. Scutellum twice
as wide as long, and the surface finely, densely granulose.

Elytra as wide as pronotum at base, and widest at basal fourth; humeral
angles broadly rounded; sides feebly, arcuately rounded from base to behind
middle, then strongly, arcuately narrowed to the tips, which are conjointly
broadly rounded, the lateral margins feebly, irregularly serrate, and when
viewed from the side are nearly straight from base to apex; each elytron with
a broad, rather deep depression along the lateral margin behind humerus,
but without a distinct basal depression; surface vaguely rugose, coarsely,
sparsely, and irregularly punctate, and with a few short, inconspicuous hairs
in the punctures toward apex.

Abdomen beneath rather strongly convex, finely, densely reticulate, and
clothed with a few short, inconspicuous hairs; last segment narrowed, and
broadly produced downward at the apex, which is broadly truncate, and with
three V-shaped incisions, of which the median one is the deepest, and on each
side slightly behind the apex is a long, acute tooth, the surface of segment
broadly, transversely concave near the apex. Metasternum rather deeply,
broadly emarginate in front. Prosternum feebly, broadly, arcuately emar-
ginate in front; prosternal process very broad, the sides feebly expanded behind
the coxal cavities, and broadly rounded or subtruncate at apex. Prothoracic
epipleura rather broad and feebly concave. Antennal grooves deep, wider
internally, but not extending to the lateral margins.

Length, 2.6 mm.; width, 1.6 mm.

Tvpe locality —Gamboa, Panama.

Type.—Cat. No. 42169, United States National Museum.

Described from a single female collected at the type locality
on the flowers of Desmoncus sp., February 1, 1911, by H. Pit-
tier.

This species is closely allied to panamensis Fisher, but differs
from that species by being uniformly bottle green above, with
only a feeble bronzy tinge, subopaque, head and pronotum

180 pROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

densely granulose, and the teeth on the anal comb differently
arranged.

Pachyschelus atrifrons Fisher.

Pachyschelus atrifrons Fisher, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 62, 1922, Art. 8, pp,
O5= 27].

This species was described from two males collected at
Paraiso, Canal Zone, by E. A. Schwarz and A. H. Jennings.
A series of nine specimens was reared by S. W. Frost during
March and April, 1929, from larvae mining in the leaves of
Acalypha diversifolia Jacq., collected on Barro Colorado
Island, Canal Zone.

These nine examples (six males and three females) show
scarcely any variation in size, color, or pubescent markings.
The females differ from the males in having the last abdominal
segment strongly produced into an anal comb, which is very
broadly and deeply arcuately emarginate at the apex, with
two triangular teeth on the projection on each side of the
emargination, and with a smaller acute tooth on the outer side
at a much lower level.

Pachyschelus atroviridis Fisher.

Pachyschelus atroviridis Fisher, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 62, 1922, Art. 8, pp.
13-14.

This species was described from a unique male collected at
Lion Hill, Canal Zone, by August Busck.

A series of twenty-seven specimens was reared by S. W.
Frost during February, March and April, 1929, from larvae
mining in the leaves of Serjania sp., collected on Barro Colorado
Island, Canal Zone.

These twenty-seven examples (fourteen males and thirteen
females) show very little variation in the pubescent markings,
but vary in length from 2.2 to 2.8 millimeters and in width
from 1.6 to 2 millimeters. They also show a slight variation
in color, some examples being slightly more violaceous than
others. The females differ from the males in having the last
abdominal segment broadly rounded, not produced, but armed
with from six to eight crenulate teeth placed close together,
and bent downward at a right angle to the abdomen, the teeth
being more or less obsolete posteriorly.

Hylaeogena alibertiae, new species.

Female.—Broadly ovate, distinctly longer than wide, slightly more nar-
rowly rounded behind than in front, glabrous, and strongly shining; above

—T

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 181

uniformly bluish black, with a distinct violaceous tinge in certain lights, espe-
cially on the elytra; beneath piceous, with a vague aeneous reflection.

Head flat, with a small, oblong, shallow depression on the front; surface
coarsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures shallow and distinctly separated.

Pronotum moderately convex, three and one-half times as wide as long at
middle, much narrower at apex than at base, and widest at base; sides feebly,
arcuately rounded from base to apical angles, which are rather acutely angu-
lated; anterior margin broadly, arcuately emarginate, and vaguely sinuate
at middle; base extending slightly obliquely backward to the elytral lobe,
where it is arcuately emarginate, then transversely truncate in front of scutel-
lum; posterior angles rectangular, and not projecting beyond the humeral
angles of the elytra; surface vaguely depressed toward the sides, sparsely,
coarsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures very shallow, and the intervals
finely, obsoletely, and irregularly punctate. Scutellum slightly wider than
long, and the surface obsoletely reticulate.

Elytra as wide as pronotum at base, and widest along basal sixth; humeral!
angles obtusely angulated; sides strongly arcuately expanded behind base,
feebly rounded to behind the middle, then strongly, arcuately narrowed to
the tips, which are conjointly broadly rounded, the lateral margins entire,
and when viewed from the side are nearly straight from base to apex; each
elytron with a broad, vague depression at base, and a deeper one between
the humerus and lateral margin, extending along the margin from humeral
angle to middle, and becoming broader behind the humerus; surface sparsely,
coarsely, and irregularly punctate, the punctures very shallow, and forming
more or less distinct rows in the sutural region.

Abdomen beneath nearly flat, sparsely and obsoletely punctate, the punc-
tures large, very shallow, and open posteriorly, and sparsely clothed with
short, inconspicuous hairs; intervals finely, obsoletely reticulate; last segment
broadly rounded at apex. Metasternum broadly, vaguely emarginate in
front. Prosternum nearly transversely truncate in front; prosternal process
broad, the sides parallel to behind the coxal cavities, and broadly rounded
at apex. Prothoracic epipleura broad and nearly flat. Antennal groove
very deep, narrow, and extending to the lateral margins near middle.

Length, 2.4 mm.; width, 1.8 mm.

Type locality —Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone.

Type.—Cat. No. 42170, United States National Museum.

Described from a single female reared by S. W. Frost April 21,
1929, from a larva mining in the leaves of A/ibertia edulis
Ge Rich) A. Rich, collected at the type locality.

his species resembles Hylaeogena coelicolor described by

Obenberger from Colombia. It differs, however, from that
species in being slightly more elongate, the anterior margin
of pronotum not so deeply emarginate and slightly sinuate
at the middle, sides of the elytra more parallel along the basal
third, and the lateral margins when viewed from the side are
nearly straight, scutellum only slightly wider than long, and

182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

the prosternal process is flat, with the sides parallel to behind
the coxal cavities.

Hylaeogena coelicolor Obenberger.

Hylaeogena coelicolor Obenberger, Sbornik Entomologického Oddeleni N&rod-
niho Musea v. Praze, Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 13, 137.

This species was described by Dr. Obenberger from Co-
lombia. A small series was reared by S. W. Frost April 1 and
2, 1929, from larvae mining the leaves of an undetermined plant
collected on Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. The four
specimens examined are uniform in size, and seem to agree
very well with the description of coe/icolor except that in one
of the specimens (female) the head is of a uniform violaceous
blue like the balance of the dorsal surface as stated by Oben-
berger, but the last abdominal segment is armed with a short,
but rather distinct, broadly rounded anal comb, which is
bordered anteriorly. with eight short, crenulate teeth, subequal
in length and distance apart, and resembles his figure of the anal
comb of analis Obenberger (Sbornik Entom. Odd. Nar. Musea,
Vol. 3, 1925, fig. 108). The other three specimens are males, and
have the last abdominal segment narrowly rounded at the apex,
and the head and sides of pronotum of a golden bronzy color.

TAXONOMIC CHARACTERS FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF
THE MATURE LARVAE OF PISSODES STROBI PECK AND

PISSODES APPROXIMATUS HOPKINS (FAM. CURCULI-—

ONIDAE).

By Apam G. Bovine.

In the bulletin “Contributions toward a monograph of the
bark-weevils of the genus Pssodes” (Technical series, No. 20,
Part I, Bur. of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, 1911)
Dr. A. D. Hopkins has published a full generic description with
accurate figures of the larval form of these weevils, but no actual
generic diagnosis. As far as the separation of the larvae of the
different species of the genus is concerned, Dr. Hopkins men-
tions that he has examined the larvae of fourteen of the species
and found considerable variation between them in regard to the
presence or absence of the eye-spots and the form and propor-
tions of several anatomical parts, particularly the frons and

GR a stag F

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 183

the mandibles; he also mentions that there are differences in the
distinctness of the abdominal spiracles in the various species.!
However, he states that “‘all of these characters have not been
sufficiently studied to present them in tabular form for the
identification of the species.”” No subsequent attempt has
been made by any other author to accomplish this, nor are
the following remarks intended for that purpose. Their scope
is very limited, being principally to call attention to a few
structural differences which may serve as distinguishing charac-
ters between the larvae of the two closely related species,
Pissodes strobit and Pissodes approximatus, which have the same
general distribution throughout the entire eastern part of the
United States and Canada and also have some host trees in
common, particularly the white pine (Pinus strobus). Nor-
mally, to be sure, P. strobi is found in the top of the trees in-
festing the terminals and P. approximatus near the ground in
the bark on the trunk of trees and the base of saplings, but
sometimes in small trees about two feet tall the larvae of
P. strobi may extend their burrow to or even beneath the
ground and under these conditions cause an injury very similar
to that of P. approximatus.

Only the mature larvae of the two species will be considered
and no attempt will be made to describe or characterize the
larvae of the stages preceding the mature larval stage. In fact,
even with extensive material of all the stages at one’s disposal,
it appears impossible to decide how many stages there really are.
There may be five or six stages but the definite number can not
be stated. Grouping the larvae according to their different
sizes and counting the number of the groups is of no avail as the
female larvae probably are larger than the male larvae and
no method is known by which larvae of different sexes can be
recognized. However, the characters by which the mature
larvae of the two species are distinguished seem to apply also
to the larvae of the previous stages.

The material investigated originates from white pine (Pinus
strobus), was determined by rearing, and was mainly collected
during the years from 1924 to 1929, at the instigation of Dr.
F. C. Craighead, in charge of forest insect investigations, U. S.
Bureau of Entomology, by H. J. MacAloney at New York State
College of Forestry, Syracuse, A. H. MacAndrews at Asheville,

1When Dr. Hopkins (p. 23, |. c.) describes the spiracles as “round and not
oblong or oval, as in Hylobiinae” it must be borne in mind that both the
Pissodini and the Hylobiini have bifore spiracles. The differences in the two
tribes might therefore have been more definitely characterized as “Spiracles
bifore, short, broad, and each air-tube provided with about five sets of taenidia
in the Pissodini, but oblong or oval and each air-tube provided with about
ten sets of taenidia in the Hylobiini.”’

184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

North Carolina, and R. Saint George at Asheville, North
Carolina, and East Falls Church, Virginia.

suet]
3 4
| |

Text fig. 1. P. strobi.
Epipharynx with setae and punctures.

In common the mature larvae of P. strobi and P. approximatus
possess a single, in reality two more or less confluent dark ocellar
spots on each side of the head.t| The number and _arrange-
ment of the setae and the form and size of the individual setae
on the epipharynx are identical in both species. The mandi-
bles (Plate 8, figs. 1 and 2) are also built alike. Distally
they are cleft into a ventral and a dorsal tooth of which the
ventral one (v), being the stronger and extending in front of
the dorsal, constitutes the apical tooth of the mandible and
the dorsal one (d) forms the subapical tooth. Medianly the
inner margin projects into a small triangular third tooth (m).
Between this latter and the subapical tooth the mandible is
thickened on the ventral side into an incurved rim (r) that
recedes somewhat from the thin and sharp free cutting edge (c),
forming together with it an elongate concavity. The cutting
edge itself between the two mentioned teeth has medianly a
deep notch which divides it into an anterior part (a) that slopes
down from the subapical tooth and a posterior part (p) that
forms an obtuse projection just in front of the pointed third
mandibular tooth (m).2. The proximal half of the inner margin
of the mandible is simple, without appendices, hairs or projec-
tions. The exterior side or the back of the mandible has a large,

1Ocellar spots have been found in all specimens of both species examined
by me, but, possibly owing to defective preservation of the material before
him, Dr. Hopkins states (I. c., p. 79) that the larvae of P. approximatus have
no distinct eye spots.

2Dr. Hopkins does not describe the curved rim and the elongate cavity on
the ventral side of the mandible, and therefore his comprehensive and simple
presentation applies to the mandible only when viewed from above.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929 185

transverse, sausage-like swelling (s) at base between the dorsal
and ventral articulations, and it carries two setae between the
swelling and the apex of the mandible.

Text fig. 2. P. strobi.
Lobe of maxilla.

The number, arrangement, form, and size of the setae on
the maxillary lobe are the same in both species.

The prementum (=labium) has in both P. strodi and P.
approximatus a well developed, curved, posterior sclerome
with a long, median, unpaired, spear-shaped prolongation.
Each stipes labii carries one long seta and one sensory punc-
ture. The ligula is short, broad, slightly convex in front,
armed with two pairs of short setae, all of the same size and
form, but in P. strodi distinctly shorter than in P. approximatus,
and there is one sensory puncture to each seta.

Text fig. 3. P. strobz.

Prementum, ligula and hypopharynx—h, hypopharynx; |, ligula; p, puncture;
st. 1, stipes labii.

The characters by which the larvae of P. strobi and P. ap-

proximatus can be separated are the following:

1. In P. strobi the head is short and round, and the anterior margin of the
frons is not raised (fig. 4); in P. approximatus the head is more elongate
and the anterior margin of the frons is somewhat raised (fig. 5).

186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

In P. strobi (fig. 3, s) the anterior margin of frons has approximately the
same length as each of the two lateral margins of frons; in P. approxt-
matus (fig. 3, a) the anterior margin is slightly longer than the lateral
margins; accordingly the frontal shield is proportionately slightly broader
than in P. strodi.

In P. strobi, when the labrum is completely extended, the interior of the
two setae present on each side of the clypeus (i, fig. 3) does not reach
the hind margin of the labrum, and the exterior seta (e, fig. 3), being
about half as long as the interior, does not reach beyond the transverse
band-shaped sclerome at the base of the clypeus; in P. approximatus the
inner clypeal seta reaches to or even beyond the hind margin of the
labrum, and the exterior clypeal seta, being almost as long as the interior
one, extends much beyond the clypeal sclerome.

. In P. strobi (fig. 8) the setae of the ninth abdominal segment are generally

shorter than the corresponding ones in P. approximatus, and this is
particularly true with the setae of a transverse row of four situated
straight above the cross-shaped anus which in P. strodi are about one-
third the length of one of the four radii from the center of the anus, whereas
in P. approximatus (fig. 10) they are about as long as an anal radius.

.In P. strobi each spiracle is surrounded by a distinct, crescent-shaped,

anteriorly open sclerome (sc, fig. 6), but in P. approximatus it is either
entirely without it or surrounded by an indistinct crescent-shaped scler-
ome (sc, fig. 7).

ExpLaANATION OF PLATE 8.
(Drawings by the author.)

. Pissodes strobi. Right mandible in dorsal view; c, cutting edge; d, dorsally

placed subapical tooth; m, third tooth; s, swelling on exterior side; v,
ventrally placed apical tooth.

. Pissodes strobi. Right mandible in ventral view; a, anterior projection

of cutting edge; d, subapical tooth; m, third tooth; p, posterior projec-
tion of cutting edge; r, incurved rim on ventral side near cutting edge;

v, apical tooth.

. Pissodes strobi (s) and Pissodes approximatus (a). Frontal shield, clypeus,

and labrum in dorsal view; e, exterior seta of clypeus; i, interior seta
of clypeus.

. Pissodes strobi. Wateral view of head, prothorax, and mesothorax.
. Pissodes approximatus. Lateral view of head, prothorax, and mesothorax.
. Pissodes strobi. Third abdominal spiracle; atr, atrium; sc, crescent-shaped

sclerome.

. Pissodes approximatus. Third abdominal spiracle; a, arm of the closing

apparatus; sc, sclerome.

. Pissodes strobi. Ninth and tenth abdominal segments; ix, ninth abdominal

segment; a, tenth abdominal or anal segment; d, dorsal transverse row
of four small setae; v, ventral transverse row of four small setae.

. Pissodes strobi. Mature larva in lateral view.

10.

Pissodes approximatus. Ninth and tenth abdominal segments; explana-
tion as in fig. 8.

Oe EG CGE

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31 PLATE 8

~ ~

, .
D

y
Ts7

Aesavdes abrote Leck
€- Sem tong

Lissodes slrobé and SENS IEEE

188 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 31, NO. 9, DEC., 1929

MATHESON’S HANDBOOK OF THE MOSQUITOES OF NORTH
AMERICA. !

The content of this work is indicated accurately by its title.
It is an abridgment of the taxonomic, biologic and economic
literature of the mosquitoes of the region, arranged to serve
as an admirable introduction to a knowledge of this highly
important group. It occupies a place in the literature which
is filled by no other extant work.

Diagnostic keys to the tribes and species, illustrated by
clean line drawings of the structures used in classification
both for the adults and larvae, should render it comparatively
easy for even the elementary student of the culicids to identify
his material. In addition to the keys, the female of each valid
species is completely redescribed and the differential characters
of both the male and the larva of each species are outlined.

An index to genus and species is provided in which the
synonymy is indicated by the use of italics. The enamel paper
used throughout is pleasing to the eye in that it is pure white in
color, and exhibits no offensively reflecting surface even in the
brightest light—W. R. Walton.

14 Handbook of the Mosquitoes of North America by Robert Matheson;
Springfield, Ill., Chas. C. Thomas, 1929, $5.50.

Actual date of publication, Fanuary 24, 1930.

INDEX TO

Achatodes zeae, Life history of, 169.

Aegerina vignae Busck, n. sp., 134.

Acrobasis cunulae Dyar & Heinrich, n. sp., 37.

Adoxosia nydiana, n. sp., 46.

Aepytus helga, n. sp., 55; munona, n. sp., 56;
veresi, n. sp., 56.

Agromyza schmidti Aldrich, n. sp., 89.

Agronus carri Buchanan, n. sp., 102.

Aupricnu, J. M., Articles by, 32, 89.

Anisodes vuha, n. sp., 54

Anomalothrips amygdali Morgan, n. sp., 5.

Apanteles phlyctaeniae Muesebeck, n. sp., 118;
oidematophori Meus., n. sp., 119.

Batour, W. V., Article by, 169.

Bird houses, Insect inhabitants of, 105.

Boalda, n. gen., 49; gyona, n. sp., 49.

Bovine, A. G., Article by, 182.

BEDW ELL, Joun Coxsurn, Articles by, 39,
112.

Bruchidae, Bibliography and taxonomy of, 39.

Bruchid, In seeds of Convolvulaceae, 112.

Bucuanan, L. L., Article by, 102.

Buprestidae, Descriptions of, 177.

Buscx, Aucust, Article by, 13, 134.

Catophaenissa jonesaria, n. sp., 50.

Carbon dioxide as auxiliary fumigant, 97.

Caupbet., A. N., Articles by, 11, 64.

Cera Tee, n. gen., 1; breviceps Morgan, n.
Sp. Ls

Chabuata araneosa, n. sp., 47.

Chelonogastra Ashmead, Differential charac-
ters of, 167.

Chiggers, New species of, 9.

Cuausen, Curtis P., Article by, 67.

Crark, Austin H., Article by, 139.

Clemendana, n. gen., 46; pacifera, n. sp., 46.

Coconotus schunkei Caudell, New name for
similis Caudell (Orthoptera), 64.

CocKkerELL, T. D. A., Article by, 16.

Coleophora salmani Heinrich, n. sp., 18; spar-
sipunctata Heinrich, n. sp., 18

Cornitermes (C.) acignathus silvestri subsp.
walkeri Snyder, n. subsp., 84

Cornitermes (Cornitermes) acignathus silv
subsp. Costaricensis Snyder, n. subsp., 84.

Cosmosoma nothina Schaus, n. sp., 45.

Corton, Ricuarp T., Articles by, 27, 97.

Cylindrotermes macrognathus Snyder, n. sp.,

Danaidae, from Philippine Islands, n. sp., 20.
Diptera, acalyptrate, new, 89

Diptera, Synonymy of, 32.

Drosicha burmeisteri Westw., Rediscovery of,

16.
Dyar, H. G., Articles by, 16, 37, 61, 63, 116.
Ephestia declivella Zell., A scavenger, 16.
Eucymatoge perfica, n. sp., 52
Eucymatoge segnis, 53.
Eudule allegra, n. sp., 51; sorocula, n. sp., 51;
nanora, n. sp., 52.
Eupathrips bagnalli Morgan, n. sp., 3.
Euploea blossomae Schaus, n. sp., 20.
Erupa nampa, n. sp., 56.

Ewine, H. E., Article by, 9, 31, 126.
Exopthalmus quadrivittatus Oliv., Parasite of,
17; The larva of, 27; Life history of, 21.

Fisuer, W. S., Article by, 177.
Fulgurodes lilianiae, n. sp., 50.
Ganan, A. B., Article by, 17.
Gelechiidae, n. sp., 13.

VOLUME 31

Hernricu, Cart, Articles by, 18, 37.

Heliothrips braziliensis Morgan, n. sp., 7;
bruneri Morgan, n. sp., 8.

Holopothrips fulvus Morgan, n. sp., 6.

Hylaeogena alibertiae Fisher, n. sp., 181; coeli-
color Obenberger, 182.

Illice pacata, n. sp., 45.

Inscudderia walkeri Hebd., New var. of, 11.

JonansseEn, O. A., Article by, 88.

Kalotermes (Kalotermes) liberatus Snyder, n.
sp., 81; bequaerti Snyder, n. sp., 81.

Laspeyresia palmetum Heinrich, Correction in
host plant of, 19.

Leaf miner, birch, 62.

Lepidoptera (Heterocera), New, from Brazil,

Littte, V. A., Article by, 114.

Lung mites of primates, Notes on, with new
species, 126.

McAteE, W. L., Articles by, 105, 136, 138.

Megacerus alternatus Bridwell, n. sp., 113.

Melanoplus warneri Little, n. sp., 114.

Microrape shilluca, n. sp., 55

Mictochroa caulea, n. sp., 48.

Morean, A. C., Article by, 1.

Mueseseck, C. F. W., Article by, 118.

Mosquito, New species of, 61.

iors expunctrix Dyar & Heinrich, n. sp.,

Narguena, n. gen., 53; resalaria, n. sp., 53.

Neidalia dulcicula, n. sp., 46.

Nipteria petrova, n. sp., 51.

Oscinella dampfi Aldrich, n. sp., 90.

Park, Ortanpo, Article by, 121.

Pachyschelus frosti Fisher, n. sp., 177; pittieri
Fisher, n. sp., 179; atrifrons Fisher, 180; atro-
viridis Fisher, 180.

Peripatus (Peripatus) antiguensis Bouv., Col-
lected in Montserrat, 139.

Philomacroploea Cameron, Differential charac-
ters of, 167.

pa Paoens mathesoni MacGill, Synonymy
ot,

Phycitinae, New species of, 37.

Phyllotoma nemorata (Fallen), A birch mining
sawfly, Synonymy of, 62.

Phytomyza atripalpis Aldrich, n. sp., 89.

Pine moth, New, 13.

Pissodes strobi Peck, Taxonomic characters,
182; approximatus Hop., Taxonomic charac-
ters, 11.

Pneumonyssus congoensis Ewing, n. sp., 129.

Poecilogonalos henicospili Rohwer, n. sp., 65;
thwaitesii (Westw.), Biological studies of, 67.

Polistes, as pests in bird houses, 136.

Pontania agama Rohwer, Note on, 93; popuella
Ross, n. sp., 93; pepii Ross, n. sp., 95; mari-
ana Ross, n. sp., 91; marlatti Ross, n. sp., 93.

Porosagrotis carolia, n. sp., 47.

Psychoda helicis Dyar, n. sp., 64.

Rachionotomyia microcala Dyar, n. sp. (Culici-
dae), 61.

Recurvaria condignella Busck, n. sp., 13.

Se cacraae tibialis Banks, in Chicago area,

Rifargia mildora, n. sp., 54.

Rouwer, S. A., Articles by, 62, 65.

Ross, H. H., Article by, with key to Marlatt’s
Group I of Pontania (Tenthredinidae), 91.

Ryhncophoridae, 27.

189

190 INDEX

Scuaus, W., Articles by, 20, 45.

Sciara luravi Johanssen, n. sp., 88.

Snyper, T. E., Article by, 79

Sotigena solivaga, n. sp., 49

Sulycra mataca, n. sp.,

Tarsonemus approximatus Banks, var. narcissi
Ewing, new var., 31. ‘

Taxonomy, Place of authority in, 138.

Termites, New, from Antilles and Middle
America, 79.

Tettigoniidae, New variety of, 11.

Tetrastichus haitiensis Gahan, n. sp., 17.
Thysanoptera, n. gen. and sp. of, 1

Toxoptera graminum Rond, Study of injury ;

caused by, 130. ’
Tripseuxoa deeringi, n. sp., 47.
Trombicula australis, n. sp., 9; oregonensis, n.

sp., 9; shannoni, n. sp., 9.
Vitula saissetae Dyar, n. sp. of, Pyralidae, 16.
Wap tey, F. M., Article by, 130.
Warerston, James, Article by, 167.
Wo cort, GrorcE N., Article by, 21.

|
|

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

WASHINGTON

VoLuME 32

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1930

ACTUAL DATE OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 32

Number 1—pages 1-24 inclusive . 5. .... J. February 14, 1930
Number 2—pages 25-36 inclusive .......... March 8,1930
Number 3—pages 37-SO inclusive ..........: - March 24, 1930

Number 4—pages 51-66 inclusive .......... April 29, 1930. —

Number 5—pages 67-82 inclusive ..:....... Fune 20, 1930. —

Number 6—pages 83-ll6inclusive ......... August 29, 1930.
Number 7—pages 117-136 inclusive ......... November 22, 1930.
Number 8—pages 137-152 inclusive ......... December 19, 1930.
Number 9—pages 153-170 inclusive ......... Fanuary 26, 1931.

Press oF
H. L. & J. B. McQueen, Inc.
Wasuincton, D. C.

ju!

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME 32.

A.pricu, J. M.: Notes on Synonymy of Diptera, No.4 . .

ALLARD, 'H. A.: The Occurrence of the Crickets An axipha pulicaria Burm.
and Cycloptilum trigonipalpum (Rhen and Hebard) in the Vicinity
of the District of Columbia, Hitherto Unreported Here.

Auten, H. W. and Lorr, Ear: Epiblema strenuata Walk, the Host of
Certain Parasites of the Oriental Fruit Moth, Laspy: resia molesta
Busck . .

Ba.pvur, W. V.: The Cy cles and Habits of Phly ctaenia tertialis -(Guenee)
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) ade

Barnes, WILLIAM: Obituary er

BovING, "Apam G.: Description of the Larva of Cerotoma trifurcata FGrster
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) Rete nM od a ae

Campse.t, Roy E. and Duran, Vicror: The Ege “of Conese exigua
Hiibner (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) : Shoe

CHITTENDEN, F. H.: A New pce of Notaris (Coleoptera: * Curcu-
lionidae) es, Pa

Crark, Austin H.: Notes on Some Local Butterflies :

Corton, Ricuarp T.: The Effect of Light Upon the Dev elopment of the
Dark Meal W orm, Tenebrio obscurus Fab.

Crampton, G. C.: Some Anatomical Details of the Pupa of the ‘Archaic

Tany derid Dipteron Protoplasa fitchii,O.S. — .

DeGant, Frank: A New Species of Macrocentrus from Ohio (Hymenop-
tera: Braconidae). . .

Two New Species of Parasitic Hymenoptera (Braconidae)

from Ohio :

Drake, Car_ J.: Concerning Some Tingitidae from the Philippines (Hemip-
tera) with New Species . . :

Ewrne, H. E.: Six New Species of Mallophaga Ag:

FEL, E. P.: The Norway Maple Nepticula (Lepidoptera)

FISHER, W. S.: New West Indian Buprestidae (Coleoptera)

A New Species of Chrysobothris Infesting Strawberry Plants
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) .

Granovskl, A. A.: A New Name for the Genus Quippelachnus Oestlund
(Aphididae: Homoptera) . .

Kiyver, F. D.: Euphyllura arctostophyli Schwarz and Euphyllura 1 nevel-
pennis (Schwarz) (Homoptera: Chermidae), A Difference in Inter-
pretation

McAtee, W. IL..: The Scientific Attitude in Nomenclature

McGrecor, E. A.: A New Spinning Mite Attacking Asparagus plumosus
in Florida .

Perers, Haro.p S.: A New Biting Louse from White-tailed Deer

Pierce, Wiii1am Dwicur: Notes on Canafistula Weevils of the Genus
Phelomerus Pic (Coleoptera: Mylabridae) :

The Sugar Cane Insect Problem in Negros.

RENDELL, E. J. P.: Depredations to Lead-covered Aerial Cables by Beetles
in Brazil.

St. GeorcE, R. A.: The Discovery of What is Possibl y ‘the Larva of an
Introduced Tenebrionid, Leichenum variegatum Kust .

TakauHasHi, Ryotcut: List of the Aphid Genera Proposed as New in
Recent Years . .

WELp, Lewis H.: Three New Gall-Flies from Arizona (Hymenoptera: Cy ni-
* pidae) :

Notes on Ty pes (Hy menoptera: Cy nipidae) :

Wuiraker, Oscar: Some New Species and a New Genus of Parasitic
Hymenoptera from British Columbia .

Eight New Specs of seanaa ag (Hymenoptera) from British
Columbia ier att ee ee ee eee

144

VOL. 32 JANUARY, 1930 No. 1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

TAKAHASHI, RYOICHI—LIST OF THE APHID GENERA PROPOSED AS NEW IN

RECENTRGRARG= See Potent lea Sim, so Mish sud eee) Joleen Pees 1

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Elonorary SPresident | oan tra ct eh ca a e e ee L. O. HOWARD
(President Ut gates! BEL Ary eater ae a a a ee J. E. GRAF
Farsi OVACESETESIAENEIS ik te aS a] a ee A. C. BAKER
Second VACESETESIACHT a Aen) ee eee a ee F. C. BISHOPP
RecoraimenSecrelary "Hoa, ms, cl vce ene Sa ee J. S. WADE
Gorresponding Secretary=Lreasurer™ sere ee een S. A. ROHWER
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
dion g ie. te, 5 PD. ho. ee ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CaupDeELt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
Worenees iS Sid late Gnd i Renee aa eee ara A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpinGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 32 JANUARY 1930 Neo

LIST OF THE APHID GENERA PROPOSED AS NEW IN
RECENT YEARS.

By Ryorcur TAKAHASHI,
Department of Agriculture, Research Institute, Taihoku, Formosa.

In 1920, A. C. Baker considered all the aphid genera then
known to him in his excellent paper on the generic classifica-
tion of the family Aphididae and in 1921 F. Schumacher
published supplementary notes to Baker’s paper referred to.
A number of genera erected before 1920 were, however, over-
looked by these authors, and since 1921 numerous genera of
these insects have been proposed as new, from various parts
of the world. In the present paper I will list all the aphid
genera proposed since the publication of Baker’s paper as far
as I am aware and also those not mentioned by Baker and
Schumacher. I am indebted to Messrs. M. Hori, F. C. Hottes,
G. F. Knowlton, A. Mordvilko, and V. Nevsky who have sent
me valuable genotype specimens.

SUBFAMILY APHIDINAE.
TriBe LAcHINI.

(Subtribe Anoecina.)
GENUS AICEONA Takahashi.

Aphididae of Formosa, part 1, p. 85 (1921).
Genotype.—Aiceona actinodaphni Takah.

Differs from Anoecia Koch in the twice branched media of
the front wing.

(Subtribe Eulachnina.)
GENUS NEONIPPOLACHNUS Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxvi, p. 343 (1924).
Genoty pe.-—Neonippolachnus hetulae Shinji.

I have not studied the type of the genus‘and the description
is too short. But judging from the description, this genus
seems to be closely allied to or synonymous with Eulachnus Del
Guercio,

2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

(Subtribe Lachnina.)
GENUS PANIMERUS Laing.

Entom., lix, p. 322 (1926).
Genoty pe.—Dilachnus gracilis Wilsn.

As Dilachnus proposed by Baker was preoccupied, this new
name was given by Laing.

(Subtribe Pterochlorina.)
GENUS MACULOLACHNUS Gaumont.

Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1920, p. 30 (1920).
Genoty pe.—Lachnus rosae Cholod.

This genus is apparently a synonym of Pterochlorus Rond. as
pointed out by Laing. Wilson placed Pterochlorus rosae
Cholod. in the genus Nippolachnus Mats., but this species is
not a Nippolachnus, differing from it in the presence of ocular
tubercles in the apterous form.

GENUS MACULODRYAPHIS Gaumont.

Ann. Epiph., ix, p. 340 (1923).
Genotype.—Not indicated.

No species of the genus is mentioned. According to the
key, Gaumont separates this genus from Pterochlorus by the
coloration of the wing, but this is a specific character and the
genus seems to be a synonym.

Tripe THELAXINI.
GENUS KURISAKIA Takahashi.
Philippine Fl. Sc., xxiv, p. 715 (1924).
Genoty pe.— Kurisakia juglandicola Vakah.
This aphis is apparently a Glyphina, the genus sinking as a
synonym.
TriBeE CALLIPTERINI.
(Subtribe Tamalina.)
GENUS STEGOPHYLLA Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 146 (1922).
Genotype.—Phyllaphis quercicola Baker (syn. Phyllaphis querci Davis).

Closely related to Tamalia Baker, but differs in the follow-
ing characters: Antennae not minutely setose, with circular

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 8

sensoria. Eyes without ocular tubercles. Oviparous female
apterous.

GENUS PEMPHIGLACHNUS Knowlton.

Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., xxi, p. 264 (1928).
Genotype.—Pemphiglachnus kaibabensis Knowl.

Near to Tamalia Baker, differing in the shape of the cauda,
the not minutely setose antennae, etc.

(Subtribe Lizerina.)
GENUS LIZERIUS Blanchard.

Physis, vit, p. 120 (1923).
Genotype.—Lizerius ocoteae Blanchard.

Blanchard has erected the tribe Lizerini for this aphis, but I
treat it as a subtribe of the tribe Callipterini.

(Subtribe Callipterina.)
GENUS BETULAPHIS Glendenning.

Can. Ent., lviti, p. 96 (1926).
Genotype.—Betulaphis occidentalis Glend.

Closely related to Calaphis Walsh, differing in the shape of
cauda.

GENUS CEPEGILLETTEA Granovsky.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., xxx, p. 114 (1928).
Genotype.—Ce pegillettea betulaefoliae Granov.

GENUS CALLIPTERINOLA Strand.

Arb. aus Syst.—Zool. Inst. Lettlaend. Univ., No. 27, p. 47 (1928).
Genotype.—Callipterus juglandis Frisch.

Strand proposed this new name for Callipterous Koch, since
Koch’s name was preoccupied by Callipterus Agassiz (Nomencl.
Zool. Index, 1846, p. 59).

GENUS SAPPOCALLIS Matsumura.
Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vit, p. 107 (1979).
Genotype.—Sappocallis ulmi Mats.

Differs from all the other genera of this subtribe in the only
once branched media of the front wing.

+ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

GENUS TELOCALLIS Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 731 (1922).
Genoty pe.-—Telocallis alnifoliae Shinji.

I have not studied the specimens and the description is too
brief, but judging from the accompanying figure, this genus
must be regarded as a synonym of Sappocallis Matsumura.

GENUS PTERIAPHIS Gaumont.

Ann. Epiph., ix, p. 342 (1923).
Genotype.—Not indicated.

No species of the genus is mentioned. Gaumont distinguishes
this genus from Myzocallis Pass. by the absence of capitate
hairs on the body. This character is nothing more than spe-
cific in my opinion and Pteriaphis must be now regarded as a

synonym of Myzocallis.
GENUS MELANOCALLIS Oeslund.
19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 136 (1922).
Genoty pe.—Callipterus caryaefoliae Davis.

This aphid is a Myzocallis, and the genus sinks as a synonym.

GENUS TINOCALLIS Matsumura.

Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vii, p. 100 (1919).
Genotype.—Tinocallis ulmiparvifoliae Mats.

The genotype possesses transversely narrowed sensoria, but

this is specific in my opinion and the genus becomes a synonym
of Myzocallis Pass.

GENUS TUBEROCALLIS Nevsky.

Zool. Anz., lxxxii, p. 221 (1929).
Genolype.—Tuberocallis saltans Nevsky.

The secondary sensoria are transversely narrowed, but in
my opinion this 1s a specific character and I regard this genus as
a synonym of Myzocallis Pass.

GENUS MESOCALLIS Matsumura.
Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vii, p. 103 (1919).

Genoty pe.-—Mesocallis sawashibae Mats.

The stigmatic vein is absent, but this is nothing more than
a specific character in this subtribe. All the characters indi-
cate that this aphis is a Myzocallis.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 5

GENUS NEOCALLIS Matsumura.

Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vii, p. 104 (1919).
Genotype.—Neocallis carpinicola Mats.

This genus is a synonym of Myzocallis Pass. Matsumura
described the sexual forms as viviparous females.

GENUS SARUCALLIS Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 730 (1922).
Genotype.—Sarucallis lythrae Shinji.

Judging from the very brief description the genotype seems
to be Myzocallis kahawaluokalani Kirk., the genus sinking as a
synonym.

GENUS LUTAPHIS Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxvi, p. 346 (1924).
Genotype.—Lutaphis nirecola Shinji.

The description is too short, but the genus seems to be a
synonym of Myzocallis Pass.

GENUS RECTICALLIS Matsumura.

Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vit, p. 106 (1979).
Genotype.—Recticallis alnijaponica Mats.

Differs from Myzocallis Pass. in the presence of very short,
but distinct, frontal tubercles, as well as in possessing a pro-
tuberance on the apical part of the inner side of the first an-
tennal joint. This genus is also different from Calaphis Walsh
in the deeply bilobed anal plate and in the character of the
first antennal joint.

Myzocallis yokoyamai Takah., M. querciformosanus Takah.,
M. nigra’ Okam. et Takah., and M. pilosus Takah. must be
removed to Recticallis.

GENUS NEOCHROMAPHIS Takahashi.
Fapanese Aphididae, 1, p. 28 (1921).
Genoty pe.—Neochromaphis carpini Takah.

Closely related to Chromaphis, differing in having large wax-
plates on the abdomen.

6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

GENUS CHAITOCALLIPTERUS Theobald.

Plant Lice Brit., it, p. 329 (1927).
Genoty pe.—Not indicated.

No description is given of the genus, not mentioning any
species of it. According to the key, this genus differs from
Symydobius Mordvilko in having longer hairs on the body.
This character seems to be specific.

GENUS QUIPPELACHNUS Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 134 (1922).
Genotype—Euceraphis gillettei Davidson.

Judging from the description of Euceraphis gillettei it seems
unnecessary to separate this species from Euceraphis Walk., and
I regard Oestlund’s genus asa synonym. The distal part of the
last antennal joint is a little shorter than the base, but this is a
specific character.

(Subtribe Saltusaphidina.)

GENUS PHYLLAPHOIDES Takahashi.

Aphididae of Formosa, part 1, p. 75 (1921).
Genotype.—Phyllaphoides bambusicola Vakah.

Differs from Thripsaphis Gillette in the following characters:
Head not protruding on the front. Antennae not minutely
setose. Hind wings with 2 obliques. Body with cottony
secretions, lacking spine-like setae.

GENUS ALLAPHIS Mordvilko.
Puceron des Gram., 1, p. 57 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res., xiii, p. 32 (1922).
Genoty pe.—Allaphis caricis Mordvilko.
This genus is synonymous with Thripsaphis Gillette.

(Subtribe Drepanosiphina.)
GENUS CHAITOPHORAPHIS Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxv, p. 307 (1923).
Genotype.—Chaitophoraphis acerifloris Shinji. (This species is a synonym
of Drepanaphis tokyoensis Takah.)

This genus is different from Drepanaphis Del Guercio in that
the cornicles are curved, and swollen at the middle.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 i

GENUS MIMOCALLIS Matsumura.

Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vit, p. 109 (1919).
Genotype.—Mimocallis betulijaponicae Mats.

The type species is apparently a Drepanaphis and this genus
becomes a synonym.

GENUS BETACALLIS Matsumura.

Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vii, p. 110 (1979).
Genotype.—Betacallis alnicolens Mats.

This genus is a synonym of Drepanaphis Del Guercio.

(Subtribe Chaitophorina.)
GENUS LAINGIA Theobald.

Bull. Ent. Res., xit, p. 29 (1922).
Genotype.—Laingia psammae Théob.

Near to Sipha Pass. and Atheroides Haliday, differing in the
shape of cauda.

(Subtribe Pterocommina.)

GENUS PLOCAMAPHIS Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 122 (1922).
Genoty pe.—Melanoxanthus flocculosus Weed.

The type species possesses cornicles slightly swollen and
abruptly constricted at the apex. I regard this genus as a
synonym of Clavigerus Szépligeti.

(Subtribe Paoliellina, new subtribe.)

GENUS PAOLIELLA Theobald.

Bull. Ent. Res., xix, p. 177 (1928).
Genotype.—Paoliella hystrix Theob.

This aphis apparently belongs to the tribe Callipterini, but is
very peculiar in being provided with many spines and 3-facetted
eyes, and I propose a new subtribe for it. The eyes of the
apterous forms of the subtribes Neophyllaphidina and Lizerina
are also of 3 facets.

GENUS CTENOCALLIS Klodnitzki.

Trans. ¢th All Russ. Ent. Phytopath. Meet. Moscow, p. 61 (1922).
Genotype.—Ctenocallis dobrovljanskyi Klodn.

I have not been able to secure a copy of the description. The
position of this aphid in the tribe Callipterini is not known to
me.

8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

Trise GREENIDEINI.

GENUS GOODEA Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 731 (1922).
Genoty pe.—Goodea narafoliae Shinji.

This genus is synonymous with Eutrichosiphum Essig et
Kuwana.
Tripe CERVAPHIDINI.
GENUS DIVEROSIPHUM Shinji.
Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 791 (1922).
Genotype.—Diverosiphum kunugii Shinji.

The type species is identical with Cervaphis quercus Takah.,
the genus sinking as a synonym of Cervaphis van der Goot.

TRIBE SETAPHIDINI.

GENUS CERCIAPHIS Theobald.

Bull. Ent. Res., xi, p. 70 (1920).
Genotype.—Cerciaphis bougainvilleae Theob.

This genus is a synonym of Setaphis van der Goot.

GENUS BRASILAPHIS Mordvilko.

Chacaras e Quintas, xxx, p. 115.
Genotype.—Brasilaphis bondari Mordv.

I have noticed this genus in Moreira’s paper, but have not
been able to secure a copy or any details of the description.

Tripe APHIDINI.
(Subtribe A phidina.)
GENUS NEOACAUDUS Theobald.

Plant Lice Brit., ii, p. 326 (1927).
Genotype.—Acaudus bipapillata Theob.

The genotype of Acaudus van der Goot is an Anuraphis,
Acaudus sinking as a synonym, and this new name was pro-

osed for Acaudus bipapillata. The generic name Acauda
used by Shinji (Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxvt, p. 353) is perhaps a
lapsus of Acaudus.

GENUS AMPHICERCIDUS Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 126 (1922).
Genotype.—Aphis pulverulens Gillette.

According to Gillette the cornicles of the type species are
short, cylindrical and not swollen, and the cauda is short and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 9

broadly rounded, and I regard this genus as a synonym of
Neoacaudus Theobald.

GENUS BRAGGIA Gillette et Palmer.

Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., xxit, p. 28 (1929).
Genotype.—Braggia echinata Gillette et Palmer.

Very closely related to Anuraphis Del Guercio, differing only
in having heavy blunt hairs on the apterous form. The distal
part of the last antennal joint is as long as the base, but this is
nothing more than a specific character.

GENUS CEDOAPHIS Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 127 (1922).
Genotype.—Aphis symphoricarpi Thomas.

The type species differs from the typical Anuraphis in the
longer cornicles, but such a character is specific in my opinion,
and the genus must be a synonym of Anuraphis Del Guercio.

GENUS XEROBION Nevsky.

Acta Univ. Asiae Mediae, ser. viit-a, Zool. 3, p. 22 (1928).
Genotype.—Xerobion eriosomatinum Nevsky.

This genus seems to be not different from Anuraphis Del
Guercio.

GENUS CERURAPHIS Borner.

Abderhalden’s Handb. biol. Arbettsm., Abt. ix, Teil i-i1, p. 226 (1926); Frans-
sen, Aphis fabae Scop., p. 55 (1927); Roepke, Stett. Ent. Zeit., lexxix, p. 25 (1928).
Genotype.—Aphis viburnicola Gillette.

The type species belongs to Anuraphis Del Guercio in my
opinion, the genus sinking as a synonym of Anuraphis. The
characters given by Franssen are specific. Anuraphis viburni-
cola Gill., A. viburniana Frans., Macrosiphum smilacicola
Makah., and several species of Chaitophorus possess sensoria
on the hind tibiae of the viviparous females.

GENUS LACHNAPHIS Shinji.
Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 729 (1922).
Genotype—Lachnaphis yomogi Shinji.

The description is too short, but this aphis seems to be a
synonym of Anuraphis Del Guercio.

10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

GENUS ACAUDELLA Nevsky.
Zool. Anz., lxxxti, p. 211 (1929).
Genotype.—Acaudella puchovi Nevsky.

Differs from Neoacaudus Theobald in the 5-jointed antennae
and the cornicles swollen about the middle, with expanded tips.

GENUS ANURIELLA Del Guercio.
Redia, xiv, p. 115 (192/).
Genotype.—Anuriella dorsolineata Del Guercio.

Differs from Anuraphis in the longer clavate cornicles.

GENUS APHIDIELLA Theobald.
Ent. Mth. Mag., ix, p. 105 (1923); Plant Lice Brit., ii, p. 219 (1927).
Genotype.—A phidtella secretocauda Theob.

Differs from Anuraphis in the longer reticulated cornicles
and in the triangular cauda.

GENUS GYPSOAPHIS Oestlund.
19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 126 (1922).
Genotype.—Aphis lonicerae Monell.

Closely related to Anuraphis Del Guercio, but difters in the
shorter cornicles which are broader than long. According to
the figure of Davis, the anal plate is conical.

GENUS HEMIAPHIS Borner.
Abderhalden’s Handb. biol. Arbeitsm., Abt. ix, Teil i-ii, p. 226 (1926).
Genoty pe.—A phis trirhodus Walk.

The type species is the same with that of Longicaudus van
der Goot, and this genus must be a synonym.

GENUS BREVICORYNELLA Nevsky.

Acta Univ. Asiae Mediae, ser. viii-a, Zool. 3, p. 21 (1928).
Genotype.—Brevicorynella quadrimaculata Nevsky.

Differs from Brevicoryne van der Goot in lacking ocular
tubercles and in the very short distal part of the last antennal
joint.

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 11

GENUS MIRAPHIS Nevsky.
Acta Univ. Asiae Mediae, ser. viti—a, Zool. 3, p. 25 (1928).
Genotype.—Miraphis agabiformis Nevsky.
Near to Brevicoryne van de Goot and Hyalopterus Koch.

GENUS APHIDULA Nevsky.
Zool. Anz., Ixxxii, p. 208 (1929).
Genoty pe-—A phidula althaeae Nevsky.

_ This genus is apparently a synonym of Cerosipha Del Guer-
C10.
GENUS BRACHYSIPHONIELLA Takahashi.
Aphididae of Formosa, part 1, p. 61 (1921).
Genotype.—Brachycolus gramini Takah.

Closely related to Brachycolus Buckton, differing in the very
long cauda rounded at the apex and constricted about the
middle.

GENUS. PSEUDOLACHNUS Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 730 (1922).
Genotype.—Pseudolachnus yomogi Shinji.

This genus is a synonym of Cryptosiphum Buckton.

GENUS XEROPHILAPHIS Nevsky.

Acta Unit. Asiae Mediae, ser. vtti—a, Zool. 3, p. 4 (1928).
Genotype.—Xerophilaphis saxaulica Nevsky.

This genus is not separable from Pergandeidia Schouteden,
and if it is distinct from the latter, it must be a synonym of
Brachyunguis Das. Some species of Xerophilaphis described
by Nevsky are to be relegated to Anuraphis Del Guercio.

GENUS MINUTICORNICUS Knowlton.

Florida Entom., xii, p. 59 (1929).
Genotype—Minuticornicus gravidis Knowlton.

Closely related to Siphonotrophia Swain, but differs in the
6-jointed antennae.
GENUS CACHRYPHORA Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 132 (1922).
Genotype.—Rhopalosiphum serotinae Oestlund.

According to Oestlund this genus differs from Rhopalosiphum
Koch in the cornicles swollen at the middle and at the tip, as well

i PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

as in having capitate hairs on the body. These characters seem
to be specific and this genus may be a synonym of Rhopalosi-
phum Koch.

GENUS THARGELIA Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 127 (1922).
Genotype.—Aphis albipes Oestlund.

Differs from the typical species of Rhopalosiphum Koch in
the shorter cornicles somewhat constricted at the base.

GENUS NEAPHIS Nevsky.

Zool. Anz., Ixxxii, p. 206 (1929).
Genotype.—Neaphis viridis Nevsky.

The type species is identical with Rhopalosiphum lahorensis
Das, the genus sinking as a synonym of Rhopalosiphum. If
this species represents a genus distinct from Rhopalosiphum,
then Stephensonia Das has precedence over Neaphis. The
antennae of the apterous form are sometimes 5-jointed.

GENUS CHAITAPHIS Nevsky.

Ent. Mitt., xvii, p. 197 (1928).
Genoty pe.—Chaitaphis tenuicauda Nevsky.

Resembles Durocapillata Knowlton of the subtribe Macrosi-
phina, but differs from it in lacking frontal tubercles, as well as
in the long slender cauda destitute of capitate hairs.

GENUS EPAMEIBAPHIS Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 132 (1922).
Genotype.—A phis frigidae Oestlund.

This genus is very peculiar in the following characters: Eyes
distinctly protruding, lacking ocular tubercles. Cornicles
long, slender, cylindrical, expanded at the apex. Body bear-
ing many long capitate setae.

GENUS TRILOBAPHIS Theobald.

Ent. Mth. Mag., 3rd ser., viti, p. 137 (1922); Plant Lice Brit., 1, p. 259 (1926).
Genotype.—Trilobaphis caricis Theobald.

This genus is a synonym of Vesiculaphis Del Guercio. The
specific name caricis, as proposed by Theobald, was preoccupied
by caricis Fullaway, and I will give a new name, viz: Vesi-
culaphis theobaldi, to Theobald’s species.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 13

V. theobaldi is different from V. caricis Fullaway in the more
slender cornicles, as well as in the more distinct median process
on the front.

GENUS HYDRONAPHIS Shinji.
Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 790 (1922).
Genotype.—Hydronaphis impatiens Shinji.

The description is too short, not including characters of
prime importance, and [I can not discuss this genus which will
perhaps fall in this subtribe.

GENUS NEOLACHNAPHIS Shinji.

Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxvi, p. 353 (1924).

Genotype.—Neolachnaphis itadori Shinji.

The description is too brief to be considered.

GENUS SIPHONOCORYNE Shinji.
Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 793 (1922).
Genotype.—Siphonocoryne polygont Shinji.

No description is given of the genus, with very brief notes on
the species. This new generic name is perhaps a lapsus of
Siphocoryne.

GENUS GEOKTAPIA Mordvilko.
Pucerons Gram., 1, p. 53 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res., xiii, p. 30 (1922).
Genotype.—Geoktapia areshensis Mordvilko.

The keys of Mordvilko do not include characters of prime
importance and this genus can not be considered.

GENUS ARESHA Mordvilko.

Pucerons Gram., 1, p. 54 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res., xiii, p. 31 (1922).
Genoty pe.—Aresha shelkovnikovt Mordvilko.

This genus seems to run to Cerosipha Del Guercio in Baker’s
key.
(Subtribe Macrosiphina.)
GENUS TRITOGENAPHIS Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 142 (1922).
Genotype.—A phis rudbeckiae Fitch.

Oestlund separates this genus from Macrosiphum Pass. by the
numerous scattered sensoria on the 3d antennal joint, but this

14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

is a specific character in my opinion, and this genus must be-
come a synonym of Macrosiphum Pass.
GENUS SITOBION Mordvilko.

Pucerons Gram., 1, p. 43 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res., xiti, p. 26 (1922).
Genotype.—Macrosiphum granarium Kirby =Sitobion avenae Fab. -of Mord-
vilko.

This genus is a synonym of Macrosiphum Pass. Sitobium
Mordvilko (Faune Russie, 1, 7, p. 65) is perhaps the same as
this genus.

GENUS STATICOBIUM Mordvilko.
Faune Russie, 1, 1, p. 66 (19/4).
Genoty pe.—Staticobium otolepidis Nevsky.

No species of the genus has been mentioned by Mordvilko and
I have designated Nevsky’s species as type. This species is
apparently a Macrosiphum with stout cornicles and a slightly
constricted cauda, and the genus must sink as a synonym.
GENUS PACZOSKIA Mordvilko.
Faune Russie, 1, 1, p. 63 (1914); ibid., 2, p. 330 (1919).
Genoty pe.—Paczoskia paczoskit Mordv.

This genus is a synonym of Macrosiphum.

GENUS ANAMESON Mordvilko.
Faune Russie, i, 1, p. 63 (1914); ibid., 2, p. 336 (1919).
Genoty pe.-—Anameson kamtschaticum Mordv.

This genus is also a synonym of Macrosiphum.

GENUS METOPOLOPHIUM Mordvilko.
Faune Russie, i, 2, p. 270 (1919).
Genotype.—A phis dirhodum Walk.
This genus is a synonym of Macrosiphum.

GENUS CATAMERGUS Oestlund.

19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 141 (1922).
Genotype.—Nectarophora fulvae Oestlund.

Differs from Macrosiphoniella Del Guercio in the longer,
Aphis-like cauda. Obtusicauda Soliman is perhaps a synonym
of this genus.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 15

GENUS OBTUSICAUDA Soliman.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., iv, p. 98 (1927):

Genoty pe.—Obtusicauda essigi Soliman.

This genus is perhaps a synonym of Catamergus Oestlund.

GENUS TITANOSIPHON Nevsky.

Ent. Mitt., xvit, p. 189 (1928).
Genoty pe.—Titanosiphon bellicosum Nevsky.

Closely allied to Macrosiphum Pass., differing, however, in
the very long cornicles, which are about half length of the body
and somewhat dilated on the apical portion. Macrosiphum
neoartemisiae Takah. must be removed to this genus.

GENUS BIPERSONA Hottes.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, xxxix, p. 115 (1926); Soliman, Univ. Calif. Publ.
Ent., iv, p. 96 (1927).
Genoty pe.—A phis torticauda Gillette.

Related to Macrosiphum Pass., differing in the funnel-
shaped cauda and the large, projecting, conical anal plate.

GENUS TUBEROSIPHUM Shinji.
Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 789 (1922).

Genotype.—Tuberosiphum impatiens Shinji.

T. impatiens and T. camphorae were described by Shinji.
The descriptions are too brief, but the genus seems to be syn-
onymous with Megoura Buckton, since T. camphorae is a
synonym of Megoura citricola van der Goot.

GENUS CLAVOSIPHUM Shinji.
Dobutsugaku Zasshi, xxxiv, p. 790 (1922).
Genoty pe.—Clavosiphum adenocaulis Shinji.
This genus seems to be a synonym of Amphorophora Buck-
ton.
GENUS EUCARAZZIA Del Guercio.
Redia, xiv, p. 135 (1921).

Genotype.—Eucarazzia picta Del Guercio.

As pointed out by Theobald this genus sinks as a synonym
of Rhopalosiphoninus Baker.

16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

GENUS ALPHITOAPHIS Hottes.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, xxxix, p. 116 (1926).
Genotype.—A phis lonicericola Williams.

This genus is provided with short, but distinct, frontal
tubercles and I regard it as belonging to the subtribe Macrosi-
phina. Differs from Trichosiphonaphis Takahashi in the
following characters: Frontal tubercles not protruding on the
inner side. Cornicles without setae.

GENUS CRYPTOMYZUS Oestlund.
19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, p. 139 (1922).
Genoty pe.—A phis ribis L.

This genus is a synonym of Capitophorus van der Goot, the
genotype belonging to it.
GENUS NEOMYZAPHIS Theobald.
Plant Lice Brit., 1, p. 262 (1926).
Genotype.—Aphis abietinus Walk.

Differs from Capitophorus van der Goot in the less developed
frontal tubercles as well as in lacking capitate setae, and from
Myzus Pass. in the less developed frontal tubercles.

GENUS JACKSONIA Theobald.

Scot. Nat., 1923, p. 9 (1923), Plant Lice Brit., 1, p. 261 (1926).
Genotype.—facksonia papillata Theobald.

Closely related to Myzus Pass., but different in the cornicles
sloping at the tip, with no flange, and in the frontal tubercles
slightly projecting on the inner side.

GENUS MATSUMURAJA Schumacher.
Zool. Anz., iii, p. 187 (1921).
Genotype.—Acanthaphis rubi Mats.

As Acanthaphis proposed by Matsumura was preoccupied,
this new name was given.

GENUS NEOPHORODON Takahashi.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xxiv, p. 204 (1922); Aphididae of Formosa, part
2, p. 16 (1923).
Genotype.—Neophorodon rubi Vakah.

Differs from Matsumuraja Schumacher in lacking large dorsal
tubercles and in the swollen cornicles.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 17

GENUS TRICHOSIPHONAPHIS Takahashi.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xxiv, p. 205 (1922); Aphididae of erase. part
Zips 19 (L923).
Genotype.—Myzus polygoniformosanus Vakah.

Differs from Myzus Pass. in that the hind wings have only
one oblique, and the cornicles are furnished with setae.

GENUS RHOPALOMYZUS Mordvilko.
Pucerons Gram., 1, p. 45 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res., xiii, p. 27 (1922).
Genoty pe.—Rhopalosiphum poae Gillette.

Differs from Myzus Pass. in that the front of head is strongly
produced at the middle, and from Francoa Del Guercio in the
shorter cauda and in the shape of the protuberance on the
front.

GENUS MYZOTOXOPTERA Theobald.

Entom., Ix, p. 31 (1927).

Genotype.—Myzotoxoptera wimshurstae Theob.

Differs from Myzus Pass. in the only once branched media on
the front wings, and in the triangular cauda.

GENUS HAYHURSTIA Mordvilko (nec. Del Guercio).
Pucerons Gram., /, p. #5 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res., xiii, p. 27 (1922).
Genoty pe.-—Hyalopterus dactylidis Hayhurst.

The type species is apparently a Hyalopteroides, the genus
sinking as a synonym.

GENUS NEANURAPHIS Nevsky.
Ent. Mitt., xvii, p. 192 (1928).

Genotype.—Neanuraphis tarani Nevsky.

Differs from any other genus of this subtribe in the very short
rounded cauda.

GENUS DUROCAPILLATA Knowlton.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., xx, p. 229 (1927).
Genotype.—Durocapillata utahensis Know}.

The frontal tubercles are very short, but distinct, and I list
this genus in this subtribe.

18 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

GENUS DELPHINIOBIUM Mordvilko.

Faune Rusti2,4. 1, peep
Genoty pe.—N ot indicated.

No species of this genus has been mentioned. This genus
was not listed in Baker’s paper.

(Subtribe Pentalonina.)
GENUS PICTURAPHIS Blanchard.

Physis, vi, p. 43 (1922).
Genotype.—Picturaphis vignaphilus Blanch.

Differs from Micromyzus van der Goot in the hind wings
reduced in size, lacking cubitus, and from Idiopterus Davis, in
the venation, as well as in the somewhat swollen cornicles and
the cauda somewhat constricted about the middle.

GENUS NEOAMPHOROPHORA Mason.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xxvi, p. 29 (1924).
Genotype.—Neoamphorophora kalmiae Mason.

Differs from Microparsus Patch in the swollen cornicles and
in the presence of media on the hind wings. i

SUBFAMILY ERIOSOMATINAE

Tripe ErRIosoMATINI.
GENUS COLOPHELLA Borner.
Abderhalden’s Handb. biol. Arbeitsm., Abt. ix, Teil i-ii, p. 233 (1926).

Genotype.—Tetraneura graminis Monell.

According to Patch the wingless viviparous females of the
type species have 6-jointed antennae, in this respect differing
from the typical forms of Tetraneura Hartig in which those
have usually 5-jointed antennae. But the antennal joints are
variable in these forms and I regard this genus as a synonym
of Tetraneura.

GENUS GEORGIAPHIS Maxson et Hottes.
Ent. News, xxxvii, p. 267 (1926).
Genoty pe.—Georgia ulmi Wilson.

As Georgia, proposed by Wilson, was preoccupied, this name
was given.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 19

Trise PEMPHIGINI.

GENUS GOOTIELLA Tullgren.

Centralanst. fors6k. jordbruk. Meddel., no. 280, p. 22 (1925).
Genotype.—Gootiella tremulae Tullgren.

Near to Pachypappella Baker.

GENUS TRUNCAPHIS Theobald.

Entom., li, p. 25 (1978).
Genotype.—Truncaphis newsteadi Theob.

The apterous form has one-jointed tarsi, and is without
cornicles.

TrisBeE Forpini.

GENUS ASIPHONELLA Theobald.

Bull. Soc. Royal Ent. Egypte, 1922, p. 76 (1923).
Genoty pe.—Asiphonella dactylonii Theob.

The eyes of the apterous form are very peculiar, being of 3
facets placed on a projection.

GENUS PEMPHIGETUM Mordvilko.

Bull. Soc. Zool. France, liti, p. 359 (1928).
Genotype.—Pemphigetum muticae Mordv.

This genus was regarded by Mordvilko as a synonym of
Geoica Hart. in his later paper (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sc. URSS.,
22S, BodLO)>

GENUS HEMITRAMA Mordvilko.
Pucerons Gram., 1, p. 63 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res., xtit, p. 35 (1922); Schu-

macher, Deut. Ent. Zeits., 1923, p. 403 (1923).
Genotype.—Hemitrama bykovi Mordv.

This genus seems to be a synonym of Forda Heyden.

GENUS NEOSCHOUTEDENIA Schumacher.

Deut. Ent. Zeits., 1923, p. 403 (1923).

Schoutedenia Mordvilko, Pucerons Gram., 1, pl! 63 (1921); Bull. Ent. Res.,
mit. p. 35 (L922).

Genoty pe.—Geoica cyperi Schouteden.

The name proposed by Mordvilko was preoccupied by
Schoutedenia Ruebsaamen and this new name was given by
Schumacher to Mordvilko’s genus. The original description
of the type species is too brief.

20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

TripeE MELAPHIDINI.

GENUS SLAVUM Mordvilko.

Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xxviii, p. 74 (1927).
Genotype.—Slavum lentiscoides Mordvilko.

Near to Aploneura Pass.

GENUS FORMOSAPHIS Takahashi.

Aphididae of Formosa, part 4, p. 52 (1925).
Genoty pe.-—Formosaphis micheliae Takah.

Differs from other genera in the reticulated sensoria on the
antennae of the winged form.

SUBFAMILY HORMAPHIDINAE

TRIBE OREGMINI.

GENUS TRICHOREGMA Takahashi.

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, xix, no. 102 (1929).
Genoty pe.—Oregma bambusifoliae Takah.

Closely related to Oregma Buckton, differing in that the
cornicles are on elevated hairy cones.

GENUS DORAPHIS Hori et Matsumura.

Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., x, p. 112 (1929).
Genotype.—Doraphis populi Hori et Mats.

Near to Cerataphis Licht., but differs in the simple media of
the front wings and in lacking cubitus on the hind wings. The
antennae of the winged form are usually 4-jointed.

GENUS GISTELIELLA Strand.

Arb, aus Syst.—Zool. Inst. Lettlaend. Univ., no. 27, p. 46 (1928).
Genotype.—?

Strand proposed this name for Aphanus Gistel (Faunus, 1,
p. 111, 1837), since Gistel’s name was preoccupied by Aphanus
de Laporte, 1832. Gistel’s paper is not accessible to me and I
can not consider this genus.

LITERATURE.

Baker, A. C. 1916. The identity of Eriosoma querci Fitch. Ent.
News, xxvii, pp. 359-366.

—_—— 1920. Generic classification of the hemipterous family
Aphididae. U.S. Dept. Agr., Bull. no. 826.

Briancuarp, E. E. 1922. Aphid notes, 111. Physis, vi, pp. 43-58.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

——= 1923
Borner, C. 1926.
Das, B. 1918.
Davipson, W. M._ 1915.
IDAs, Ve Ae 1910.
Ss 1911.
——— 1913.
DremeGurreiomG. 1921:
Franssen, C. J. H. 1927.
Gaumont, L. 1920.
—_— 1923.
Ginmispars., (Coley 1908.
——— 1909.
——— 1911

. A new aphidian tribe from Argentina. Physis,
vil, pp. 120-125.
Zuechtung der Homopteren. Handb. biol. Ar-

beitsm., Abt. ix, Teil i-11, pp. 215-270.
The Aphididae of Lahore. Mem. Ind. Mus., vi,
no. 4.

Little known western plant-lice, Econ.

Ent., vill, pp. 419-429.

Two curious species of Aphididae from Illinois.
Ent. News, xxi, pp. 195-200. ;

The woolly aphis of oak (Phyllaphis? querci
Fitch). Ent. News, xxii, pp. 241-245.

The Cyrus Thomas collection of Aphididae, and
a tabulation of species mentioned and de-
scribed in his publications. Bull. Illinois St.
Cabs Natesliste sen Antetineppeo7— 1 oie

Specie nuove e nuovi generi per l’Afidofauna
Italica. Redia, xiv, pp. 107-136.

Aphis fabae Scop. en aanverwante soorten in
Nederland.

Sur un Lachnide du Rosier peu étudié, apparten-
ant & un genre nouveau Maculolachnus rosae
Cholod. (Hem. Aphididae). Bull. Soc. Ent.
Fr., 1920, pp. 26-30.

Contribution a l’étude des Aphidide de France.
Ann. Epiph., ix, pp. 309-346.

New species of Colorado Aphididae, with notes
upon their life habits. Can. Ent., lx, pp. 61-68.

American snowball louse, Aphis viburnicola n. sp.
Ent. News, xx, pp. 280-285.

. Two Rhopalosiphum species and Aphis pulveru-

lens n.sp. Jl. Econ. Ent., iv, pp. 320-325.

iil,

GitteTtTE, C. P. anp Patmer, M. A. 1929. New Colorado Aphididae. Ann.

GLENDENNING, R.

Granovsky, A. A.

1926.

1928.

Ent. Soc. Amer., xxit, pp. 1=32.

Some new aphids from British Columbia.
Ent., lviii, pp. 95-98.

A new genus and species of Aphididae (Hom-

Can.

optera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xxx, pp.
113-121.

Hayuurst, P. 1909. Observations on two species of Hyalopterus
(Aphididae). Jl. New York Ent. Soc., xvii,
pp: LOy-11S:

Horr, M. 1929. Two new species of aphids parasitic on poplar
in Hokkaido. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc.,
x jojon MOSS.

|Alonms, 1, (C3 1926. Two new genera and a new species of Aphididae.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, xxxix, pp. 115-120.

22 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

Know ron, G. F.

Laine, F.

Mason, P. W.

Marsumura, S.

Maxson, A. C.

Maxson, A. C. AnD

Morpviiko, A.

Moretra, C.

Nevsky, V. P.

OgstLunpD, O. W.

1927

1928

1929.

G28:

. A new rabbit brush aphid from Utah. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer., xx, pp. 229-231.
. A few western aphids with descriptions of three
new species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., xxi, pp.
259-268.
A new juniper aphid from Utah with notes on a
few other species. Florida Entom., xii, pp. 59-
62; ibid., xiii, pp. 4-8.
. A note on an aphid new to Britain. Entom., lviii,
pp. 19-20.

. A new name for Dilachnus Baker (Aphididae).
Entom., lix, pp. 322-323.

. A new genus and species of aphids (Homoptera).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, xxvi, pp. 49-52.

. New species and genera of Callipterinae (Aphidi-
dae) of Japan. Trans Sapporo Nat. Hist.Soc.,
vil, pp. 99-115.

Subfamily Pemphiyinae. St. Connect. St. Geol.
Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull., no. 34, pp. 311-328.

F. C. Horres. 1926. A new tribe and a new species of

the subfamily Pemphiginae (Homop.: Aphidi-
dae). Ent. News, xxxvii, pp. 129-133.

. Georgiaphis nom. n. for Georgia (Aphididae,
Homop.). Ent. News, xxxvil, pp. 266-267.

. Faune de la Russie, Insecta Hemiptera, i, 1; 1919
bide 2k

. Les Pucerons des Graminées (Aphididae), 1.

. Keys for the determination of aphids living con-
tinuously or temporarily on Gramineous plants
and sedges (Trans. by B. P. Uvarov). Bull.
Ent. Res., xiii, pp. 25-39.

1927. Les Pemphigiens des Pistachiers et leurs formes
anolocycliques. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., xxviii,
pp. 61-75.

1928. Geoica Hart. and its anolocyclic forms. Compt.
Rend. Acad. Sc. URSS, 1928, pp. 525-528.

1928. Les Pemphigiens des Pistachiers et leurs formes
anolocycliques. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., liii, pp.
358-366.

1925. Pulgoes do Brasil. Inst. Biol. de Def. Agr., Bol.
2, pp. 1-34.

1928. The plant-lice of Middle-Asia, i. Ent. Mitt.,
xvii, pp: 182-199;

- 1928. Ibid., 11. Acta Univ. Asiae Mediae, ser. vili-a,

ZOO Sp Pala silic

1929. Ibid., iii. Zool. Anz., Ixxxii, pp. 197-228.

1887. Synopsis of the Aphididae of Minnesota. Geol.

Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota, Bull. 4.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930 23

—— 9228

Parcn, E. M. 1910.

Roepke, W. 1928.

SuHinjI, O. O28

ScHouTEDEN, H. 1902.

ScHUMACHER, F. Dil

So.timan, L. B. NODE

STRAND, E. 1928.
TakanAsut, R. Pst.
ODI

— 1924:

THEOBALD, F. V. 1918.

A synoptical key to the Aphididae of Minnesota.
19th Rept. St. Ent. Minnesota, 1922, pp. 114-
MEW

Gall aphids of the elm. Maine Agr. Expt. St.,
Bull. no. 181.

Ueber die Franssenschen Untersuchungen an
schwarzen Blattlaesen der Aphis fabae-Gruppe
in Holland. Stett. Ent. Zeit., Ixxxix, pp. 1-30.

New genera and species of the Japanese Aphididae.
(In Japanese.) Dobutsugaku Zasshi (Zool.
Mag. Tokyo), xxxiv, pp. 729-732 and pp. 787-
800.

. New aphids from Saitama and Morioka. (In

Japanese.) Dobutsugaku Zasshi (Zool. Mag.
Tokyo), xxxv, pp. 301-309.

24. New species of aphids from Morioka. (In Japan-

ese.) Dobutsugaku Zasshi (Zool. Mag. Tokyo),
XXXxvi, pp. 343-372.

Aphidologische Notizen. Zool. Anz., xxv, pp.
654-657.

Aphidologische Notizen, i-iv. Zool. Anz., liii,
pp. 181-186, 187-192, 281-284, and 285-286.

. Paracletus cimiciformis Heyd., die Tetramorium-

Wurzellaus. Deut. Ent. Zeits., 1923, pp. 401-
410.

A comparative study of the structural characters
used in the classification of the genus Macro-
siphum of the family Aphididae, with special
reference to the species found in California.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., iv, pp. 89-158.

Miscellanea nomenclatorica zoologica et palaeon-
tologica. Arb. aus dem Syst.—Zool. Inst.
Lettlaend. Univ., no. 27, pp. 30-75.

Japanese Aphididae, 1.

Aphididae of Formosa, part 1.

Two new genera of Aphididae. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Washington, xxiv, pp. 204-206.

Aphididae of Formosa, part 2.

Some Aphididae from the Far East. Philippine
Ife Stes, Sesh, joo. HUMINT

Aphididae of Formosa, part 4.

Notes on some Formosan Aphididae, 2. Trans.
Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, xix, no. 102.

Notes on new and little known British aphides,
iv. Entom., li, pp. 25-29.

. African Aphididae, part iv. Bull. Ent. Res., xi,

pp. 65=72.

24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 1, JAN., 1930

LTT] |

Tuomas, C.

TuLLGREN, A.

VAN DER Goort, P. 1917.

Witson, H. F.

1922

1922.

1923.

LO28F

1923.
1926.
1927.
19272
1928.

1878.

Actual da

. A new aphid genus and species found in England:
Bull. Ent. Res., xii, pp. 429-430. .

An aphid genus and species new to Britain (Trilo-
baphis caricis). Ent. Mth. Mag., 3rd ser.,
vill, pp. 137-138.

New Aphididae found in Egypt. Bull. Soc. Roy.
Ent. Egypte, Année 1922, pp. 39-80.

Aphides on the yellow horned-poppy (Glaucium
luteum). Ent. Mth. Mag., 3rd ser., ix, pp.
102-106.

A new genus and two new species of aphides from
Ross-shire. Scot. Nat., 1923, pp. 9-10.

The plant-lice or Aphididae of Great Britain, i.

Ibid., ii.

A new aphid genus and two new species. Entom.,
Ix, pp. 31-34.

Aphididae from Italian Somaliland and Eritrea.
Bull. Ent. Res., xix, pp. 177-180.

A list of the species of the tribe Aphidini, family
Aphididae, found in the United States, which
have been heretofore named, with descriptions
of some new species. Illinois St. Lab. Nat.
Hist., Bull. 2, pp. 3-16.

25. Aphidologische Studien, ii. Meddel. Centralanst,

fors6k. jordbr., no. 280.
Zur Kenntnis der Blattlaeuse Javas. Contr.
Fauna Indes Neerland., i, 3.
. Tribe Lachnini. Connect. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv.,
Bull. 34, pp. 256-271.

te of publication, February 14, 1930.

VOL. 32 FEBRUARY, 1930 No. 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIE
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

ALDRICH, J. M.—NOTES ON SYNONYMY OF DIPTERA, NO. 4....... DS

BALDUF, W. V.—THE CYCLES AND HABITS OF PHLYCTAENIA TERTIALIS
(GUENEE) S (LEPIDOPTERA: PYRANIDAT) hous uel ails a) seul PS eeue 31

WELD, LEWIS H.—THREE NEW GALL-FLIES FROM ARIZONA (HYMENOPTERA:
GYINTPID AU) bis Wee tte hal ah? ay teres sh Hae es ME ts, sécesaty- oo Fae ae a 28

Pus.isHeD MontHiy Except Jury, AuGcust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Flonavary President |. 0) ass oe nope ig L. O. HOWARD
Presidente ee cea th eee eee RE ae ee ee J. E. GRAF
Pips Vice-TrEiaent: 2) 20S 5a, site i cae eae Ch ee A. C. BAKER
Mecatd Vice Prestaent’ ce ies oe ene eae ae Pe F. C. BISHOPRE
ReCOnatie ES CCrelary Voie ane eae ee) eee ee J. °S. WADE
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ........ -. . oo. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
FEA OR Re) 2 oo ous as Raia Vee ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CAupeELt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
WCIEMOES Soe via ps2. 5 eons tk CO Ee a A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 205 4.50 6.75 9.00
Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the Editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOLS 32 FEBRUARY 1930 No. 2

NOTES ON SYNONYMY OF DIPTERA, NO. 4.
By J. M. Atpricu, U. 8. National Museum.

The preceding number of this series was published in these
Proceedings, Vol: 31, 1929, pp. 32-36.

1. Trixoscelis. When I published a note on this genus in
ae ees just mentioned I overlooked the disposition made

t by Tonnoir and Malloch, who placed it in the family
Persie 3 in their paper on the family in Records of the
Canterbury (New Zealand) Museum, Vol. 3, 1927, p. 83.

2. Sturmia schizurae Coquillett. In discussing this species
and the name A4rgyrophylax piperi Townsend, in the same
article, p. 36, I made a curious mistake in failing to notice that
Townsend’s reference of his own schizurae to Argyrophylax was
equally erroneous with his reference of schizurae Coquillett to
that genus. Instead of having one schizurae belonging to
Argyrophylax and one to Achaetoneura (in which case piperi
would be an unnecessary change of name), we have both belong-
ing to Achaetoneura; so by the double error the name piperi
is still necessary, but is in 4chaetoneura, for Coquillett’s species
(Revision, 1897, p. 113).

3. Ptychomyia selecta Meigen. That this European species
occurs in North America has now been ascertained. Town-
send described the male as Daeochaeta harveyi in Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc., Vol. 19, 1892, p. 98; and the female as Masicera
tenthredinidarum in the same volume of the journal, p. 285.
I have recently examined the type of harveyi, and tenthredint-
darum has been identified for many years as a common parasite
of sawflies in the United States, although its type is not in
existence unless it was returned to James Fletcher and deposited
in the Canadian National Collection. Suspecting that the
European se/ecta was the same, I sent several specimens from
our material to Dr. J. Villeneuve, who confirmed the identity.
Selecta has been reared from sawflies several times in Europe.

4. Grisdalemyia bigelowi Curran. (Canad. Ent., Vol. 58,
June, 1926, p. 133.) My Psiloneura flavisquama (Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus.) Voles69, art: 22°"Dec 1926; p! 23), isa synonym
of this. As both species are genotypes, my genus is also a
synonym of his.

5. In proposing the genus Reedia (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,

26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930

Vol. 74, Art. 1, 1928, p. 17) I unfortunately overlooked the
prior use of the name in Hymenoptera; I therefore now propose
EpwyNnIA as a new generic name in the place of my Reedia.

6. Chiloepalpus aurifacies Townsend (Ent. Mitteil., Vol. 16,
1927, p. 281) was identified in the National Museum by Dr.
Townsend on his recent visit. I had previously identified the
species as Furinia callipyga Bigot (Annales Soc. Ent. France,
1857, p. 279, figs.), which is far from being a Furinia,—in fact
Bigot was very uncertain about the genus when he described
it. On examining Bigot’s types, through the kindness of Mr.
J. E. Collin, I found my identification confirmed. Bigot’s
Epalpus ochricornis (Annales Soc. Ent. France, 1888, p. 95), also
from Chile, is probably a synonym, differing only in having the
antennae wholly red. I examined the single female type.

The genus Edwynia has many characters in common with
Chiloepalpus, but has the propleura bare, the second abdominal
segment with a marginal row of ten stout spines, and is in gen-
eral a more robust and spiny form.

7. In commenting upon some of Enderlein’s genera, | made
the statement (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 30, 1928, p. 143)
that he had proposed the new genus Euestelia for Rhicnoessa
coronata Loew. All he said was, “Typus E. coronata (Lw.
1858), the E. standing merely for the new genus. Professor
Hendel informs me that the coronata Loew of 1858 is his Euro-
pean Ochthiphila coronata, the Rhicnoessa dating from 1865.
Thus I mistook the genotype, and the genus is not a synonym
of Pelomyia.

In this connection I should add that Professor Hendel has
more than half convinced me that his Hypaspistomyia, with
coquilletti as type and including our Desmometopa latipes Meigen,
is a valid genus; at any rate I was getting into deep water for
me when I expressed my opinion that it probably was not, on
the same page as the preceding.

8. While in Copenhagen last summer, I found the types of
Musca frigida Fabricius in the collection of the Zoological Mu-
seum. There are two male types, and they are the same as
Coelopa gravis Haliday, which is thus a synonym, just as Hali-
day thought in 1839. In my recent paper on Coe/opa (Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus:, Vol. 76, Art. 11, 1929) ».3), 2 adepeedmame
view that frigida is not a Coelopa at all and used gravis for our
species of the New England coast; this change of name proves
to be a mistake, and the species is frigida, as it has long been
called.

9. Belvosia recticornis Macquart. In my paper on Belvosia
(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 73, Art. 8, 1928, p. 14), I have used
this name for the species described later by Giglio-Tos as de//a;
specimens received from the Vienna Museum and connecting
with Brauer’s published statement about the Macquart type

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930 27

seemed to make this disposition of Je//a necessary, unless I
greatly misidentified it. On receiving my paper, Mr. Collin
tried it on his specimens, and believed that I was in error here.
He generously brought the types of Macquart with him to
Washington in 1928, and I have reviewed the matter.

Macquart’s Gonia recticornis was described without locality.
He mentioned that the material was in M. Bigot’s collection,
now the property of Mr. Collin. Three specimens were received
by me, one of which was headless and evidently a later speci-
men, as it is fresher and has not been in fluid, as Macquart
stated that his specimens had been. Disregarding this one, the
other two are male and female of one species, the former bearing
Brauer’s manuscript note, “Brauer, Wien, cvi (No. 94).”
They run directly to mexicana Aldrich in my key; they also
agree with my types, and I do not hesitate to sink mexicana
as asynonym. This leaves de//a Giglio-Tos as a valid species,
which I erroneously called recticornis in my paper. All the
bibliographical references are in my paper.

10. An overlooked work on South American Diptera. Edwyn
C. Reed, a professor of natural history in the Naval School of
Chile, published a catalogue of Diptera of Chile in 1888 (Cata-
logo de los Insectos Dipteros de Chile. Anales de la Universidad
de Chile, Tomo LX XIII, pp. 271-316). The title is mentioned
in Zoological Record for 1888, but the single new generic name
is omitted and the entire list seems to have been overlooked
by others as it has been by myself. It contains 716 numbered
species of Chilean Diptera, well arranged and indexed. There
is one new generic name, “Tana Reed,” on p. 284, with the
sole species “176 Paulseni (Lagarus) Ph. l. c., p. 729.”

Inasmuch as Lagarus was used in Coleoptera thirty years
before Philippi’s paper, it is apparent that Reed is proposing
Tana as a new name to replace it in Philippi’s sense, although
he does not explain the intention. So far I can, however, find
no earlier use of Tana by him, and believe it should date from
1888.

11. Mesembrinella purpurata Aldrich (Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., Vol. 62, Art. 11, 1922, p. 16) is a synonym of M. nigri-
frons Bigot (described as Ochromyza in Annales Ent. Soc. France,
1878, p. 39, from Brazil). Mr. Collin very kindly sent me the
Bigot types, two females, for examination.

Nigrifrons had previously been considered a synonym of
aeneiventris Wiedemann, but proves to be distinct.

12. In the Canadian Entomologist, Vol. 23, 1891, p. 88,
W. A. Snow described Haematobia alcis, a biting fly, collected
the previous year by Professor L. L. Dyche on moose in northern
Minnesota. Professor Dyche brought back only a small vial
of specimens in alcohol. Snow mentioned the species again
in the 22d Report of the Entomological Society of Ontario for

28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930

1891, p. 19; Dr. Hough published some notes on the types in
Biol. Bull., Vol. 1, 1899, p. 22; Malloch in Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, series 10, volume 2, 1928, p. 318, was
inclined to believe Snow’s species to be a synonym of the horn
fly Haematobia irritans Linnaeus.

Recently Professor F. M. Gaige, of the University of Michi-

gan, sent to the Museum 13 females of the species found attack--
ing moose on Isle Royale, Michigan. This is the first discovery
of alcis since Dyche collected it thirty-nine years ago. It 1s
not only distinct from irritans, but belongs to the genus Lype-
rosiops Townsend, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 14, 1912, p. 47.
The genus was established without description by the desigma-
tion of Stomoxys stimulans Meigen, a European species, as
type.
The most striking character of this genus is the presence of
distinct setules on the first longitudinal vein. /cis difters but
little from the type species of Europe and it may even prove
identical when more material of both sexes is obtained. It
is a remarkable tact that it has not yet been tound, except
attacking the moose.

13. In these Proceedings, Vol. 31, May, 1929, p. 91, I desig-
nated Musca frit Linnaeus as the type of the genus Oscinella
Becker (Arch. Zool., Vol. 1, 1910, p. 150, where it is described
as a new genus). Afterward I noticed that Enderlein (Zool.
Anz., Vol. 42, 1913, p. 355) mentioned that Oscinella really
dates from an earlier paper. On looking this up I find that
Becker (Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 1909, p. 120) described
a species from British East Africa as “‘Oscinella deficiens nov.
sp. (Oscinis olim).” This having appeared earlier than the
description as a new genus, evidently fixes the type as deficiens,
not seen by me, and apparently a somewhat peculiar species.

THREE NEW GALL-FLIES FROM ARIZONA (HYMENOPTERA :
CYNIPIDAE).

By Lewis H. We tp, East Falls Church, Va.

While camping for two winters at Camp Creek (nearest post-
office Cave Creek, Ariz.), fifty miles north of Phoenix, Mrs.
Nettie Weld Capron sent me galls which she collected on vari-
ous occasions from the only oak which grows in that vicinity
and which seems to be Quercus subturbinella Trelease. Not
all of the forty-four kinds of galls sent could be reared, but of
those from which adults were obtained the three following are
described as new. For the convenience of fellow students in
the group paratypes are deposited in three widely separated
museums so that they may be consulted without too extensive
travel.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930 PS)

Diplolepis capronae, new species.

Female.—Red. Head from above transverse, narrower than thorax, cheeks
prominent but not broadened behind the eyes, occiput slightly concave; from
in front broader than high, facial quadrangle 1.3 times as broad as high, malar
space .4 eye without groove, antennae filiform, 14-segmented, lengths as (scape)
18 (9): 6: 25 (5): 21: 17: 14: 11: 9: 8: 7 (6): 6: 5.5: 5: 8 (5). Sides of pronotum
punctured and pubescent. Mesopleura pubescent. Mesoscutum shiny,
with scattered punctures bearing silvery hairs, parapsidal grooves deep, smooth
and percurrent, no median, broad lateral line areas bare and smooth. Two
large pits at base of the scutellum opening out on to disk behind and separated
by a narrow but prominent median carina. Disk rugose, coarser posteriorly,
margined on sides. Carinae on propodeum narrow, slightly curved, enclosed
area widest above. Tarsal claws with tooth. Wing hyaline, pubescent,
ciliate, the type with a small round spot in radial cell, a cloud back of it in
base of third cubital and a group of confluent markings near apex. These
spots are absent in some of the paratypes cut from the galls in November.
The basal and first abscissa of radius are clouded and the second abscissa is
bent upward and thickened toward tip which does not reach the margin. Areo-
let reaches one-fifth way to basal. Abdomen longer than head and thorax,
length to height to width as 35: 29: 21; lengths of tergites along dorsal curva-
ture as 29: 4: 2, their hind margins oblique, the rest hidden, abdomen reaching
a little beyond areolet. Ventral spine stout, bristly, triangular in outline in
ventral and side view. Using width of head as a base the length of mesonotum
ratio is 1.5, antenna 2.1, ovipositor 2.1, wing 4.1. Length 3.0-3.35 mm. Aver-
age of six specimens 3.15 mm.

Its red coloration, less distinct spotting of wings, rugose scutellum with
more distinct pits will distinguish it from the related Diplolepis bella (Basse tt)
which also occurs in the same locality and on same host.

Type.—Cat. No. 42884, U. S. Nat. Mus. Type. Paratypes
(antennae broken) in Field, Stanford and American Museums.

Host-—Quercus subturbinella Trelease.

Gall—Globular, 8 to 18 mm. in diameter, attached to midrib
or strong vein on under side of leaf. Its straw-yellow color
with vertical purple streaks makes it a beautiful object when
fresh. The outer shell is about half a millimeter thick and
crinkly radiating fibers support a central larval cell.

Habitat—The type locality is Camp Creek, Arizona, where
Mrs. Capron, for whom the species is named, collected galls on
five different occasions in November and December, 1927 and
1928. Unfortunately most of the adults had emerged and the
type material consists of flies which were dead when cut out
of the galls.

Andricus scutella, new species.

Female.—Reddish brown, base of abdomen and of scutellum lighter. Head
as broad as thorax, coriaceous, cheeks scarcely broadened behind the eyes,

30 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930

outline from in front almost circular, interocular space broader than high,
malar space one-third eye without groove; antennae 13-segmented, lengths
as (scape) 9:6:11:9: 8:7: 6:6: 5.5: 5: 5:4.5:10. Mesoscutum longer than
broad, coriaceous under high power, shining, with scattered setigerous punc-
tures, parapsidal grooves narrow, deep, percurrent, a slight trace of a median
behind, latera! lines smooth, shining. Scutellum with two small smooth pits,
disk alutaceous, margined on sides. Carinae on propodeum angled. Meso-
pleura smooth, polished. Wing pubescent, ciliate, veins yellowish-brown,
second abscissa of radius arcuate, radial cell five times as long as broad, areolet
reaching one-tenth and cubitus two-thirds way to basal. Claws with a tooth.
Abdomen shining, length to height to width as 21: 18: 9, lengths of tergites
along dorsal curvature as 55: 1§: 2: 2: 2: 6, second tergite with pubescent patches
at base, its hind margin at angle of 45° to long axis. Ventral spine slender,
in side view seven times as long as broad. Using width of head as a base the
length of mesonotum ratio is 1.4, antenna 2.8, ovipositor 3.7, wing, 5.1. Length
1.6-2.15 mm. Average of 55 pinned specimens 1.78 mm.

Distinguished from Andricus parmula Bassett, which forms a similar but
shallower gall on several species of oak in California, by its lighter color, shorter
abdomen, and its more shining and nearly bare mesoscutum.

Type.—Cat. No. 42885, U. S. Nat. Mus. Type and 9
aad ia Paratypes in American Museum, Field and Stan-
ord.

Host.—Quercus subturbinella release.

Gall.—A cup-shaped spangle up to 4.5 mm. in diameter and
3.5 mm. high, brown with a whitish bloom, attached to under
side of leaf. The edge of the cup is thin, not in-rolled, often
collapsed. The larval cell 2 mm. long by .7 mm. in diameter
is placed transversely in very base of cup. The exit hole is
into the bottom of cup. The gall resembles that of Trigonaspis
cupella Weld on the same host, but lacks the in-rolled margin
and dark color of that species and the adult is fully winged.

Habitat—The type locality is Camp Creek, Arizona, where
Mrs. Capron collected some on January 21, 1928. Some adults
had already emerged and others were cut out of the galls on
February 4. More galls were sent from the same locality on
November 20 and December 8, 1928, and living flies cut out
December 14 and January 3, 1929.

Xanthoteras mediocre, new species.

Female.—Head piceous, thorax and abdomen black; from above massive,
length to width as 25: 44, wider than thorax, occiput concave; cheeks ample but not
broadened behind the eyes; from in front as broad as high, interocular space .7,
transfacial and area 1.75 times as broad as high, malar space .6 eye with groove;
antennae 14-segmented, lengths as (scape) 11: 7: 11 (5): 7 (5): 7: 6: 5: 4.5: 4.5:
5: 5 (5): 5: 5: 8. Sides of pronotum with setigerous punctures. Mesoscutum
smooth, shining, a few punctures along the deep percurrent parapsidal grooves.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930 31

Scutellum tapering suddenly to a blunt point behind, not gradually as in
Acraspis, transverse groove at base but indistinctly subdivided, disk shining
with a few scattered punctures. Carinae on propodeum angled. Mesopleura
bare, shining. Wing rudimentary, reaching about to hind margin of tergite
III, veins brown, no areolet. Tarsal claws with a tooth. Abdomen as long
as head and thorax, higher than long, lengths of tergites along dorsal margin
as 14: 4: 3: 2: 2: 4, ventral valves oblique, ventral spine tapering, in side view
stout, three times as long as broad, with scattered bristles. Using the width
of the head as a base the length of mesonotum ratio is 1.06, antenna 2.4, ovi-
positor 3.0, wing 1.3-1.6. Length 1.4-2.2 mm. Average of 104 specimens
1.93 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 42886, U. S. N. M. Type and 19 para-
types. Paratypes in American Museum, Field and Stanford.

Host.— Quercus subturbinella Trelease.

Gall——Similar in color and structure to the gall of Xantho-
teras forticorne (Walsh) but not so large. The clusters are
roughly globular, about 20 mm. in diameter, on young shoots
under débris. The individual fig-shaped galls contain from
2-6 cells, while those of forticorne are monothalamous.

Habitat—The type material is from Camp Creek, Arizona.
Mrs. Capron sent galls on November 20, 1928, and living flies
were cut out on December 8. On December 27, 1928, she
collected another lot of galls and flies were cut out January 2
and others emerged indoors about January 22, 1929.

THE CYCLES AND HABITS OF PHLYCTAENIA TERTIALIS
(GUENEE) (LEPIDOPTERA, PYRALIDAE).

By W. V. BatpurF!

Phlyctaenia tertialis (Guenee) (plectilis G. and R., syringicola
Pack.) has received scant consideration in the literature of
insects. It is a widespread species, being reported by Chit-
tenden (1) from Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, New
York, New Jersey, Virginia, Ohio, Illinois, and Kansas. But
it rarely has attacked cultivated crops. Chittenden records it
from Virginia on grape, whose leaves “they fold together near
the middle and join with their scanty web.” But this attack
was believed to be secondary, the larva having been found later
“in greater abundance upon a cultivated ornamental plant of
the genus Sambucus, called flowering elderberry,” from which
it perhaps spread to the grape. Englehardt (2) bred it from
“dead and dry shoots of elderberry”’ and the writer watched it
from October to October of 1927-28 at Urbana, Illinois, and at

1Contribution No. 131 from the Entomological Laboratories of the University
of Illinois.

32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930

Oak Harbor, Ohio, during the summer of 1928, obtaining it
always from Sambucus. Some of its habits are similar to
those of its notorious relative, P. rubigalis (Guenee), the green-
house, or celery, leaf tyer, and therefore it may appropriately
be known by the common name elder leaf tyer.

DESCRIPTION OF THE STAGES.

The Egg.—Length 0.78 mm., width 0.60 mm., whitish, shiny; oval in outline,
ends broadly rounded, moderately and quite uniformly convex; surface sculp-
ture consisting of minute quadrate to subquadrate areas, sometimes pentagonal,
rarely hexagonal or subcircular; placed in masses of various numbers from 1 to
16 and irregular shape, latter determined by the presence on the leaf of strong
cilia which the moth apparently avoids in ovipositing. The distribution of the
cilia is not uniform, and the clear spaces of the leaf are selected, with the result
that the moth moves hither and yon, as shown by the positions of the egg
masses.

The Larva.—Larvae believed to be of the second instar were slender, whitish
to pale or medium green, and 7 to9 mm. long. Individuals about three-fourths
grown have a broad light-colored longitudinal stripe on each side of the dorso-
median line, and resemble the more advanced greenhouse leaf tyer. The con-
dition of maturity of the elder leaf tyer may be known by the change in color
from green to a conspicuous deep pink which later fades to pinkish-white to
dull white when the insect is in the pre-pupa stage or in hibernation.

The head of the mature larva is medium brown and the ana tergite is not
heavily chitinized: length 20 to 22 mm., width about 2.5 mm., tapering more
caudad than cephalad. Only the prothorax bears a pair of spiracles, which are
positively on the propleura, distinctly subovate, and larger than those on
abdominal segments one to seven, and about the size of the pair on segment
eight. The body is sparsely clothed with short and longer stiff hairs, which are
arranged essentially as follows: four long on each side of the head, of which two
form a transverse row mesad of the eyes, and one below and one in front of the
eyes; thoracic segments with two transverse rows dorsad between spiracles,
anterior row larger, the two rows converging on meso- and metanota: propleuron
with a pair borne on a fleshy tubercle above base of legs, and a pair (dorsal
member smaller) anterior to spiracle: on the meso- and metapleura there is a
single, larger hair above bases of legs, and a smaller hair occupies places corres-
ponding to the position of the prothoracic spiracle: the nota of the abdominal
segments bear four hairs each, forming a subquadrate figure; on the pleura are a
single hair above the spiracle, and a smaller pair below the spiracle; on the
antero-lateral side of the base of the prolegs is a curved row of three about as
long as the prolegs themselves; this set of three assumes the position of the
prolegs on segments one, two and seven. One prominent hair is intermediate
between the above sets of three and the subspiracular hairs.

The Pupa.—The pupa is medium brown, which turns to deep brown in indi-
viduals about to yield moths. Length 10-11 mm., maximum width 2 mm. or
slightly more. The form is typically lepidopterous, the surface glabrous and
bare excepting a few short hairs above and below the abdominal spiracles and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930 33

a group of eight spine-like hairs on the black protuberance at the tip of the
abdomen.

The Moth.—The adult is slightly larger and more robust than P. rubigalis.
The expanse of the front wings varies from 15 to 21 mm., that of the hind from
13 to 16 mm. In color they are predominantly moderate brown with varying
amounts of yellowish-brown. Usually the front wings have three patches of
the latter color, one mid-way on the anterior margin, another subterminal on
that margin, and the third behind the latter. The hind wings bear two, more
elongate, patches of irregular form on the median third, the two overlapping
along the middle. A narrow zig-zag curved band of the same color borders
these patches on the distal edge on the apical fourth of both wings.

HIBERNATION AND SPRING APPEARANCE.

The fall and winter period of inactivity is spent in the final
larval instar. The earliest larva found entering hibernation
was taken on July 26 (Urbana), and many had occupied the
typical wintering places on August 22 (Oak Harbor). All of
these were still in this condition on November 1, 1928. Reared
larvae from the latest spring generation moths at Oak Harbor
were still in the second and third instars on August 22, hence,
some larvae are not mature and presumably do not begin to
hibernate before the first half of September. When the species
was observed quite extensively on October 29, 1927 (Urbana),
all individuals were larvae in hibernation. Wintering therefore
begins in late summer, and continues to late April and early
May (Urbana) of the next year.

The larva, upon reaching maturity from feeding on the
elder leaves, goes groundward in search of elder or weed stems
in which it forms a hibernaculum. Such stems are sometimes
few and scattered, and then considerable crawling is obviously
necessary to find suitable shelter. Climbing up a standing
stump two feet high to enter the broken end was also observed
to have taken place. Along the Big 4 railroad (Urbana), the
elder had been mowed down before the time for entering hiber-
nation, and the larvae were common in the pith of the stumps
or of the parts cut off and lying on the ground. Where growth
is not disturbed, the larvae were found in the stumps and stems
of elder broken by natural agencies. Wintering larvae were
also commonly taken in old stems of large weeds, probably
goldenrod and ragweed, lying broken on the soil. Some stems
selected were still solid with pith, others were hollowed by age.
When the stem is filled with pith, the larva mines in from the
cut or broken end to varying distances, but not farther than
three inches, and usually within the first one or two inches
from the end of the stem. Frequently the outer end of the
cocoon closes the outer end of the burrow. If a hollow stem is
occupied, the larva may enter it a foot or more, or lesser dis-
tances, to construct its shelter.

34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930

The hibernaculum is a structure of whitish silk and about
five-eighths inch long, and often mixed with more or less of pith
particles formed when the larva mines into the stem. In large
hollow stems these are fastened to the inner wall of the cavity,
and have rather oblique ends, while in smaller stems the tunnel
may be completely obstructed by the construction, the ends
of which are flat and placed obliquely across the cavity, as
above in solid pith stems. Instances were observed in which as
many as five hibernacula were made in a series in single stems.
Sometimes, especially in old hollow stems, one larva may con-
struct as many as four oblique silk walls across the tunnel be-
tween its hibernaculum and the outer entrance, all parallel
with one another and about one-fourth or one-eighth inch apart.
Not uncommonly, larvae and chrysalids were seen in cocoons
made in the empty chrysalids of 4chatodes zeae, the elder stem
borer.

Larvae collected October 29 (Urbana) transformed to moths
in the laboratory between December 15 and March 21. On
May 10, 1928, 40 larvae and 83 pupae were removed from
hibernacula in nature, whereas on May 12, 47 larvae and 36
pupae were taken. Some of them had pupated several days
before,—their color was a deeper brown than that of newly
transformed individuals. From these records it is known that
pupation began about the first week of May, when new elder
growth was less than six inches high. On May 24, new elder
was one to two feet high. In thin sunny stands of the food
plant, most P. ¢ertialis had pupated, but in a denser growth under
shade trees more than half were still larvae, on May 30.

The earliest freshly empty chrysalids were seen on May 12,
and moths issued in cages during the rest of that month, and
emergence of the adult obviously continues into the middle of
June, in as much as some larvae persisted to at least May 30.
On June 10 (Urbana) elder had grown to three feet or more in
height, and moths flew commonly from place to place among
the elder clumps when disturbed, and were most numerous
in the denser bushes. They come to rest quickly on the under
sides of leaves after a short darting flight. At this time no
conspicuous feeding injury was noticeable on the foliage, and
larvae were not found. Moths reared in the laboratory on
May 24 and 25 deposited eggs in an indoor cage on May 26,
and the first generation was well started on June 11 when the
writer went to Oak Harbor, Ohio, for the summer. Materials
sent him at intervals during that time by Dr. A. E. Miller made
it possible to follow developments of the Urbana moths in a
general way.

—

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930 35

Tue First GENERATION.

During the week following June 21, no larvae in hibernacula
or on leaves were seen, but both empty and entire chrysalids,
and also moths in flight among elder, were rather general at
Oak Harbor and Reno, Ohio. Hence, development here was
probably only a week or two behind that at Urbana. Moths
reared from chrysalids collected in the above time were among
the last to issue from the hibernacula. The progeny of these
moths was observed throughout the season in laboratory cages,
and supplementary studies were made of out-of-doors Oak
Harbor material in addition to that from Urbana.

Several masses of eggs were deposited by these late moths on
or before July 3. The larvae hatched between July 5 and 9.
On July 19 they had made their first moult. All instars are very
active when disturbed, and wriggle to the leaf edges and spin
down, later regaining the leaves by ascending the silk line.
They fed upon the leaves of elder, chiefly on the lower surfaces,
and webbed them together quite flatly,—did not curl or roll
them. Even at this age some had chewed holes entirely through
the leaves. On July 17, the larger larvae had reached a length
of 14 to 20 mm., and were still relatively slender, and whitish
to pale green. Their method of attack was still to web adja-
cent leaves together and to eat the tissues while hiding within
the silk coverings and foliage. But there was also a consider-
able amount of leaf-rolling by these larger individuals. This
form of injury was common, too, in nature. They feed voraci-
ously when almost mature. Large larvae were reported
abundant at Urbana on July 18. On July 19, several reared
Oak Harbor larvae had turned mature pink, and made cocoons
in the corners of the cage, especially on the floor, but only a
few between the tied leaves or leaf remains, the latter situations
probably being selected due to cage conditions. All had be-
come mature and most were pupae on July 29. A number of
pink larvae placed in a large outdoor cage containing a growing
elder, and otherwise constructed to simulate the favored habi-
tat, were later found to have tied some leaves together, but
made burrows and cocoons only in the dead, dry stems on the
ground. Later, corrugated cardboard was found suitable for
pupation inthe cages. Thereafter, mature larvae and chrysalids
were always found in such pithy or hollow stems, under natural
conditions, on or near the ground as were occupied by the same
stages of the overwintering generation. It is of interest in this
connection, to recall that in the case of the greenhouse leaf
tyer (3), ““pupation takes place in folded leaves,” except when
the leaves are “badly skeletonized.” This difference in habit
is probably significant ecologically. In all other essential
respects, the ways of these two species are alike.

36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 2, FEB., 1930

Within a few days the pink larva becomes shorter and pale
white. New pupae were obtained from the field at both Ur-
bana and Oak Harbor on July 23, but larvae of all sizes oc-
curred on the leaves, hence the generations seem to overlap
considerably. The smaller ones were early individuals of the
second generation because those reared in the laboratory were
from the last moths to emerge, and these laboratory larvae
were almost mature at this time. The first cycle, from mature
wintered larvae to the next appearance of mature larvae, oc-
curred from the first half of June to latter July at Oak Harbor.

Tue SeconD GENERATION.

The pupa stage in the heat of summer is 11 to 12 days, but
others required 14 days to transform. ‘The first reared moths of
this generation issued on or about August 6, and these being
late comers, the earliest probably emerged in mid-July. Is-
suance of moths from material reared entirely in cages con-
tinued to August 20. An adult on wing was seen about elder
in nature on August 22, and on the same day several live pupae
from out-of-doors were still to yield adults. One late adult
issued from Urbana material on August 29. The time required
for the species to pass through one cycle, from adult to adult,
in the summer generation, was about five weeks.

Oviposition by late reared moths of the first generation took
place in the cages about August 10, but egg laying began before
July 30 and continued to the first or second week of September
out-of-doors, according to general evidence. On August 20,
numerous larvae in the second instar were on the leaves in the
cages. These reached full size and constructed their hiber-
nacula between August 31 and September 15, and on November
1 were still in the larval state. Larvae from moths seen on
August 22 and from other adults issuing about August 30,
would not mature until late in September. The first of the
second generation to reach the pink stage (Urbana) were taken
on July 26. The first mature Oak Harbor larvae were found
on August 22, but earlier individuals no doubt occurred. Many
hibernating larvae therefore existed in this state during a month
or more of warm weather when green elder foliage is still on the
plants.

LireratureE CITeEp.
1. Cuirrenpven, F. H., U. S. D. A., Div. Ent. Bul. 18, n. s., 1898, pp. 82-83.
2. EnGELHARDT, G. P., Insec. Insc. Mestruus, Vol. 9, 1921, p. 160.

3. WeIcEL, C. A., BRoapBEnT, B. M., Busck, A., and Heinricu, C., Jour. Agr.
Res. Vol. X XIX, 1924, p. 151.

Actual date of publication, March 8, 1930

VOL. 32 MARCH, 1930 No. 3

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS
CAMPBELL, ROY E. AND DURAN, VICTOR—THE EGG OF LAPHYGMA EXIGUA
FUEN PRY (LEPIDOPDPRAS NOCKUIDAP) =u. aieti 211. soalsk a) .uenaedo

CHITTENDEN, F. H.—A NEW SPECIES OF NOTARIS (COLEOPTERA: CURCU-
ELONITDAUE)) aye ncBhcgs se Sean, cteetey anny asm bon es PORE Ee pic aeeale a nate gl et len acs Ho

PIERCE, WILLIAM DWIGHT—NOTES ON THE CANAFISTULA WEEVILS OF THE
GENUS PHELOMERUS PIC (COLEOPTERA: MYLABRIDAE). ...... 37

Pus.isHeD Montuiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary president; | We 2 cet A) a a ee L. O. HOWARD
President Ups Fh, 4 ae, ee Lee J. E. GRAF
First Page President. U2 es a ee en eee A. C. BAKER
Semnagr ice-Presiacni: 2) oa ee, ee eee F. C. BISHOPP
ecararne Serrerary” — stew 20S OE eee, oe ee ee J. S. WADE
Gorrespondine Secretany-lreasurers ene een S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
1 SEC | a ee aaa Se SUN Ag ee Cure Ora W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CaupbeELt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
Sciences VV ye OAR oh SEE hen Et rota, a A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOcIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 32 MARCH, 1930 No.3

NOTES ON THE CANAFISTULA WEEVILS OF THE GENUS
PHELOMERUS PIC (COLEOPTERA: MYLABRIDAE).

By Wiiu1am Dwicur Pierce, Ph. D.

Among the interesting insects intercepted by the Federal
Horticultural Board, E. R. Sasscer found specimens of a
“bruchid”’ weevil attacking the beans of the Cafiafistula
(Cassia fistula). As the species has not been studied morpho-
logically, the following notes and descriptions will serve to
identify the two species.

The interesting photographs of beans from “‘F. H. B. 23957”
lot, illustrate an infested bean, one with adult emerging, one
broken to show pupa, and another to show larva (Plate I).

Phelomerus Pic.

Phelomerus Pic, 1912, L’Echange Linneene, Vol 28, p. 92.

Type, hereby designated, ochropygus Pic.

Also included (distinctus Pic)=aberrans Sharp.

In addition to the two originally included species and the synonymy sug-
gested above, Pic in 1913 added Pachymerus lineola Chevrolat (1871).

It is of great interest to note that the two original species
breed in the seed pods of the huge podded Cassias, known
as cafiafistula, Cassia fistula, and C. grandis. This is quite
in harmony with the author’s findings of a correlation between
habit and classification. |

Pic’s original description of the genus and also of the first
two included species was very brief and inadequate. A trans-
lation follows:

Phelomerus, near Pachymerus Latreille. Form relatively elongate, posterior
femora long, greatly surpassing the other femora, flattened and multidentate
beneath. Head long, carinate; antennae with last joints very transverse.
Genus established for the two following species from Colombia: ochropygus
(Jekel), black, clad with a fulvous pubescence above and white beneath and
on the pygidium, the latter bordered with black at base; front of head, greater
part of antennae and four anterior legs more or less testaceous; prothorax
unequal above, long, very constricted in front, with posterior angles very
salient: and distinctus (Jekel), of a form a little less elongate and moderate
size, with bands or spots of variable pubescence above, partly glabrous beneath

38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930

and on the posterior legs; pygidium black, in greater part glabrous, ornate
with a pubescent white spot, more or less large, toward the apex, and macu-
late with yellowish brown at base.

Although these descriptions are very brief, I believe that
the two species discussed below are properly identified:

Phelomerus ochropygus Pic.

Phelomerus ochropygus Pic, 1912, L’Echange Linneenne, Vol 28, p. 92.

Described below from two specimens bred from beans of
cafiafistula (Cassia grandis) (det. H. C. Skeels) from Panama
and taken in quarantine at Washington, D. C., by E. R. Sasscer,
March 18, 1918, under F. H. B. No. 23957.

This large beautiful beetle (fig. 1) measures when fresh
and fully extended, 9 mm. in length and 4 mm. in breadth.
It can probably draw in its abdomen enough to reduce its
length from one to two mm. It is in general brownish tes-
taceous with conspicuous white pubescence on the venter
and pygidium.

I shall proceed to a rather detailed description of this insect
in order to introduce a more modern morphological descrip-
tion of a species of this family. In the past we have dealt

Figure 1. Adult Phelomerus ochropygus Pic, from side.
Drawn by H. S. Bradford.

with more or less vague terminology in Coleopterous descrip-
tions, paying no respect to the value of morphological studies.
Descriptions need not necessarily be long, but it is at least
essential that one species in a genus be fully described.

The head is elongate, but hardly to be described as rhynchophorous. It
is as long in front of the anterior margin of the eyes as behind it. The pos-
terior portion of the head, or collum, which telescopes within the prothorax,
is separated from the epicranium proper by a slight transverse constriction.
This part is often called the neck. The dorsal portion of the collum, or occi-
put, is very minutely transversely rugulose and clothed with fine, golden
brown pubescence. In front of the collum, between the eyes is the epicranium,
medianly divided by the epicranial suture, in the form of a ridge. The epi-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32 PLATE |

ExPLANATION OF ILLUSTRATION.

Plate I. Photograph of four cafiafistula beans, infested with Phlomerus
ochropygus Pic, showing larva, pupa and adult (photo by E. A. Sasscer).

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930 41

cranium is separated behind from the pregena by a distinct suture from the
base of the eye to the collum, and in front by a ridge over the antennal scrobes,
from the dorsal edge of the emargination of the eye to the frontal suture,
near the articulation of the mandible. The epicranium anteriorly is defined
by the frontal sutures which branch forward from the epicranial suture. Along
side of eyes the vertex portion of epicranium is very distinctly grooved. The
surface of epicranium is finely punctate, densely pubescent with golden decum-
bent hairs, and with a row of sparse, long and close, short, erect superciliary
hairs. The epicranium is laterally strongly emarginate by the inner lobes
of the eyes.

The eyes are large, multiple-facetted, deeply emarginate, the inner lobe
being narrower. The frontal sutures diverge from the epicranial suture, form-
ing a very obtuse angle with the apex opposite the antennal fossae. They
cut laterally the ridge from mandible to eye above the antennae, and termi-
nate opposite the attachment of the mandibles. In front of these sutures
is a large pentagonal piece, of which the black basal triangle is densely pubes-
cent and the apical trapezoid very sparely pubescent and reddish yellow in
color. The lateral angles of the trapezoid are pedunculate. These two
areas, triangle and trapezoid, represent the frons, and the c/ypeus; separated
by the epistoma, which, however, is merely indicated by the change of ves-
titure. The epistoma probably meets the frontal sutures at the supra-an-
tennal ridge, which is incidentally the suture between epicranium and gena.
In front of clypeus is the black, broadly transverse, semilunar /abrum, which
bears a row of long discal hairs and also a fringe of apical pubescence. The
pregena is well defined. Posteriorly it is separated from collum by the basal

Lincva., FSTIPES LABLI

LaG. FALPUS,

Paragtossa.

Manpigre.- - - f
he Byte
Max. Pavpus. -—
AX. TALPUS. |i

Y BoA e

Ore Paeguia.
Sas >
POST GULA

Figure 2. Venter of head of P. ochropygus. Drawn by W. D. Pierce.

constriction; dorsally it is bounded by a suture separating it from epicranium,
and by the inferior lobe of the eye; anteriorly it invades the eyes, and is bounded
by the supra-antennal ridge, the epistoma-frontal suture, and pleurostomal
margin of the mandibles, and bears the antennae in front of the emargination

42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930

of the eyes. Ventrally (fig. 2), it is bounded by hypostoma and the basal
lobe of the submentum; but is separated from pregula only by a change of
vestiture. Throughout, the pregena is clad with long golden or white hairs,
which become very sparse near the pregula, and very dense in the emargina-
tion of the eye. The pleurostomal margin of the pregena is emarginate.

The antennae are borne on a ball socket, with the first joint, or scape, slightly
broader than the following, but little longer than broad, the funicular joints
are three in number; the fifth joint is triangulately enlarged, the sixth to eleventh
laterally produced, eleventh acute at outer apical angle, these seven joints
constituting a broad, flattened club.

The Aypostoma is a narrow glabrous piece, clearly separated from the pre-
gena, but basally inseparable from the submentum, except by its absence
of vestiture.

Hidden by the prothorax and only visible when the head is removed, we
find the pregular area extending back of the constriction to the tongue-shaped
gula and the genae at its sides. The base of the gula is the postgu/a. The
gula forms the sternum, the genae the pleuri, and occiput the tergum of the
collum.

The pregu/a is the ventral piece cut by the constriction of the collum. It
is glabrous, but otherwise not separable from pregena or submentum. This
glabrous pregular area is broad at base and projects forward between two
pubescent lobes of the submentum with an acute apex, and two acute lateral
processes into the area of the submentum.

The large quadrate submentum is, as just mentioned, divided basally into
two lobes by the pregular area. The lateral processes of the pregula separate
off a basal depressed, pubescent area on each lobe. The anterior portions
are pubescent, merely adjoining the mentum. The mentum is a clearly defined
subquadrate transverse piece, with broad, rounded lobes extending forward
on each side of the labium. It bears a small clump of white hairs at each side.
Stipes labii is broad, quadrate at base; the pa/pi three-jointed with basal joint
small, second twice as long, enlarged at apex, third a little longer, the two
latter black, the basal joint brownish; anterior lobes yellow, strongly fringed.
The maxillae lie in a deep groove formed by the mandibles and hypostoma
below, and the submentum, mentum and labium above. The palpi are four-
jointed, the basal joint small and brown, the other three long and black. The
mandibles are interesting in that their’edges are shining glabrous, rounded,
and the pleural face is depressed and densely pubescent; the apices are bluntly
pointed.

The prothorax is about twice as wide at base as apex and with the pos-
terior angles acute. The median dorsal line is depressed. There is a lobe
on each side at base near the posterior angles. The base is broadly trun-
cate lobate. The dorsal surface is densely clothed with golden brown decum-
bent pubescence. There are no distinct sclerites on the prothorax. The
sternum is acutely angulately produced between the coxae, but does not com-
pletely separate them. The coxal cavities are open behind. Coxae elongate,
contiguous at apex; trochanters minute; femora moderately slender, slightly
enlarged beyond middle; tibiae slender; tarsi five-jointed with first longest,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930 43

second broader at apex, third broadly bilobed, fourth minute in base of emargi-
nation of third, fifth elongate, with claws appendiculate-toothed at base.

The vestiture of the prothorax beneath, and of the legs to the middle of
tibiae is densely white, decumbent; the apical half of the tibiae beneath is
clad with brown hairs, otherwise the tibiae and tarsi are clad with white;
tarsal pods spongy beneath.

The scutellum is minute, medianly sulcate. The elytra are short, broadly,
separately rounded at apex, emarginate by the prothoracic lobe; basal margin
irregularly elevated; ten-striate; the first four striae strongly marked by elon-
gate slash-like punctures, the others less distinct; lateral interspaces trans-
versely slashed; vestiture dense, golden brown with lighter streakes.

The mesosternum and legs are densely white pubescent. The mesoepis-
ternum only reaches the elytra externally. The mesosternum extends back,
completely separating the coxae by about two-thirds their breadth. The
coxae are more oval in shape, compressed, roundingly grooved for the femora.
Otherwise this pair of legs is like the preceding. A narrow transverse ster-
nellum closes the coxae behind.

The metasternum is also completely clad with white beneath. The mete-
pisternum is almost completely covered by the elytra. The epimeron is a
broad quadrate piece. The metasternum is tumid in front, but not perpen-
dicular. There is a median sternal suture, and at base there is an emargi-
nation caused by a small acute process of the abdominal intercoxal piece-
There is a transverse trochantin in front of the transverse coxae, which are
broadly separated by the broad intercoxal process of the abdomen.

The posterior legs have a transverse coxa, a small acute trochanter, a huge
inflated femur; an arcuate, ribbed, acutely pointed tibiae, and normal tarsus.
The femora are grooved beneath for reception of the tibiae and bear an ex-
ternal row of about eleven denticles, and an internal row of five or more slightly
larger teeth guarding the groove. The hind femora are rather roughly granu-
late toward apex.

The abdomen is dorsally clothed with dark brownish pubescence, except
that the apical half of the pygidium is densely clothed with white, which ex-
tends forward in three points. Each abdominal segment, except the last,
consists of a tergal plate with the areas merely indicated by faint pubescences;
a small tergal spiracle-bearing plate, with oval annular spiracles; a small epi-
pleurum, a small hypopleurum, and the sternum divided transversely into
basisternum and sternellum. The basisternal plates are glabrous; the ster-
nellar plates are densely white pubescent, except at the sides of the second
and third segments. The pubescence on the fifth ventral is more silvery,
but there is a dense white patch toward the side. The pygidium in the male
is clothed with white almost to the base. When the abdomen is contracted,
the basisternal plates are concealed.

Larva.—This is illustrated by figures 3, 4 and 5. Frons bearing three pairs
of setae, one pair discal, one pair lateral, and one pair latero-anterior. An-
tennae rudimentary two-jointed. Labrum broadly rounded. Mandibles
obtuse, with a single seta. Maxillae with two-jointed rudimentary palpi.
Labial palpi merely indicated.

The thoracic segments are made up as follows: three dorsal sclerites—

44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR,, 1930

Prs. Psctl. Psctl.
Sesetl | jie ye Prs-

Y oN
Dl.— \ ; yen Vo
Figure 5. Face of larva. Figure 3. Larva of P. ochropygus.

#
Figure 4. Front view of head and thorax of larva.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930 45

prescutum, scuto-scutellum and postscutellum, the first and last being spindle-
shaped, while the scuto-scutellum extends from alar area to alar area. The
alar area, fused with the second part of epipleurum is not strongly differentiated
from the scuto-scutellum. The anterior part of epipleurum is a separate
lobe and bears many small hairs. Below the ventro-lateral suture is the
hypopleurum which is also setigerous and bears the tiny legs. The meso-
thoracic spiracle is annuliform and borne in a tiny area belonging to but above,
the first part of epipleurum. The eusternum is a simple piece.

The first seven abdominal segments are as follows: Dorsally there are but
two large pieces, the prescutum and scutellum. The scutum lies below the
prescutum. The prescutum is divided by a median depression, thus forming
with the scutum, four anterior prominences on each segment. The alar area
lies below the scutum and is not strongly differentiated. It bears the annuliform
spiracle. The dorso-lateral suture immediately below the alar area, is angu-
late on each segment, thus partially dividing the epipleurum into two parts,
the anterior of which extends upward on the anterior margin, and the posterior
of which extends upward on the posterior margin. Below the epipleurum
is the ventro-lateral suture separating epipleurum from hypopleurum. The
sternum is composed principally of the eusternum, with a small lateral arm
of eusternum, and behind this at each side, the lateral arm of sternellum.
The eighth segment contains only scutoscutellum with spiracle, epipleurum,
hypopleurum and eusternum. The ninth and tenth segments are simple,
the latter bearing the anus.

Pupa.—This is illustrated in figures 6 to 9. The figures illustrate the char-
acters very distinctly, showing the kidney-shaped eyes, the epicranial and
frontal sutures, frons, clypeus and labrum, mandibles, maxillae.

The abdominal regions are well shown in figure 8, which shows a transverse
basal pretergite, the central prescutum, which by figure 7, we see is longitudinal
divided. Behind this is the short transverse scutellum. At the sides of
the prescutum are the scuti, and beyond these the alar regions. The dorso-
lateral fold separates alar regions from epipleurum, the front portion of which
bears the elliptical spiracle with linear valve. The ventro-lateral fold sepa-
rates the epipleurum from hypopleurum. The sternum consists of three
transverse sclerites, basisternum, eusternum and sternellum.

From a systematic standpoint the armature of the last segments is always
very important in weevil pupae. In figures 6, 8 and 9 it is noticeable that
the ninth pleural region bears an acute lobe or process directed laterally.

Phelomerus aberrans (Sharp) Junk.

Bruchus aberrans Sharp, 1885, Biol. Centr-Amer., Coleopt., Vol. 5, November,
p. 448.

Phelomerus distinctus Pic, 1912, L’Echange Linneenne, Vol 28, p. 92.

Phelomerus aberrans and var. distinctus Pic, 1913, Junk’s Coleop. Cat., part
S55 sDec gs

The typical form aberrans was described from David, Bugaba
and Taboga Island, Panama. The variety distinctus was
described from Colombia and Brazil. Specimens of typical

46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930

Figure 7. Dorsum of pupa.

ae Rens i?

Eust.” Stnl.

Figure 8. Side view of seventh Figure 9. Posterior view of end of pupal abdomen.
to tenth pupal segments.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930 47

aberrans are at hand from Belize, British Honduras, bred
from Cassia beans, by C. F. Baker, under No. 5487. A large
series was bred by E. A. Schwarz from pods of the cafiafistula
cimarrona, Cassia grandis, collected at Old Panama, Panama,
in 1911, and at Paraiso, Canal Zone, March 15, 1911. Speci-
mens were taken by August Busck on Tobaga Island, Pan-
ama, June 9, 1911, and at Tabernilla, Canal Zone, June 17,
19M:

This is also a very pretty species. Only those points will
be mentioned below in which it differs from ochropygus.

The constriction at base of epicranium, forming the collum, is absent, being
replaced merely by a change of sculpture above. Beneath, this constriction
is deep. The occipital area of collum is coarsely punctate, minutely reticu-
lose. The epicranial suture is strongly elevated, and at base medianly sulcate.
The suture separating epicranium from pregena behind the eyes is raised.
The surface of the epicranium is densely rugoso-punctate, rather sparsely
clad with brownish hairs with denser golden pubescence in the basal corners
and in front of the eyes, and also is provided with the superciliary hairs on
vertex. The labrium is reddish. The head beneath is reddish. The pre-
gena is densely clad with golden hairs in parts adjacent to the eyes, but toward
the pregula it is very sparsely punctate and setose. The antennae are reddish
brown, with the 6th to 10th joints darker. The pregular smooth area project-
ing into the submentum is very small and inconspicuous. The pubescence
of the under parts of the head is golden. The collum is very much inflated,
globose, beneath; the depression being a broad deep arc, while the mental
zone of the head is flattened. Generally speaking the collum consists of four
zones, the occipital or dorsal, separated laterally from the genal by a faint
line; the genal or lateral; and the gular or ventral. On the collum the gula
and gena are deeply separated by depressions. From the base passing for-
ward, are the two deep lines of the gular sutures which curve away from each
other and terminate on the disc. A little in front of these are deep diagonal
lines which almost meet medianly and which reach the transverse impression
behind the eyes. These separate the gena and the gula from pregena and
pregula. The pregular area is divided in two by the collar constriction, the
basal portion being strongly convex and the apical portion, which may be
more or less hyposternal, is flattened. At the base of the gula is a small defi-
nitely defined transverse quadrate piece, the postgula of Hopkins, or inter-
sternite of Crampton.

ABBREVIATIONS,
Alar=alar region.
Bst. = basisternite.
D. =dorsum.
D]. =dorso-lateral suture, or fold.
Epip. I= first epipleurite.
Epip. =IIsecond epipleurite.
Eust. = Eusternite.

48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930

Eust. |. a.=ateral arm of eusternite.
Hyp. =hypopleurite.
Prs.=prescutum.

P. sctl. = postscutellum.

Pt. = pretergite.

Sc. =scutum.

Sc.-sctl. = scuto-scutellum.
Sctl.=scutellum.

Sp. =spiracle.

Stnl.=sternellum.

V.=venter.

V. 1.=ventro-lateral suture, or fold.

THE EGG OF LAPHYGMA EXIGUA HUBNER.

By Roy E. CampBe.tt anv Vicror Duran,
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

The description and drawing of the egg of
Laphygma exigua after Hoffman! quoted and
illustrated in many old accounts of this insect,
are incorrect, the upper cap, separated by a
ring, being absent in all eggs examined by
the writers. The eggs (Fig. 1) are typically
noctuid, being spherical, but slightly flattened
on top, with faint radiating longitudinal lines;
iridescent pearly white or pinkish, 0.5 mm. in
diameter. Before hatching they become darker
and the head of the embryonic larva may be
seen through the shell. The eggs are laid in
clusters and are covered with hairs from the

body of the moth.

Figure 1.—Egg of Laphygma exigua. a. Top view, & side view (much
enlarged).

A NEW SPECIES OF NOTARIS (COLEOPTERA: CURCU-
LIONIDAE).

By F. H. CuirrenpDen.

Notaris flavipilosus, new species.

Of similar form to dimaculatus Fab., elytra rather densely yellow-brown
pubescent. Head distinctly, rather coarsely and densely punctate. Rostrum
shining black, somewhat finely and sparsely punctate, more coarsely so at base

1Die Ranfeu der schmetter Cinge Europas Eur. 50.68c.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930 49

and sides. Antennae red. Pronotum slightly wider than long; sides moder-
ately arcuate; surface moderately coarsely, very densely, not subrugosely
punctate, median smooth line polished with tendency to elevation; surface
with scale-like yellow setae, directed irregularly transversely, forming a pro-
nounced dorsolateral fascia each side. Elytra much wider than prothorax,
arcuate at sides; humeri prominent, rounded; striae shallow, feebly, scarcely
visibly punctate except in first three; intervals a little elevated, rather coarsely
granulose, strongly pubescent, the vestiture consisting of elongate yellow hairs,
especially long on the alternate intervals and toward the apex and a little
more condensed to form an inconspicuous spot on third interval behind the
middle. Lower surface coarsely, densely and nearly uniformly punctate,
and with sparse squamules, fine and yellow. Apex of fifth abdominal segment
distinctly reflexed. ‘Tibiae serrate on inner edge, anterior pair more strongly
so.

Length, 7.5-8.5 mm.; width, 2.8-3.5 mm.

Ty pe-locality —St. Michael, Alaska, July 31, 1916 (J. Aug.
Kusche).

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 28834, U.S. National Museum. Type
and allotype. Paratype in the collection of Dr. E. C. Van
Dyke.

The writer is indebted to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for the pre-
sentation of the type and allotype to the National Museum.

By its tibial structure and well developed elytral granulations
this species will come next to dimaculatus Fab. in the key (Brook-
lyn Ene. Soc... Vol. 22,1927 1p..37).,) lhe vestiture of elytra
in flavipilosus is much more abundant and more hair-like than
in bimaculatus. The former species differs also in having the
sides of the prothorax less strongly arcuate, and sides of elytra
a little more rounded.

BOOK NOTICE.

General Catalogue of the Hemiptera: Fascicles II and III
of this work have recently been issued. Fascicle I appeared
in 1927 and embraces the known Membracidae of the world,
its author being Doctor W. D. Funkhouser. In this volume,
which contains more than 560 pages, the general plans of the
proposed comprehensive catalogue were announced. The
project was first outlined at the Cincinnati meeting of the
Society for Advancement of Science in the winter of 1923-24,
when a committee of ten was appointed to undertake the work.
The General Editor is Doctor G. Horvath of the Musée Na-
tional Hongrois, Budapest, Hungary, and the Managing Editor
is Doctor H. M. Parshley of Smith College, Northampton,
Mass., which institution has published the fascicles previously
mentioned. The general foreword written by Doctor Horvath,

50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 3, MAR., 1930

indicates the plan and form of publication which will be ad-
hered to throughout the work. This is followed by a list of
45 families in the Heteroptera and 19 in the Homoptera which
it is proposed to recognize. In his introduction the author
of Fascicle I emphasizes the principal objects of the catalogue
as the recording of the history and synonymy of the insects
treated. Complete synonymies of family, subfamily, genus,
species and in some cases even subspecies, are included to-
gether with references to the original descriptions, including
an indication of the general character of the articles in which
these occurred. By the method followed, the synonyms are
cross indexed and in addition are included in the general index
at the end of the volume.

The genotypes are recorded throughout, the synonyms being
italicised and the State, Province or Country of habitation of
the species where known, are recorded at the right hand margin
of the page.

Fascicle II, embracing the Mesoveliidae, a small family of
bugs inhabiting stagnant or tranquil waters, is under the
authorship of Doctor Horvath and consists of 15 pages.

Fascicle III embraces the Pyrrhocoridae, a family segregated
in recent years from the Lygaeidae. It is a comparatively
small group, only 360 species being recognized at present,
many of which are brilliantly colored and of large or medium
size. The family is primarily of tropical and subtropical dis-
tribution and it is believed has been but superficially investi-
gated. The authorship of this volume is Doctor Roland F.
Hussey of 660 Madison Avenue, New York, with a bibliography
by Elizabeth Sherman. This catalogue when complete will
undoubtedly comprise one of the most comprehensive and
useful publications of its kind ever issued.

—W. R. Walton.

Actual date of publication, March 24, 1930.

VOL. 32 APRIL, 1930 No. 4

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCI
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS
BOVING, ADAM G.—DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA OF CEROTOMA TRIFURCATA
FORSERRy (COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE) . .°. 2 .).. ... .. si

COTTON, RICHARD T.—THE EFFECT OF LIGHT UPON THE DEVELOPMENT OF
THE DARK MEAL WORM, TENEBRIO OBSCURUS FAB. ........ 58

DEGANT, FRANK D.—A NEW SPECIES OF MACROCENTRUS FROM OHIO (HY-
MENOPSERA-HBRACONIDAE)E 2h 28k se ac (San) ae or ee eee GS)

GRANOVSKY, A. A.—A NEW NAME FOR THE GENUS QUIPPELACHNUS OEST-
LUND, (APHIIDAE: HOMOPTERA) Meeermeyer. SoG wt es ee 6G

MC ATEE, W. L.—THE SCIENTIFIC ATTITUDE IN NOMENCLATURE... .. 65

PusiisHeED MontHiy Except Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeED Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcrEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by then is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary, Presidents: «a... sees eaes aoe ot Cee L. O. HOWARD
IPFESIGENE ni hs toe are Sod Oe ee ee J. E. GRAF
RUPstaVACe=EVeStGCh he. ©, cee) Cae ne ee A. C. BAKER
Second tVACE=EeSIAC7 ta nn ee F. C. BISHOPP
Recording Secretary.” <2. oe: Bee Pa BPs ee, J. S. WADE
Cornespondinge Wecrelaryolteasurer ok eee S. A. ROHWER
WES: Nations! Museum, Washington, D. C.
TERIOR, fib oS SEO RS Rae Oaks Oe ee en ee ee ea W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. Cavupe tt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
WCLCHECS@ ks nos Cots ted coh ete Vege: Be aca a ee A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpincs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOR. 32 APRIL 1930 No. 4

DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA OF CEROTOMA TRIFURCATA
FORSTER (COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE).

By Apam G. Boévinc,
Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

The main purpose of this paper is to give an illustrated, full
description of the mature larva of Cerotoma trifurcata. The
descriptive matter is followed by a discussion of the systematic
position of the genus, particularly in relation to the genus
Diabrotica, and, in conclusion, the results of this discussion are
summarized in the form of a short key.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT.

The following description and drawings are made from speci-
mens of a well preserved and copious lot of mature larvae of
the species which most kindly were submitted to me by Dr.
Dwight Isely, Associate Entomologist at the Agricultural
Experiment Station of the University of Arkansas, Fayetteville,
Arkansas, who has just completed a biological study of the
beetle.

DeEscripTIon OF Cerotoma trifurcata ForsTER.!

Mature Larva.

(U. S. National Museum; one vial marked “University of Arkansas, College
of Agriculture; received October 2, 1929. Reared and given by Dwight Isely.”’)

GENERAL ASPECT.

The larva (figs. 9 and 11) is about 7 to 10 mm. long and about | to 1.5 mm.
in width. It is legged, subcylindrical, somewhat flattened above and below,
and rather straight. The individual segments of the body do not differ much
from one another in length and the whole body tapers only slightly forward
from the first six abdominal segments toward the anterior margin of the pro-
thorax and backward to the beginning of the ninth abdominal segment. The

1A description with habitus figures of the larva was published for the first
time in 1897 by F. H. Chittenden in his paper “The Bean Leaf Beetle” (U. S.
Dept. of Agriculture, Entomological Bulletin No. 9, new series, pp. 64-71).
The latest contribution with habitus figures of egg, larva, pupa, and imago is
given by Dwight Isely (Agricultural Experiment Station, Arkansas, Bulletin

No, 248, pp. 1-20; 1930).

52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

head is broadly oval, hypognathous, somewhat retractile into the prothorax
and the ratio of its greatest width to the width of the prothorax at its pos-
terior margin is as one to one and one-half. The prothorax is provided with
a dorsal shield; the meso- and metathorax are without any, and the abdominal
segments are also completely soft with the exception of the ninth which carries
a large pygidial shield or plate. The different areas of the segments are dis-
tinguishable but not limited by deep grooves, intersegmental belts are present
and complete between the abdominal segments, and the tenth abdominal
segment is developed as a soft pygopod. The legs (fig. 7) are inserted far
apart, are attached to small hypopleural scleromes (Ay, fig. 7), are short, and
all of about the same size. Each consists of a sessile, low, and oval coxa, a tro-
chanter, a femur, a tibia, and a falciform claw covered on the posteriorly facing
side by a thin, clear, leaflike paronychial appendix. The spiracles (fig. 4) are
circular, small, and in nine pairs and all lateral.

The head capsule is shining, generally dark olive-brown but the epicranial
halves are lighter colored on the middle of the dorsal surface and the frontal
sutures are white; the epistoma, a stiletto mark in the sagittal middle line
of the frons, the antennal rings, and the hind margins of the epicranial halves
are almost black; the mentum (m, fig. 5b) is white with a paramedian pair
of darker spots, and the prementum (pm) is white with a dark brown thin
band at base; the tips of the mandibles are almost black; the setae on the
head, almost white.

The soft-skinned parts of the body are milky white; the prothoracic shield
is light olive-brown but with numerous, irregularly arranged, cloudy, dark
spots and a white line sagittally (fig. 6). The main color of the pygidial plate
(fig. 8) is dark olive-brown, but posteriorly it becomes almost black while
anteriorly and toward the lateral margins it is rather light; it is densely speckled
all over with small blackish dots except medio-anteriorly in an elongate tri-
angular area that is whitish, and medio-posteriorly where the small dots gather
together into a paramedian pair of large, blackish, more or less confluent round
spots. On the under side of the free and thick margins of the shield is a para-
median pair of light olive-brown round spots and on each side of the base
of the pygopod is a small darkening of the skin (fig. 10). The hypopleural
scleromes are blackish; the legs (fig. 7) are pale grayish brown with the coxal
ring blackish and the other joints dark colored at the articulations; the
claws are black, and the paronychial appendices clear and colorless like water.
The spiracles are pale and easily overlooked (fig. 4). Setae and setal cups
are whitish.

DeEral_s. i

The head capsule (figs. la, 1b, and 2) has distinct, nearly straight frontal
sutures converging posteriorly and forming an almost right angle. The epi-
cranial suture is only slightly shorter than one-half the length of the frons
measured from the middle of the anterior edge of the epistomal margin to
the posterior end of the frontal shield. The frons bears a median inner carina
marked on the upper side by the stiletto-like dark figure. The epicranial
halves have rounded, not greatly produced hind margins, which are separated
posteriorly by an approximately semicircular space. The setae of the head

ee ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930 21)

are fairly long and on each side placed as follows: On the frons, four setae,
viz., one in the epistomal margin (e) midway between the frontal carina and
the dorsal mandibular articulation (7); one in the dark antero-lateral corner
of the frons between the mandibular articulation and the basal skin of the
antenna; one in the middle part of the frons equidistant from both of the two
former setae, marking together with them an imaginary isosceles triangle;
and a small one near the posterior angle of the frons. On the epicranium there
are four setae in a semicircle around the antennal ring, namely, one dorsal (a)
near the frontal suture, one ventral! (d, fig. 2) diametrically opposite, placed
in the peristomal margin (p), and two lateral (4 and ¢, fig. 2) between these;
on the dorsal epicranial surface, two setae are placed at each end of an imagin-
ary oblique transverse line somewhat anterior to the middle, and on the ventral
epicranial surface are two setae.

The clypeus (C/, fig. 1b) is about eight times as wide as long; posteriorly
it is thinly chitinized and is furnished on each side with a single transverse
series of three to four minute setae.

The labrum (Z, fig. 1b) is free, has a corneous part posteriorly about as
long as and three-fourths as wide as the clypeus, and has a fleshy, transversely
oval part anteriorly which is continuous with the epipharynx below. One
long seta is present near the lateral margin, another similar seta is found be-
tween this and the sagittal middle line, and along the soft-skinned anterior
margin is a transverse series of densely set, small setae of slightly varying
length and shape.

The ocelli are absent.

The antenna (fig. la) is apparently two-jointed but has in reality only one
joint (/) which carries apically, besides some small sensory papillae, a joint-
like sensory appendix (s). The basal membrane (mé) is large, permitting a
complete retraction of the antenna; the antennal joint is provided with a rather
low, pale cylindrical sclerome at base and a well developed membrane apically;
and the sensory appendix has also a low, ring-shaped basal chitinization and
is tipped by a large, thin, white tactile conus, three times as long as the basal
chitinization.

Each mandible (figs. 2 and 3) is palmate with inner surface concave; there
are five teeth distally of which the exterior and ventral fifth is smaller than the
rest, while the third is the largest; the third, the second, and the fourth are
slightly serrated. The inner margin of the mandible carries, about medianly
between the base of the first tooth and the inner end of the hind margin, a
series of three stiff, short, closely set bristles (2) which gradually decrease in
length from the anterior to the very small posterior one. The exterior side
of the mandible has two well developed setae.

The ventral mouthparts (figs. 5a and Sb) are retracted; the maxillary articu-
lating area (mart) is slightly corneous and indistinctly separated. by a fine
groove from the submental-mental area.

The maxilla (figs. 5a and 5b) has a simple, transverse cardo, a large sub-
triangular stipes, and a mala divided into galea and lacinia. The stipes is
armed with four large setae, namely, one in the corneous margin behind the
mala, two exteriorly in the broad anterior part, and one seta in the attenuated
posterior part of the chitinization. The galea consists of a distal and a proximal

54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

section; the distal (g?) is slightly corneous and carries several irregularly dis-
tributed, rather short setae and, in its antero-interior corner, a conical peg
(pg) in a cylindrical basal piece; the proximal section (g!) is soft skinned and
without setae. The lacinia (/z) is covered ventrally by the posterior section
of the galea but freely exposed dorsally toward the cavity of the mouth, and
it is armed with a series of about five strong, pointed, somewhat flat, shining
setae. The rather large palpiger (p/g) is furnished with a corneous plate and
armed with two setae. The palpus is three-jointed; the basal joint is short,
cylindrical, about two times as wide as long, and has a ring-shaped sclerome
at its base; the second joint also is furnished with a corneous ring at base,
twice as long as that of the basal joint and about as wide as long, and it carries
two well developed setae; the apical joint is conical, half as wide as and
as long as the second, and it has one seta.

The gula is not present.

The submentum and mentum (sm and m, fig 5b) are fused, membranous,
light colored with a pair of darker spots in the central part of the region. Near
the anterior end of each spot are two setae, one in front of the other, and pos-
terior to it is a third seta.

The prementum (pm, fig. 5b) is limited behind by a narrow, transverse,
curved, and corneous band; one seta is present in the band and another in
front of it at the beginning of the ligula. The labial palpi are well developed
and two-jointed with the basal joint about half as long as wide; and the coni-
cal apical joint about twice as long as the basal joint and half as wide.

The ligula is soft, short, rather wide, indistinctly limited.

The epipharynx (Epp, fig. 1b) is soft and carries numerous straight or
curved, rather long papillae.

The hypopharynx (A, fig. 5a) is soft, and its anterior region above the ligula
bears minute papillae; the paragnaths (pgm) are present as a pair of low, soft
lobes, densely beset with dome-shaped warts tipped by very short hairs.

The prothorax (figs. 6, 9, 11) is slightly broader than long with the greatest
width somewhat in front of the hind margin where it is almost twice as wide
as the head; the tergal shield is rather flat, smooth, formed as a broad escutcheon
and separated sagittally by a whitish, finely jagged suture extending through-
out its entire length; setae-bearing tubercles absent. On each side are found
four setae anteriorly in a transverse row and three setae in an imaginary oblique
line from the middle of the lateral margin to the beginning of the posterior
fourth part of the sagittal suture; alar area (a/, fig. 11) with two setae. The
pre-epipleurum (e) has one seta close to the anterior end of the hypopleural
chitinization; the post-epipleurum (e?) also has one seta. The hypopleurum
(Ay, fig. 7) has a sclerome with a subtriangular, anteriorly wider, thick and
almost black-colored lower margin; it bears no setae. The jugular membrane
(J, fig. 11), possibly homologous with the presternum, is crescent-shaped and
without setae. The eusternum and the sternellum are not distinctly sepa-
rated but form together a common area. This is marked with a median arrow-
like and forward-pointing figure, and is armed on each side with an anterior
seta about in transverse line with the arrow’s point and a posterior seta in
transverse line with the hind end of the arrow’s shaft. The posternellum is
triangular, large, and without setae (ps¢/, fig. 11).

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930 55

The mesothorax is wider than the prothorax, and the metathorax wider
than the mesothorax. The mesothorax is provided with a fully developed
spiracle, but the metathorax has a vestigial one only. Otherwise the two
segments are much alike (figs. 9 and 11). The dorsal part of the tergum of
each of the segments is divided by a transverse groove into two areas, namely,
prescutum (ps) and scuto-scutellum (s-s/) and each of these is again subdi-
vided by faint longitudinal and curved grooves into a median division (md
and mx, fig. 9) and, on each side, an exterior division (ed and ex); the median
divisions carry a seta on each side, and each of the exterior divisions has one
seta. Each alar area (a/, fig. 11) bears two setae. Each epipleurum is divided
by the alar area into a pre-epipleurum (e), with one seta, and a large triangular
post-epipleurum (e?), with one seta. Each hypopleurum has a sclerome but
no seta. The sternum is divided into a presternum (prs), paired, lateral,
and subtriangular; a eusternum, unpaired; a sternellum, almost paired and
separated from the eusternum by a V-shaped groove; and a post-sternellum
(pstl), unpaired, lanceolate, and limited behind by the presternal parts of the
next segment. The presternum and post-sternellum are without setae, the
eusternum and sternellum have one each.

The first to seventh abdominal segments (figs. 9 and 11) are all alike in
general shape, slightly decreasing in length and width forward from the third
and backward from the fifth segment, and each segment is separated from
the subsequent one by an intersegmental ring-shaped region (7); the latter
is formed above the ventro-lateral suture (v) by postscutellum (ps/) and below
it by a fusion of post-sternellum and the presternum of the following segment.
The setal arrangement on each side is as follows: Intersegmental region (2)
without setae, prescutum (ps) with three setae in a transverse series, scutum
(s) with one seta, scutellum (s/) with two setae, alar area (a/) with one seta,
epipleural lobe (e/) with two or three setae, hypopleurum (4) with two or three
setae, the eusternum (st) with one seta, and the sternellum (s¢/) with two
setae.

The eighth abdominal segment (figs. 9, 10, 11) has the same number of
setae as do the preceding segments but is not separated from the ninth by an
intersegmental ring.

The ninth abdominal segment (figs. 8, 9, 10 and 11) is about as long as one
of the preceding segments and is almost as wide anteriorly, but it is approxi-
mately semicircular, merely slightly longer than wide in dorsal view. ‘The py-
gidial shield is flat, covering the entire dorsal side of the segment; no urogomphi
(=cerci auctorum). The surface of the shield is leather-like and colored as
described above. On each side it is armed with four well developed setae
arranged in a single row and inserted either in, slightly below, or slightly above
the free margin of the shield; in the central part of the shield are two minute
setae, one in front of the other. On the ventral side of the segment (fig. 10)
and situated anteriorly to the base of the pygopod is a transverse row of four
small setae, two on each side.

The tenth abdominal segment (fig. 10) is developed as a soft pygopod, with
a dark spot and a minute seta on each side. The anus is in the center of the
rounded sucking surface.

56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

Taxonomic CoMMENTS.

The Cerotoma larva belongs to the group of chrysomelid
larvae, including those of Diabrotica and Phyllobrotica, which
occupies an intermediate position between the Galerucinae
and the Halticinae but which approaches the latter more closely,
and logically seems to have its place in this rather than in the
former subfamily. As with the typical Galerucinae the larvae
of this group possess an epicranial suture, very short in PAy//o-
brotica but well developed in Diabrotica and Cerotoma, whereas
typical halticine larvae are without it. However, unlike the
galerucine larvae in which is found one well developed, pro-
jecting ocellus on each side of the head, these larvae are entirely
without a similar ocellus or even a pigmented ocellar spot and
resemble, not only in this character but in general habitus,
the Systenini-Crepidoderini-Psylliodini group of the Halti-
cinae.

The Phyllobrotica larva is characterized, in addition to the
just-mentioned extreme shortness of its epicrania] suture, by
having the prothoracic shield and the pygidial plate poorly
sclerotized and indistinctly limited, in contrast with which the
Diabrotica \arva has a well developed epicranial suture, a dis-
tinct prothoracic shield, and a distinct pygidial plate; and in
these and most other characters the Cerofoma larva is identical
with the Diabrotica larva. In fact, the larvae of these two
genera can be separated only by the following small differences:
In Cerotoma the body is somewhat shorter and broader, and the
grooves that limit the segmental! areas are not so deep as in the
known larvae of the different species of Diabrotica; the frontal
sutures are straight, and form posteriorly an angle of about
90° in Cerotoma while in Diabrotica they are somewhat curved
and form an angle of about 60° only; the mandible has three
short spines posteriorly on the inner margin in Cerotoma but
four fairly long ones in Diabrotica; and the inside of the spiracu-
lar mouthpiece is smooth in Cerotoma but beset with numerous
short spinules in Diabrotica. In Cerotoma trifurcata, the only
species of the genus present in North America, the pygidial
plate is entirely without urogomphi (=cerci) and differs in this
character from the larvae of Diabrotica duodecimpunctata
Fabricius, Diabrotica vittata Fabricius, and other species of the
genus, but not from Dzabrotica longicornis Say in which the
urogomphi also are absent.1

1Béving, Adam G.—Descriptions of larvae of the genera Diabdrotica and
Phyllobrotica, etc. (Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. 29, 1927, pp. 194-206,
1 plate).

Béving, Adam G.—Beetle larvae of the subfamily Galerucinae (Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. No. 2773; Vol. 75, 1929, pp. 40-41).

errata

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930 57

The results of this discussion on the systematic position and
characterization of the larva of Cerotoma may briefly be ex-
pressed by the following key.

Key SHOWING THE TAXONOMIC RELATIONSHIP OF CEROTOMA.

1. Ocelli and epicranial suture present; first to eighth abdominal segments
never entirely without small dorsal plates and setae, and with dorsal
setae arranged in two or three transverse rows... eee aia 2 Galerucinae.

(in limited sense).

— Either without ocelli, or without epicranial suture, or without both; or
first to eighth abdominal segments either fleshy and without setae,
or with dorsal setae arranged in a single transverse row..............--.------ 2

2. Epicranial suture absent except in genera with a single transverse row of
dorsal setae on the abdominal segments; ocelli present or absent...

Halticinae.
(as commonly conceived.)

— FEpicranial suture present (dorsal setae arranged in three transverse rows

on the abdominal segments) ocelli absent... 3

3. Dorsal shields of prothorax and the ninth abdominal segment poorly
developed and indistinctly limited; urogomphi absent; epicranial suture

SES MOL Ge eee eee hae Re ae een ee Phyllobrotica.
— Dorsal shields of prothorax and ninth abdominal segment distinct; uro-
gomphi absent or present; epicranial suture of moderate length 4

4. Frontal sutures straight and forming posteriorly an angle of about 90°;
mandible with three short bristles posteriorly on inner margin (uro-
POMP iva MSE) ee ee yereeere oe ke ee eee ee Cerotoma.

— Frontal sutures somewhat curved and iene posteriorly an angle of
about 60°; mandible with four moderately long bristles posteriorly on
Wah aVeleoolzbqea take Rem cS teed a PAeee nd EN heh CON Mis fa As Whee ee eek ae Meare is al Soe Sed OP 5

Se Wicogonmphi absemts: es 4:1 ee eo hep wiael nals es Diabrotica longicornis.

=A FOS Omp hi Presets. Wet) Weleda

Diabrotica duodecimpunctata, D. soror, D. vittata, and other species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

(DRAWN BY THE AUTHOR)
Cerotoma trifurcata Forster.

Fig. 1. Dorsal part of head capsule showing exterior view (a) to the left,
and interior view (/d), to the right; a, seta from a series around the
antennal base; 4, another seta from series around antennal base; C/,
clypeus; e, epistoma; Epip, epipharynx; Z, labrum; m, dorsal mandi-
bular articulating place; mé, basal membrane of antenna; s, sensory
appendix of antenna.

Fig. 2. Back of mandible, and antenna seen from above; a, 4, c, and d, setal
cups around base of antenna; p. peristoma; /—J, five teeth of mandible.

Fig. 3. Left mandible; 4, bristle on inner margin; /, dorsal tooth.

Fig. 4. Mesothoracic spiracle.

58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

Fig. 5. Ventral mouthparts, dorsal side (5a) to the left, ventral side (56) to
the right; g'! and g?, galea; 4, hypopharynx; /a, lacinia; m, mentum;
mart, maxillary articulating area; pg, peg-like process on galea; pgn,
paragnath; p/g, palpiger; pm, prementum; sm, submentum.

Fig. 6. Prothoracic dorsal shield.

Fig. 7. Left leg, posterior view; c/, claw; coxa, coxa; f, femur; Ay, hypopleural
sclerite; pa, paronychial appendix (=empodium); #, tibia; fr, tro-
chanter.

Fig. 8. Pygidial plate (or pygidial shield) dorsally on ninth abdominal
segment.

Fig. 9. Dorsal view of larva, about 7.5 mm. long; ed, exterior portion of
prescutum; ex, exterior portion of scuto-scutellum; md, median portion
of prescutum; mx, median portion of scuto-scutellum.

Fig. 10. Eighth, ninth, and tenth abdominal segments, ventral view.

Fig. 11. Lateral view of larva, about 7.5 mm. long; a/, alar area; e, pre-epipleu-
rum; e2, post-epipleurum; e/, epipleural lobe; 4, hypopleurum; 2,
intersegmental region; /, jugular area; prs, presternum; ps, prescutum;
psl, postscutellum; pst/, post-sternellum; s,scutum; s/, scutellum; s-s/,
scuto-scutellum; st, eusternum; sf/, sternellum.

Scale applicable only to figs 9, 10 and 11.

THE EFFECT OF LIGHT UPON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
DARK MEAL WORM, TENEBRIO OBSCURUS FAB.

By Ricuarp T. Corron, Senior Entomologist, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

Owing to the fact that but few experiments designed to show
the effect of light on the normal rate of growth and develop-
ment of insects have yielded positive results, it seems worth
while to record the following observations on the effect of light
on eae development of the dark meal worm, Tenebrio obscurus
Fab.

Under favorable conditions, larvae of the dark meal worm,
that hatch in the spring or early summer months, become ap-
parently fully grown by the middle of August. They do not
transform at that time but normally remain as larvae, with
but little change in size or outward appearance, until the
following spring. If the larvae are kept in a heated room, de-
velopment is hastened and a certain percentage may begin to
pupate in November or December.

During the course of a study of the biology of the dark meal
worm it was noted that light had a marked effect upon the
larvae, so much so that, when well grown worms were kept
continuously in light they quickly began to pupate regardless
of the season. Many such observations were made and, for

PROC. ENT. SOC WASH., VOL. 32 PLATE 2

60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

purposes of record, detailed notes were kept on a group of ten
worms that were removed from the stock colony and placed in
a small incubator at room ‘temperature but with continuous
light. The worms were placed in a glass petri dish with a
quantity of food sufficient for feeding purposes but not great
enough to afford protection from the light. The stock colony
was kept in a covered tin box from which light was excluded.

The ten worms were exposed to the continuous light (pro-
vided by a 10-watt lamp), on August 23, 1929. They pupated
on the following dates: No.1 on Sept. 14, 1929; no. 2 on Sept.
17; no. 3, on Sept. 20; no. 4 on Sept. 21; no. 5 on Sept. 22; no.
6 on Sept. 26; no. 7 on Oct. 18; no. 8 on Nov. 5; no. 9 on Nov. 18.
The 10th had not pupated by the Ist of February, 1930.

In the stock colony, kept in complete darkness but at the
same temperature as the others, the first pupation occurred on
Dec. 7. In similar colonies a few pupations occurred in late
November.

The above records indicate that the effect of continuous light
upon full grown larvae of the dark meal worm, that normally
breed in a darkened environment, is to accelerate markedly
the transformation to the pupal state.

It is well known that many insects have a higher rate of
metabolism in light than in darkness, hence it seems probable
that a sudden increase in the metabolic rate, induced by the
exposure to continuous light, is responsible for shortening the
larval period of the meal worms and accelerating the process
of transformation to the pupal and adult stages.

Under normal circumstances the mea! worms transform in
the spring or early summer months when there is a considerable
increase in temperature over winter conditions. This increase
in temperature causes a corresponding increase in the rate of
metabolism of the over-wintering meal worms which in this
case doubtless exerts a controllong influence over the process
of transformation.

By holding meal worm larvae at temperatures below normal
they can be prevented from transforming at the regular period,
and by the use of light and warmth they can be induced to
transform without passing through the normal hibernation
period; hence, with the proper use of these three agents, a
supply of all stages of the dark meal worm can be obtained at
all times of the year.

These methods of controlling the development and trans-
formations of the meal worm should be of particular interest
to those who wish to breed meal worms for bird or fish food or
for purposes of research.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930 61

A NEW NAME FOR THE GENUS QUIPPELACHNUS OESTLUND
(APHIIDAE, HOMOPTERA).!

By A. A. Granovsky, University of Wisconsin.

In the study of aphids belonging to the tribe Callipterini
one meets with a number of difficulties and apparent confusion
as to the correct generic position of several species, as well as to
the proper definition of certain genera. In 1920 Baker (2),
in his generic classification of aphids, redefined with synonymy
all of the aphid genera then known to him and listed the type
species of each genus, thus rendering immeasurable aid to
aphidologists. Since that time several new aphid genera have
been erected and among them is Quippelachnus proposed by
Oestlund (7) with the type species Euceraphis gillettei Davidson.
He based his genus on the relative length of unguis as compared
with the base of the sixth antennal segment, the presence of
radial sector and the bulging at the base cornicles.

Davidson (3 and 4) described two species flava and gillettet
under the genus Fuceraphis, erected by Walker (13) with
Aphis betulae Linn. as type of the genus. Unfortunately
Walker, as many workers of his day, did not define his genus,
but the genotype Jetu/ae Linn. is a well known species and offered
no difficulty in including under Euceraphis several closely re-
lated species.

Although both species, flava and gillettei have several charac-
ters in common, and typically those of Euceraphis, Davidson
(4) three years later, after flava was described, realized that his
flava departs in a number of characters from the species cor-
rectly belonging to Euceraphis, and placed it in the genus
Eucalipterus erected by Schouteden (8 and 9) with 4phis tiliae
Linn. as the type. In this he was followed by Essig (5) and
Swain (11), showing that they agreed with him in existing
generic differences of flava.

Since ¢i/iae Linn. is co-generic with ononidis Kalt., the type of
Therioaphis Walker, as shown by Baker (2), and Schumacher
(10) further showed that Therioaphis is a synonym of Leptop-
teryx Zetterstedt with L. nivalis Zett. as a type of the genus, it
is evident that Eucalipterus becomes a synomym of Lepfop-
teryx Zett. However, flava Davidson can not be included in
this genus for it is widely different from the species treated
under it. It is much nearer to Euceraphis, and yet differs
from it in several respects.

The characters of Euceraphis are well defined by Baker (2)
and need not be repeated here. Baker (1) also gave the key to
the American species of Euceraphis in which he included flava

1Contribution from the Department of Economic Entomology, Wisconsin
Agricultural Experiment Station.

62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

Davidson. From this key it is evident that flava differs from
the typical Euceraphis species by having a distinctly bilobed
anal plate.

Oestlund (7) in erecting his Quippelachnus, used gillettei
Davidson as the type of the genus. He doubtless misinter-
preted the species. He evidently mistook gil/ettei for flava,
because the cornicles of gi//ettei are not bulging at the base in the
Lachnus-like fashion as the name of his genus indicates. This
character is typical of flava as illustrated by Davidson (3 and
4) and is shown here (fig. 7).

Takahashi (12) in his recent list of aphid genera correctly
placed Quippelachnus as a synomym of Euceraphis, in so far
as gillettei Davidson is concerned, for it is quite similar to
betulae (Linn.) in all of the generic characters.

Both species flava and gi/lettei are quite common on Alnus in
northern Wisconsin as they probably are throughout the
northern states and Canada. The writer had the opportunity
of collecting them frequently and studying their characters
and habits. In addition to his own material, the writer ex-
amined the type slides of both flava and gi//ettei through the
kindness of Mr. W. M. Davidson and the U. S. Bureau of
Entomology. While visiting Dr. O. W. Oestlund in 1925, the
writer had the opportunity through Oestlund’s courtesy to
examine his material of both species. At that time Oestlund’s
attention was called to the possible misinterpretation of species.

It may be of interest to mention here that gz//ettei Davidson is
treated by Oestlund (7) as alnifoliae (Fitch) under Euceraphis;
and in a like manner Myzocallis alnifoliae (Fitch) he errone-
ously considers under Prerocallis alni (De Geer), as shown by
Granovsky (6) after examining Oestlund’s material.

The genera of the Callipterini are quite well differentiated
and are founded, among other structures, mainly on such
characters as the types of cornicles, antennae, sensoria, wing
venation, caudae and anal plates.

A careful study of fava Davidson reveals that it differs from
Euceraphis species in a number of generic characters such as
the cornicles, sensoria, cauda and anal plate, and deserves an
independent position, as was recognized by the several workers
mentioned above. In order to remove the already existing
and possibly future confusion, it is deemed advisable to propose
a new name for Quippelachnus Oestlund, which was erected
for flava characters, but for which gz//ettei was used as the type
by error. This new genus, Oest/undiella, the writer is erecting
in honor of Dr. O. W. Oestlund, one of the oldest living aphidolo-
gists, whose contributions to the knowledge of aphids, although
not many, are of interest and value.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930 63

Oestlundiella, new genus.

Body elongated. Antennae of six segments, somewhat longer than the
body, provided with subcircular or oval sensoria and a few bristle-like hairs.
Sensorium at the base of the unguis small, circular with a few auxiliary sen-
soria on each side. Antennae placed on distinct, but not large, diverging
frontal tubercles. Cornicles truncate, constricted in the middle and placed
on broad swollen or bulging bases. Cauda elongated, cordiform and indefi-
nitely knobbed in spear-like shape, with constriction near its distal half.
Anal plate distinctly and broadly, but not deeply bilobed. Both, cauda and
anal plate, hairy. Forewing with venation normal, media twice branched;
stigmal vein present, not deeply curved; hind wings with media and cubitus
present. Forms are large, but delicate, living in small colonies and singly.
Waxy secretion on legs and body is present. Antennae of oviparous females
also bear a few subcircular secondary sensoria.

Genotype, Euceraphis flava Davidson.

This genus is closely related to Euceraphis and occupies the
position between Calaphis, Cepegillettea and Euceraphis.

In the structure of antennae, body form and waxy secretion
Oestlundiella resembles the genus Euceraphis, but it differs from
it in that of having its anal plate definitely bilobed, cordate
cauda with a broad spear-like constriction, and cornicles placed
on broad, swollen bases. All of the species belonging to Euce-
raphis in contrast, have their anal plates usually entire or
only very indistinctly imarginate, caudae perceptibly knobbed
and cornicles much longer than wide, which are not placed on
swollen bases.

The genus Oestlundiella approaches Calaphis and Cepegillettea
by subcircular or oval sensoria; notched anal plate and by the
presence of sensoria on the antennae of oviparous females. It
differs from Calaphis by the large cauda in which respect it
approaches Cepegi/lettea, although the type of cauda is dif-
ferently shaped.

The figures depict the type of sensoria of antennal segment
III, cornicles, caudae and anal plates of alatae of detulae (Linn.)
the type of Euceraphis; flava (Davidson) the type of Oestlundiella;
and Euceraphis gillettei Davidson with which flava was con-

founded.

LirerRATuRE CITED.

1. Baxer, A. C. 1917. Eastern Aphids, New or Little Known, Part II.
Journ. Econ. Ent. 10: 420-433, illustr.

1920. Generic Classification of the Hemipterous Family Aphidi-
dae. U.S. D. A. Bul. 826: 1-109 illustr.

3. Davipson, W. M. 1912. Aphid Notes from California. Journ. Econ,
Ent. 5: 404-413, illustr.

4, ——— 1915. Little known Western Plant-Lice I. Jour. Econ. Ent. 8:
419-429, illustr.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

. Esstc, E. O. 1917. Aphididae of California. Univ. Cal. Pub., Tech.

Bul. 1, No. 7: 301-346, illustr.

. Granovsky, A. A. 1928. A Review of Myzocallis Species Inhabiting

Alnus, with Description of a New Species. Annals Ent. Soc. Am. 21:
546-565, illustr.

. OestLunpD, O. W. 1922. A Synoptical Key to the Aphididae of Minne-

sota. 19th Rept. Sta. Entom. Minnesota, pp. 114-151.

. ScHouTrEDEN, H. 1906. Supplementary List of Kirkaldy’s Catalogue

of the Aphididae, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 50: 30-36.

. ——— 1906. Catalogue des Aphides de Belgique, Mem. Soc. Ent.

Belg. 22: 189-246.

. SCHUMACHER, F. von. 1921. Aphidologische Notizen II. Zoologischen

Anzeiger 53: 187-192.

. Swain, A. F. 1919. A Synopsis of the Aphididae of California. Univ.

Cal. Pub.-3, No. 1: 1-221, illustr.

. Taxauasnui, R. 1930. List of the Aphid Genera Proposed as New in

Recent Years. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 32: 1-24.

. Waker, F. 1870. Notes on Aphides, The Zoologist. 5, ser. 2: 1996-

2001.

EXPLANATION OF DRAWINGS.

Euceraphis betulae (Linn.).

1, Sensoria of antennal segment III; 4, cauda and anal plate; 8, cornicle.

Euceraphis gillettei Davidson.

2, sensoria of antennal segment III; 5, cauda and anal plate; 9, cornicle.

Oestlundiella flava (Davidson).

3, sensoria of antennal segment III; 6, cauda and anal plate; 7, cornicle.
Note.—All antennal segments are drawn to the same scale.
All drawings of cornicles, caudae and anal plates are made to the

same scale.
All drawings therefore are comparable.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930 65

A NEW SPECIES OF MACROCENTRUS FROM OHIO (HYMEN-
OPTERA: BRACONIDAE).

By Frank D. DeGanr.
: Macrocentrus pallisteri, new species.

Female.—Length 7 mm. Length of exerted portion of ovipositor 8 mm.,
issuing before apex of abdomen. Length of anterior wing, 5 mm. Head trans-
verse, smooth and shining; face with weak setigerous punctures and clothed
with short fine hairs which are longer on the clypeus. Clypeus convex, trun-
cate at apex. Eyes regularly elliptical. Ocelli prominent; distance between
the lateral ocelli slightly greater than the distance between the lateral and
median ocellus and about equal to that from lateral ocellus to eye margin.
Scutum and scutellum polished, impunctate. Notauli weakly foveolate, joined
at middle of mesoscutum and continued as a groove to the base of the scutel-
lum. Scutellar groove foveolate. Propodeum finely transversely rugose,
without a median carina. Mesopleura polished with sparse punctures. Hind
basitarsus not quite so long as the following tarsal joints together. The dis-
tance between the spiracles of first abdominal segment distinctly greater than
the distance from spiracle to base of tergite. First three tergites finely acicu-
late striate, the following tergites very faintly shagreened.

Stramineous: interocellar area, vertex, eyes, metathorax, propodeum, and
tergites beyond the third black; flagellum reddish-brown. Mandibles pale
yellow, tips black. Wings hyaline; stigma dark brown, pale yellow at base;
veins dark brown. Légs uniformly stramineous.

Type locality —Cleveland, Ohio.

Type.—Cat. No. 41909, U. S. N. M.

Described from one female, collected July 28, 1928. Named
in honor of my friend, Mr. J. C. Pallister, Curator of Ento-
mology, The Cleveland Museum of Natural History.

THE SCIENTIFIC ATTITUDE IN NOMENCLATURE.
By W. L. McATEE.

The systematic nomenclature of organisms has grown to be
a very complex matter and sound decisions as to details can
be rendered in each case only by an advanced specialist in
the particular field involved.

Interference in nomenclature by non-taxonomists and by
those poorly informed about the matter at issue, which from
the very nature of the subject usually is the case when action
is taken by committees and congresses, can not be accepted by
specialists as binding upon them.

When the ruling is in accordance with his findings from the
available data, well and good, but when it is not, the systematist

66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 4, APR., 1930

can not be expected to reject evidence, disregard principles,
and in general stultify himself in order to conform to an ill-
considered decision. The attempt to fix nomenclatorial points
definitely and for all time disregards the fact that new evidence
is constantly turning up and must be considered. [ft is unjust,
illogical, and unscientific to try to prevent the consideration
of all the evidence bearing on a given topic. In true science
all questions are forever regarded as open, and all findings
subject to change.

In brief we conclude that “decisions” of committees and
congresses on details of nomenclature, the selection of certain
names to be permanently conserved, and in fact the making
of any exceptions to the basic principles of nomenclature, are
not binding on systematists. The latter must work out nomen-
clatorial problems according to recognized principles, must take
into account all available data, reconsider decisions whenever
new information comes to hand, and preserve an open and
flexible mind in all cases. No other attitude is scientific.

Actual date of publication, April 29, 1930.

VOL. 32 MAY, 1930 No. 5

Paar
ZENS ONAN Ti
IU 9 «,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CLARK, AUSTIN H.—NOTES ON SOME LOCAL BUTTERFLIES ....... 80
PETERS, HAROLD S.—A NEW BITING LOUSE FROM WHITE-TAILED DEER . 76

WHITTAKER, OSCAR—-SOME NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF PARA-

SITIC HYMENOPTERA FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA. ......... 67

Pus.iisHeD Montuiy Excepr Jury, AuGusT AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918. ‘

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members®

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

HondrarycPrestient) (ice tS ags ce ee L. O. HOWARD
(President: Flos aS, Gea Ea ee J: E. GRA®
Farst Viceshresident ein wg en ae oe Dee A. C. BAKER
Second. Vice-President wo s.0 00 les See ky a See F.C. BISHORE
Recordin guSccretany it oa eee Se eee ee J. S. WADE
Gorresponding Secretary-Treasurer, soe see) ne ee S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
EAI ie od a8) aS wk eee he eae ae eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CaubDE.n,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SESERCESS Ss Rt as) eauae satis eee ene etna er dee rent en A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 32 MAY, 1930 No. 5

SOME NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC
HYMENOPTERA FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA.

By Oscar WHITTAKER.

The specimens upon which the following descriptions are
based were all collected by the writer, in whose collection, except
where otherwise stated, all type material remains.

BETHYLIDAE.
ANTEON Jurine.
Anteon flaviscapus, new species.

Male.—Black; mandibles, except tips, pale yellowish; antennae dark brown,
the scape yellow; legs, including coxae, yellow, hind femora and tibiae and
all tarsi apically slightly dusky. Head, viewed from above, about one and
one-half times as wide as long, viewed from in front, a little more than one
and one-third times as wide as long; front margin slightly convex, hind margin
separated from occiput by a fine carina; vertex with a shallow, transverse
depression in front of anterior ocellus, without a carina as in 4. hirtifrons n. sp.;
with very shallow punctures and scattered white hairs; frons more densely hairy;
temples and cheeks smooth, separated from eyes and occiput by fine carinae
and with a carina running from base of mandibles to eyes. Eyes and ocelli
large, the latter in a triangle; lateral ocelli as far apart as from the occiput
and considerably further than this from the eyes. Antennae longer than
head and thorax combined, clothed with erect pubescence; scape slightly wider
than the flagellum, two and one-half times as long as wi ‘e; pedicel two-thirds
as long as scape; joints 3, 8 and 9 equal, about one and one-half times as long
as pedicel; joints 4-7 equal, very slightly longer than joint 3, three times as
long as wide; apical joint the longest, as long as scape. Thorax smooth and
shining; pronotum short, mesonotum with very shallow, indistinct punctures;
notauli reaching to about the middle of mesonotum, a fine carina running
from the humeral angles to base of scutellum which is separated from the
mesonotum and metanotum by deep, punctate foveae. Propodeum coarsely
rugose. Wings hyaline, with fine brown pubescence, nervures and stigma
brown, the latter basally white; radius about as long as stigma, straight, ob-
tusely angled about two-thirds its length from the base. Abdomen smooth
and polished.

Length, 1.5-1.8 mm. Expanse, 3.5-4.0 mm.

Described from eight specimens: six from Hollyburn, British
Columbia (Type loc.), 7-18 June, 1928; one from Chilliwack,

68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

B. C., 12 June, 1927; and’ one ‘from ‘Galtano, B,C., 27 June,
1920:

Paratypes sent to U. S. N. M., Mr. Robert M. Fouts and
Dr. A. A. Ogloblin.

Anteon hirtifrons, new species.

Male.—Black; mandibles, except tips, pale yellowish; antennae rufous,
basal half of scape brownish-yellow; front and middle legs, including coxae,
yellow, middle femora dusky beneath; hind legs with the coxae, except apically,
black; femora of hind legs dorsally black, except about the basal one-fourth,
beneath with only the apical third black; hind tibiae with the apical half piceous
brown, the rest yellow; apical joint of all tarsi dusky. Head, seen from above,
about one and one-half times as wide as long, seen from in front, about one
and one-third times as wide as long; front margin rounded, hind margin straight
and finely carinate. Eyes and ocelli large, the latter in a triangle; lateral
ocelli about as far apart as from the eyes and nearer than this to the occiput.
Vertex rugose, with a large, deep, triangular depression in front of anterior
ocellus from the apex of which a fine carina extends to the clypeus, the surface
with scattered, short, erect, white hairs; the frons clothed with dense, silvery
hairs; temples and cheeks smooth, separated from the eyes and occiput by
fine carinae, and with a carina running from the eyes to base of mandibles.
Antennae longer than head and thorax combined, with coarse pubescence;
scape three times as long as wide; pedicel oval, about one-half times as long
as scape; joint 3 one and one-half times as long as pedicel; joints 3-9 equal,
two and one-half times as long as wide; apical joint one and one-third times as
long as preceding joint. Thorax with scattered, erect hairs; pronotum short;
mesonotum, scutellum and metanotum smooth and polished; the mesonotum
with shallow punctures; mesonotum with traces of notauli anteriorly and
with a fine carina running from the humeral angles to base of scutellum; scutel-
lum separated from mesonotum and metanotum by deep, punctate foveae.
Propodeum coarsely, reticulately rugose, the posterior face with two longi-
tudinal carinae, enclosing an elongate, finely granulate area. Wings hyaline,
with fine brown pubescence, subcostal nervure and stigma brown, the latter
basally white; other nervures yellow; radius shorter than stigma, straight,
obtusely angled near the apex. Abdomen smooth and polished, about as
long as the thorax.

Length, 2.1-2.25 mm. Expanse, 3.75-4.2 mm.

Described from three specimens from Hollyburn, 10-27
June, 1928.
One paratype given to Mr. Robert M. Fouts.

SERPHIDAE.
DISOGMUS, Foerster.
Disogmus torvus, new species.

Female.—Black, polished; antennae brown; legs yellow, the tarsi bronhish;
ovipositor dark brown. Head transverse, wider than the thorax, viewed
from above one and three-quarters times as wide as long, with scattered pale

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930 69

hairs; frons very feebly convex; ocelli in a triangle, lateral ocelli about as far
apart as from the eyes and further apart than from anterior ocellus. Antennae
coarsely pubescent, longer than head and thorax combined; scape robust;
pedicel very short; joint 3 slightly more than twice as long as thick, somewhat
longer than the following joint; joints 4-12 becoming gradually shorter
and thicker; penultimate joint one and one-third times as long as thick, three-
quarters as long as joint 3; apical joint three times as long as preceding joint,
apex bluntly rounded. Thorax with the pronotal angles subacute; mesono-
tum convex; notauli distinct, posteriorly convergent; scutellum longer than
wide, with a deep fovea at base; propodeum coarsely rugose, smooth basally,
with three depressions at the extreme base, a distinct median carina running
from the central depression and a lateral carina on each side connected pos-
teriorly with the median carina by a transverse carina, the sides clothed with
long, white, erect hairs. Longer spur of hind tibiae short, not more than
one-quarter as long as the metatarsus. Wings faintly fumose; tegulae and
venation brown; the stigma darker, elongate; radial cell as long as stigma;
cubital, median, brachial, discoidal and basal nervures indicated by pale fus-
cous streaks. Abdomen polished, including the ovipositor about twice as
long as thorax; beyond third tergite narrow and somewhat compressed; petiole
a little wider than long, dorsally rugulose, laterally longitudinally striate;
second tergite longitudinally striate at base, except in the centre, the striae
shorter than the petiole, with a few hairs on the sides at the base. Ovipositor,
cylindrical, very slightly curved, one and one-half times as long as hind meta-
tarsus.

Length, 3.8 mm. (including ovipositor). Expanse, 4.5mm.

Male.—Antennae and legs darker than in the female; antennae with the
scape black, the flagellum dark brown; legs brownish-yellow, the tibiae paler.
Antennae more slender than in the female; joint 3 longer than the scape, three
times as long as thick, very slightly longer than joint 4; joints 4-12 subequal,
penultimate joint very slightly shorter than joint 3; joints 6-8 with a slight,
laminate, lateral expansion. Abdomen as long as thorax. In other respects
agrees with the female.

Length, 3.0 mm. Expanse, 4.0 mm.

Described from two females and a single male taken at
Chilliwack, B. C., 10, 14 and 31 May, 1927.
Paratype given to Mr. Robert M. Fouts.

SCELIONIDAE.
AMITUS Foerster.
Amitus arcturus, new species.

Female.—Black; scape dull yellow; flagellum brown, the club a little darker;
forelegs pale brownish-yellow, the tarsi paler; middle and hind legs brown,
the tarsi yellowish, apical joint of all tarsi dusky. Head with the frons deli-
cately reticulate, vertex and occiput shagreened; viewed from above, two
and one-quarter times as wide as long, front margin convex; rounded behind
the eyes; the occiput emarginate, not distinctly separated from the vertex;
ocelli in an almost straight line; lateral ocelli further apart than from the eyes.

70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

Antennae with the scape two and three-quarters times as long as pedicel;
pedicel three times as long as thick; joint 3 longer than pedicel and five times
as long as thick; joints 4-7 gradually shorter and thicker; joint 7 one and two-
thirds times as long as thick, half as long as joint 3; club one and one-half
times as long as joint 3 and about three times as long as thick, the joints sub-
equal, the sutures indistinct, oblique. Thorax wider than the head; pronotum
very short; mesonotum rounded in front of tegulae, the hind margin straight;
notauli distinct, posteriorly slightly widened and convergent; median portion
of mesonotum slightly depressed, except anteriorly, the depressed portion
smooth and polished, the anterior portion and also the lateral lobes (except
the extreme hinder part) with delicate sculpture. Scutellum wider than long,
posteriorly rounded, the surface finely shagreened, laterally with a few pale
hairs. Propodeum invisible from above, except at the sides, which are clothed
with dense white hairs. Pleurae smooth. Tegulae pale brown. Wings
subhyaline. Abdomen slightly wider than thorax and very nearly as wide
as long. First tergite short, longitudinally striate; second tergite wider than
thorax, about one and one-half times as wide as long, with two large, longi-
tudinally striate areas at the base, the striae extending to about the apical
third, about twice as long as first tergite and longer than following segments
combined; remaining segments smooth.

Length, 0.82 mm. Expanse, 2.17 mm.

Male.—Similar to female but legs and antennae slightly darker. Antennae
longer than entire body; scape about four times as long as pedicel; pedicel
one and three-quarter times as long as thick; joint 3 three times as long as
thick and one and one-third times as long as pedicel; joint 4 about three times
as long as thick and one and one-third times as long as joint 3; joints 5-9 grad-
ually shorter and thicker, joint 9 one and one-half times as long as thick and
about as long as pedicel; apical joint very nearly three times as long as thick
and one and one-half times as long as joint 3.

Length, 0.85 mm. Expanse, 2.3 mm.

Variations —The length varies from 0.75 mm. to 0.87 mm.
There is considerable variation in the color of the antennae, one
female having them almost black. The sculpture of the head
varies to a slight degree, one female having a smooth area ex-
ternal to the lateral ocelli.

Described from one female taken 16 June, 1928, and twenty-
one females and four males taken on various dates from 30
June to 17 September, 1929; all from Hollyburn, B.C., by
sweeping Wild Cherry; associated with an Aleyrodid.

Paratypes sent to U.S. N. M., Dr. Ogloblin and Mr. R. M.
Fouts.

CALLICERATIDA.
CALLICERAS Nees (=Ceraphron Jurine).
Calliceras concinna, new species.

Male.—A slender species, black and shining; femora and tibiae dark brown,
the extremities paler; metatarsi of all legs yellowish-brown, rest of tarsi dusky.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930 71

Head, viewed from above, very nearly twice as wide as long, slightly wider
than thorax; vertex very finely sculptured, with a depression before the front
ocellus and a shallow, lunate depression exterior to the lateral ocelli and a
longitudinal groove between them; facial depression smooth, very finely,
transversely wrinkled medially; eyes nearly half their width from the occiput;
ocelli in a triangle, much nearer together than to the eyes and occiput; lateral
ocelli in front of hind margin of eyes; occiput narrowly produced backward
in a very short collar. Antennae pubescent, slightly longer than thorax and
abdomen combined; scape thickest in the basal half, very nearly as long as
pedicel and joints 3 and 4 combined; joint 3 slightly longer than joint 4 and
nearly three times as long as thick; joints 4-10 subequal, joint 10 only slightly
shorter than joint 4; apical joint about one and one-quarter times as long as
joint 3, pointed at tip. Mesonotum and scutellum finely and indefinitely
sculptured, the latter somewhat reticulate on anterior half. Median groove
of mesonotum shallow; hind margin of mesonotum emarginate. Frenum dis-
tinct, the lines meeting at base of scutellum, which does not quite reach pos-
terior face of propodeum. Head, mesonotum and scutellum with very short,
scattered pale hairs. Propodeum with the posterior face oblique, smooth
and polished, lateral angles scarcely produced. Wings subhyaline, venation
brown, radius curved, long, three times as long as the marginal vein. Abdomen
slightly more than one and one-half times as long as thorax, highly polished,
slightly compressed apically, base striate, with long whitish hairs at the sides.
Length, 1.2 mm. Expanse, 2.1 mm.

Described from. a single specimen .taken at Hollyburn,
a june, 1928.

Calliceras boreale, new species.

Female.—A robust species, black, smooth, without evident sculpture, scape
blackish-brown, apically pale; legs brown, femora darker, apex of femora
and extremities of tibiae paler; tarsi pale brown, metatarsi yellowish-brown.
Head one and three-quarter times as wide as long, scarcely wider than the
thorax; vertex with a shallow depression before front ocellus, facial depres-
sion deep, smooth; eyes nearly reaching occiput, which is straight; ocelli in
a triangle, as far apart as distant from the eyes and nearer than this to the
occiput; lateral ocelli slightly in front of hind margin of eyes. Antennae
short and stout, subclavate, as long as head and thorax combined; scape obcla-
vate, as long as pedicel and joints 3-6 combined; pedicel as long as joints
3 and 4 combined; joints 3 and 4 equal, subglobular; joints 5 and 6 slightly
longer and thicker; joints 7-9 transverse, increasing slightly in length and
considerably in width; apical joint conical, twice as long as thick, as long as
three preceding joints combined; proximal joints of flagellum submoniliform,
distal joints shortly petiolate. Mesonotum with the median groove fine.
Scutellum convex, frenal lines distinct, fine, impunctate, uniting before reach-
ing base of scutellum. Vertex, mesonotum and scutellum with regularly
disposed, fine, whitish hairs which are denser on the sides of scutellum. Meta-
notum with a conspicuous, laminate process in the centre with dense pale
hairs. Dorsum and sides of propodeum and hind coxae posteriorly with con-
spicuous long, pale hairs. Wings subhyaline, venation brown, radius strongly

72 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

curved, one and one-half times as long as marginal vein. Abdomen as long
as head and thorax combined, as wide as thorax and a little less than twice
as long as wide, with a few, fine, very short, raised lines at the base.

Length, 1.0 mm. Expanse, 1.7 mm.

Described from two specimens from Hollyburn, 6 May and
17 September, 1928.
Paratype sent to Mr. R. M. Fouts.

LAGYNODES Foerster.
Lagynodes xanthus, new species.

Female.—Wingless, brownish-yellow, smooth and polished; eyes black;
ocelli wanting; antennae yellow, the apical four joints brown; legs entirely
yellow. Head subglobular, seen from above, about one and one-quarter
times as wide as long; occiput emarginate; eyes their own length from occiput.
Antennae about as long as abdomen; subclavate; scape half as long as rest
of antenna, equal to joints 3-9 combined; pedicel twice as long as thick, nearly
as long as joints 3-5 combined; joint 3 slightly longer than joint 4; joints 4-6
equal; joint 7 about one and one-half times as long as joint 6; joints 8-10 longer;
apical joint nearly three times as long as preceding joint and nearly two and
one-half times as long as thick; joints 3-6 increasing gradually in thickness;
joint 7 considerably thicker than joint 6; joints 8-10 each thicker than the
preceding joint; joints 3-6 submoniliform; joints 7-10 distinctly transverse,
shortly petiolate, with the apical joint forming an elongate club. Pronotum
a little more than two-thirds as wide as head, rounded in front, the sides almost
straight, produced into a stout neck in front, hind margin very deeply emargi-
nate. Mesonotum very short, not extending beyond the hind angles of the
pronotum, hind margin emarginate. Metanotum very short, hind margin
straight. Propodeum short, the sides straight, narrower than the mesonotum,
about three times as wide as long, the hind margin sinnate. Pronotum about
equal in length to the mesonotum and metanotum combined. Mesonotum
and propodeum about equally long, the metanotum shorter. Petiole widely
transverse, longitudinally striate. Abdomen large, conic-ovate, much wider
than the head, about one and one-half times as long as head and thorax com-
bined, second tergite constricted at base with short, indistinct striae. Head,
thorax and abdomen with scattered, pale hairs.

Length, 1.2 mm.-1.4 mm.

Described from seven females taken at Hollyburn on various
dates from 10 June to 17 September, 1928-29.

Paratypes sent to Mr. Robert M. Fouts and Dr. A. A.
Ogloblin.
TRICHOSTERESIS Foerster.

Trichosteresis vitripennis, new species.

Female.—Black, smooth; legs with the coxae and trochanters black; femora
brownish-black, except the extremities, which are paler; fore tibiae and tarsi
brownish-yellow; middle and hind tibiae brownish-black, paler at the extremi-
ties; middle and hind tarsi brownish-yellow; apical joint of all tarsi dusky,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930 73

Head, pronotum, mesonotum and scutellum finely alutaceous, with a few,
remote, shallow punctures, the head with short, scattered, white hairs; frons
depressed above the base of antennae; ocelli in an obtuse-angled triangle, the
lateral ocelli about as far apart as distant from the eyes; occiput with a fine,
longitudina!, impressed line. Antennae black, third joint about one and one-
half times as long as pedicel; joints 4-10 subequal, about three-quarters as
long as joint 3 and slightly longer than thick; apical joint conical, slightly
shorter than joint 3. Median longitudinal impressed line of the mesonotum
deep, percurrent. Frenal lines punctate, meeting at base of scutellum. Wings
hyaline, devoid of any pubescence and cilia; venation brown, the stigma darker;
radius straight, shorter than the stigma. Abdomen polished, longitudinally
striate at the base.
Length, 2.0 mm.—2.5 mm.

Described from three specimens taken at Chilliwack, May,
1926, and June, 1927.

Paratype sent to Mr. Robert M. Fouts.

This species differs from T. floridanus Ashmead in having
the median line on the mesonotum complete, deeply impressed
and in the darker color of the legs. In T. floridanus the median
line on the mesonotum is not so deeply impressed and is en-
tirely lacking on the posterior two-sevenths of the sclerite.
In the original description of foridanus no mention is made of
the extent of the median mesonotal line and for information on
this point I am greatly indebted to Mr. R. M. Fouts, who kindly
examined the type for me.

DIAPRIIDA.
PARATELOPSILUS, new genus.
Female.—Antennae 12-jointed; in other characters agreeing with 4felopsilus
Kieffer.
Male.—Unknown.
Type, the following species:

Paratelopsilus canadensis, new species.

Female.—Head and thorax black; propodeum dark brown; antennae, legs and
abdomen brown; wings faintly tinged with brown; venation brown, the marginal
vein darker. Head, viewed from above, one and one-quarter times as wide as
long; ocelli in a triangle, the lateral ocelli slightly in front of hind margin of
eyes, about as far apart as distant from eyes and nearly twice this distance from
occiput. Antennae somewhat longer than head and thorax combined; scape
cylindrical; flagellar joints becoming moniliform distally; scape as long as joints
2-4 combined; pedicel and joint 3 equally long, two-fifths as long as scape, the
pedicel thicker; joints 4-11 equal, about one-half times as long as joint 3; apical
joint conic-ovate, a little less than three times as long as thick, and three times
as long as penultimate joint and very slightly thicker. Mesonotum with dis-
tinct, deep, percurrent notauli; scutellum with a deep basal fovea; propodeum
with a straight median carina, a lateral, obtuse-angled one, and a posterior
transverse carina. Head and thorax smooth and polished, with scattered, long,

74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

pale hairs, denser on the sides of propodeum. Forewings with the first abscissa
of radius very short, not longer than its own width; cubitus indicated by an
almost obsolete fuscous streak directed towards the brachial nervure; second
abscissa of radius also almost obsolete, extending to margin of wing, enclosing
a long narrow area; discoidal and brachial nervures present as very faint fuscous
streaks. Abdomen fusiform, highly polished, with very long, scattered, pale
hairs at the base and apex; petiole slightly wider than long, without carinae,
front and hind margins, seen from above, feebly emarginate, the sides convex;
second tergite with a few very short, longitudinal striae at the base; one and
three quarters times as long as rest of abdomen. Third tergite one and one-
half times as long as the fourth tergite, which is slightly longer than the fifth;
sixth tergite as long as the third; seventh (last) tergite nearly three times as long
as the third, conical, curved downwards:
Length, 2.0 mm.-2.5 mm. Expanse, 3.5 mm.—4.5 mm.

Described from six specimens taken at Chilliwack; one 9
Sept., 1926, the rest 30 May, to 10 June, 1927.
Paratypes sent to U. S. N. M. and Mr. Robert M. Fouts.

DIPHORA Foerster.
Diphora nearctica, new species.

Female.—Black; scape and pedicel yellowish-brown; flagellum brown; legs,
including coxae, yellowish-brown; wings subfuscous, venation and tegulae
brown. Head, viewed from above, about one and one-half times as wide as
long; ocelli in a triangle, lateral ocelli as far apart as distant from eyes. An-
tennae with scattered, long, suberect pubescence, beyond joint 3 submoniliform;
scape a little thicker than flagellum, as long as joints 3 and 4 combined; pedicel
one-quarter as long as scape; joint 3 as long as following six and a half joints
combined; following joints subequal, gradually a little longer and thicker; joints
13 and 14 about one and one-half times as long as joints 4-6; apical joint conic-
ovate, one and one-half times as long as penultimate joint. Notauli deep,
percurrent; scutellum with a deep basal fovea. Propodeum with some irregular
punctures and carinae dorsally and with a distinct median,!longitudinal carina.
Head and thorax smooth and shining, with scattered pale hairs. Wings with
the marginal nervure very short, first abscissa of radius oblique, marginal cell
closed, large. Petiole longitudinally carinate, one and one-quarter times as
long as wide. Abdomen polished, as long as head and thorax combined;
second tergite one and three-fifths times as long as wide, more than twice as
long as rest of abdomen, basally shortly striate, the median groove deeper and
longer than the others, extending one-quarter the length of the tergite; third
tergite about one-quarter as long as second tergite and nearly twice as long as
the following segments combined.

Length, 2.0 mm. —2.5 mm. Expanse, 4.0 mm. -4.3 mm.

Male.—Similar to female.

Described from eight males and two females taken at Holly-
burn on various dates between 11 June and 2 October, 1928-29.

Barns sent to U. S. N. M:, Mr. Robert M. Fouts and
Dr. A. A. Ogloblin.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930 75

ACROPIESTA Foerster.
Acropiesta pulchella, new species.

Female.—Head, thorax and petiole black, shining; antennae pale brown,
darker distally; legs, including coxae, pale brown; abdomen reddish-brown;
wings faintly tinged with brown, venation and tegulae brown. Head transverse;
ocelli in an obtuse-angled triangle, lateral ocelli somewhat nearer together than
to the eyes. Antennae slender, about three-fifths the length of the entire body;
scape a little thicker than the basal flagellar joints, slightly thickened at apex,
six times as long as its apical width, nearly three times as long as joint 3; pedicel
oval, one and orte-half times as long as thick; joint 3 three times as long as
thick; joints 4-14 very gradually shorter and thicker, joint 14 twice as long as
thick; apical joint one and three-quarters times as long as the penultimate joint.
Pronotum invisible from above except at the humeral angles. Mesonotum with
deep, percurrent notauli, the median lobe narrowed posteriorly, Scutellum
convex, the basal fovea shallow in front, deeper behind. Propodeum with the
hind angles produced, the hind margin emarginate and carinate, with a lateral
carina and a distinct median carina which consists of two fine carinae (vide
variation infra), the surface polished but slightly uneven. Pleurae smooth.
Wings with the marginal nervure about two-fifths as long as the radial cell,
the cubitus straight, directed towards the basal nervure. Petiole as wide as
long, the front margin feebly emarginate, the front angles acute, hind margin
straight, wider than the front margin, sides strongly convex, at the extreme
base concave, the surface smooth but uneven, with two longitidunal carinae
visible from above. Head, thorax, propodeum and petiole with scattered
pale hairs, longer and denser on the sides of propodeum and petiole. Abdomen
elongate-fusiform, highly polished; second tergite with a long, deep, median
groove at the base, longer than the rest of the abdomen, twice as long as wide,
widest about one-quarter its length from the hind margin; third to sixth ter-
gites gradually longer, seventh tergite (last) one and one-third times as long as
preceding four combined, somewhat compressed, the dorsum arcuate, three
times as long as its basal width.

Length, 5.0mm. Expanse, 7.5 mm.

Male.—Antennae slender, filiform, nearly as long as the entire body; scape
four times as long as thick; pedicel globular; joint 3 as long as scape, the basal
third deeply excised; joint 4 three-quarters as long as joint 3, four times as
long as thick; following joints to joint 13 gradually shorter; joint 13 two-thirds
as long as joint four; apical joint as long as joint four. Petiole about twice as
long as wide. Abdomen elongate-oval, one and three-quarter times as long as
wide; second tergite three and one-half times as long as rest of abdomen. In
other respects similar to female.

Length, 4.0 mm. Expanse, 7.4 mm.

Described from five females and twelve males, taken at
Hollyburn on various dates from 28 April to 8 September,
1928-29.

Paratypes sent to U. S. N. M., Dr. A. A. Ogloblin and Mr.
Robert M. Fouts.

76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

Variation.—One female measures only 4.3 mm. and has the last abdominal
segment proportionately shorter, the petiole a little longer than wide. The
male varies in length from 3.5 mm.—4.25 mm., and in one specimen the petiole
is blackish-brown. In both sexes the median carina varies considerably and it
may consist of two straight parallel carinae, two sinuous subparallel carinae,
two strongly posteriorly divergent carinae, or two carinae that diverge from
the base of propodeum. In life the color is brighter than described, the abdo-
men being a beautiful red. The species is very variable in color, the following
well-marked forms occurring:

a. Var. melanocephala.—Difters from the typical form in having the entire
body reddish-brown, only the head being black.

Hollyburn; one female and three males, 5-13 September, 1928-29.

b. Var. rufifrons—Entirely reddish-brown, except the vertex and occiput
which are black.

Hollyburn, one female and ten males, 2-16 September, 1928-29.

c. Var. rufa.—Entirely reddish-brown, only the eyes and ocelli black, and
only the distal four or five antennal joints brown.

Hollyburn, two males, September, 1928-29.

A NEW BITING LOUSE (MALLOPHAGA) FROM WHITE-
TAILED DEER.

By Harotp S. Peters, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
Tricholipeurus virginianus,! n. sp.

A new species of Mallophaga of the family Trichodectidae
has been taken from two white-tailed deer of the United States.
It is described herein from three lots of specimens from the
Virginia white-tailed deer, Odocoileus virginianus virginianus
(Boddaert) as follows: 3 males and 2 females collected in
Center County, Pennsylvania, on March 28, 1930, by Vernon
Bailey (Bishopp No. 13806); 4 males and 13 females collected
in Pike County, Pennsylvania, on March 30, 1930, by Vernon
Bailey (Bishopp No. 13805); and 28 males and 7 females
collected at State College, Pennsylvania, on April 28, 1930, by
E. B. Forbes (Bishopp No. 13870). Three lots of specimens of
this species were also at hand from the Texas white-tailed deer,
Odocoileus virginianus texanus (Mearns), as follows: 13 males
and 11 females collected in Maverick County, Texas, on Dec-
ember 29, 1915, by J. D. Mitchell (Bishopp No. 5446); 21
males and 29 females collected in Maverick County, Texas, on
December 30, 1915, by J. D. Mitchell (Bishopp No. 5447); and

1The genus Tricholipeurus was established by G. A. H. Bedford (in 15th Ann.
Rept. of Dir. Vet. Services, Union of South Africa, Pretoria, October, 1929) for
those lice on antelopes and deer as differentiated from those on porcupines,
formerly all being included in Eutrichophilus Mjéberg (Arkiv. f. Zool. Band 6,
No. 13, 1910).

wns 2 ce

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930 i

6 males and 7 females collected at Sonora, Texas, on November
27, 1922, by O. G. Babcock (Bishopp No. 10677).

This new species is closely related to Tricholipeurus mazama
(Stobbe) which was described from ‘Cervus mexicana,” now
known as Coues’ white-tailed deer, Odocoileus couesi (Gmelin),
from Mexico. However, mazama is a more slender species than
virgininianus and evidently has the sensory pits on the third seg-
ment of the antennae distinctly separated whereas they overlap
in virginianus. ‘This species is also close to T. tibialis (Piaget)
and T. odocoilei (McGregor). The former species was described
from a “black-tailed deer’? and is much smaller, has different
male genitalia and antennae, and has a dark spot before each
abdominal spiracle. The latter species was described from a
white-tailed deer, Odocoileus virginianus macrourus (Rafinesque),
from Montana and is much smaller than T. virginianus. T.
parallelus (Osborn) is very much smaller and has prominent
dark spots before the abdominal spiracles and very different
male genitalia and antennae.

Description of MALE. Head (Fig. 1) wider than long, much wider across
forehead than across temples, truncate anteriorly with a wide shallow emargina-
tion and produced laterally into the trabecula-like process just before the
antennae. Truetrabeculaenot present. Antennal sinuses deep, for attachment
of greatly enlarged first antennal segment. Ocular projections rather large,
extending to extreme margin of temples which are smoothly rounded and meet
the slightly concave occipital margin without an angle. Antennal bands
narrow, widening at the front of the head into two plates separated by a narrow
median clear space. Occipital bands elongate, almost parallel, being only

Fig. 1. Head of male, dorsal, X65. Fig. 2. Genitalia of male, dorsal, X125.

78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

slightly curved. Occiput with a paired forked chitinization on posterior border.
Esophageal sclerite present. Two short hairs occur on each side of concave
front, two just posterior to each frontal angle, three along outer margin of
antennal bands, two very close together just anterior to the trabecula-like
process, five on temple, eight in irregular row anterior to mandibles, two before
base of antennae, two between base of antennae and esophageal sclerite, a row
of four (in two pairs) between esophageal sclerite and occipital margin, and a
diagonal row of four from a position anterior to base of ocular projection toward
the occipital margin. Antennae large and backward pointing, reaching, if ex-
tended, to well beyond the prothorax. First segment greatly enlarged and
practically as long as the second and third combined. Second segment longer
than the third, both being slightly curved. All three segments have numerous
short, hair-like spines; the third segment has three spine-like tubercles at the
distal end and a mass of short spines on the opposite side, and has two sensory
pits which are somewhat triangular in shape, the distal one overlapping the
other.

Thorax one and one-half times as wide as long. Prothorax roughly rect-
angular in shape with straight posterior margin and with a conspicuous spiracle
projecting from each lateral margin. There is a weak spine just before each
spiracle, a similar one at each posterior lateral angle, two small hairs near the
middle of the segment, and a transverse row of about twelve near the posterior
margin. Pterothorax roughly trapezoidal in shape, wider than the prothorax,
a group of several spines near each posterior lateral angle and an irregular row
of about twenty small hairs near the straight posterior margin. Legs normal,
with numerous short spines.

Abdomen elongate oval in shape, widest across the third segment although
the fourth segment is almost as wide. Segments one to seven inclusive with a
brown transverse band and a transverse row of short hairs on both the dorsal
and ventral surfaces. Sutures uncolored. The spiracles on segments two to
seven inclusive are situated in the golden brown lateral margin, there being no
dark spot anterior to them. Segment eight has a row of rather long pustulated
hairs along the dorsal posterior margin and the apical segment has a number of
short spines. Genitalia conspicuous (Fig. 2), the basal plate consisting of two
chitinous bars reaching into the fifth segment; the parameres are long, tapered
and free distally, being fused at their base, and overlaid with a two-pronged
dorsal chitinization.

Description of FEMALE. Head as in the male except that the hind head is
wider, the ocular projection larger, extending slightly beyond the margin of the
temples, and the antennal sinus is much more shallow. Trabeculae present
but not movable. First segment of the antennae only slightly swollen and
shorter than either the second or third, the second segment being slightly longer
than the third. Sensory pits on the third segment overlap as on the male
antennae.

Thorax and legs as in the male except that the thorax is shorter and wider.

Abdomen oval in shape, slightly longer and wider than in the male. Segment
eight with transverse row of six pustplated hairs, the outer ones three times as
long as the inner four. Apical segment bilobed with three hairs on each lobe.
Venter (Fig. 3) very distinct. Gonapods with combs of long spines and attached

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930 79

to the movable tergites. A characteristic bilobed (with sharp points) chitinized
plate in the center of the apical segment.

Measurements of specimens in mm.

From O. v. virginianus From O. v. texanus
Average Average Average Average

of 350° of 229. of 25o" of 309

Head
LSTRE( 8 is ole by vale Slee soe aia 514 Boule i552 529
Width across Trabeculae_.........._... 561 546 570 547
Width across Temples.....................-.- 481 524 480 515
Thorax
LGA th Sete crear se heats ale Mo Al ae 307 289 .298 271
Propnorax, wid as O07 893 373 378
Bterothorax, withers: A459 487 465 481
Abdomen
Weng thigememe: tee orer ee eres eee 1.485 1.546 157 1.642
Width, Segment III. 651 AM 638 739
Lito bt FE eC ek ae i Se 2.306 2.347 2.401 2.443

Fig. 3. Apical segment of female, ventral, X65.

It will be noticed that the specimens from O. v. fexanus are
longer and more slender (except head at trabeculae), but since
there are no other evident differences between these and the
specimens from O. v. virginianus I do not desire at this time to
distinguish between them.

Type Host—Odocoileus virginianus virginianus (Boddaert).

Type Locality —Pike County, Pennsylvania.

Type Slide —Cat. No. 43089, U.S. N. M.

The holotype male and allotype female on the type slide
were collected from the type host at the type locality on March
30, 1930, by Vernon Bailey (Bishopp No. 13805). The para-
types are.in the collection of the Bureau of Entomology and in
my personal collection.

80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

NOTES ON SOME LOCAL BUTTERFLIES.
« By Austin H. CLaArk.

As would be expected, most of the local butterflies make their
first appearance in the spring earlier than they do in Massa-
chusetts. This is particularly true of all the species which
hibernate as adults or as pupe, and of the larger species gen-
erally. But among the smaller butterflies that hibernate as
caterpillars there are some curious exceptions.

The most extraordinary of these exceptions is found in the
case of the silvered bog fritillary (Brenthis myrina) which first
appears at Beltsville a full month later than it does at Boston
—and even at Ottawa much further north—and nearly six weeks
later than it does at Albany. Furthermore, in this region it
has only a single brood flying in midsummer instead of three
broods as about Boston.

While the hovering skipper (Poanes massasoit) does not
appear at Beltsville until about the first of July, in New Eng-
land it is on the wing in the first half of June. Similarly,
Leonard’s skipper (Hesperia leonardus) also appears in Massa-
chusetts more than two weeks in advance of its earliest appear-
ance in the District area in early September.

The goggle-eye (Cercyonis alope) is first seen, as casual indi-
viduals, somewhat earlier here than about Boston, but the
main emergence takes place here about a week later than at
Boston.

The grass-nymph (Satyrodes eurydice) first appears at Belts-
ville a month earlier than it does in the vicinity of Boston, but
its period of maximum abundance is approximately the same
in both places—possibly slightly later here.

The season of both this butterfly and the wood-nymph
(Megisto cymela) is much longer here than at Boston, occasional
individuals being met with until nearly the end of September.

The late appearance of many District butterflies and the long
season of others, as for instance the satyrids, possibly is corre-
lated with the curious and unusual irregularities in the tempera-
ture in the spring, particularly the occurrence of hot spells
during which the caterpillars, or a greater or lesser propor-
tion of them, become lethargic and do not feed.

This conclusion is suggested by the curious fact that the two
widely distributed satyrids (Megisto cymela and Cercyonis alope)
always make their first appearance in low wet woods near cold
streams and are not seen until later in the warmer and drier areas.

Another curious thing about certain District butterflies is
that they first appear earlier if the spring is cold than they do if
the spring is warm or is marked by severe hot spells. Thus in
the unusually cool spring of 1930 Dryas cybele, Euphydryas
phaéton and Poanes zabulon were on the wing at least a week

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930 81

eatlier than their usual first appearance as indicated by the
earliest previous records, and all three were common before the
time the first individuals had emerged in the year preceding.

The habits of quite a number of the butterflies in this region
differ more or less from the habits of the same species further
north. For instance in this area the two sexes of Poanes hobomok
and of P. zabul/on inhabit quite different localities. The males
are found in damp glades in the woods and especially along
grassy banks of woodland streams, while the females range
widely over open fields. Both sexes are found together only
along the borders of damp woods. Such a selective distribu-
tion of the sexes is frequent among butterflies in tropical regions.
In New England, according to my experience, both sexes of
these butterflies are found in the same territory, in open fields
and meadows.

The males of Poanes zabulon in this area have the further
peculiarity of usually keeping well above the ground, and they
may sometimes be seen darting about in open woods as much as
ten or fifteen feet above the ground. But they prefer to rest and
sun themselves on leaves from two to five feet above the soil.

The species of Erynnis (Thanaos) are more generally distribu-
ted here than in New England. While occurring in the woods,
the males of most of them are also common in open fields, and I
have taken the females of EF. juvenalis and E. icelus far from any
woods. Summer and autumn individuals of E. juvenalis I
have found only in fields, and it may be that this insect is one
brooded in the woods, and partially two brooded in open coun-
try. In the late spring FE. ice/us is very common in, and quite
characteristic of, the damp meadows west of Cabin John.

In very early spring before the trees have put forth leaves
Erynnis juvenalis may frequently be seen flying in moth-like
fashion about the upper branches of trees twenty feet or more.
above the ground, a habit which seems not to have been recorded.

The rapid increase in abundance of the orange clover butterfly
(Eurymus eurytheme) within the past few years is very interesting.

It was mentioned as having been seen in the Department of
Agriculture grounds on November 11, 1886, and this is the only
early record. There is a single broken male from the District
without date in the Schénborn collection. In view of the fact
that Mr. Schonborn kept only very small series of perfect speci-
mens this is excellent evidence that he considered it rare.

Previous to 1926 the earliest date of capture is September 6
(C. R. Ely), most of the captures being in the last half of Sep-
tember, and the greatest number of individuals reported in any
one day being three.

In 1926 it was taken on August 27, and was frequent from
early September until the middle of October. Fifteen or more
could be seen in a day.

82 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, MAY, 1930

In 1927 it was exceedingly abundant from the middle of July
until the end of the season.

In 1928 it was first taken on June 24, and was very common
from the first of July onward.

In 1929 it appeared on May 12, and was seen constantly until
the last week in May when it disappeared, reappearing early in
the second week of June and flying until the end of the season.
Its numbers were equal to those of common FE. philodice.

In 1930 it was first noticed on April 27, and by May 4 both
sexes were more numerous than the corresponding sexes of
E. philodice. '

From the available evidence, Eurymus eurytheme up to 1926
seems to have been an annual visitor to the District, a few in-
dividuals arriving in the late summer, and a few of the young of
these reaching maturity in September. In the years succeed-
ing, the visitors reached the District in larger numbers, and pro-
gressively earlier; but until 1929 this butterfly appears not to
have passed the winter here. In 1929 for the first time indi-
viduals of the spring brood were taken which undoubtedly had
passed the winter locally, and the butterfly has now become—
though possibly only temporarily—an abundant permanent
resident.

Three examples of white females slightly flushed with pink
on the discal area of the fore wings and with yellow on the hind
wings have been taken here. So far as I know no such females
have been taken elsewhere. Considering the relative infre-
quency of white females, this represents a considerable propor-
tion of them. It will be interesting to see whether this form
persists or disappears.

A female of Atrytonopsis hianna, a butterfly hitherto not
known from the District, was taken on June 2, 1929.

_ Experiments have been undertaken to determine the nature
of the emanations from butterflies’ wings which affect photo-
graphic plates in complete darkness. Twenty-six different
species were investigated. It was found that the wings of
butterflies which had been dead for thirty years would affect the
plates. Films showed the same color values as plates, but were
not so strongly affected. Thin cover glasses interposed be-
tween the wings and the plates completely obliterated the por-
tion of the wings covered. Strips of a substance especially
transparent to light of short wave lengths rendered the portion
of the wing beneath them somewhat fainter than the uncovered
portions, but all the details of the color pattern beneath the
strips were clear and distinct as elsewhere. Therefore the
phenomenon appears to be due to a faint luminosity consist-
ing of light of very short wave length.

Actual date of publication, Fune 20, 1930.

Se ee

VOL. 32 JUNE, 1930 No. 6

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCcI
OF WASHINGTON

CRAMPTON, G. C.—SOME ANATOMICAL DETAILS OF THE PUPA OF THE
ARCHAIC TANYDERID DIPTERON PROTOPLASA FITCHII, 0. Ss. .... 83
PIERCE, W. DWIGHT—THE SUGAR CANE INSECT PROBLEM IN NEGROS. . 99
RENDELL, E. J. P.—DEPREDATIONS TO LEAD-COVERED AERIAL CABLES BY
BREE SMUN BRAC, 3 2.1. adee nono 2 ade) sph ap sees ey S23 teks LO4
BARN SS VALE MAM=—OBLEUARYS eis Lt Sea eee. a Ge

Pus.isHeED Montuiy Except Juty, AuGust, AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled,to the PRocEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

‘

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary President 5 wa kw eo ee Oe
PROSACHTS Oo oes toe Ye sto ey islets ats a an, OE Me
Pirst Vice-President. 203 4.05 toast exo, oy 6m ee eee Om Ey ae
Second Vice-President 5 es we se
Recording Secretary .. 2. « = Wimecamn rian: 2 + 2 0 0) le ee
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer .......... . S, A. ROHWER
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
IDEN P raat. (5 Be ¥ So Ae eae - i». Wa: WARS

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CauDELt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
ISESENCES. garam se ean arene ony ea: Oe, OE AG? Bee

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum: recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra.
All subscriptions are paygble in advance. Remittances should be made payable
to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the Proceeprnes will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 32 JUNE, 1930 No. 6

SOME ANATOMICAL DETAILS OF THE PUPA OF THE ARCHAIC
TANYDERID DIPTERON PROTOPLASA FITCHII, O. S.

By G. C. Crampton, Ph. D.

Massachusetts Agricultural College, Amherst, Mass.

In June, 1929, Dr. C. P. Alexander accompanied me to the
Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec, where I had formerly encountered a
swarm of males of the rare and primitive Tanyderid Dipteron,
Protoplasa fitchii, O. S. (Can. Ent., 61, 1929, p. 70) and a few
larvae of this interesting insect were captured in the sand at
the bottom of the shallow water at the edge of the West Pabos
River. Two of the mature larvae, placed in wet sand by
Dr. Alexander, pupated; and one of these was allowed to emerge
as an adult (female), while the other, which had transformed to a
pupa (male) was killed and preserved in alcohol for study. Dr.
Alexander has published a general account of the immature
stages of Protoplasa (Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, Vol.
55 for 1930); but the following discussion presents the more
detailed features of the pupae, which were kindly turned over
to me by Dr. Alexander for this purpose, before depositing them
in the extensive collection of the immature stages of Dipterous
insects in the possession of Dr. J. Speed Rogers. The anatomi-
‘cal details of the larvae of Protoplasa will be discussed in a later
paper dealing with the larvae in my possession; and the im-
mature stages of Protoplasa will be compared with those of
other Holometabola, from the standpoint of phylogeny.

The anatomical details of the pupa of Protoplasa are best
seen in the cast skin of the female pupa shown in Figs. 1, 3, 6,
10, 17, etc., since the pupal skin, being free of the concealing
structures formerly contained within it, readily permits the
tracing of the course of the fore and hind gut linings (/¢ of
Fig. 6 and / of Fig. 10), the tracheal linings (7 of Figs. 6, 10
and 17), the tentorial arms extending inward from the frontal
pits labelled fp in Fig. 1, the basalar apodeme dap of Fig. 1,
the posterior phragma pdr of Fig. 6, and other internal struc-
tures; furthermore, the parts are readily moved about to un-
cover the underlying structures in the cast skin; and the dorsal
splitting of the pupal skin likewise gives a hint of the meaning

84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

of the median dorsal sutures found in the head and thoracic
region of an adult insect. Thus, the mid-dorsal cleft labelled
mds in Fig. 6, extending from the end of the phragma phr
forward into the head region, evidently forms the coronal
suture of the head region (co of Fig. 6) and the arms of the cleft
labelled fs in Fig. 6, evidently form the frontal sutures—or at
least the weakened areas of the integument along which the
pupal skin splits cause the formation of the coronal and frontal
sutures in the integument of adult insects.

Heap Srrucrures OF THE Pupa.—The fact that the
cleavage of the pupal skin along the splits labelled co and fs in
Fig. 6, corresponds to the coronal and frontal sutures of the
adult head has already been mentioned. The structure labelled
fg in Fig. 6, is the cut-off portion of the fore-gut lining, which is
cast off when the adult emerges. The internal invaginations
extending inward from the frontal pits labelled /p in Figs. 1 and
3, are the shed linings of the anterior tentorial arms. There
are weakly developed internal strands of citin attached to the
skull near the label m in Fig. 16, or the depressions mesad of the
label ¢ in Fig. 3, and it is possible that these may represent the
anterior arms of the tentorium, while the internal structures
attached to the pits labelled fp in Figs. 1 and 3 may represent
the dorsal arms of the tentorium but the former are so feebly
developed, that it is more probable that they are some secondary
internal structures of the head, and the real anterior arms of
the tentorium are the invaginations extending inward from the
frontal pits fp of Figs. 1 and 3, as was mentioned above.

The head of a Protop/asa pupa bears a pair of well-developed
frontal horns, or frontocornua labelled fc in Figs. 1, 3, 6, etc.,
which evidently Se to the frontal horns fe of the
Ertocera pupa (a Tipulid) shown in Fig. 2, which occurs in the
same situations in which Protoplasa was found, and these horns
may serve to protect the pupae in some way from the sand and
small rocks of their habitat. Similarly, the three epistomal
processes, or epistomacornua esp of Protoplasa (Figs. 1, 3, etc.)
probably correspond to the pair of epistomal processes of
Eriocera esp of Fig. 2). Eritocera, however, has another pair
of frontal braless; the prefrontal horns, or prefrontocornua
pfe of Fig. 2, which are not developed in Protop/asa, although
there are some slight prominences in the head of the pupa of
Protoplasa in this general region. Lateral epistomal setae are
borne at the bases of the lateral epistomal processes esp of Fig.
1 of Protoplasa and frontocornual setae are borne on the frontal
horns labelled fc in Figs. 1, 3, 6, etc., of Protoplasa.

Among the other seta-bearing protuberances of the head
region may be mentioned the chalaza-like anterior and posterior
parietal papilla or processes apa and ppa of Figs. 1 and 6, each

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 85

of which bears a seta, the anterior and posterior parietal setae.
The preorbital seta po of Fig. 3 is also borne on a slight protuber-
ance, but the prefrontal seta pf of Fig. 1 is not borne on a
protuberance. The sub-genal or genal process ¢ of Figs. 1 and
3, which corresponds to the genal process of adult Mecoptera
and certain Trichoptera, bears a pair of subgenal setae in the
pupa of Protoplasa. The subgenal process c of Fig. 1 projects
over a protuberance of the propleuron bearing the label ¢ in
Fig. 1 (G. e. the anterior protuberance of the propleural region
p/ of Fig. 1), and is situated near the angle of the maxillary
palpus mp of Fig. 3, which lies over it normally, as in Fig. 16.

The postorbital process 7 of Figs. 1 and 6 does not bear a seta.
It projects above the anterior pronotal process x of Figs. 1 and
6, and was apparently developed in connection with this
process of the pronotum for aiding in the interlocking of the
head and pronotal regions to prevent twisting of the head. The
sur and subscapal processes above and below the scape of the
antenna ant of Figs. | and 3, apparently serve the same purpose
for the base of the antenna.

The antennae av of Figs. 1, 3, and 6 are laid back over the
orbital or occular areas e, and the tips of the maxillary palpi
lie upon them, although in such pupae as Eriocera (Fig. 2) the
antennae avf lie over the maxillary palpi mp. The dotted area
mesad of the scape sca in Fig. 3 is the region of the antennal
socket in the adult insect. Below these areas are the prefrontal
sutures indicated by dotted lines (to indicate that they are very
faint) upon which are located the frontal pits fp or pits of the
anterior arms of the tentorium. A study of other insects
would indicate that the real frontal sutures are the weak areas
along which the splitting labelled fs in Fig. 6 occurs, and the
faint lines on which the frontal pits fp of Fig. 3 are situated
would therefore represent the prefrontal rather than the
frontal sutures. As was mentioned above, the pits labelled
fp in Figs. 1 and 2 may not represent the pits of the anterior
arms of the tentorium, but may represent the pits of the dorsal
arms of the tentorium, while the slight depressions just below
the tips of the lateral epistomal processes esp of Fig. 3 may
represent the pits of the anterior arms of the tentorium, but
the latter depressions are so very faint, and the internal pro-
tuberances which they mark, are so slightly developed, that
it is more probable that the better developed internal processes
marked by the frontal pits fp of Figs. 1 and 2, are the true
anterior arms of the tentorium, since these are always better
developed than the dorsal arms, which are frequently atrophied.

The parietal region pa of Fig. 6 extends forward to the frontal
clefts fs, and the frontal region extends from the clefts /s of
Fig. 6, either to the frontal pits fp of Fig. 3, or to the dotted
line just above the label esp in Fig. 3, if the location of the

86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

frontal pits fp are not accepted as the anterior limits of the
frontal region. The postclypeal or epistomal region is probably
the region which bears the label esp in Fig. 3, although this
region may represent a prefrontal region, since these areas are
not clearly defined by sutures in the Diptera, and there is no
general agreement as to the exact boundaries of the regions in
question. The ead ae region is probably fused with the
labrum labelled /in Fig. 3, since there is no well demarked suture
between the labium and the clypeal region (comprising the
ante and postclypeus or epistoma).

The small and rather indistinct processes labelled m in Figs.
1 and 3 are probably the mandibles, which are visible only when
the pupal skin is viewed from the side, and the lighting is just
right, since the processes are colorless and transparent in the
pupal skin. The processes labelled g in Figs. 1 and 3 are the
galeae of the maxillae. These are usually but poorly developed
in Dipterous pupae, but are quite readily seen in the pupa of
Protoplasa. ‘Vhe maxillary palpi mp are porrect or bent upward
in Protoplasa, while in other pupae (Fig. 2) they may be more
“horizontal,” and in still others they may be pendant, or
“drooping” (i.e. directed downward).

The labial palpi /p of Figs. 1, 3, and 16, are worthy of special
mention, since they have been the subject of much speculation
and discussion in the Diptera. Most recent entomologists
regard these as the paraglossae, but comparative anatomy
clearly demonstrates that these are the true labial palpi in
adult Diptera (Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 27, 1925, p. 68),
and a comparison of the pupa of Protoplasa with a typical
Lepidopterous pupa, such as the one shown in Fig. 4, leaves
no possible cause for doubting that the labial palpi /p of Pro-
toplasa (Fig. 3) could be anything else than the'true labial palpi.
Thus, the labial palpi /p of Fig. 4 (which have never been inter-
preted as anything else in Lepidoptera) are situated immediately
below the labrum /, with the galeae g and mandibles m occupying
exactly the same relative positions in Fig. 4 that they do in
Protoplasa (Fig. 3), and if any one will compare the pupa of such
a primitive Dipteron as Protoplasa (Fig. 3) with a typical
Lepidopteron such as the one shown in Fig. 4, the homologies
will be so self-evident that it will seem almost incredible that
the labial palpi of Diptera could ever have been interpreted
as anything else! The labial palpi /p of Eriocera (Fig. 2) are
rather widely separated, and a prosternal process psp projects
forward between the palpi, as is shown in Fig. 2.

Tuoracic SrrucTURES OF THE Pupa.—In the prothoracic
region, the pronotum is apparently divided into an antepro-
notum apn and postpronotum pp (Figs. 1 and 6), as described

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 87

in the adult Nematocera in a paper published in Vol. 18, p. 49,
of the Annals of the Ent. Soc. of America for 1925. The
anterior pronotal region ap of Fig. 1, is separated from the
posterior region pp by such a pronounced cleft in the pupa of
Protoplasa (Fig. 1), and the anterior region is so closely associated
with the propleuron p/, that it is quite possible that the anterior
region apn alone represents the pronotum, and the posterior
region ppv would then represent an anterior region of the
mesonotum; but until the matter has been investigated more
thoroughly, the postpronotum ppz may be treated as the
posterior region of the pronotum. The lateral lobe of the
antepronotum apn (Fig. 1) bears an anterior process x, which
projects under the postorbital process of the head: labelled 7 in
Fig. 1, and a posterior projection v of Figs. 1 and 6, which extends
toward the breathing horns ¢. The breathing horns or trumpets ¢
of Figs. 1 and 6 are usually spoken of as the pronotal breathing
horns, and they are quite closely associated with the postpro-
notum ppv of Fig. 6, but I am inclined to consider that these
breathing horns are mesothoracic in origin, because the first
spiracle is mesothoracic in origin (embryologically), and forms
just behind the base of the breathing horn ¢, as is shown in
Fig. 6, where the intima of the trachea is labelled 7.

The propleural region p/ of Fig. 1 sends forward a projection,
as does the prothoracic coxa cx, and the maxillary palpus
(which is cut off in Fig. 1, but is shown in Fig. 3 where it bears
the label mp) is laid back between these two processes. It was
not possible to make out any details of the prosternal
region of the pupa without damaging the specimens, which did
not belong to me, so that this region has not been figured here.
From a superficial examination, however, it would appear that
there is no region in the pupa of Protoplasa corresponding to
the raised prosternal region psp projecting upward between
the labial palpi /p of the pupa of Eriocera shown in Fig. 2.

The fore legs of the pupa of Protoplasa are shown in a figure
which has been used to illustrate another paper, but the fore
leg of the cast skin of the pupa of Protoplasa is figured in Fig.
3, and illustrates the process of telescoping which occurs when
the leg is withdrawn from the pupal skin at the time of the
emergence of the adult insect. When the leg is withdrawn from
the pupal skin, the trochanter and base of the femur /e of Fig. 3,
are telescoped into the coxa cx, the base of the tibia /7 is tele-
scoped into the femur fe and the base of the basitarsus 4 (or
basal segment of the tarsus) is telescoped into the tibia #7. The
other tarsal segments do not become telescoped when the leg
is withdrawn.

The fact that the region pp” of Figs. 1 and 6 may belong to
the mesonotum instead of to the pronotum, has already been
mentioned, and since the region ppv is somewhat more closely

88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

associated with the mesonotum than with the pronotum this
lends weight to the view that the region ppv may be an anterior
mesonotal area. In any case, it may be possible to regard the
breathing horns ¢ of Figs. 1 and 6, as mesothoracic structures
which have migrated forward and have become secondarily
associated with the posterior region of the pronotum. The
region behind the area ppv of Figs. 1 and 6 is separated from
the postpronotum pp” by a poorly defined transverse suture,
and if the area ppv does not represent the true prescutum of the
mesothorax, the mesothoracic prescutum is included in the
area just back of the region ppm of Figs. 1 and 6, At any
rate, the region called the mesothoracic prescutum in the
adult, is included in the area behind the region ppm of Figs.
1 and 6, but there is no line of demarcation between this pres-
cutal region and the scutal region in the pupa, nor is the scutel-
lum demarked in the pupa; but the postscutellar region ps/ of
Figs. 1 and 6 is faintly demarked in the pupal skin, and bears
the inward-projecting phragmal region pAér of Fig. 6. It is
possible that the anterior phragmal region is just behind the
label ppx in Figs. 1 and 6 (1. e. the more clearly marked portion
of the transverse line), but there is no indication of the anterior
phragma in the median region of the back, since the mid-dorsal
cleft mds (corresponding to the mid-dorsal suture of adult
insects) extending forward from the hinder margin of the
posterior phragma pA/r of Fig. 6 exposes no median shelf until
the anterior region of the pronotum is reached (See Fig. 6).
Laterally, however, the anterior phragma may be represented
by the internal prominence just behind the label ppz of Fig. 6,
if this really represents the anterior margin of the mesonotum,
or it may be represented by the infolding just behind the label
vin Fig. 6, if this represents the real anterior limits of the meso-
notum. It is quite impossible to determine this point with
the material at my disposal, and the decision in the matter
must await further investigation.

The scutal region of the mesothorax of the pupa of Protoplasa
bears the scutal setae labelled sc in Figs. 1, 5, and 6. In the
pupa of the male, shown in Fig. 5, there are two anterior scutals
and one posterior scutal on each side of the thorax, but in the
cast skin of the female pupa shown in Fig. 6, and Fig. 1, one of
the setae had either been broken off of or was not developed.
The tegular area ¢g of Fig. 1 bears three tegular setae in the
cast skin of the female, but in the pupa of the male (Fig. 5)
only two tegular setae ¢g were observed. The basalar or prealar
lobe 4a of Figs. 1, 5 and 6, bears three basalar setae da in Fig. 6,
but the anterior two basalar setae were so close together that
they could be distinguished only with difficulty. A post-

pronotal seta borne on the region pp» just in front of the breath- -

ing trumpet ¢ of Fig. 1 was observed in the pupal skin, but the

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 89

dorsal regions of the pro- and mesothorax were remarkably
free of setae, in the pupa of Protoplasa and other Nematocerous
pupae which I examined.

The mesothoracic wing-cases f of Figs. 1, 5, 6, etc., overlap
the cases of the hind wings Aa which enclose the halteres. The
venation of the mesothoracic wing-cases has been figured by
Dr. Alexander (I. c.), but at the time that this study was made,
the venation had become practically invisible in the wing cases,
due to the deterioration of the specimens. The structures at
the base of the wings, however, could still be made out quite
readily in the specimens, and are shown in Figs. 1 and 16. The
tegular sclerite ¢g is fairly clearly demarked in the cast skin of
the female (Fig. 1) and in the intact pupa of the male (Fig. 16);
but the adanal sclerite ad of Fig. 16 was best seen in the male
pupa, since the pupal skin had not been cast in this specimen,
and the sclerotized adanal sclerite showed through quite
clearly. The basalar apodeme did not show through the pupal
skin of the male insect, but in the cast skin of the female pupa,
the basalar apodeme dap of Fig. 1 showed through the trans-
parent pupal skin very clearly. This basalar apodeme is an
internal protuberance projecting inward from the basalar pit
described in the adult of Protoplasa in Vol. 37, p. 35, of the Ent.
News for 1926.

Just in front of the mesothoracic wing case is a flattened
elevated prealar or basalar lobe labelled 4a in Figs. 1, 2, 5 and
16. This lobe is well developed in many Dipterous pupae, but
is not noticeably developed in the adults. It may serve to pre-
vent a forward displacement of the wing case in the pupa, while
the posterior process labelled p/ in Fig. 6 may serve to prevent
a dorsal displacement of the wing case.

The prehalteral lobe pA of Figs. 6, 5 and 16 may possibly
be serially homologous with the basalar lobe of the mesothorax,
labelled 4a in figures. It bears a pair of prehalteral bristles
labelled pA in Fig. 16, and Fig. 1. The metanotum mm of Fig.
16, Fig. 1, Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 likewise bears another pair of meta-
notal setae (1. e. the setae just below the label mz in Fig. 5).
The metanotum mm of Fig. 1 is quite well developed in the
pupa of Protoplasa, and is fairly well developed in many Tipulid
pupae, but in the adults of most Nematocera except the Tany-
deridae and Psychodidae it is usually greatly reduced.

ABDOMINAL STRUCTURES OF THE Pupa.—The areas of a
typical abdominal segment are not easily seen in the male pupa,
but in the pliant cast skin of the female shown in Fig. 17 the
parts were more readily spread out to show the anterior areas
of the tergite and sternite or dorsal and ventral region of the
abdominal segment. The greater part of the ventral region
of the fifth segment, its pleural region, and about one half (the

90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

dextral half) of its tergal region are depicted in Fig. 17. The
anterior tergal region labelled a¢ in Figs. 17 and 10 apparently
corresponds to the area termed the antetergite, and the anterior
sternal region labelled as in Figs. 17 and 10 apparently corres-
ponds to the area termed the antesternite in the abdomen of
the roach described in Vol. 32, p. 195 of Psyche for 1925. In
the first abdominal tergite shown in Fig. 6 an anterior region
which is proportionately wider than the anterior region labelled
at in Fig. 16, is demarked, but these two anterior tergal regions
are not strictly homologous, since the anterior tergal region in
Fig. 6 bears the two anterior tergal setae labelled ag in Fig. 6,
while the antetergite at of Figs. 17 and 10 does not bear the
anterior tergal setae, which apparently occur just behind the
antetergite a¢ in Figs. 17 and 10. At any rate, the anterior
tergal setae labelled atg in Fig. 11 have been homologized with
the anterior tergal setae labelled ag in Fig. 6 and 16 while the
posterior tergomarginal setae labelled pt in Fig. 6 have been
homologized with the posterior tergomarginal setae labelled pe
in Figs. 17, 16, and 11. The anterior tergal setae are borne on
small chalaza-like prominences, while the posterior tergomarg-
inal setae are borne on a series of papilla-like protuberances.
Processes of this description also occur in the pupae of Eviocera,
Ptychoptera and other Nematocerous Diptera.

In the sternal region the posterosternal setae labelled ps in
Figs. 17 and 11 are the best developed, and are likewise borne on
chalaza-like or papilla-like protuberances, which are somewhat
better developed in the sternal region of the seventh abdominal
segment (i. e. ps of Fig. 9) which also bears a few weakly anter-
osternal setae labelled ast in Fig. 9.

The lateral or pleural region labelled p in Fig. 17 of the shed
pupal skin of the female insect is better demarked in the pupa
of the male shown in Fig. 11, where the pleural region p is
indicated by a stippled area to show that the pleural region
is slightly more ““membranous” than the tergal or sternal
regions, and the pleural region is also more projecting in the
male pupa shown in Fig. 11 than it is in the pupal skin of the
female shown in Figs. 10 and 17. The pleural region labelled
p bears one anterior lateral and three posterior lateral setae
in segments seven and five, shown in Figs. 17, 11, 9, etc., where
the anterior lateral setae are labelled a/ and the posterior
lateral setae are labelled p/. The anterior lateral setae are
apparently more numerous in the first abdominal segment shown
in Fig. 6, where the setae in question are labelled a/.

The spiracles (which are apparently not functional in the
pupal stages) are indicated by the labels s in Figs. 17, 10, etc.,
and are usually located in the anterior region of the pleurite,
but the eighth abdominal spiracle labelled s in Figs. 10 and 11
is located in the posterior region of the eighth segment, just

——————

PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 32 PLATE 6

Section of lead telephone cable showing eggs of M. stigma
and holes made by larvae.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 91

above the base of the lateral process labelled /p in Figs. 10 and 11.
The shed chitinous intima of the tracheae is labelled 7 in Figs.
10 and 17 of the pupal skin of the female, and these shed linings
of the tracheae which remain attached to the region of the
spiracle (labelled s in the figures) help to identify the location
of these structures which are very small and difficult to detect.

The eighth and ninth abdominal segments in both male and
female pupae, bear lateral processes labelled /p in Figs. 10, 11,
12, 9, 8 and 7; and the tenth segment bears the cerci, which are
composed of a basal region or basicercus labelled dc and a distal
region or disticercus labelled dc in Figs. 7 to 12 inclusive. This
is of some interest, since the cerci appear to be borne on an
eleventh (instead of the tenth) abdominal segment in some adult
Diptera; but there appear to be only ten segments in the larval
and pupal stages of these Diptera (the eleventh being a vestigial
anus-bearing region) so that if ontogeny has any significance,
it would appear to indicate that the cerci are appendages of the
tenth segment, and not of the eleventh segment, as is the case
also in adult Orthopteroids, etc.; but the embryologists claim
that the cerci are appendages of the eleventh segment, and
the question is still in dispute. In the pupa of the Mecopteron
Bittacus, shown in Fig. 15, it would appear that the cerci
(bearing the labels dc and dc) are appendages of the tenth seg-
ment, while the eleventh segment is represented by the anus-
bearing terminal region av; but I have been unable to examine
a pupa of Panorpa, which is a more primitive Mecopteron than
Bittacus, to determine if the cerci are borne on the tenth ab-
dominal segment in the more primitive representatives of the
Mecoptera, which belong to an order of insects extremely like
the ancestors of the Diptera. The shed lining of the hind-gut
is labelled / in Fig. 10, and the lining of the hind-gut apparently
extends to the region of the anus labelled a in Fig. 8, although
it was impossible to determine the point of attachment of the
of the hind-gut lining without injuring the delicate pupal skin*
If the label a in Fig. 8 indicates the actual position of the anal
opening, it is dorsal in position, as is also apparently the case in
the pupal Mecopteron shown in Fig. 15, where the anus-bearing
region is labelled az.

In the cast skin of the female pupa shown in Fig. 7, the pa-
pilla_like lobes labelled v lie on each side of what appears to be
the location of the genital opening of the female. The lobes
labelled v in Fig. 7 apparently lie in the ninth sternite, while the
ventral vales labelled vv in Fig. 15 of a female pupa of the
Mecopteron Bittacus seem to belong to the eighth abdominal
segment, and.project backward beneath the ninth segment.
This suggests that the papillae labelled v in Fig. 7 might pos-
sibly represent the ventral valves vv of Fig. 15 which have

oF PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

migrated into the region of the ninth segment in Fig. 7, but
this explanation is not very convincing, and the valves of the
female insects are not very similar in the pupae of Protoplasa
and the Mecopteron shown in Fig. 15, although the cerci are
quite similar in the two types of insects (i. e. they are composed
of a basicercus 4c and disticercus dc, as is shown by comparing
Figs. 10 and 15) thus indicating that the Diptera and Mecoptera
are more closely related than the genital lobes of the female
pupae would indicate.

The genital claspers of the male of Protoplasa are represented
by the pupal structures labelled ds and ds in Figs. 11 and 12,
which are called the basistyles (4s) and dististyles (ds) in adult
Diptera. The basistyles 4s had long been interpreted as
“‘nleurites” in Tipulidae, etc., but in his review of Alexander’s
“Craneflies of New York,’ Walker, 1920 (Canadian Ento-
mologist, Vol. 52, p. 190) states that morphologically the
basistyles 4s are ““undoubtedly coxites,” and some Dipterists,
such as Edwards and others, accept this view. From a com-
parison of the parts in male Diptera with those of lower Holo-
metabola such as Tenthredinidae, Mecoptera, etc., the writer
(Crampton, 1920, Psyche, Vol. 27, p. 34, and Crampton, 1923,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Vol. 48, p. 207) concluded that the
basistyle 4s and dististyle ds represent the basal and distal
segments of the genital stylus, while the coxite becomes reduced
and united with the other parts in higher insects, such as the
Diptera and other specialized forms. This interpretation was
found to be the more probable one by Cole, 1927 (Proc. Cali-
fornia Acad. Sciences, Vol. 16, p. 397) in his studies of the male
genitalia throughout the order Diptera, and is the view accepted
by most American Entomologists, but since the question is
still a disputed one, the condition exhibited by the pupa of
Protoplasa, which is one of the most primitive Diptera known,
should be of some interest in this connection. As is shown in
Figs. 11 and 12, there occurs at the base of each basistyle ds
a rather poorly demarked area labelled o in Figs. 11 and 12,
which apparently represents the reduced coxite bearing the
two-segmented stylus (composed of the segments 4s and ds).
The areas labelled o in Figs. 11 and 12 correspond to the regions
of the male genitalia interpreted as the coxites in adult mos-
quitos by Freeborn, 1924 (Amer. Jour. of Hygiene, Vol. 4,
No. 3, p. 188); and a comparison with the genitalia of male
Tenthredinid Hymenoptera, in which the sclerite representing
the united coxites is distinctly separated from the two-segmented
genital styli (whose segments correspond to the areas labelled
és and ds in Figs. 11 and 12) would indicate that the parts
labelled 4s and ds in Figs. 11 and 12 represent the basal and
distal segments of the genital styli in Protoplasa also. The
united coxites of the male genitalia are represented by a sclerite

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 93

which tends to become greatly reduced even in such primitive
insects as the Ephemerida, while in practically all Orthopteroid
insects, which are extremely closely related to the ancestors of
the Holometabola, the coxites of the male genitalia become
reduced and fuse with the ninth sternite, so that unless we
discard the fairly well established principle of the irreversibility
of evolution (in which it is claimed that an organ once lost or
reduced never becomes enlarged and well developed again), it
hardly seems probable that the coxites which become reduced
and fused with the ninth sternite in the forms like the ancestors
of the Holometabola, would become hugely developed in the
highest Holometabola (i. e. the Diptera) to form such large
structure as those labelled 4s in Figs. 11 and 12, which are
interpreted as the coxites by some entomologists. It is there-
fore much more in harmony with the facts of comparative
anatomy, and the observed evolutionary trends toward the
reduction of the coxites in the forms nearest the ancestors of
the Holometabola, to interpret the reduced areas labelled o in
Figs. 11 and 12 as the coxites, and to interpret the parts labelled
ds and ds in Figs. 11 and 12, as the segments of the genital styli,
which are composed of several segments in most Ephemerida,
and are composed of two segments in the sawflies, which have
retained the genitalia in as primitive a condition as any known
Holometabola. This subject will be further discussed in a later
paper treating of the pupal structures of the Holometabola
in general.

ABBREVIATIONS.
C5 Saeed te Location of anus.
MG ha OE Os Ie Adanal sclerite or area.
Ci he tae oe RNR Anterior lateral or pleural setae and seta-bearing processes.
Chi ee Anal lobes or proctiger.
OS ae Antennae or their cut-off basal portions.
(iA ode a Anterior parietal setae and their processes.
ENG Antepronotum.
71 A Ree Antesternite.
CAG se aes Anterior sternal setae.
Cipher ee Antetergite.
CE ee pe eae Anterior tergal setae.
Dees. stitial caret Raised basalar or prealar area and setae.
{paren ate a SP a Basicercus (basal segment of cercus).
[eae aah Sa Basistyle (coxite of some investigators).
(Apes eal ete emit 28 Basitarsus.
eae eer Eee eee Genal or subgenal process and setae..
(itched ereiette es Saree Coronal cleft marking position of coronal suture.

94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, JUNE, 1930
pied are ERESTAYES Disticercus (distal segment of cercus).

ashe Wenta 2 Dististyle (entire stylus of some investigators).

pide ce chee 24 Occular area.

CSple Pas Epistomal processes and setae.

fT ae eee Fore wing cases.

fener Frontocornua and setae.

fener SIs Femur.

[ge aS Fore-gut lining.

Frontal pits.

Frontal clefts corresponding to frontal sutures.
Galea.

Lining of hind-gut.

Cases of hind wings or halteres.

1-3 at Cd Intima of tracheae.

[eT ere Labrum.

TPES eee wey 29 Labial palpi (in head region).

ips ie eae Lateral processes in terminal abdominal region.
fied Sk 5 bs A Mandibles.

ma sevee2 2 MOVE Middorsal cleft corresponding to middorsal suture.
Tin Ses Ee Metanotum and metanotal setae.

MPRA SRE Maxillary palpi.

CURB ess Area representing coxites.

Pleural region (pleurite) of abdominal segments.
Parietalia.

Prefrontal setae.

Prefrontal processes (Prefrontocornua).
Prehalteral setae.

Postphragma.
pas Ee Posterior lateral or pleural setae.
DOR S <a ee Preorbital or preoccular setae.
Dian eee Posterior parietal processes and setae.
pie Postpronotum.
PSie et ee Posterior sternal processes and setae.
DS tid Se ents Region of postscutellum.
psp LS Prosternal prominence.
Preset: seers Posterior tergal setae and processes.
yf adi. Ore SUE Postorbital process.
if eee ee ke, Spiracle.
SG eee eee, Ste mn Scutal setae and processes.
7 ceeek eee oe Scape of antenna.
[lems EEN arma! Breathing horns (spirotubae).
|| a eee Ae eae eek ea Tegular region and setae.
bP LA SEM Bene Tibia
tee Tan ee Ventral papillae (in abdomen).
7st aes Process of pronotum (in thorax).
pies Ventrovalvulae.
Lope Ae nee eset A. LET Process of pronotum.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 95

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

. Lateral view of anterior region of the cast skin of the female pupa of

Protoplasa.

. Lateral view of anterior region of a pupa of Eriocera.
. Frontal view of head, fore leg, etc., of the cast skin of the female pupa

of Protoplasa.

. Frontal view of head and fore leg of the pupa of a Lepidopteron,

Tinea redrawn from Mosher.

. Lateral view of the thoracic region of the male pupa of Protoplasa.
. Dorsal view of the anterior region of the cast skin of the female pupa

of Protoplasa.

. Ventral view of the terminal abdominal structures of the cast skin of

the female pupa of Protoplasa.

. Dorsal view of the last abdominal segments of the cast skin of the

female pupa of Protoplasa.

. Dorsal view of the terminal abdominal structures of the male pupa

of Protoplasa.

. Lateral view of the terminal abdominal structures of the cast skin of

the female pupa of Protoplasa.

. Lateral view of the terminal abdominal structures of the male pupa

of Protoplasa.

. Ventral view of the terminal abdominal structures of the male pupa

of Protoplasa.

. Dorsal view of the fourth abdominal tergite of the pupa of the Mecop-

teron Bittacus.

. Ventral view of the sixth abdominal sternite of the pupa of the Mecop-

teron Bittacus.

. Lateral view of the terminal abdominal structures of the pupa of the

Mecopteron Bittacus.

. Lateral view of the anterior region of the male pupa of Protoplasa.
. The right half of the fifth abdominal tergite, together with the pleu-

rite and sternite of the female pupa of Protoplasa spread out in
one plane.

PLATE 3

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32

Jal i

he -
yay
cook OW Mediu ene

merge--

“qo

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32 PLATE 4

PLATE 5

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 99

THE SUGAR CANE INSECT PROBLEM IN NEGROS.
By W. Dwicur Pierce, Pu. D.

For the past two and a half years the writer has been engaged
in a study of the sugar cane insects of Occidental Negros, for
the Victorias Milling Co., and the North Negros Sugar Company.
These two companies operate in the northern sector of the
Island of Negros, one of the Visayan group of the Philippine
Islands.

The problem was of peculiar interest ecologically because
ot the evenness of the climate, which permitted the all-year
continuation of all processes of sugar cane culture, and harvest-
ing.

The mean temperature of the months November to March
ranges from 78 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit, and for the months
April to October ranges from 81 to 83 degrees. The total
range of mean temperature is 5% degrees.

The mean humidity for March to June ranged 82 to 83%,
July to October 84 to 87%, and November to February 87
to 88%. The total range of mean humidity was 6%.

Rain falls on an average of 200 days a year at Victorias, and
the average fall is from 120 to 140 inches. ‘This is so distributed
that no month has a mean of less than ten rainy days, April
having the least, and November the most. The rainfall is
very irregular, but possible any day in the year. It is dis-
tributed differently from north to south, 20% falling at
Fabrica in the northeast by the end of March, 40% by the
middle of July, 60% by the middle of October, and 80% by
the middle of November: but at Maao in the south, 20% has
not fallen until the end of May, 40% by the middle of July,
60% by the tenth of August, and 80% by the end of September.

The sunshine varies from 90 to 230 hours per month, with
the least in July and the most in May.

A large mass of data was collected and will be correlated
with the climatic data in the hopes of finding definite growth
correlations, even under conditions of as little variance as are
shown here. With temperature and humidity more or less
steady, sunshine and rainfall were the two principal variants.

As the problem was essentially economic, with time rather
than money as the dominant control, it was necessary to so
arrange the work as to arrive at essential economic steps at
the earliest possible moment, subordinating the technical
results to more deliberate after-study. Consequently many
notes were made which will require considerable study as
future time permits.

In order to properly gauge the progress of the work from
month to month and obtain criteria for continuation, certain

100 ~— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

field data were collected every month over the entire milling
territory of the two companies, and frequently over the rest
of the island. These were charted monthly and acted as
business barometers. Thus we charted the percentage of
dead heart infestation, the mean number of live and dead shoots
per stool, the ratio of good to dead shoots, the difference in
infestation in four parts of the territory, the percentage of top
borer injury, the percentage of weevil borer injury in mature
cane received at the mill, the percentages of parasitism of
eggs and larvae of each species concerned, and from these
points the probable saving due to parasitism. Two other
ratios served a useful purpose. One was the average number
of parasites per parasitized egg; the other, the ratio of total
number of parasites to total host eggs. As the second ratio
reached the first we were approaching maximum possible
control.

These charts showed that if there had been no egg parasitism,
the borers causing dead heart would have practically destroyed
the entire crop in April, 1928, and October, 1929.

The average number of dead shoots per stool in January,
1928, was 2.4, and the ratio of good to dead 1.28. This rapidly
diminished and after May, 1928, was always under 1.0 dead
shoot per stool, with the ratio of good to dead always over 3.6.
From February, 1929, the average dead shoots per stool re-
mained under 0.65, and in August and September reached the
low point of 0.25. The ratio stood over 5, and ran as high as
15, good shoots per dead.

The parasite distribution theory followed, was that a redis-
tribution of parasites native to the country can effectively
increase mean parasitism; that tiny parasites acting in the
midst of a sufficiency of hosts do not normally spread far or
rapidly, but by redistribution can be put to work in a far
greater number of foci; that small numbers of parasites released
at each focus will have the greatest opportunities for rapid
development of numbers, because of unrestricted host supply;
that a few parasites can be spared from fields where they are
common and taken to fields where they are less common; that
a larger number of planters can be satisfied that parasites are
established and at work on their places by the starting of
small colonies, and later returns with additional supplies; that
a high mean parasitism can be built up by means of redistribu-
tion, drawing from the highest percentage zones and placing
in the lowest percentage zones; that bringing parasites into
newly planted fields at the very beginning of attack results in
less damage than when the parasites are expected to find their
way into the new fields. Naturally the various points in this
theory developed as the work progressed, but all are thoroughly

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 101

justified by the results, which we hope to publish in detailed
studies later. Just as an example let us take the mean para-
sitism of the eggs of the principal borer causing dead heart,
Olethreutes schistaceana, for six month periods. For the six
months September, 1927, to February, 1928, it was 19%, the
same six months 1928-1929 it was 43% and the same six
months 1929-1930, 79.5%

While this parasite redistribution was progressing it was
also necessary to establish the idea of the importance of cultural
measures to be taken by the planters themselves, and so in
March, 1928, a Clean Culture System for sugar cane culture
was announced, and in July, 1929, this was elaborated in a
bulletin, the first in a series of six.

The main features of this system are as follows:

1. Sugar cane should not be ratooned when diseased with
mosaic, Fiji disease, leaf scald, or root rot; or when the
roots are badly attacked by root grubs or other serious
root pests.

2. Planting stock should be selected from healthy fields, and
points showing injuries should be discarded.

3. There should be inter-island regulation of the shipment of
seed cane.

4. The cane should be stripped in the field, and the trash
burned. This burning should be followed up with the
collection of all unburned sticks, for a second complete
burning.

. Thorough cultivation is necessary for control of soil insects.

. When a field is to be fallowed it should first be plowed, and
should never be abandoned and left unplowed, for then
the soil grubs can complete development.

. Rotation of crops with legumes is desirable.

. Choice of variety is important. The factors which govern
susceptibility and immunity include rapidity of stooling,
root growth, rapidity of stalk growth, hairiness of stalk,
pandas of rind, fiber content, sweetness, and succulence
of leaf.

9. The highest percentage of dead heart comes on cane that

is young in February, and the least on young cane in
May to July.

10. Points should be husked in one spot and the trash burned.

11. Rectification of soil conditions toward neutral, will reduce

root grub attack.

12. Addition of potassium sulphate or lime will assist plants

that have yellowed from root rot, nematodes, and other
troubles, when low potash ratio is shown.

coon)

102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

13. All weeds have a bearing upon the cane insect problem, and
the grasses are the contributors of many diseases and
pests. Consequently these should be eliminated as
far as possible. Where grass is used to prevent erosion
it sometimes brings about increase of mosaic. Substi-
tution of sweet potatoes for grass as the binding crop is
recommended. Certain plants serve as honey plants
for the wasp parasites of the root grubs, and some of
these should be encouraged, especially where they are
useful as well.

14. In case of heavy dead heart infestation the shoots should
be cut at base and burned.

15. Weevil damage can be reduced by removal of all waste
pieces of stalk, and removal by burning of all banana
and palm stumps. The weevils can be trapped by cut
pieces of cane.

16. Turning of chickens and hogs into newly harvested fields
will help control*the root grubs. In bad infestations
the laborers should be paid for collection of grubs and
adults.

17. Traplights are very valuable for the control of the cane
moths, which usually oviposit on the night they are
found at the lights.

The main types of injury are dead heart of young cane,
borers in mature cane, root grubs, juice suckers.

In January and February, 1928, over 30% of the stalks
arriving at the mill were weevil infested. After May, 1929,
this damage averaged under 15%. The mean calculated loss
of sugar from an uninfested crop varied by variety from 10.8%
to 21.8%;

The principal sugar cane insects on Negros are as follows:

Injuring seed cane in ground.
The Weevil—Trochorhopalus strangulatus Gyllenhal.
The shot hole borer—X yleborus perforans Woll.
Termites—Macrotermes giluus Hagen.
Rind girdler larvae and beetles—Eutochia lateralis Heller.
Darkling beetles—Opatrum acutangulum Fairm. and O. depressum Fabr.
Injuring roots.
Mole cricket—Gryllotalpa africana Palis de Beauv.
Soil grubs, or “‘buc-an”’: Leucopholis irrorata Chevr., Anomala anoguttata
Burmeister, 4nomala humeralis Burmeister, Holotrichia vidua Sharp.
Root louse—Tetraneura lucifuga Zehnt.
Mealy bug—Trionymus sacchari (Cockerell).
Root stink bugs—Macroscytus transversus Burm., and Stibaropus molginus
Schiddte.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 103

Nematodes—Heterodera radicicola Greef Muller, and Tylenchus similis.
A Cicada larva, numerous Collembola, Lepismids, slugs, etc.
Causing abnormality of growth.

Topborer—Topeutis intacta Snell.

Breakage of leaves caused by Perkinsiella vastatrix Breddin, egg punctures;
Cosmopteryx dulcivora Meyrick, midrib mines.

Tip tie caused by leaf rolling Thrips, leaf roller larvae of Marasmia trape-
zalis Gn., and Padraona dara Koll., nests of the ant Polyrhachis diver
sewed in the leaves, and attack of the mite Paratetranychus exsiccatos
Zehnt.

Injury to young cane.

Topborers—Topeutis intacta Snell, and Topeutis aurifiua Zell. Dead
heart or ‘“‘tamasoc’’—

Termites—Coptotermes vastator Light and Microcerotermes los-banosensi
Oshima.

Millipedes.

Adult beetles boring in—Heteronychus morator F. and Eutochia
lateralis Boh.

Beetle larvae of Eutochia lateralis Boh.

Fly larvae of an Anthomyiad.

Moth larvae of Olethreutes schistaceana Snell., Diatraea infuscatella
Snell., Diatraea striatalis Snell., Sesamia inferens Walker, Sesamia
uniformis Dudgeon, Siboga falsella Snell., Homona sp., Amata
deflocca Swinhoe.

Bud injury.

Bud worms—Opogona dimidiatella Zeller, Ereunitis spp.

Rind girdler—Eutochia lateralis Heller.

Stalk borers, both moth and weevil.

Stalk borers.

Moth borers—Olethreutes schistaceana Snell. Diatraea striatalis Snell.,
Sesamia inferens Walker, Sesamia uniformis Dudgeon, Diatraea in-
fuscatellus Snell.

Top borers—Topeutis intacta Snell, Topeutis aurifiua Zell.

Weevil borer—Trochorhopalus strangulatus Gyll.

Shot hole borer—Xyleborus perforans Woll.

Stalk juice suckers.
Mealy bug—Trionymus sacchari (Cockerell).
Scale—Aulacaspis tegalensis (Zehnt.).

Leaf suckers.

Leaf hoppers—Perkinsiella vastatrix Breddin, Proutista moesta Westwood,
Lophops carinatus Kirby, Ricania taeniata, Ricania proxima Mel.

White flies—Aleurolobus barodensis Maskell, Aleurodes lactea Zehnt.,
Neomaskellia bergii Sign.

Wooly aphis—Oregma lanigera Zehnt.

Aphids—Aphis maidis Fitch, Aphis sacchari Zehnt.

Scales—Chionaspis depressa Zehnt., Chionaspis saccharifolii Zehnt.

Thrips—Thrips serrata Zehnt., etc.

Mites—Tetranychus exsiccator Zehnt.

104 +PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

Leaf miners—
Topborer first larvae—Topeutis intacta Snell.
Midrib miner—Cosmopteryx dulcivora Meyrick.
Moth blade miner—Cosmopteryx pallifasciella Sn.
Beetle blade miner—Monochirus callicanthus Bates. .
Leaf eaters—
Army worms—Spodoptera mauritia Boisd., Cirphis loreyi Dup.
Leaf rollers—Marasmia trapezalis Gn., Padraona dara Koll.
Leaf worms—Cyllo leda L., Dinara combusta Moore, Laelia suffusa Walker,
Mycalesis mineus L., Parnara matthias Fabricius, Prodenia litura Fabri-
cius, Utetheisa pulchella L.
Many grasshoppers.

This list is only partial, as many injurious species are as yet
undetermined. The majority of the determined species are
recorded from Java, some from India, Australia, and other
oriental countries. I have omitted the long list of beneficial
insects.

DEPREDATIONS TO LEAD-COVERED AERIAL CABLES BY
BEETLES IN BRAZIL.

By E. J. P. RENDELL,
Emprezas Electricas Brasileiras, S. A., Rio de Faneiro.

Cases of damage to aerial telephone cables by lead boring
insects have been reported from such varied parts of the world,
as China, Australia and California—these matters have been

1The present paper presents a unique case of insect damage to metal. The
species studied in this country, a Bostrichid, Scobicia declivis Lec., attacks lead
sheathed aerial cables in the adult stage, apparently stimulated in its attack by
the contact stimulus, since most of the attack is at the point of contact of the
cable and the ring which supports it. Injury has been prevented by changing
the character of the ring cable and thus preventing the insect from propping
itself in order to facilitate boring. Soft beef tallow placed on the cable will
also prevent attack.

Apparently all damage to metal by insects is accidental. The insects either
emerge from wood and continue to bore through metal which is in contact with
the wood or haphazardly attack metal, being stimulated by some tropism. We
believe that in the present case it can be likened to that of a female moth in
captivity, laying her eggs by necessity on whatever object chances to be nearby,
and it might be that the female beetle being full of eggs lays a few on the lead
sheath cables, preserving the greater supply for the normal wood host plant.

Dr. L. O. Howard has handed me the first reference to a larva boring in lead
which is as follows: Schirch, P. F., Un insecto que fura canos de chumbo, Bul.
Nat. Mus. Brazil, vol. V, no. 3, p. 97-8, figs. 6, September, 1929. Riode Janerio,

May 16, ’30. Tuos. E. Snyper.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 105

investigated by Government scientists whose findings are set
forth in a bulletin issued by the Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.1

Lead boring trouble exists in Brazil, and recognizing the
extent and importance of the work already done by Dr. Thomas
E. Snyder and his associates in Washington, Mr. Paul B. McKee,
General Manager Emprezas Electricas Brasileiras, S. A., com-
missioned the writer to co-ordinate all information which
could be collected from the associated telephone companies
operating in Brazil, for report to Dr. Snyder.

Amongst others—the operating engineers in the States of
Pernambuco, Bahia and Espirito Santo, all report lead boring
trouble, but as information to date is complete only in respect
of Pernambuco, this history will deal principally with the
investigations made on the Pernambuco beetle, Megaderus
stigma L. Cerambycidae.

The Telephone Company of Pernambuco serving the auto-
matic system of Recife has an aerial cable network of approxi-
mately 100 kilometers. The cables, varying in size from 10 to
200 pairs, are of standard dry core specification, plain lead
sheath composed of 99% pure lead and 1% antimony. The
cables are supported over the network with “Bonita” rings
on steel suspender attached to steel poles.

The cables in the affected area, with a length of approximately
18.6 kilometers, were erected July-December, 1927. They
were tested O. K. on air pressure and for insulation in January,
1928. In February, 1928, reports of low insulation were
received, and the attempt to dry out by pumping dessicated
air into the cables, disclosed the existence of small broadly
oval shaped holes, approximately 1 mm. long, penetrating the
upper half of the lead cable sheath;—the trouble recurred
continuously in this area until June, 1928, when the reports
ceased for that year. In February, 1929, however, more cases
of cable breakdown were reported, and these continued until
the month of July, 1929, after which no further trouble was
experienced up to March, 1930.

Sometimes the cable breakdown would be caused by one hole
only, but as many as 100 holes have been located in one 88-
meter length of cable—80 of these holes were discovered in one
40-meter span—in all cases the dessicating pump proved to be
invaluable in speedily locating the presence and position of
the holes in the lead sheath.

It was observed that the holes appeared over the whole
length of cable, irrespective of the position in the span or of

11923. Burke, H. E., Hartman, R. D., and Snyder, T. E., The lead-cable
borer or “‘short-circuit beetle” in California, U. S. Dept. Agric. Bul. 1107.
(Professional paper.)

106 =~ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, JUNE, 1930

cable rings or other supports;—the holes are always in a 45°
sector on either side of the center in the upper half of the
sheath—the boring is however generally not radial, indicating
an attempt at tunnelling.

Close examination of other materials adjacent to the cable
was made by the Lines Engineer, Mr. Seeley, who eventually
discovered identical holes in cross arms of “Sucupira”’ wood.
He also observed several small shell-like objects in clusters on
the wood cross-arms, which could be removed by a slight
touch—in some instances disclosing a white substance. Mr.
Seeley afterwards observed similar objects on the cable sheath
and after much patient watching he was rewarded by the capture
of a beetle on the cable. It was subsequently found that these
shell-like objects were really eggs, deposited by the beetle
“ Megaderus stigma,’ known colloquially in Recife as the
“Carocha,”’ a wood-boring beetle about one inch to 1% inches
long. The matter had been fully reported to Mr. Berry,
Chief Engineer, and he, together with Mr. Seeley, commenced
a series of observations on the bad habits of the ‘“‘Megaderus
stigma’ family. It will of course be appreciated that the activi-
ties of “Madame Meg” during the egg seasqn made it difficult
for the observers to maintain 100% observations—which con-
sequently were of necessity extended over a considerable period.

Several of the beetles were collected and placed inside a
metal box with a glass top—pieces of lead cable were put inside
the box and very soon eggs were deposited thereon.

In the first observation the box and contents was left on a
table in a room, but after several weeks as no result was ob-
tained the observation was abandoned.

Later more beetles were placed in the same box—but in
this instance the conductors were withdrawn from the sheath
and the ends sealed. Eggs were again deposited on the sheath
which was then placed outside in similar conditions to the
cable in the network.

In six days holes were found in the lead, empty shells noticed
over some holes and around others minute lead borings were
visible. Some of the eggs were lying on the sheath, having the
same appearance as when deposited.

After a further period of 14 days more holes were discovered
in the lead sheath, and the sheath was then opened.

No trace of any object of any description was discovered
inside the sealed sheath. These observations extended to July,
1929—and by that date the beetles having disappeared no
more eggs could be obtained. Summarizing the results of
these observations Mr. Berry states:

(a) The insect is the Megaderus stigma, L. (Cerambycidae),

He®

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 109

(b) The hole is bored by the larvae and not by the full grown
insect,

(d) Apparently the limit of damage directly accomplished
by the borer is the boring of the lead sheath. The
insulation of the cable is not damaged by the insect
but by the moisture which passes through the hole,

(e) There is a tendency to tunnel on the part of the insect.

It was felt that some confirmation of Mr. Berry’s conclusions
was desirable, particularly as the larvae had not been seen by
the observers and the writer arranged for a consignment of
live male and female beetles to be despatched by airmail to
Dr. Raymond C. Shannon, who is at present residing in Bahia.

A full report of the observations made in Pernambuco, and a
consignment of live beetles were also sent to Doctor Carlos
Moreira, Director of the Instituto Biologico, Rio de Janeiro.
Dr. Moreira is keenly interested in the lead-boring problem
and he is taking steps to advance these investigations, the
result of which will undoubtedly take the form of a separate
and most interesting report. Inthe meantime, Doctor Shannon
has arrived at some conclusions and the following is a verbatim
account of his report on his findings:

Some observations on the Lead Boring Beetles, March 4th to March 13th, 1930.

A shipment of beetles, received from Recife March 4th, consisted of a wooden
box, the top being sealed with a fine mesh copper screening, and contained 10
living male and female beetles Megaderus stigma, L. (Cerambycidae), and an
eight-inch piece of lead pipe.

The following observations were made:

1. Incubation period of the eggs—minimum, 4 days; maximum, more than
‘ 9 days.

2. Of the 27 eggs which had been deposited on the lead, 7 of the larvae upon
hatching succeeded in boring through the lead; 12 attempted to do so
but gave it up and crawled out of a hole made on the free side of the
egg and fell to the bottom of the container; the rest apparently died
before hatching.

3. The boring is accomplished by chewing the hole with the jaws, i.e., it is
a mechanical and not a chemical action.

4, Little if any of the lead is ingested (therefore the boring larvae are not
poisoned by the metal).

5. Free larvae (those lying loose on the bottom of the container) when
placed in a damp cardboard box were unable to bore into the cardboard.

6. Larvae hatching from the eggs laid on the fine mesh copper screening of
the top of the box, made little or no attempt to bore; possibly the
copper is too resistant.

110 pRoc. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1830

7. Larvae succeeding in boring through the lead cable doubtlessly die
shortly afterwards owing to lack of food and water.

8. The larvae upon hatching are small (about 2 mm. in length) grub-like,
creamy yellow in color and entirely soft, save for their strongly
sclerotized cutting jaws.

9. The mandible is flat, the basal attachment being very broad, while the
anterior or outer edge is developed into a sharp blade-like structure,
which resembles the curved edge of a circular blade. Below the blade-
like structure is a more or less distinctly separated gouge-like organ,
pointed at the apex and with a hollow between two lateral sharp edges.
Presumably the blade-like structure of the main part of the mandible
is pressed into the lead, forming a groove, while the attached gouge-
shaped structure is used in chipping off the lead along the sides of the
groove.

10. The lead is ejected from the boring by a twisting, backward movement of
the larva. As a piece of the lead is removed by the mandibles, the
labium holds it in position, while the larva twists its body so as to
free its head in order to carry the bit of metal to the opening of the
boring. This is piled into the egg case, and as it is filled, the shavings
begin to fall out of the (sometimes two) opening which has been
previously made on the free side of the egg shell.

11. The various dimensions are: ,

Egg: 1% mm.

Larva (first stage) approximately 2 mm.

Adult beetle from 30 to 40 mm.
The appearance of the larva and adult beetle Megaderus stigma is
illustrated in attached drawing.

The following life story is also from the pen of Dr. Shannon:

The Probable Life-History of the Beetle in its Normal Habitat.

The proper food material of the larvae undoubtedly is wood. The fact that
the beetles sometimes lay their eggs on metal surfaces, indicates nothing more
than a mere accident (as far as the beetle is concerned). It would be of interest
and probably of importance to ascertain the preferred type of wood, especially
whether it is a living tree or dead and dry timber (very probably the latter).

The egg requires at least four days to hatch but may remain unhatched for
more than nine days.

The larva upon hatching immediately bores into the surface to which the egg
is attached, using the egg shell as a support or brace until it is well within its
gallery. In its natural habitat (wood) it probably retains the larvae stage for
six months to nearly a year. After the larvae attains its growth, it transforms
into the pupa (probably only one or two weeks is required for this stage) and
finally, upon the arrival of the proper season for the adults, they, the adults,
make their exit from the wood.

The proper season for the adults probably corresponds more or less to the
summer season. ‘The length of life of an individual adult may be from one to
three months.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 111

NC. ira.

Bahia, Mar, 1930.

MEGADERUS STIGMA L
CERAMBYCIDAE

The length of life per individual (all stages, egg, larva, pupa and adult)
probably approximates a year’s time, therefore there should be but one brood
per year. No estimate can be given as to the number of eggs produced by a
single female, but possibly it is between 100 and 200.

Recently (March, 1930), in Pernambuco, in company with Messrs. Seely
and Kelly, I found old lumber in one of the lumber yards (evidently which had
been stored there for a year or more) with numerous holes, very similar in
appearance to those made by larvae in wood and lead kept under laboratory
conditions.

Time did not permit a more thorough examination of the wood, but it would
thus appear that possibly the lumber yards may be suspected as a source of
the beetles.

It should be understood, however, that another, but very much smaller
species of beetle is to be found in great abundance in lumber yards, and they

112 pRoc. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

too make holes very similar in size and shape to those made by the larva the
““ Megaderus stigma.”

This small insect is commonly known as the Powder-Post beetle and its
presence may be surmised by the presence of fine flour-like wood dust resulting
from their borings.

Mr. Seeley showed me a nearby section of the city, wherein damage to the
cables was particularly severe, and suggested that the odor arising from several
sugar factories located here, attracted the beetles to this immediate vicinity.

(Signed) RaymMonp C, SHANNON.

From my own personal observations and also from reports
received from other States in Brazil—namely Bahia, Alagéas
and SAo Paulo—I can confirm that the areas affected by the
depredations of the beetles, generally contain armazens for
sugar, wine or spirit, or some odorous food which attract the
beetles to those locations.

On March 31st, 1930, with Dr. Shannon and Mr. G. Lopes,
the writer visited the lumber yard “ Xixi” Rua Pilar in the
affected area Bahia. Much of the timber had the small holes
but usually they were accompanied by the presence of the wood
dust made by the borings of the powder-post beetles. How-
ever, below one plank there were found several small cone-shaped
piles of sawdust and this was examined. Three large size
galleries were found and in each of them was found the larva!
of a Cerambycid beetle. One of the larvae was well over an
inch in length, the other two were little more than half an inch
long. It can not here be stated that they are actually the
Megaderus stigma, but the presence of larvae belonging to this
group of beetles in the timber yards is of sufficient importance
to place the yards under suspicion.

It appears that the lumber arrives from the interior with the
larvae already in the wood, as the plank in question had been
in the yard approximately two months and owing to shipping
delays it had taken about three months to arrive from Caravellas
(south of the State of Bahia) to the Port of Bahia (Sao Salvador).
Similar entrance holes were found in wine casks stored in a
wine shop and from the statement of the dealer it appears
these borings occur with frequency in this district, his attention
being drawn to these holes by the leakage of wine. Again,
there is a possibility that these holes are made by the powder-
post beetle. No adult beetles of Megaderus stigma have been
found in Bahia during the course of this investigation.

It may be of interest to state that in one area, outside the
sphere of operations of the Emprezas Electricas Brasileiras,

1Subsequent examination of these larvae by Dr. F. C. Craighead proved that
they are not even closely related to Megaderus and therefore not concerned in
the lead cable injury.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.. Vol. 32. NO. 6, JUNE, 1930 113

it is reported that a cure has been effected by wrapping the
plain lead sheath with white cotton tape—the tape being after-
wards painted with a red oxide paint. It is probable that a
serving of tarred jute over the lead sheath would also afford
protection from the larvae and in addition would doubtless
make the cable distasteful to the female beetle. On the other
hand, if the misguided females could all be tempted to lay
their eggs on lead instead of wood, the race would become
extinct.

In view of the extended use of aerial lead-covered cable all
over the world it is hoped that these notes will stimulate further
interest in the problem before us. Much can be done by co-
operation and interchange of experiences and by pooling our
ideas it may yet be possible to restrict the destructiveness
of the Megaderus stigma to their natural wood-boring habits.

114. — PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 6, JUNE, 1930

WILLIAM BARNES.!

On May first, after a protracted illness, Dr. William Barnes
died. His passing closes an important chapter in American
Entomology and ends a varied and interesting career. William
Barnes was a rare man, distinguished as a surgeon, eminent as a
citizen and public benefactor, first among American Lepidop-
terists and unsurpassed as a host and friend. His entire lifte—
except for the time passed at college and in traveling—was spent
in Decatur, Illinois. There he was born on September 3, 1860.
There he was graduated in 1877 from the Decatur High School.
There, after graduation from Harvard University (1883) and
Harvard Medical School (1886) and after a postgraduate
medical study in Germany, he returned to begin his career as a
surgeon, to carry on his researches in American Lepidoptera
and to bring together the great collection that bears his name
and that is generally conceded to be the largest, finest, most
complete, and most accurately ‘determined collection of Ameri-
can Lepidoptera in the world.2. If Dr. Barnes had done nothing
but assemble this collection, he would have done a great work,
but he did much more. He employed specialists to work on
his collection and made it free of access to any responsible
worker. During his lifetime Decatur was an Entomological
center, a rallying point for Lepidopterists, where hospitality
was open and “indoor collecting” of the best. He gave
material freely to other Museums and collectors. He published
extensively. The copiously illustrated “Contributions to the
Natural History of the North American Lepidoptera,’ em-
bodying the researches of himself and his collaborators and
consisting of extensive descriptive and revisionary papers,
is an important addition to Entomological literature. He
was active in civic affairs and a tireless worker tor any project,

institution, or cause that would benefit his community. He:

was one of the founders and supporters of the Decatur and
Macon County Hospital at Decatur, and a guiding spirit in
that institution until his death. He enjoyed good living,
appreciated good books, and despised hypocrites and frauds.
Working under him was, as Foster H. Benjamin once remarked,
“like taking a postgraduate course. You really began to make
fewer mistakes.” With his passing, Entomology loses a master
worker and a princely patron, our society a valued member,
and we, who knew him intimately, a rare and steadfast friend.

1Prepared at the request of the Society by William Schaus, August Busck,
and Carl Heinrich.
2As this goes to press, we learn that this magnificent collection has been

secured through act of Congress by the U. S. Bureau of Entomology and will

be deposited in the U. S. National Museum.

Actual date of publication, August 29, 1930

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32

WILLIAM Barnes.

VOL. 32 OCTOBER, 1930 No. 7

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

SalidSOargy ,
a Mh i

CONTENTS

ALLEN, H. W. AND LOTT, EARL—EPIBLEMA STRENUANA WALK., THE HOST
OF CERTAIN PARASITES OF THE ORIENTAL FRUIT MOTH, LASPEYRESIA

MEH nae CMSGR UL EPRDOREERA oe a ew se OS
EWING, H. E.—SIX NEW SPECIES OF MALLOPHAGA .......... I17
FISHER, W. S.—NEW WEST INDIAN BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA) ... . 125

Ast. GEORGE, R. A.—-THE DISCOVERY OF WHAT IS POSSIBLY THE LARVA OF
AN INTRODUCED TENEBRIONID, LEICHENUM VARIEGATUM KUST . . . 122

/ WHITTAKER, OSCAR—EIGHT NEW SPECIES OF SERPHOIDEA (HYMENOPTERA)
BRO MeB REGIS He COLUNE DAG! fora iiomiowsay ch bict cays s. wa ciscdgces © « M29

PusiisHED MontHiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D, C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918,

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEpDiINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary Pregaem! -.. 2) 2a aeige S es eee eee L. O. HOWARD
IPM eSIAen hh?) (oe SBS Sons Ngee ae ee ee J. E. GRAF
ERS Vice PLesinenhe a0 a3 nese A. C. BAKER
Second Vigemiaesiaent occ. 8 te ea eee Be F. C. BISHOPE
Recorgine Spereiary cs ss BPERAARZAEYS 2 oe ee J. S. WADE
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ........... S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
EH Of ia Re ica: st ees, a Se eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. CaubeE t,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCRCHEES)” S- Busse cc aa ad es A, G, BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Proceepines will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

WOE. 32 OCTOBER, 1930 No.

SIX NEW SPECIES OF MALLOPHAGA.

By H. E. Ewrne, United States Bureau of Entomology.

Here are given the descriptions of six new species of biting
lice. Eachof these species is somewhat unusual in certain ana-
tomical structures. The descriptions are in a way preliminary
ones, as further studies are contemplated.

Colpocephalum menoponoides, new species.

Head of the Menopon type; ocular emarginations slight; expansions of head
above antennal fossae, each with transverse suture. Eyes double, corneas de-
generate, pigment spot pronounced; labrum greatly reduced; ventral clypeal
region without sclerite; gular area about two-thirds as broad as long, gular
setae very long, six in each row, first somewhat smaller than the rest.

Thorax somewhat longer than head; prothorax with strongly developed lateral
lobes, each bearing a small anterior spine and a very long posterior seta; setae
in posterior transverse row of prothorax eight, long, equally spaced. Meso-
thorax scarcely half as big as metathorax but separated from the latter by a
somewhat indistinct dorsal suture. Metathorax not as broad as first abdominal
segment, with about a dozen long subequal setae in transverse row.

Abdomen broad, broadest near the middle, with all its nine segments un-
reduced. Tergites poorly sclerotized, each typically with two transverse rows
of dorsal setae. Spiracles minute, subequal and each situated laterally in a
tergite. Last segment of abdomen with a marginal fringe of equally spaced,
slender setae. Abdomen with only two pairs of ventral combs, which are on the
third sternite. On one side of fourth sternite in one specimen there is an in-
complete comb.

Legs typical, last pair longest. Third femora each with three complete
ventral combs. Claws sharp but curved chiefly near the tip.

Length of female, 1.80 mm.; width, 0.78 mm.

Type host and type locality —From Fulica sp., National Zoo-
logical Park, Washington, District of Columbia.

Type slide—Cat. No. 42852, U.S. N. M.

Described from three females taken from a coot, Fulica sp.,
at the National Zoological Park. This species is so decidedly
Menopon-like that it would be placed in the genus Menopon but
for the ventral combs.

118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

Colpocephalum africana, new species.

Head with large, protruding, rounded temporal lobes and well developed
temporal bands (occipital bands), the latter being densely pigmented at the
ends. Each expansion of head over antennal fossa pigmented, scaled above and
with only lateral notch. Eyes wanting. Anterior margin of clypeus with
about six setae and a pair of erect peg-like spines; last seta in lateral marginal
row of forehead very long, next to last short.

Thorax about as long as head; prothorax angulate laterally and with a spine
at lateral apex; prothoracic marginal setae stout, twelve in number; prosternite
a small tubercle; mesothorax small, about twice as broad as long, almost com-
pletely overlapped dorsally by metathorax, separated from the latter dorsally
by aline. Metathorax as large as pro-, and mesothorax taken together, broadest
at posterior margin and studded above with setae arranged into irregular trans-
verse and longitudinal rows.

Abdomen long and narrow, none of its nine segments reduced; tergites fused
with pleurites and studded with many small, spinelike setae, also each bearing
along its posterior margin a row of large, long setae; spiracles minute, subequal,
dorso-lateral. Sternite III with three combs on each side.

Rodlike basal plate of male genital armature extending forward to anterior
margin of segment III; parameres greatly reduced, almost straight and not
reaching the end of endomeral plate; dorsal chitinizations resembling a spear-
head with two large, lateral, recurved teeth near the base at each side and two
converging rows of short, sharp, recurved teeth on ventral side.

Legs well sclerotized; first coxae platelike, contiguous at their posterior ends
and divergent anteriorly; claws rather weak, sharp, slightly curved.

Length of male, 2.20 mm.; width, 0.66 mm.

Type host and type locality —Alopochen aegy ptiacus, from Tana
River, British East Africa.

Type (holotype).—Cat. No. 42853, U.S. N. M.

A single male specimen from type host, a goose, at type
locality, August 24, 1912.

Colpocephalum echinatum, new species.

Head much broader than long; temporal lobes large, subquadrate; labrum
small, not extending laterally to bases of mandibles; anteclypeus (ventral
clypeal region) almost obliterated; temporal bands (occipital bands) almost
interrupted but expanded and heavily pigmented at the ends; anterior margin
of clypeus with six short setae, the inner pair being dark and spinelike; last seta
on lateral margin of forehead stout, about equal in length to last segment of
palpus, next to last seta short, spinelike; eyes wanting.

Thorax slightly longer than head; prothorax fitting into and filling up oc-
cipital emargination, strongly lobed laterally; prosternite a flattened, spinelike
tubercle; mesothorax subquadrate, broader than long, so completely overlapped
dorsally by metathorax as to be seen from above only as a strongly sclerotized
neck uniting rest of body to prothorax; metathorax not as broad as segment I
of abdomen, above sparsely clothed with setae of varying length.

;

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOI. 32. NO. 7, ocT., 1930 119

Abdomen of male broad and stout; segment I longer than II; segment VIII
about one and a half times as long as VII; segment IX broadly rounded both
in front and behind and with about ten long setae on the posterior margin.
Abdomen of female beyond segment II drawn out into along flat cone. Tergites
completely fused with pleurites, provided with but few setae except near their
lateral margins; last tergite with straight converging sides and angulate posterior
margin. Posterior margin of this tergite with a fringe of setae, some of which
are grouped into a tuft at the apex. Each pleurite typically with a very long
seta and several short ones. Spiracles minute, subequal, dorso-lateral.

Rodlike basal plate of male genital armature extending to base of abdomen;
parameres straight, blunt pointed, as long as endomeral plate; dorsal chitiniza-
tions (inner chitinizations) spear-head shape, with two pairs of large, hooklike,
lateral teeth, but without smaller ventral teeth.

Legs stout; first coxae platelike, remarkably developed, anterior half of each
quandrangular, well sclerotized, posterior half attenuated, semi-hyaline and
overlapping the mesothorax for half of the latter’s length; femur of each leg of
posterior pair with 4-5 ventral combs.

Length of female, 2.15 mm.; width, 0.78 mm.; length of male, 1.35 mm.;
width, 0.65 mm.

Type host and type locality —Pavo muticus from Trong, Lower
Siam.

Type slide —Cat. No. 42854, U.S. N. M.

Description based on five females and one male taken from
skin of type host, obtained at type locality. Specimens collected
and mounted by Dr. E. A. Chapin. Kellogg and Paine have
described a Colpocephalum, C. thoracicum taken from Pavo
muticus in Burma. Their species is of a type different from
echinatum. In it the abdomen of the female is not drawn out
so as to be cone shaped; also the pterothorax of thoracicum is of
a shape entirely different from that of echinatum.

Lipeurus volsellus, new species.

Head about one and two-thirds times as long as wide; forehead broadest at
posterior aspect; trabeculae short, triangular, as broad as long. Labrum much
reduced, membranous area in front of labrum very large. Temples very broadly
rounded, not protruding, each with a single large seta and several minute ones.
Eyes degenerate; corneas not evenly rounded; ocular seta small.

Thorax about as long as head; prothorax twice as broad as long, without any
large setae; mesothorax completely fused with metathorax; pterothorax twice
as long as prothorax and broader than either head or first abdominal segment,
with about eight posterior marginal setae.

First segment of abdomen reduced, quadrangular, not as broad as second;
segments VIII and IX fused in female but separated in male; segment VIII of
male with a lateral, ventral pair of long, curved, hooklike appendages, equal in
length to the segment that bears them; segment IX of male formed into two
conspicuous lobes that curve backward, downward and inward; fused segments

120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

VIII and IX of female ending in a stout pair of forceps and bearing a pair of
poorly developed gonapods. Each typical pleurite of abdomen articulates
with pleurite in front of it by means of an inner, capitate condyle.

Genital armature of male small, degenerate; basal plate extending forward
only to about the middle of seventh abdominal segment; parameres minute, im-
movable, vestigal; endomeral sclerotization diamond-shape.

Legs rather long, last pair much the longest; each tibia of each pair of legs
provided with an enlarged distal spine that is used to appose tarsal claws. First
coxae contiguous, last coxae broadly separated.

Length of male, 1.90 mm.; width, 0.41 mm.; length of female, 2.25 mm.;
width, 0.60 mm.

Type host and type locality.
from Gatun, Canal Zone, Panama.

Type (holotype). —Cat. No. 42855, U.S. N. M.

Described from a male and female. Female from type host
and type locality, May 4, 1911, by Biological Survey; male
(straggler) from a quail, Canal Zone, Panama, by Biological
Survey. An unusual species, particularly on account of the
reduction in size of the first segment of the abdomen, and in
the shape of last abdominal segment.

Aramides cajaneus chiricote

Trichodectes brachycephalus, new species.

Head much flattened, being almost twice as broad aslong. Forehead reduced,
triangular, sides about straight; trabeculae fixed, medium, tuberclelike; ventral
cephalic groove deep, narrow, flanked by a pair of recurved, hooklike tubercles.
Fronto-clypeal apodomes situated about midway between the trabeculae and
apex of head, each continued dorsally and posteriorly into a free, projecting
spinelike tubercle. True eyes wanting, each eye being represented by a cor-
rugated tubercle; ocular seta wanting. Antennae of male large; first segment
much enlarged, about as long as other two taken together; last segment some-
what uncinate and terminating in two short, stout, sharp spines.

Thorax broad and short; prothorax about twice as broad as long but not as
broad as head; mesothorax completely fused with metathorax; pterothorax
about four times as broad as long, expanded laterally into winglike lobes, and
bearing a posterior, submarginal row of about six, subequal, dorsal setae; sternal
plates wanting.

Abdomen short and broad, being the broadest part of the body. Pleural
plates well developed and all present. Spiracles subequal, very large, situated
in pleural plates. Segments VIII and IX fused in male; sternite of VIII forming
the large genital plate which is about half as long as abdomen and three-fourths
as broad as long.

Genital plate of male genital armature represented by two divergent rods;
parameres large, flat, somewhat platelike, slightly curved and each terminating
in a small knob; endomeral plate represented by two large semi-circular strips of
chitin that unite to produce the pseudopenis; pseudopenis extending almost to
tips of parameres and ending in a trefoil.

4
»
.

ees

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, ocT., 1930 121

Legs short; coxae close together, third pair contiguous; trochanters and tarsi
very short.

Length of male, 1.15 mm.; width, 0.76 mm.

Type host and type locality —Nycticebus coucang, from Johor
Lama, Malay Peninsula.

Type.—Cat. No. 42856, U. S. N. M.

Described from a male specimen taken from a skin (U. S.
N. M. 114151) of the type host, a flying lemur. This species is
unusual in having such a large genital plate and in the extreme
width relative to length of the pterothorax.

Trichodectes abnormis, new species.

Head somewhat asymmetrical, the right lateral margin of forehead being very
broadly rounded, almost straight; while the left lateral margin is produced into
more or less of an angle at the base of the marginal thickening of ventral cephalic
groove. Temporal lobes rounded, not protruding; eyes reduced, without pig-
ment, ocular seta about twice as long as diameter of eye; trabeculae very large,
as broad as long, not reaching the end of first antennal segment; fronto-clypeal
apodeme at the base of trabeculae, not showing line of closure.

Thorax much shorter than the head but equal in width to the latter; prothorax
about three times as broad as long, but not as broad as the pterothorax; pro-
thoracic spiracles very large, in diameter equal to about one-half the length of
prothorax, situated ventrally in pleural regions. Pterothorax with very short,
strongly divergent sides and broadly rounded, outwardly curved posterior
margin.

Abdomen stout, broadest at third segment; pleurites all present but poorly
sclerotized; spiracles wanting; eighth abdominal segment almost as broad as
long, subcylindrical; ninth segment very small, broader than long, cone-shape.

Basal plate of male genital armature with lateral margins thickened; para-
meres very unusual, each being a straight rodlike structure arising proximal to
endormeral plate and extending along side of its fellow to tip of eighth abdominal
segment; endomeral plate represented by a crescent of chitin, hinged at each end
to the thickened margin of the basal plate.

Coxae ventral, anterior pair almost contiguous, second pair farthest apart;
leg I short, with tibia bearing a stout distal spine functioning as a thumb.

Length of male, 1.10 mm.; width, 0.50 mm.

Type host and type locality—Lemur rufus from east coast
of Madagascar.

Type (holotype). —Cat. No. 42879, U.S. N. M.

A single male from skin (U. S. N. M. 63338) of type host,
taken at type locality, June 12, 1895. An unusual species in
several respects. The asymmetry of the head is not pronounced
and possibly may be due to individual variation.

——_—— ———

122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

THE DISCOVERY OF WHAT IS POSSIBLY THE LARVA OF AN
INTRODUCED TENEBRIONID, LEICHENUM VARIEGATUM
KUST.

By R. A. Sr. GEorGE,
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

In a recent study of the larvae of the Tenebrionid sub-family
Opatrinz, as represented in the U. S. National Museum col-
lection, an undetermined specimen was found which appears
to be of considerable taxonomic interest. An examination of
the characters of this larva revealed its relationship to the
Opatrinae. In the collection only one North American genus,
Ephalus, and species, /atimanus Lec., are represented in this
subfamily. Two larvae and an adult of this latter species were
taken at Wareham, Massachusetts, by S. Henshaw in May, 1895.

The foregoing undetermined specimen differed from the larvae
of Ephalus sufficiently to indicate that it belonged to another
genus. This specimen was collected around the roots of Ber-
muda grass that was found along the shore of Mobile Bay in
Alabama.

An examination of Leng’s catalogue to determine the dis-
- tribution of other forms in this subfamily indicated that none of
the genera of the tribe Opatrumini, to which Epha/us belongs,
were indigenous to the Gulf-Coast region and only one genus in
the remaining tribe Leichenini. This genus, Leichenum, pos-
sesses the single species LZ. variegatum Kiust. It is a species
introduced from Madagascar and the only locality from which
it is known in this country, according to Leng, is Alabama.

In view of this it seemed to the writer that this larva might
quite possibly be that of Leichenum variegatum and that it could
easily have become established either by adults escaping while
goods were being unloaded from a ship, or through the drop-
ping or throwing out of infested material which contained nearly
mature larvae, the latter completing their development and then
becoming associated with the roots of the Bermuda grass. The
specimen was collected by Mr. H. P. Loding along the bay shore.
The date of collection was not given.

The following characters define the larvae of Opatrinae and
are common to the specimen tentatively determined as Le?-
chenum variegatum Kust.:

Back of the mandible opposite the cutting edge slightly sharp, and opposite
the molar part with a membranous elevation bearing anteriorly one or two setae
and posteriorly as many short, thick spines, apex of both mandibles bifid with an
additional dorsal tooth between apex and molar part.

Ninth abdominal segment shorter than eighth, usually wider than long, sub-
conically produced, obtusely pointed, apex not mucronate; side margins poster-
iorly set with from two to eleven spines on each side, tergum otherwise without

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930 123

spines, paramedianly with one anterior and one posterior pair of setae; sternum
with a few setae, often arranged in a transverse row.

Tenth segment with a pair of subconical, setiferous anal pseudopods, which
sometimes bear two to three spines.

Clypeus usually armed with two spines and two setae, one of each on each
side. In Opatrum depressum, a form from Java, there are only the two setae.

Labrum armed, the disc bearing either two spines, one on each side, or six
spines, three on each side.

First article of antenna usually slightly shorter than second, except in Phylax
littoralis Muls. (an European species), which has the first article twice as long
as second.

Dorsal half of head capsule not setose but sides and ventral half sometimes
slightly setose.

Ocelli arranged in a single transverse group on each side of head.

Epipharynx bearing three spine-like setae along the anterolateral margin, two
hooks medianly; usually without two large teeth posteriorly, but sometimes
with numerous minute ones.

Hypopharyngeal sclerite tricuspidate, with the median portion slightly pro-
duced but not bifid.

Prothoracic legs larger than the two other pairs; claw incurved, slender and
tapering.

Abdominal spiracles annular, with circular mouth piece.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Leichenum vartegatum Kiist.? Details of larva.

(Drawings by the author.)

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of head showing the clypeus (c/), labrum (/aé), and articles
of antenna (/, 2, 3).

. Ephipharynx and anterior margin of labrum; ep/, epipharynx; 4, median

paired hooks.

3. Hypopharyngeal region, portion of oesophagus and hypopharyngeal
bracon; Asc, hypopharyngeal sclerite; 44r, hypopharyngeal bracon;
oes, oesophagus.

Fig. 4. Dorsal side of right mandible; a! and a?, bicuspidate apex; /, additional
dorsal tooth of cutting edge between apex (a!) and molar part (mm);
sm, sharp margin on back opposite the cutting edge; s, membranous
swelling on back opposite the molar part (7), bearing a seta anteriorly
and a spine posteriorly.

Figs. 5, 6. Left prothoracic and metathoracic legs, respectively, showing anterior
face; cox, coxa; ¢r, trochanter; fe, femur; //, tibia; /a, tarsus.

Fig. 7. Dorsal view of eighth (VIII) and ninth (IX) abdominal (“pygidial’’)

segments.

ez
g8
i)

7
wel
b

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, ocT., 1930 125

NEW WEST INDIAN BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA).

By W. S. FisHEr,
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

In working over the West Indian material in the family
Buprestidae which has accumulated during the past year the
writer found the new species herein described.

Polycesta insulana, new species.

Female.—Broadly elongate, two and three-fourths times as long as wide,
broadly, equally rounded in front and behind, moderately convex above, and
uniformly piceous, with a vague reddish-brown tinge on the dorsal surface.

Head flat, and feebly, transversely depressed between the antennal cavities;
occiput without longitudinal carina; surface coarsely, deeply, irregularly punc-
tate, the punctures variable in size and more or less confluent, and sparsely
clothed with long, erect, inconspicuous hairs; intervals irregular in shape,
convex, smooth, and shining; epistoma broad, and feebly, arcuately emarginate
in front.

Pronotum strongly transverse, two times as wide as long, slightly narrower in
front than behind, and widest at basal third; sides strongly obliquely expanded
from apical angles to basal third, where they are obtusely angulated or rounded,
then strongly narrowed to the posterior angles, which are nearly rectangular;
anterior margin deeply, arcuately emarginate, with a broadly, vaguely rounded
median lobe, and the margin smooth and feebly elevated; base feebly, obliquely
arcuate on each side, with the median lobe broad, slightly produced, and nar-
rowly truncate in front of scutellum; disk with a broad, angular, moderately
deep median depression; surface coarsely, deeply, irregularly punctate, the
punctures well separated on the median part, but becoming more or less confluent
toward the sides of the pronotum, and with a few short, inconspicuous hairs
arising from the punctures; intervals finely, densely granulose, and subopaque.
Scutellum subquadrate, wider behind than in front, and slightly elevated.

Elytra feebly convex, and about as wide as pronotum at base; humeral angles
broadly rounded; sides feebly expanded behind the humeral angles, nearly
parallel to apical third, where they are slightly wider than at base, then arcuately
narrowed to the tips which are conjointly broadly rounded, the lateral margins
coarsely, irregularly serrate posteriorly; each elytron with five smooth, longi-
tudinal costae including the scutellar one, which is distinct and extends nearly
to middle of elytron, the two discal costae extending from base to apex of
elytron, and the third costa interrupted near the humerus; there are also ten
rows of deep, round punctures on each elytron, which are arranged in double
rows between the costae, and the rows separated from each other by straight,
longitudinal intercostae, which are subequal in height to the costae, the punc-
tures rather uniform in size and shape, usually well separated from each other
on the disk, but becoming more or less confluent toward the lateral margins;
surface of costae, sutural and lateral margins sparsely, vaguely punctate, and
clothed with a few very short, inconspicuous hairs.

Abdomen beneath coarsely, densely punctate, and rather densely clothed with

126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

moderately long, semierect, cinereous hairs; intervals smooth and shining; first
segment moderately convex, sparsely punctate at middle, and without a densely
punctured and pubescent median spot; last segment broadly rounded at apex.
Prosternum moderately convex, coarsely, densely punctate, and sparsely clothed
with long, erect, inconspicuous hairs; anterior margin feebly elevated, nearly
truncate at middle, and with a broad, vaguely indicated lobe on each side;
prosternal process short, very broad, nearly flat, and without marginal grooves,
the sides obliquely narrowed to middle of anterior coxal cavities, where they are
emarginate and abruptly narrowed, then obliquely narrowed to the apex, which
is broadly rounded.
Length, 21.5 mm.; width, 8 mm.

Type locality —Bath, Jamaica.

Type.—Cat. No. 43136, U. S. National Museum.

Described from a unique female collected at the type locality
by Wirt Robinson during July, 1902.

In my table of the species of Po/ycesta! known from the West
Indies, this species runs to No. 7, but it differs from chevrolati
Thomson in having the punctures on the elytra round and ar-
ranged in regular rows, and the pronotum broadly and deeply
depressed at the middle. According to the description of perfecta
Kerremans, imsu/ana differs from that species in coloration, and
in having small, round punctures on the elytra. This species
also resembles thomae Chevrolat, but differs from that species in
having very distinct scutellar costae, the intercostae on the
elytra straight, subequal in height to the costae, and the punc-
tures between the costae are round, nearly equal in size and
shape, and arranged in double rows. The writer has not ex-
amined specimens of perfecta Kerremans or gossei Waterhouse,
both described from- Jamaica, but imsu/ana does not agree with
the description given for either of these species.

Psiloptera (Lampetis) aurata var. domingoensis, new variety.

Similar in shape and structure to avrata Saunders, but differs from it in
color. Elytra brownish black, with distinct greenish and purplish reflections
when viewed in certain lights, and the lateral margins broadly reddish cupreous
behind the middle. In the typical aurata the elytra are of a uniform aeneo-cup-
reous or aureo- cupreous color.

Length, 17-23 mm.; width, 6.5-9.5 mm.

Type locality —Romana, Santo Domingo.

Ty pe and paraiype.—Cat. No. 43137, U.S. National Museum.

Described from two specimens collected at the type locality
during July, 1925, by H. E. Box.

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 65, No. 2522, Art. 9, 1925, p. 8.

ee ee ee ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930 127

Actenodes nobilis (Linnaeus).

Buprestis nobilis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 10 ed., 1758, p. 410.

A single example of this species was collected at Port-au-
Prince, Haiti, during 1899, by R. J. Crew, and it is identical
with specimens of this species from Brazil. This species was
originally described by Linnaeus from “Indiis.”’ It has been
recorded in the literature from various parts of Mexico, Cen-
tral America, and South America, but this is the first time it has
been recorded from a definite locality in the West Indies.

Peronaemis elegans, new species.

Broadly agriliform, broadly rounded in front, strongly acuminate behind,
glabrous, and rather strongly shining; head green, with the entire median part
purplish red, margined golden yellow; pronotum purplish red, base and anterior
margin narrowly green, with a large bluish green spot becoming golden yellow
internally at the posterior angles; scutellum violaceous; elytra purplish or
brownish red, the bases and lateral and sutural margins narrowly bluish green
or violaceous, more or less margined golden yellow internally, and each elytron
with a large inconspicuous purplish spot at middle, behind which is a small
inconspicuous golden yellow spot; beneath bluish green, with a distinct cupreous
tinge when viewed in certain lights, and the legs violaceous.

Head feebly and evenly convex, nearly flat between the eyes, with a short
longitudinal carina on the occiput, and without any distinct depressions; surface
coarsely, densely, deeply, regularly punctate; intervals smooth on the front, but
becoming finely granulose on the occiput; epistoma wide between the antennal
cavities (about four times as wide as the cavities), vaguely, broadly, arcuately
emarginate in front, with the sides strongly angulated.

Pronotum strongly convex, one and one-half times as wide as long, slightly
wider at base than at apex, and widest along basal half; sides arcuately expanded
from apical angles to apical third, then nearly parallel to the posterior angles,
which are rectangular; anterior margin with a vague, broadly rounded median
lobe; base nearly transversely truncate, with a vaguely rounded median lobe;
lateral margins when viewed from the side sharply defined, arcuate, and extend-
ing from base to anterior margin; surface with three large basal depressions
extending to middle of pronotum, the median one broader than the lateral ones,
densely and coarsely punctate, the punctures deep and irregularly distributed;
intervals finely granulose toward base, and with a more or less distinct longitudi-
nal smooth space in the median depression. Scutellum nearly twice as wide as
long, obliquely narrowed anteriorly, broadly rounded posteriorly and the surface
transversely depressed and finely reticulate.

Elytra slightly wider than pronotum at base; sides nearly parallel to behind
the middle, where they are slightly arcuately expanded, then obliquely narrowed
to the tips, which are acute, and the lateral margins finely and irregularly serrate;
humeral angles rectangular; basal depressions broad, transverse, and shallow;
surface more or less irregularly rugose in the basal regions, and punctate-striate,
the punctures irregular in the striae, coarse in the basal regions but becoming

128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

finer toward the apices; intervals finely, densely granulose, and sparsely, irregu-
larly punctate.

Abdomen beneath strongly convex, rather densely punctate, the punctures
well separated and becoming finer toward the apex of the abdomen, and from
each puncture arises a moderately long, semierect, inconspicuous hair; intervals
finely, densely granulose; last segment strongly attenuate, and feebly, arcuately
emarginate at apex. Prosternum very coarsely punctate, the punctures deep
and well separated; anterior margin transversely truncate; prosternal process
nearly flat, sides nearly parallel to behind the coxae, then obliquely narrowed to
the apex, which is broadly rounded. Posterior coxae strongly concave, and the
surface irregularly punctate, the punctures coarse internally but becoming
finer externally.

Length, 10 mm.; width, 3.2 mm.

Type locality —Loma del Gato Mountains, Oriente Province,
Cuba.

Type.—Cat. No. 43138, U. S. National Museum.

Described from a single example (sex not determined) re-
ceived from S. C. Bruner, and collected by Brother Hermano
Norberto, of La Salle College, Havana, at the type locality dur-
ing July, 1925, at an elevation of approximately 900 meters.

This is the second species to be described in the genus
Peronaemis, and it differs from the genotype, fthoracicus, de-
scribed by Waterhouse from Jamaica, in coloration, and in
having the sides of the pronotum nearly parallel along the basal
two-thirds, the lateral margins of the pronotum when viewed
from the side sharply defined for their entire length, and the
elytra more rugose and more strongly punctured.

Neotrachys hoffmani, new species.

Rather broadly elongate, moderately convex, broadly rounded in front, more
narrowly rounded posteriorly, slightly narrower behind than in front, glabrous,
subopaque, and uniformly dark bronzy green above; beneath piceous, with a
vague aeneous tinge.

Head broad, nearly flat, feebly, longitudinally depressed on the front, broadly,
deeply, transversely depressed behind the epistoma, and with a deep postoral pore
on each side situated at the margin of the antennal cavity; surface finely, densely
granulose, and coarsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures shallow, well separ-
ated, and becoming obsolete toward the epistoma; epistoma wide between the
antennal cavities (about three times as wide as the cavities), and the anterior
margin broadly, deeply emarginate, and strongly elevated; antennae short and
uniformly piceous.

Pronotum feebly convex, nearly two and one-half times as wide as long at
middle, distinctly narrower in front than behind, and widest at base; sides
arcuately narrowed from base to anterior angles, and narrowly margined; anter-
ior angles obtuse; posterior angles nearly rectangular and feebly projecting;
anterior margin broadly, arcuately emarginate, with the median lobe only

it ws

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, ocT., 1930 129

vaguely indicated; base transversely truncate to near middle of each elytron
where it is arcuately sinuate, then turning obliquely backward to the scutellum,
in front of which it is broadly rounded; surface feebly, broadly depressed along
the lateral margins, and the base toward posterior angles finely, densely granu-
lose, and coarsely, sparsely, and irregularly punctate. Scutellum very small
and triangular.

Elytra moderately convex, and distinctly wider than pronotum at base; hum-
eral angles broadly rounded; sides nearly parallel to behind middle, then arcu-
ately narrowed to the tips, which are conjointly broadly rounded, with the
lateral margins entire; each elytron with a broad, shallow depression along
lateral margin, the depression interrupted at the middle by a broad elevation,
but without a distinct basal depression; surface somewhat uneven, vaguely rugose,
without lateral carinae, and rather densely, coarsely, irregularly punctate, the
punctures shallow, and becoming more obsolete toward the apices.

Abdomen beneath coarsely, sparsely, ocellate-punctate, and very sparsely
clothed with short, inconspicuous hairs; intervals finely, densely granulose; last
segment broadly rounded at apex. Prosternum sparsely, coarsely punctate;
anterior margin broadly rounded and feebly declivous; prosternal process broad
slightly expanded behind the coxal cavities, and broadly rounded at apex.

Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.5 mm.

Type locality —Porto Rico.

Type.—Cat. No. 43139, U.S. National Museum.

Described from a unique specimen collected by W. A. Hoffman
and labelled “Porto Rico,” without any definite locality.

This species is allied to guadeloupensis described by Fleutiaux
and Sallé, but differs from that species in being subopaque, uni-
formly dark bronzy green above, broadly elongate, and not so
strongly narrowed posteriorly.

EIGHT NEW SPECIES OF SERPHOIDEA (HYMENOPTERA)
FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA.

By Oscar WHITTAKER.

The following species are all described from specimens taken
in western British Columbia by the writer, in whose collection,
except where stated otherwise, all type material remains.

CALLICERATIDAE.
CALLICERAS Nees (= Ceraphron Jurine).
Calliceras pacifica, new species.

Female.—Head and thorax black; abdomen brown, basally yellow; antennae
with the scape basally brownish-yellow, apically dark brown; pedicel dark
brown, apically paler; flagellum brown becoming darker towards apex, the
apical three joints black; legs yellow, apex of front femora dorsally brown; apical

130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

joints of tarsi sometimes slightly dusky; wings faintly tinged with brown, tegulae
and venation brown, the radius paler. Head transverse, as wide as thorax, one
and one-half times as wide as long viewed from above; eyes large, hairy, reaching
the occiput which is nearly straight; ocelli in an equilateral triangle, lateral
ocelli about as far apart as from the eyes and occiput; vertex and frons sha-
greened, the latter with a deep depression in front of anterior ocellus which ex-
tends as a deep groove to the clypeus; vertex with a groove extending from just
behind the anterior ocellus to the occiput and a shallow depression external to
the lateral ocelli; facial depression large and deep, smoother than vertex, very
finely and somewhat transversely rugulose. Antennae with scape one-half as
long as flagellum; pedicel about one and one-half times as long as joint 3; joints
4-6 equally long but becoming distinctly thicker, two-thirds as long as joint 3;
joint 7 slightly longer than joint 6; joints 7-9 each slightly longer and consider-
ably thicker than the preceding joint; joint 9 slightly thicker than long; apical
joint conic-ovate, twice as long as thick and about as long as joints 3-5 com-
bined. Pronotum very short; mesonotum and scutellum shagreened, the former
with a distinct median groove; scutellum elongate, frenal grooves punctate,
meeting a short distance from the posterior margin of mesonotum. Head and
thorax with short, scattered, pale hairs; propodeum with the posterior angles
produced; pleurae smooth. Wings with the radius long, curved. Abdomen
polished, longer than the thorax, acutely pointed at the apex, the base emarginate
and shortly striate; second tergite somewhat more than twice as long as rest of
abdomen.
Length, 1.2-1.3 mm. Expanse, 2.1-2.3 mm.

Described from ten specimens taken at Chilliwack on various

dates from April to October, 1926-7.

Paratypes sent to U. S. N. M. and Mr. Robert M. Fouts.

Variation.—The basal abdominal band varies a little in bright-
ness and extent and in one example is absent.

APHANOGMUS Thomson.
Aphanogmus subapterus, new species.

Female.—Head and thorax black; scape and pedicel dull yellow, flagellar
joints becoming darker from the base, distal joints dark brown; legs, except coxae,
yellow; apical joint of front tarsi dusky; abdomen brownish-black. Head very
nearly twice as wide as long, wider than the thorax, front and hind margins
straight; eyes large, nearly reaching the occiput; ocelli conspicuous, in a triangle,
the lateral ocelli about as far apart as from the eyes and further than this from
occiput. Vertex regulose, with a depression before front ocellus; facial depres-
sion almost smooth. Antennae subclavate, shorter than the body; scape robust,
thickest near base, four times as long as pedicel or about as long as pedicel and
joints 3-5 combined; joint 3 slightly longer than pedicel; joints 4 and 5 slightly
shorter than pedicel; joints 7 and 8 equal in length to pedicel; joint 9 equal
to joint 3, as thick as long; apical joint very nearly twice as long as preceding
joint, conic-ovate; basal joints of flagellum basally narrowed, subpedunculate,
the apical four joints with a short, distinct, sublateral peduncle. Mesonotum

- ay a se -

a ea Ee eee ks be ee ec ce

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, ocT., 1930 131

longitudinally rugulose; scutellum rugulose, extending to posterior face of pro-
podeum, frenum distinct, punctate; scutellum with scattered pale hairs along
the side margins. Wings much abbreviated, barely reaching the middle of
second tergite. Abdomen highly polished, longer than thorax, basally with
short, fine striae and a few pale hairs on the sides, apically acute.

Length, 1.15 mm.

Described from a single female taken at Chilliwack, 13 Sep-
tember, 1927.

Aphanogmus canadensis, new species.

Male.—Black, antennae and legs piceous, scape apically paler; hind coxae,
except dorsally, base of all tibiae and all metatarsi sordid yellow, rest of tarsi
dusky brown. Head about one and three-quarters as wide as long viewed from
above, slightly wider than the thorax. Eyes large, nearly reaching the occiput,
which is feebly emarginate. Ocelli conspicuous, in a triangle, the lateral ocelli
further apart than from front ocellus or eyes, much nearer to the occiput. Vertex
finely reticulate, depressed before front ocellus; frons more finely sculptured;
facial depression smooth, with a broad raised area above the base of man-
dibles, extending upwards toward front ocellus, above this a small, slightly
raised tubercle. Antennae slightly longer than the entire body; scape obclavate,
as long as joints 3 and 4 combined; pedicel subglobular, about one-third as long
as joint 3; joints 3-10 elongate, laterally constricted at base, apically obliquely
truncate; joints 4-10 subequal, slightly shorter than joint 3 which is about three
times as long as thick; apical joint equal to joint 3, cylindrical, conically pointed
at tip; all flagellar joints with sparse, long hairs. Pronotum invisible from
above. Mesonotum and scutellum with similar, but coarser, sculpture to the
vertex; posterior margin of mesonotum slightly emarginate; scutellum longer
than mesonotum, reaching posterior face of propodeum; frenal grooves uniting
a considerable distance from base of scuttellum. Propodeum with the posterior
angles shortly, acutely produced. Wings subhyaline, venation brown, radius
almost straight, as long as marginal vein. Abdomen highly polished, shorter
than thorax.

Length, 0.97 mm. Expanse, 1.8 mm.

Described from two specimens taken at Hollvburn, 8 June,
1928, and 3 July, 1929.
Paratype sent to Mr. Robert M. Fouts.

Aphanogmus obsoletus, new species.

Female.—Black; antennae piceous brown, apex of scape paler; legs piceous
brown, apex of front femora, front tibiae and extremities of middle and hind
tibiae paler; front tarsi pale brown; middle and hind tarsi yellowish-brown,
apical joint of all tarsi dusky. Head about one and one-half times as wide as
long, slightly wider than the thorax; eyes large, not reaching the occiput, which
is almost straight; ocelli conspicuous, in a triangle; lateral ocelli about as far
apart as from the occiput and further than this from the eyes. Vertex shagreened;
depressed before front ocellus; facial depression almost smooth, with a rounded

132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

ridge extending from the base of the mandibles almost entirely across the de-
pression. Antennae robust; scape thickest near the base, as long as pedicel
and joints 3-5 combined, one-third as long as entire flagellum; pedicel as long as
joint 3; joint 3 two and one-half times as long as thick; joints 3-9 subequal in
length, gradually becoming thicker, joint 9 only slightly shorter than.joint 3,
one and one-half times as long as thick; apical joint two and one half times as
long as thick, twice as long as the preceding joint. Thorax one ard one-half
times as long as wide; pronotum invisible from above, mesonotum and scutellum
with the sculpture slightly finer than that of the vertex; frenum distinct, anterior
margin of basal lobes of scutellum concave; pleurae smooth; posterior angles of
propodeum not produced. Wings subhyaline, with a very faint brownish band
across the disc, venation brown, radius wanting. Abdomen highly polished,
somewhat shorter than the thorax.
Length, 0.97 mm. Expanse, 1.95 mm.

Described from a single specimen taken at Hollyburn, 12

May, 1928.

Aphanogmus dorsalis, new species.

Female.—Head and thorax black; scape and pedicel pale yellow, flagellum
grading from pale yellow to light brown in the last four joints; front coxae black,
trochanters yellowish-brown; femora, except apically, brown; tibiae and tarsi
pale yellow; middle coxae basally black, trochanters and coxae apically yellow;
middle femora brown, the extremities paler; middle tibiae and tarsi pale yellow,
the tibiae brownish in the middle; hind coxae, except the extreme base which is
black, trochanters and femora pale yellow; hind tibiae brown, the extremities
paler; hind tarsi pale yellow, the metatarsi pale brown; abdomen ventrally yel-
low, anterior face of second tergite and a large dorsal area, which reaches a little
beyond the middle, also yellow, the rest black. Head and thorax smooth; head
one and one-half times as wide as long, wider than thorax; eyes large, almost
reaching the occiput, which is nearly straight; ocelli conspicuous, in a triangle,
the lateral ocelli about as far apart as from the occiput and further than this
from the eyes; facial depression smooth and polished. Antennae slender, sub-
clavate; scape obclavate, as long as pedicel and joints 3 and 4 combined; pedicel
and joints 3-9 equal in length but becoming gradually thicker; joint 9 twice as
long as thick; apical joint one and one-half times as long as preceding joint.
Thorax about one and two-thirds as long as wide; vertex, mesonotum and scutel-
lum with microscopic, reticulate, incised sculpture and scattered pale hairs;
scutellum very convex, longer than mesonotum, reaching posterior face of
propodeum, with a distinct, punctate frenum and with a long, narrow, smooth
field, almost reaching the apex, enclosed by two longitudinal, posteriorly con-
vergent carinae; hind angles of propodeum subacute. Wings subhyaline, with a
broad, faint, fumose band across the disc, the apex beyord the radius also
faintly fumose; costal and marginal nervures brown; radius pale, straight,
longer than marginal nervure. Abdomen highly polished, shorter than thorax,
base of second tergite without distinct striae.

Length, 0.9mm. Expanse, 1.8 mm.

—s

aerehworsas.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, ocr., 1930 133

Described from three specimens from Hollyburn, 18 June
and 3 July, 1928.
Paratype sent to Mr. Robert M. Fouts.

CONOSTIGMUS Dahlbom.
Conostigmus pulchellus, new species.

Male.—Black; scape basally brownish yellow, becoming darker on the apical
half; pedicel and flagellum black; legs yellowish brown; front tarsi and apical
joints of middle and hind tarsi dusky brown; wings fumose, with a darker cloud
on disc below radius; venation and stigma dark brown. Head, viewed from
above, twice as wide as long, very slightly wider than thorax, obliquely narrowed
behind the eyes, which are remote from the occiput; occiput separated from
vertex by a carina which is adjoined by a row of punctures; ocelli in a triangle,
the lateral ocelli about as far apart as from the eyes and more than this distance
from the occiput, considerably in front of hind margin of eyes; vertex and frons
coarsely rugose; frons with a depression before front ocellus and with a median,
vertical groove extending from this depression towards the clypeus; facial de-
pression smooth, with a deep central pit. Antennae pubescent, slender, filiform,
a little longer than the entire body; scape thicker then flagellum; pedicel short,
subglobular; joint 3 the longest, longer than scape, six times as long as thick;
joints 4-10 becoming shorter and slightly thinner; joint 10 slightly less than
one-half as long as joint 3; apical joint slightly longer than preceding joint.
Mesonotum and scutellum alutaceous, the lateral lobes of the former and scutel-
lum less conspicuously so; scutellum as long as mesonotum, frenal lines punctate,
meeting at anterior margin of scutellum. Propodeum rugcse; pleurae smooth,
each with a row of conspicuous punctures. Head and thorax with fairly dense,
scattered pale hairs. Wings with the subcostal nervure somewhat swollen
before reaching the stigma; stigma twice as long as wide; radius gently curved,
one and one-half times as long as stigma. Abdomen elongate-oval, considerably
longer than thorax, highly polished, constricted and with a few, longitudinal
striae at base; second tergite nearly twice as long as rest of abdomen.

Length, 2.9-3.3 mm. Expanse, 4.7-5.6 mm.

Described from four specimens taken at Hollyburn, 18 June,
11 July, 1928; 3 and 30 September, 1929.

DIAPRIIDA.
MONELATA Foerster.
Monelata nigra, new species.

Female.—Black, polished; antennae with scape, pedicel and proximal flagellar
joints reddish brown; flagellar joints becoming darker distally, the apical three
or four joints black; legs pale brown, the swollen parts of femora and tibiae
dark brown; coxae black; last joint of all tarsi dusky; wings very faintly fumose,
venation brown. Head subglobular, viewed from above a little longer than
wide; ocelli in an equilateral triangle, much nearer together than to the eyes

134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT,, 1830

and occiput; sides of occiput with brownish, woolly pubescence. Antennae
slightly longer than head and thorax combined, two-thirds as long as entire
body; scape as long as pedicel and five following joints combined; flagellum two
and one-quarter times as long as scape; pedicel as long as joints 3 and 4 combined;
joint 3 about as long as two following joints combined; joints 4-9 about as long
as thick; joints 10-12 becoming thicker, joint 12 distinctly transverse; apical
joint (club) very large, oval, a little more than twice as long as thick, as long as
four preceding joints combined. Pronotum short, sides and dorsum, except in
the middle, clothed with woolly pubescence; mesonotum with the hind margin
feebly convex; scutellum basally broad, narrowed about one-third from base,
beyond this with the sides straight and parallel; hind margin straight, posterior
angles rounded; propodeum with a distinct, much raised, median carina, the
sides clothed with dense woo'ly pubescence; propleurae and mesopleurae smooth;
metapleurae hairy; petiole surrounded with dense woolly hairs. Abdomen as
long as head and thorax combined; second tergite widest near the hind margin,
about one and one-half times as long as wide, the base ventrally hairy; remaining
abdominal segments very short.
Length, 1.5-1.65 mm. Expanse, 2.8-3.0 mm.

Described from twelve specimens taken at Hollyburn on
various dates from 9 May to 18 September, 1928-30.

Paratypes sent to U.S. N. M., Dr. A. A. Ogloblin and Mr.
Robert M. Fouts.

ACANOSEMA Kieffer.
Acanosema sylvana, new species.

Female (Type).—Head, thorax and petiole black; antennae brown, the three
or four distal joints blackish; legs brown, base of hind coxae black; abdomen dark
brown, wings strongly tinged with brown, venation and tegulae brown. Head
smooth and polished; viewed from above about one and one-half times as wide
as long, about as wide as thorax; ocelli in a triangle, lateral ocelli separated by
slightly less than their distance from the eyes, much further than this from the
occiput; occiput, except in the centre, with a ring of pale, tomentose pubescence.
Antennae as long as head, thorax and petiole combined, scape terminating in
two short, dentate processes, as long as following five joints combined, a little
more than four times as long as pedicel; joint 3 one and one-quarter times as
long as pedicel, two and one-half times as long as thick; joints 4-14 about equal
to pedicel, gradually increasing in thickness; joint 14 as thick as long; apical
joint twice as long as preceding joint, nearly twice as long as thick. Thorax
smooth and shining; pronotum clothed with dense, pale, tomentose pubescence;
mesonotum with deep, percurrent, posteriorly convergent notauli; scutellum
with a very deep basal fovea, the sides and apex with long, pale hairs; propodeum
with a broad, much raised median carina, having a fine groove down the centre;
propleurae and mesopleurae smooth; metapleurae and base of hind coxae hairy.
Petiole wider than long, widest in the middle, without striae, anterior margin
straight, much narrowed posteriorly. Wings with first abscissa of radius very
short, perpendicular to the marginal nervure which is three and one-half times

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, ocT., 1930 135

as long as first abscissa of radius; second abscissa of radius, cubitus, discoidal,
median and brachial nervures present as fuscous streaks; second abscissa of
radius very long, enclosing an elongate area more than twice as long as marginal
nervure; cubitus straight, directed towards the basal nervure, the extreme apex
deflected towards the discoidal nervure. Abdomen highly polished, elongate-
oval, apically acute, including petiole one and one-third times as long as head
and thorax combined; second tergite one and one-half times as long as wide,
about one and three-quarters times as long as remaining segments combined;
sides and ventral surface of propodeum, petiole and base of second tergite,
except narrowly in the centre of dorsum, with long, pale, woolly hairs.

Length, 4.5 mm. (including ovipositor 5.6 mm.). Expanse, 7.0 mm.

Male (Allotype).—Antennae with the scape and pedicel light brown, the
flagellum very dark brown, slender, longer than head, thorax and petiole com-
bined; scape twice as long as joint 3; pedicel subglobular; joint 3 excised on basal
half, two and one-half times as long as pedicel and slightly longer than joint 4;
joints 4-13 gradually shorter; joint 13 about half as long as joint 3 and about
one and one-half times as long as thick; apical joint about as long as joint 3.
Petiole nearly one and one-half times as long as wide, smooth, the sides convex,
constricted at base, without distinct striations. Abdomen elongate-oval, in-
cluding petiole as long as head and thorax combined; second tergite about one
and one-half times as long as wide; following segments to the sixth successively
shorter. In other characters agrees with the female. The proportions of the
petiole vary to some extent, some examples having it nearly as wide as long.
The color varies slightly in depth and one specimen has the petiole dark brown
like the abdomen. The second abscissa of the radius sometimes fails to quite
reach the costal margin of the forewing.

Length, 3.0-4.2 mm. Expanse, 6.0-8.0 mm.

Described from a single female taken on 27 August, 1930, and
twelve males on various dates from 5 July to 2 October, 1928-9;
all from Hollyburn.

Paratypes sent to U.S. N. M., Dr. A. A. Ogloblin and Mr.
Robert M. Fouts.

EPIBLEMA STRENUANA WALK., THE HOST OF CERTAIN
PARASITES OF THE ORIENTAL FRUIT MOTH, LASPEYRESIA
MOLESTA BUSCK (LEPIDOPTERA).

By H. W. Aten anp Eart Lott,
U.S. Bureau of Entomology, Moorestown, N. 7.

One of the interesting new developments in the study of the
parasites of the oriental fruit moth is the discovery that a com-
mon and widely distributed borer (Epiblema strenuana Walk.),
the larvae of which occur in the stems of ragweed (4mbébrosia
artemisiaefolia), serves as an alternate host for several of the
more important parasites of the oriental fruit moth.

136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 7, OCT., 1930

The parasites of the oriental fruit moth which have been
reared from Epiblema strenuana are Macrocentrus ancylivora
Roh., M. delicatus Cress., Glypta rufiscutellaris Cress., Pristom-
erus ocellatus Cush., and Cremastus minor Cush. In New Jersey,
the first three mentioned are the most important parasites of
the larvae of the oriental fruit moth, and are also among the
more abundant parasites of E. strenuana. The identity of the
parasites reared from E. strenuana was established by Mr. R. A.
Cushman from adults reared from field-collected larvae, and
was corroborated in the case of two of the species, namely,
M. ancylivora and G. rufiscutellaris, by the observation of
mating of individuals of one sex reared from the oriental
fruit moth with individuals of the opposite sex reared from
E. strenuana. The host was determined by Mr. Carl Heinrich.
In a total of 284 borers reared from the stems of Ambrosia
collected near Moorestown, N. J., between August 13 and
September 3, last, 10 per cent were parasitized by M. ancylivora,
23 per cent by M. delicatus, 18 per cent by G. rufiscutellaris, and
5 per cent by P. oce/latus. Only 17 per cent of the host adults
emerged, the combined parasitism being 83 per cent. From
several collections of the same brood of EF. strenuana obtained
from points in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Indiana, no M. ancylivora
was reared. However, numerous G. rufiscutellaris and M.
delicatus were reared from the three States mentioned, and
P. ocellatus from Pennsylvania and Ohio.

The host, E. strenuana, is very widely distributed in the
United States westward to the Rocky Mountains. Like the
oriental fruit moth, it belongs to the Eucosminae, and its larvae
bore in the stems of the host plant as do the larvae of the earlier
generations of the oriental fruit moth. It occurs in great
abundance over thousands of acres of grain stubble, weedy
crops, and field and roadside borders which are overgrown with
ragweed in middle to late summer. F. strenuana apparently
serves as a very important reservoir for parasites of the oriental
fruit moth at certain periods of the year when the larger propor-
tion of the larvae of this host are embedded in fruit and hence
not accessible to attack by its larval parasites.

Actual date of publication, November 22, 1930

a ae

pata ew «

VOL. 32 NOVEMBER, 1930 No. 8

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL S
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

ALLARD, H. A.—THE OCCURRENCE OF THE CRICKETS ANAXIPHA PULICARIA
BURM. AND CYCLOPTILUM TRIGONIPALPUM (RHEN AND HEBARD) IN THE
VICINITY OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, HITHERTO UNREPORTED HERE. 144

FELT, E. P.—THE NORWAY MAPLE NEPTICULA (LEPIDOPTERA) .... . 146

LY FISHER, W. S.—A NEW SPECIES OF CHRYSOBOTHRIS INFESTING STRAW-
BERRY PLANTS (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE) ........... 149

L’ WELD, LEWIS H.—NOTES ON TYPES (HYMENOPTERA: CYNIPIDAE) .. . 137

PusLisHED MonrHiy Except Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918,

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the Proceepincs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence ovet any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary, Presiden?) 2 2. seis ei Os eee L. O. HOWARD
President’ 3 tats) 8 Senl-eeitin age: Sea tee eee J. E. GRAF
PostVacesPresident 0. 613 eee eee A. C. BAKER
SC6ORGicV ICESETCSIGCNE: | An eas oe ee F.C. BISHORP

Recording \Secretaryun a Anan ieee) eer J. S. WADE
GCorrespondingySecreiany—Ureasurer a eae ee S. A. ROHWER
U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
OT ee ee id) 8S ta ee hy . W. R. WALTON
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and C, T. Greene, A. N. CAupE Lt,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SELENCOS ioe wrath toe Thiet he we ieee Se i ae A. G. BOVING

Editor

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

ee eee

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL Society oF WASHINGTON

VOLE. 32 NOVEMBER, 1930 No. 8

NOTES ON TYPES (HYMENOPTERA : CYNIPIDAE).
By Lewis H. We tp, East Falls Church, Virginia.

During the two decades or more that Professor J. J. Kieffer
worked on the Cynipidae it appears that he never visited the
leading entomological museums of Europe to study types but
depended mainly on the literature for his understanding of the
existing genera. This dependence on the literature alone led to
a misunderstanding of some of the Ashmead genera. It led him
into error also in the case of some of the genera established by
Europeans so that in creating some 55 new genera himself he
has made some synonyms especially in cases where the older
authors had placed their genera in the wrong subfamilies. No
student of the Cynipidae hitherto has attempted to locate and
study the types of the genotype species. Recently the writer
visited three of the European museums with this as a definite
object and it seems desirable to place on record some of the
information and conclusions which resulted from this incom-
plete preliminary study.

PARAMBLYNOTUS Cameron.
Allocynips Kieffer, 1914 Phil. Jour. Sci. D9: 185. Synonymy new.

Cameron placed his genus Paramblynotus in the Figitinae but
the holotype female of the genotype species, punctulatus, in the
British Museum has not the characteristic segmentation of the
abdomen of a Figitid, tergite five and not tergite three being
the largest and it is preceded by three (instead of one) shorter,
non-liguliform tergites. The genus should be transferred to the
Liopterinae. Allocynips borneensis Weld is a synonym of it
and should be known as Paramblynotus punctulatus Cameron.
(Synonymy new.) llocynips ruficeps Kieffer, the genotype of
Allocynips, is a synonym of Paramblynotus ruficollis Cameron.
(Synonymy new.) All the other described species of 4//ocynips
should be transferred to Cameron’s genus and known as: Param-
blynotus clarus (Weld); P. dyak (Weld); P. malayensis (Weld);
P. isosceles (Weld); and P. flaviceps (Kieffer). (Combinations
new.) The male which Cameron received later and subsequently
described as the male of his punctu/atus seems to me to be errone-
ously associated and to be an undescribed species.

138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

PSEUDIBALIA Kieffer.

One of the characters given for this genus is that the meta-
tarsus of the hind leg is prolonged “au cété interne” into a
blunt spur reaching the end of the second segment. The holotype
female of the genotype species, fasciatipennis, in the British
Museum has this spur on the ow/er side as it is in [ba/ia and not
on the inner as described by Kieffer. The petiole is described
as 3-4 times as long as broad but measured by a micrometer it
is barely three times as long as broad when viewed from above.
The relative lengths of the tergites along the dorsal curvature
are as (petiole) 17 (width 534) :6:9:23:9:7:9. Height of
abdomen 33 and width 23. As both Pseudibalia Kieffer and
Paribalia Weld have the tarsal spur on the outer side the latter
genus may be distinguished by having a short petiole (not longer
than broad) and having the fifth tergite (instead of the fourth)
largest.

NERALSIA Cameron.
Xyalosema D T & K. 1910 Das Tierreich Lief. 24 : 94. Synonymy new.

Neralsia was based on N. rufipes from Guatemala and was
described (1883, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Hym. 1:74, Pl. 4, fig. 9)
as having a closed radial cell Steed Cameron’s figure shows
it open) and thought to be intermediate between the Anachari-
tinae and Figitinae. Das Tierreich put it in the Aspicerinae.
The type in the British Museum is one of the Figitinae. The
abdomen is longer than head plus thorax, the second tergite
striate at the base, not liguliform, shorter than the third. The
wing is normally pubescent and ciliate and the radial cell is
open on the margin. The eyes are sparsely hairy and not bare
as stated. Solenaspis Ashmead 1887, preoccupied by Osten
Sacken in Diptera in 1881 and renamed by Dalla Torre and
Kieffer in 1910, is congeneric with this and the name X yalosema
should become a synonym of Nera/sia in the Figitinae. Solen-
aspis singularis Ashmead is a Xyalophora (Comb. new). To the
genus Nera/sia should be transferred the following species:

Neralsia armata (Say) (Diplolepis) 1836 Boston Jour. Nat.
Hist. 1: 266. Gomb: n

Neralsia hyalinipennis (Aah ined) (Solenaspis) Geneeues
1887 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 14: 155. Comb. n. = dubiosa
Kieffer (Xyalosema) 1910 Boll. Laboro. Zool. Portici 4 : 338.
Syn. n.

Neralsia ciliatinervis Kieffer (Xyalosema) 1910 Boll. Laboro.
Zool. Portici 4 : 339. Comb. n.

Neralsia evanescens Kieffer (Xyalosema) 1907 Ent. Ztschr.
Stuttearte 2-457. “Comb: i.

ele

;
;
.
z
3
;
4
‘
:
i

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930 139

ANACHAROIDES Cameron.

Coelonychia Kieffer, 1910 Wiss. Erg. Deutch. Zent.-Afr. Exp. 1907-8, 3 (2) : 19.
Synonymy new.

Cameron’s genus was based on Anacharoides striaticeps (Rec.
Albany Mus. 1: 160, 1904) from Cape Colony and placed in the
Anacharitinae. The type is in the British Museum and it be-
longs in the Aspicerinae for the second tergite is liguliform, the
wings bare and the veins very pale. The type of Coelonychia
spinosipes in the Berlin museum is congeneric with this.
Therefore Kieffer’s Coelonychia, correctly placed in the Aspi-
cerinae, becomes a synonym of Anacharoides Cameron.

BOTHROCHACIS Cameron.

Stirencoela Cameron, 1910 Entomologist 43 : 180. Synonymy new.
Ditrupaspis Kieffer, 1910 Wiss. Erg. Deutch. Zent.-Afr. Exp. 1907-8, 3 (2) : 18,

Synonymy new.

Cameron’s Bothrochacis was founded on two males of Bothro-
chacis erythropoda from Cape Colony. Six years later he founded
the genus Stirencoela on a male of Stirencoela striaticollis, also
from Cape Colony. The types of both are in the British Museum
and they seem to me to be not only congeneric but the same
species (Synonymy new.) The type of Ditrupaspis semirufa
Kieffer from N. Nyassa preserved in the Berlin museum is
congeneric with the above. Hence I conclude that both Stiren-
coela and Ditrupaspis should become synonyms of Bothrochacis
Cameron.

ANDRICUS Hartig.

Oncaspis Dettmer, 1925 Natuurhist. Maandb. Maastricht 14 : 123.
Euschmitzia Dettmer, 1925 Natuurhist. Maandb. Maastricht 14: 122. Syno-
nymy new.

Type material of Oncaspis filigranata, the genotype species,
seen in Berlin in 1929, runs to 4udricus and Professor Dettmer
wrote me in April, 1927, that he had discovered that it is “almost
certainly the long sought for sexual generation of Andricus soli-
tarius (Fonsc.) and not a new genus.” In 1928, he published a
description of the gall and his evidence that it is the sexual genera-
tion of Andricus solitarius (Konsc.) in Marcellia 24: 142. His
Euschmitzia rara, the genotype, was thought to be a guest-fly
in a Rhodites gall but as his description was not that of an
inquiline his attention was called to the possibility of error and
under date of May 1, 1929, he writes me that this species is the
sexual generation of Andricus nudus Adl, and requests that I

140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

publish it. Thus both of his new genera become synonyms of
Anaricus.

CALLIRHYTIS Forster.

In the original description of the genotype, Callirhytis hartigi
Forster, it 1s not stated whether or not the tarsal claws are
toothed. Mayr in 1902 considered them as simple and Ashmead
in his key to genera in 1903 reversed Mayr’s interpretation by
putting species with simple claws in dzdricus (whose genotype
has toothed claws) and those with the claws toothed in Ca/-
lirhytis, thus causing a confusion which has persisted to the
present day. Das Tierreich has followed Mayr’s interpretation
but its authors seem to be unacquainted with the genotype
species. The museum in Vienna has two specimens labelled
“Aachen, Call. Hartigi, Forster's type. Collect. G. Mayr.”
They are males. Without having seen females I venture the
guess that this is the sexual generation of a species whose agamic
generation will be found to be in “stone galls” inside of acorns.
From the above specimens the following notes are made to
supplement Forster’s original description:

Callirhytis hartigi Forster.

Male.—Amber-colored. Head coriaceous, from above transverse, occiput
concave, wider than thorax, cheeks not broadened behind eyes. Malar space
.17 eye without groove. Flagellum filiform with cylindrical segments, the first
curved and enlarged distally and not quite as long as the second, the last only
slightly longer than the penultimate. Mesoscutum with low sharp transverse
ridges well separated from each other on a uniformly smooth surface. The
parapsidal grooves not very distinct even posteriorly and obsolete in front.
Scutellum with transverse groove at base and a suggestion of small narrow pits
which open out behind on to disk which is transversely rugose. Mesopleura
smooth below, coriaceous across middle, the first and second coxae far
separated. Carinae on propodeum straight and parallel. Claws are simple.
Wing seems to be normally pubescent and ciliate. First abscissa of radius arcu-
ate, second straight. Abdomen shorter than thorax, longer than high, tergites
along dorsal curvature as 30:9:1:0: 6.

Callirhytis azteca (Cameron). Comb. new.

Andricus (Aphilothrix) aztecus Cameron, 1897 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
19260

The holotype female in the British Museum from Sonora,
Mexico, proves to be a Callirhytis with hyaline, non-ciliate
wings and running to couplet 23 in Section B of my key in Proc.
U.S. N. M. 61, Art. 19:11. Itis evidently from a “stone gall”

in an acorn.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930 141

Callirhytis defecta Kieffer.

This American species whose types are in Berlin is also one
“ PA aes
of the “stone gall” in acorn group and runs to couplet 21 on
p. 11 in the above mentioned key.

Amphibolips arcuata (Kieffer). Comb. new.
Callirhytis arcuata Kieffer 1910 Boll. Laboro. Zool. Portici. 4: 341.

Of the three specimens in the Berlin Museum all collected by
Klug in Georgia and all labelled as types, and supposedly of
Kieffer’s species above, only one agrees with the description.
It is the one numbered “8070” and is here transferred to the
genus Amphibolips. The number 8037 is a Callirhytis and 8022
is a Disholcas pis.

HOLOCYNIPS Kieffer.

This genus was founded by Kieffer on a single captured speci-
men from Georgia described as Holocynips emarginata and the
genus has hitherto remained unrecognized in our fauna by
American students. A study of the holotype in the Berlin
Museum shows that the first three species in the writer’s key
to the root gall forming species of Ca/lirhytis in Proc. U.S. N. M.
59 : 213 (1921) ‘are congeneric and should be transferred to this
genus. Moreover, corallosa Weld (1921) proves to be the same
species as emarginata Kieffer (1910). As this had been suspected,
a paratype of corallosa had been taken along to Berlin and the
above conclusion is the result of a direct comparison. But
corallosa had previously been shown to be a synonym of 4m-
phibolips badius Bassett (1922, Proc. U. S. N. M. 61, Art. 18 :
17). Thus recognizing the validity of Kieffer’s genus the names
of its three species are:

Holocynips badia (Bassett). Comb. new.

Amphibolips badius Bassett (= Callirhytis corallosa Weld). Synonymy published.
Holocynips emarginata Kieffer, 1910 Boll. Laboro. Zool. Portici 4: 114. Syno-
nymy new.

A further note on the biology of the species is here added. An
adult was taken ovipositing in the buds at the summit of a
thrifty shoot of Quercus alba L. at East Falls Church, Va., on
April 13, 1924. The alternating generation is unknown. One
was captured on the roof of the Education Building 125 feet
above the sidewalk and a mile from any oak trees in Albany,

Ne Yom April's; 1927.

142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

Holocynips hartmani (Weld). Comb. new

Holocynips maxima (Weld). Comb. new.

A fly of this species was taken ovipositing in the buds of
Quercus alba L. at Washington, D. C., on March 27, 1921;
another was taken April 15, 1924, and two more on April 20.
At East Falls Church, Va., one was taken ovipositing in buds of
white oak on April 18, 1927, and others on April 6, 13, 19, 20,
1928. The alternating generation is unknown. One was cap-
tured on the roof of the Education Building in Albany, N. Y
on April 20, 1927.

LIODORA Forster.

Forster’s types of Liodora sulcata, the genotype species, were
studied, two specimens in Berlin and four in Vienna. They do
not seem to me to be congeneric with the sexual generation of
Diplolepis folii (L.) and it is my present opinion that Das
Tierreich has been in error in including Liodora in Diplolepis
and that it would be better to maintain it as separate genus.
Through the kindness of Dr. F. Maidl the U. S. National
Museum has been able to acquire one of the Vienna specimens
in exchange and from this the following notes have been made
to supplement Forster’s original description.

Liodora suleata Forster.

Female.—Head from above transverse, as broad as thorax, not broadened
behind eyes, occiput slightly concave. Malar space .4 eye without groove.
Antennae 14-segmented, relative lengths as (scape) 15 (6) : 8 (6) : 15 (5): 13:
11: 10:9:9:9:8: 8:8: 8 (6): 11. Pronotum “narrow,” pubescent on
sides. Mesoscutum as broad as long, smooth and shining with a few scattered
hairs anteriorly, parapsidal grooves deep, smooth, percurrent, separation at hind
margin about three times the width of a groove. No median. Anterior and
lateral lines scarcely visible. Scutellum rugose, pubescent, distinctly over-
hanging metanotum behind, with two deep, smooth, elliptical pits at base sepa-
rated by a distinct septum. Mesopleura smooth and shining with a few scat-
tered hairs below. Propodeum with two almost straight and parallel carinae
enclosing a transverse smooth bare area with no median. ‘Tarsal claws with a
distinct tooth. Wing normally pubescent and ciliate, radial cell about four
times as long as broad, first abscissa of radius arcuate and one-fifth as long as the
second which is straight. Areolet small, reaching one-ninth and the cubitus
about three-fourths way to basal. Abdomen sessile, the short rugose neck of
propodeum not reaching as far back as the tip of the scutellum; length to height
to width as 65: 55:44. Lengths of tergites along dorsal curvature as 50: 12
(rest hidden), the second with usual pubescent patches at base and hind margin
in side view a straight line at angle of 45 degrees to longitudinal axis. Sheaths
at same angle, the tips projecting slightly dorsally behind second tergite. Ven-

ent:

ee ee ee ee

eee Al acct at eT cle te

———————

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930 143

tral spine in side view directed amost horizontally backward, slender, four times
as long as broad at base, a few hairs on ventral surface of hypopygium but
scarcely any on spine. Using the width of the head as a base the length of
mesonotum ratio is 1.3, length of antenna 2.27, length of wing 4.0. Length of
body 2.1 mm.

PANTELIELLA Kieffer.

Through the courtesy of Dr. F. Maidl of the Vienna Museum
the U. S. National Museum was given a portion of the type gall
cluster of Panteliella fedtschenkoi (Riibsaamen), genotype species,
on leaf of Phlomis tuberosa L. from “Bijou-Onlar, Krim.”
After relaxing the galls I was able to cut out two adults from
which the following notes are made to supplement the original
description.

Panteliella fedtschenkoi (Riibsaamen).

Female.—Brown, the head and abdomen lighter, legs yellowish. Head from
above transverse, wider than thorax, occiput slightly concave; from in front
broader than high, interocular area 1.5 times as broad as high, malar space
.6 eye without groove. Antennae 14-segmented, relative lengths of segments
(in balsam mount) as (scape) 21 (14) : 24 (14) : 24 (11) : 24: 24: 23 G5) 22k:
21: 20: 20 (15) : 20: 20: 20: 30 (13). Pronotum “broad” in the median
line as in the 4y/ax group. Mesoscutum under magnification of 75 coriaceous,
aciculate behind, without distinct parapsidal grooves (their position however
and that of a median is faintly indicated in the sculpture). Scutellum finely
rugose with two distinct smooth pits at base separated by a septum from
which fine ridges spread out fanwise on to disk. Mesopleura aciculate. Tarsal
claws in balsam mount simple (not “weakly toothed”’). Wing normally pubes-
cent, first abscissa of radius heavy, straight, about one-sixth length of second
which is straight also. Abdomen higher than long, relative lengths of tergites
along dorsal curvature as 30: 8: 4: 3: 2: 6, second occupying .68 length of
abdomen. Ventral spine in side view about twice as long as broad. Using the
width of the head as a base the length of mesonotum ratio is 1.0, length of
antenna 2.0, length of wing 3.1. Length of body 1.15 mm.

Synergus filicornis Cameron.

Synergus furnessana Weld, 1913, Insecut. Insc. Menst. 1: 134, Pl. 4, figs. 8-13.
Synonymy new.

The Cameron holotype female from Guatemala in the British
Museum has the mesopleura all black. Except on this one
point the description of my furnessana from Mexico agreed
with it. I recalled however that there was some variation in
color in the type material of furnessana and on my return I
found among the paratypes a female with black mesopleura.
This was sent to London where through the kindness of Dr.
James Waterston and Mr. R. B. Benson a direct comparison

144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

was made with the Cameron type. “Furnessana is apparently
the same as filicornis. Neither of us can see anything to dis-
tinguish them. The color is exactly similar.”” Hence I con-
clude that I have redescribed Cameron’s species under the name
of furnessana which should now go into synonymy.

Information is desired as to the location of the types of any
of the following Kieffer species of Cynipidae: Callirhytts marianti
(meunieri); Holocynips nigra (1916 from Philippines, not 1910);
Lambertonia abnormis; Liebelia cavarae; Lytoxysta brevipalpis;
Parandricus mairet; Poncyia ferruginea; Salpictes rufiventris,
Tavaresia carinatus; and Tylosema nigerrimus.

THE OCCURRENCE OF THE CRICKETS ANAXIPHA PULI-
CARIA BURM. AND CYCLOPTILUM TRIGONIPALPUM
(RHEN AND HEBARD) IN THE VICINITY OF THE DISTRICT
OF COLUMBIA, HITHERTO UNREPORTED HERE.

By H. A. Atiarp, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Anaxipha pulicaria Burm.

For a number of years I have made field observations on a
tiny cricket occurring in the deep ground debris of cold, wet
swampy bogs around Clarendon and Barcroft, Virginia. This
tiny cricket appears very early in May and usually becomes
silent before July 1. Its stridulation is a continuous weak
nemobious-like trill. The crickets are very difficult to capture
and the small amount of material examined by Mr. A. N.
Caudell of the U. S. National Museum and myself was tenta-
tively pronounced a physiological form of 4naxipha exigua. A
discussion of this cricket was made in my paper, “Physiological
Differentiation in Overwintering Individuals of Certain Musical
Orthoptera,” The Canadian Entomologist, LX1, September, 1929,
195-198.

In 1929 further observations were made in a bog near Bar-
croft, Virginia, and additional material obtained. On the sug-
gestion of Mr. B. B. Fulton that our material was perhaps
identical with a cricket he had been studying in central North
Carolina in similar habitats, and known as Anaxipha pulicaria
Burmeister, careful comparisons of this additional material
were made by Mr. Caudell with 4naxipha exigua.

This examination has led to a separation from Anaxipha
exigua material on the basis of several characters. In both
sexes all exzgua material shows a more or less well-marked dark

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930 145

longitudinal stripe along the lower half of the outer face of the
hind femora. This stripe may vary in intensity, sometimes
being very faint, but it is never absent. Likewise in exigua
material the ovipositor is fully % as long as the hind femora.

All material from the deep ground debris of the cold, wet
bogs around Clarendon, and Barcroft, Virginia, consistently
lacks this longitudinal dark stripe on the hind femora, and the
ovipositor is distinctly less than % as long as the hind femora.

The color and morphological differences, together with its
restricted bog habitat, its occurrence in the adult form many
weeks before the adults of 4. exigua, and the distinctiveness of
its trill in comparison with the notes of 4. exigua, make it
fairly certain that the cricket is the more southern species
Anaxipha pulicaria.

This cricket has heretofore not been reported farther north
than Raleigh, North Carolina, its range extending southward
into Florida, Texas, Mexico and Jamaica.

With the final separation of these crickets from 4. exigua and
their identification as Anaxipha pulicaria, we have added to
the Orthopteran fauna of the District of Columbia a cricket
hitherto unknown in this region.

Cycloptilum trigonipalpum (Rhen & Hebard).

Near sundown on the evening of June 30, 1930, while reading,
I heard a few shrill ringing sounds which finally attracted my
attention asinsect music. Later in the evening I again heard the
same chirping sounds, and with a flash light traced them to
the kitchen. The “singer” was finally located in a strawberry
basket filled with currant stems and unripe currants—the
debris remaining from fruit recently picked in the garden. The
tiny cricket was finally captured and kept in a screened jar in
my bedroom for the night. Occasionally I heard its leisurely
jumping tree cricket (Orocharis saltator) in pitch, but of finer
quality and less trilling tone.

This cricket was identified by Caudell as Cycloptilum trigont-
palpum Rehn & Hebard, being the first record of this southern
species for the vicinity of the District of Columbia. The
northern-most reported occurrence is Petersburg, Virginia,
south of Richmond. No other individuals have been seen or
heard since this solitary individual appeared at Lyon Park,
Virginia.

While it is possible that this individual may have been in-
advertently transported by some motor carrier or other agency
from points farther southward, where it is of general occurrence,
there is quite as good reason to infer that all the localities of its
northern-most distribution have not yet been determined.

146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

In this connection it may be said that in the case of the little
southern cricket Anaxipha pulicaria, its occurrence around
Washington, D. C., which at the present time seems to be its
northern-most limit, i is likewise extremely variable and irregular.
As a matter of fact, slightly favorable or unfavorable conditions
near the limits of the range of a creature, may determine its
presence or absence in a locality.

THE NORWAY MAPLE NEPTICULA (LEPIDOPTERA).

By E. Po Retr,

Director and Chief Entomologist, Bartlett Tree Research Laboratories,
Stamford, Conn.

This European insect, Nepticula sericopeza Zeller, determined
by August Busck of the U. S. National Museum, first came under
observation in America, June, 1928, through the persistent
dropping of large numbers of Norway maple leaves.:

An examination of these leaves showed that at the very lower
part of the leaf stem for a distance of about half an inch, there
was a somewhat characteristic, variable, sooty black discolame
tion and at a point almost exactly half an inch from the base of
the leaf stem there was a minute, white, elevated, oval object
suggestive of a fungus fruiting body and presumably consisting
of dried sap which had exuded from the point of oviposition.
The interior of the leaf stem from this point nearly to the very
base was traversed by a very minute channel or mine about
three-eights of an inch long, and some at that time contained a
nearly transparent, very slender larva about a sixteenth of an
inch long and with a diameter of approximately one-fiftieth of
an inch. The caterpillar has a light brown, semi-transparent
head with strongly supporting chitinous rods and margins. The
body segments are smooth, whitish, transparent and the pos-
terior segment somewhat produced along the middle line and
with sub-lateral, oblique, chitinous rods or spines and also a

\Nepticula sericopeza Zelier, discovered by Dr. Felt in eastern United States
and presumably a recent introduction from Europe, may be distinguished
among the nearly three hundred described species of the genus by its coloration:
Head reddish yellow; collar whitish; eyecape ochreous white; forewings blackish
brown with base, an outwardly curved fascia before the middle and opposite
costal and dorsal spots at apical third, white; underside of the forewing of the
male with a large deep black sexscaling on basal half, containing a striking
yellowish white, spoolshaped oblique spot. The genitalia of both sexes, typical
of the genus, also present excellent specific characters.

Aucust Busck.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930 147

sub-median, chitinous structure terminating in two curved
rods.

The dropping of leaves continued till well toward the end of
June and an examination of selected branches from a Norway
maple some 60 feet high showed a somewhat general infestation
throughout the tree, there being at that time approximately
10 per cent of the leaves infested. The earlier dropping was
probably considerably in excess of this 10 per cent and it is
believed that 25 per cent represents the minimum defoliation
by the insect on the tree under observation. Attempts to rear
the adult from these leaf stems and also from sod under the
trees proved futile. Subsequent observations indicate that the
insect is probably unable to complete its transformations in the
leaf stems and that this habit is abnormal and occurs only when
there are no seeds available for oviposition. The identification
was made by collecting moths in June, 1929, and establishing
them in cages on Norway maple. They produced the character-
istic injury to the leaf stem and the correctness of this observa-
tion was confirmed by rearing large numbers from infested seeds
or keys in 1930.

There was a heavy crop of Norway maple seeds in portions of
the northeastern United States in 1930 and in mid-June large
numbers of these dropped from the trees. An examination
showed the same type of injury as had been observed in 1928
and 1929, on the leaf stems. These proved to be inhabited by a
very similar larva to that observed two years earlier, except
that it was larger. Infested seeds, when green, are easily
recognized by the sooty discoloration, indicating galleries which
usually start at one point, and upon breaking the seeds apart,
there are usually burrows along the suture partly filled with
somewhat characteristic reddish orange borings. Recently infest-
ed seeds generally have the minute white spot, presumably dried
sap, as in the case of leaf stalks. The identity of the earlier
found moths was confirmed by rearing from infested seeds. It
is noteworthy that a very large proportion of the earlier dropping
larger seeds, namely nearly 99 per cent, were infested, while of
the smaller seeds falling at the same time, less than 14 per cent
were infested. Moths were observed in greater or less numbers
throughout July and into August, though none were found in
September, indicating that possibly the dry weather the latter
part of the year had caused the seeds to harden to such an
extent as to make them unacceptable for oviposition. There
were certainly two and possibly three generations. Tutt in
British Lepidoptera (Vol. 1, page 344-45, 1899) states that the
species is double or probably continuously brooded, adults
appearing in April-May from hibernating larvae, again in June—
July and a third in August. The moister climate of England
might easily make possible another generation than occurs in

148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

this country. They were also taken in the Stamford area from
late May until into August.

The small, dusky, white-marked moths are a trifle over an
eighth of an inch long when in the characteristic resting position.
They have two somewhat indistinct silvery or whitish trans-
verse bands and are most easily recognized by the fact that they
are usually the more abundant small moths resting in the
crevices of the bark of Norway maples. They remain quiet
during most of the day, and when disturbed readily jump into
the open mouth of a vial placed over them. They appear to be
somewhat local, since the spraying of even one tree gives a very
considerable freedom from infestation. The moths occur not
only commonly on the rougher portion of the trunk, but also
throughout the tree to some extent and on the leaves and fruit
in mid-summer.

Larva. The full grown larva occurring in the seeds is three-
sixteenths of an inch long, moderately stout, mostly pale yellow-
ish green, shaded by the brown contents of the alimentary
canal. The head is about three-fourths the width of the body
segment and with well-developed jaws. Dorsally the head
case has two sublateral tapering processes posteriorly, the sub-
median margins thickened, the median sub-oval area membran-
eous. Ventrally there is a median chitinous rod, very suggestive
of the breast bone of the gall midge larva. At the posterior ex-
tremity, there is a chitinous frame consisting of several lateral
rods, united by a central approximately circular structure. The
larva moves rather readily and in this stage has a series of rudi-
mentary true or prolegs, all apparently membraneous.

Cocoon. The freshly made, pale orange yellow, oval cocoons
have a major diameter of about three-sixteenths of an inch.
The cocoons are flattened, the edges merging smoothly with the
surface upon which it rests. There is usually a somewhat dis-
tinctly colored margin between the outer edge of the cocoon
and the pupal case within. The older cocoons change in color
gradually from a pale orange to a variable yellowish or whitish
orange. There were found on one tree a few remnants of what
appeared to be much older cocoons than any which could have
been produced by the spring generation of larvae. These
weathered to harmonize rather closely with the normal, some-
what variegated bark surface of the tree. The cocoons are spun
commonly upon the bark, sometimes upon the seeds and even
upon the leaves and may occur more or less throughout the tree.
The insect hibernates in the cocoon. This habit makes a
relatively wide distribution with nursery stock entirely probable
and possible.

Distribution. The occurrence of this insect is most easily
determined by examining the early fallen seeds. There is usually
the minute white spot as on the leaf stems and the galleries

Ang 0

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930 149

contain somewhat characteristic reddish orange borings or
castings. It is easy by this means to secure records of a hitherto
unsuspected wide distribution. Infested seeds were seen or
received from the following localities:

New Hampshire: Portsmouth.

Massachusetts: Amherst, Ipswich, Lenox, Martha’s Vineyard Island, South
Hadley and Vineyard Haven.

Rhode Island: Barrington and Warwick.

Connecticut: Bethel, Bridgeport, Danbury, Fairfield, Greenwich, Hamden,
Hartford, New Canaan, New Haven, Noroton, Norwalk, Ridgefield, Stamford,
Thompson and Westport.

New York: Albany, Amawalk, Amenia, Bedford, Bronxville, Chatham, Croton
Falls, Glen Cove, Haverstraw, Katonah, Lake George, New Hamburg, Mount
Vernon, North Salem, Nyack, Pauling, Peekskill, Riverhead, Scarsdale, Syra-
cuse, Tarrytown, Westbury, White Plains and Yonkers.

New Jersey: Plainfield and Red Bank.

Pennsylvania: Downington, near Philadelphia.

We have yet to learn of the occurrence of this insect west of
Syracuse, although it was looked for in several places, including
Cleveland, Ohio. This is possibly due to the infestation having
been distributed from some eastern center. Seeds of other
maples, especially the sugar maple and sycamore maple, were
repeatedly examined without finding any evidence of the insect.

The wintering of this insect in cocoons upon the trees makes
it very probable that a dormant oil application would practically
eliminate the infestation. Applications in late May with a
spray consisting of half pint of nicotine, 3 pounds of soap and
two quarts of molasses to 40 gallons of water, gave a very
promising degree of control. It killed adults and very probably
prevented the issuance of moths from the cocoons. A dormant
spray is probably more satisfactory.

A NEW SPECIES OF CHRYSOBOTHRIS INFESTING STRAW-
BERRY PLANTS (COLEOPTERA : BUPRESTIDAE).

By W. S. Fisuer, Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

Chrysobothris fragariae, new species.

Chrysobothris sp. Riley, Insect Life, vol. 5, 1892, pp. 17-18.
Chrysobothris pubescens Fall, U. S. Dept. Agric., Official Record, vol. 8,
No. 24, 1929, p. 3 (misidentification).

Male.—Broadly elongate, subdepressed, moderately shining, uniformly dark
brown, with a more or less distinct greenish bronze or coppery bronze tinge in
certain lights, the elytra without or with only vaguely indicated longitudinal
costae and greenish spots.

150 — PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

Head feebly convex, with the front rather broad and the sides obliquely nar-
rowed to the vertex; occiput broad and longitudinally carinate; vertex and
front flat, without impressions or carinae; surface rather densely, irregularly
punctate, the punctures variable in size and well! separated, sparsely clothed with
long, very fine, semi-erect, cinereous hairs; intervals smooth; eyes large, narrow,
moderately convex, equally rounded at bottom and top, and separated from
each other on the occiput by about the same distance as between the antennal
cavities; epistoma broadly, rather deeply, angularly emarginate in front, the
lobe on each side broadly rounded; antenna extending to middle of pronotum,
gradually narrowed toward apex, sparsely clothed with moderately long hairs,
joints compact, transverse, and the third joint only slightly longer than the
fourth.

Pronotum strongly transverse, one and three-fourths times as wide as long,
widest near middle, and about equal in width at base and apex; sides rounded
at apical angles, parallel along middle, and obliquely narrowed behind middle to
posterior angles, which are obtuse; anterior margin strongly sinuate, the median
lobe moderately produced and broadly rounded; base (visible part) broadly,
arcuately emarginate at middle of each elytron, median lobe broadly rounded
and subtruncate in front of scutellum; surface slightly uneven but without dis-
tinct depressions, rather densely, coarsely punctate, the punctures more or less
confluent toward sides, and sparsely clothed with moderately long, erect, incon-
spicuous hairs; intervals finely, densely granulose. Scutellum very small,
triangular, with the sides about equal in length.

Elytra distinctly wider than pronotum at base; sides broadly rounded at
humeral angles, nearly parallel to apical third, then arcuately narrowed to the
tips, which are conjointly, broadly rounded; lateral margins not distinctly
serrate; humeri not prominent; base broadly, arcuately rounded; surface with
small, moderately deep, basal depressions, three very vague greenish spots on
disk, one in front and two behind, finely, irregularly punctate, the punctures
denser on basal half, more or less transversely rugose, and sparsely, irregularly
clothed with long, erect, cinereous hairs; intervals obsoletely granulose.

Abdomen beneath sparsely, coarsely punctate, sparsely clothed with long,
recumbent, cinereous hairs; intervals nearly smooth; first segment convex at
middle; last segment with the lateral margins finely serrate, without a submarginal
ridge, but deeply, arcuately emarginate at apex. Prosternum with a broadly
rounded, strongly declivous, median lobe in front, the surface densely, coarsely
punctate, and rather densely clothed with long, fine, cinereous hairs; prosternal
process nearly flat, strongly expanded behind the coxal cavities, and with a very
large triangular tooth at apex. Femora robust; anterior pair with a large obtuse
tooth on inner margin near middle, the exterior margin of tooth vaguely serrate.
Anterior tibiae arcuate, with a rounded dilatation at apices; middle and posterior
tibiae straight and cylindrical.

Female.—Differs from the male in being more robust, eyes more widely sepa-
rated from each other on the occiput, antennal joints not quite so compact, last
abdominal segment vaguely emarginate at apex, and the anterior tibiae without
dilatations at apices.

Length, 6.4-8.6 mm.; width, 2.8-4 mm.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOI. 32. NO. 8, NOV., 1930 151

Type locality —Grand Mound, Washington.

Other localities —Washington: Easton; White Salmon; Medical
Lake. Idaho: Coer d’Alene; Moscow.

Type, allotype and paratypes. —Cat. No. 43175, United States
National Museum. Paratype.—Collection H. C. Fall.

Described from thirteen examples, the type (male), allotype,
and four paratypes from the type locality, reared from straw-
berry plants during March to July, 1930, by William W. Baker;
two paratypes from White Salmon, Washington, reared from
strawberry plants during July, 1930, by William W. Baker;
two paratypes from Coeur d’Alene, Idaho (Bureau of Ento-
mology No. 4765), reared from crowns of Sharpless strawberry
plants sent to the Bureau by H. T. Back during 1890 and 1891;
one paratype collected at Moscow, Idaho, by J. M. Aldrich;
one paratype collected at Easton, Washington, by A. Koebele;
one paratype collected at Medical Lake, Washington, July 14,
1920, by R. C. Shannon.

This species is closely allied to pubescens Fall, but differs from
that species in being more uniformly bronzy brown, dorsal
surface more densely punctured, foveae on elytra if present not
impressed, and the costae on the elytra only feebly indicated.

The specimens examined show considerable variation in size,
and in some of the examples the green spots and longitudinal
costae are vaguely indicated, whereas in others these are not
indicated. The specimens from the type locality are rather
constant except in size, but some of the examples from the other
localities show considerable variation from the type. In some
examples the tips of the elytra are separately rounded, the
sides of the pronotum slightly variable in shape, and in some of
the females the sides of the elytra are slightly expanded behind
the middle.

This species has been misidentified as pubescens and is probably
confused in some collections under that name, but a specimen
was sent to H. C. Fall, who has kindly compared it with his
type and in a letter writes as follows: “It is not my pubescens
and does not seem to be like anything else in my collection.”
It was first reported as boring into the crowns of Sharpless
strawberry plants by H. T. Back, from Coeur d’Alene, Idaho,
on September 1, 1890, and during that and the following year
a considerable number of infested plants were sent to the Bureau
of Entomology at Washington for rearing. In the Bureau file
under number 4765 are the notes on this material made by L. O.
Howard and Theo. Pergande, and these notes show that adults
were reared as well as a lepidopteron, a tachinid, an anthomyiid,
several small muscids, and a number of braconids, some of which
were probably parasitic on the Chrysobothris larvae. Riley
(1892) published a short note on this species from the above
material. In the National Museum collection was an old speci-

152 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 8, NOV., 1930

men from Moscow, Idaho, labeled under the manuscript name —
fragariae by E. A. Schwarz, and this name has been retained
for the species. Recently the species has been reported as
damaging strawberry plants in Washington, and adults have
been submitted for identification by William W. Baker. From
all the records available it seems that this species is restricted
in its larval habits to strawberry, but it probably also infests
some closely allied wild plant.

Actual date of publication, December 19, 1930

VOL. 32 DECEMBER, 1930 No. 9

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

CONTENTS

AOA rg 0,

t DEGANT, F.—TWO NEW SPECIES OF PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA (BRACORTDAB)..__

‘ FROM OHIO 163
— DRAKE, CARL J.—CONCERNING SOME TINGITIDAE FROM THE PHILIPPINES
(GEMIPRERA)-“WITHNEW SPECIES, . 4... = = « %<.u Spr lOO
KLYVER, F. D.—EUPHYLLURA ARCTOSTAPHYLI SCHWARZ AND EUPHYLLURA
NEVEIPENNIS (SCHWARZ) (HOMOPTERA: CHERMIDAE), A DIFFER-
PNCESUNGINTERPRETATION |. 5.4. jc afl: Sled sa) eee SS
MCGREGOR, E. A.—A NEW SPINNING MITE ATTACKING ASPARAGUS PLUMOSUS
NEKO RD ACen, © rere A eke A Ce 2 eee ea

Pus.isHED MontHiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGSs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1929.

Honorary Preside. tA ils eu ots See L. O. HOWARD
[PFOSEAETIES WO BY coh See I eg <a a J. E. GRAF
Pars Viice=Prestacnt Wag ge >< ae ee Oe A. C. BAKER
Second \Vsce-P eee =e jc 5 eae eee eee F. C. BISHOPP
IRELOVAIRE SELYELANY | x 3) ee Ae Po pee J. S. WADE
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ..........-. S. A. ROHWER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
DBEGRTOP Vote. 5a. fos, Aldo vorla «kad sas ee, eta “Gere ae W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and C. T. Greene, A. N. Caube_t,
T. E. Snyper.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCLENCES A) K God pacers wae Od. See eae A. G. BOVING

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Procreepincs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00

100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00
Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the Editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VODs 32 DECEMBER, 1930 No. 9

EUPHYLLURA ARCTOSTAPHYLI SCHWARZ AND EUPHYL-
LURA NEVEIPENNIS (SCHWARZ) (HOMOPTERA: CHER-
MIDAE).

A DIFFERENCE IN INTERPRETATION.

By F. D. Ktiyver,
San Mateo Funior College, San Mateo, California.

The genus Euphyllura is represented in North America by
four known species. One of these, E. arduti Schwarz, occurs
on madrone, Arbutus menziesii Pursh. apparently throughout
the range of its host (1, 2,4, 8). Another species, E. arbuticola
Crawford, which is very closely related to the first named species,
occurs on Arbutus arizonica Sargent in Arizona. Available re-
cords (1, 2, 8) indicate that it likewise is found ubiquitously
with its host. A third species, E. arctostaphyli Schwarz,
has been frequently taken from Arctostaphylos pungens H. B. K.
(1, 8) and from various other species of manzanita (2) chiefly
in California but also as far northward as Washington and
eastward in Wyoming (1), Colorado and Arizona (1, 2, 8).
The fourth representative of the genus, FE. meveipennis (Schwarz)
has hitherto been considered a variety of FE. arctostaphyli
Schwarz (1, 2, 8). However, it differs significantly from this
species in many important characters and should, for the rea-
sons stated below, be considered as a separate species. Follow-
ing the original description of F. arctostaphyli, Schwarz (8) says
with reference to this supposed variety, ““a remarkable variety
occurs in California which may be readily mistaken for a differ-
ent species and which, for this reason, deserves especial mention
and a distinct varietal name.” Contrary to this opinion, the
danger apparently lies not in mistaking it for a different species,
but in failure to recognize it as being of specific rank. This
is evident from an interpretation and diagnosis by the methods

here described.
SPECIMENS.

Numerous specimens of F. arctostaphyli Schwarz, including
both adults and nymphs, are at hand for study from Placer-
ville, Eldorado County, Tesla, Alameda County, Clark’s Can-
yon, San Mateo County, Black Mountain, Stanford University,

154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930

Santa Clara County, Mount Hamilton, Santa Clara County,
Pine Ridge, Fresno County, Coalinga, Fresno County, General
Grant National Park, Tulare County, and Julian, San Diego
County, all of which are California localities. Adult speci-
mens of E. neveipennis (Schwarz) are available from “Deer
Creek Inn,” Placerville-Lake Tahoe road, Eldorado County,
and from West Point, Calaveras County.

METHODS.

The general method employed in the study of the Chermidae
has been fully described elsewhere (3, 4, 5, 6, 7). In the
study of the adults it consists of making several different kinds
of mounts. Where the material is limited all available speci-
mens are cleared in caustic potash, dehydrated in 95% alcohol,
stained in magenta, cleared in carbol-xylene, and mounted in
balsam on slides, the wings being merely cleared in carbol-
xylene and then mounted in balsam under a separate cover-
glass, together with the head, on the same slide with the rest
of the body. When the material is more abundant separate
mounts of entire specimens are made in dry cells on ordinary
slides. In these cells the specimen is oriented in various ways
to best expose the lateral, dorsal, or ventral aspects as may be
desired and is then fixed in position with white shellac. Also,
where long series of specimens are at hand, mounts of cor-
responding structures from different specimens, the fore wings
for instance, are mounted separately for variational studies.

The essential purpose to be served by whatever technique
is employed is the preparation of the specimen for complete
and exhaustive study. In certain cases where it seems advis-
able, this means preparation for study with the greatest magni-
fications obtainable with the compound microscope. An
instance of this kind is found below in the comparative study
which was made of the wing membranes of the two species
here under consideration.

EUPHYLLURA Forster.

The three species of this genus before me agree in all particu-
lars save one with the generic characters as given by Crawford
(1). This one exception pertains to the antennae. Craw-
ford describes the antennae as being short and “thick.” Pro-
portionate to the size of the insect in each case of the species
represented in my collection, the antennae are about as long as
the width of the head and are, therefore, properly considered
comparatively short. On the other hand, the first and second
antennal segments of each of the species here considered are
relatively thick (about .1 mm. and .08 mm. respectively in E.
arctostaphyli, for instance), and all the other antennal segments

" —— oe

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930 155

are comparatively very small in diameter (about .02 mm.)
as compared with a total length of the antennae of .8-.9 mm.
in the same species.

DESCRIPTION OF PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS.
Euphyllura arctostaphyli Schwarz.

Length to tip of folded wing 3.2-3.7 mm., length of fore wing 2.0-2.6 mm.,
length of body mounted on slide 3.3-3.7 mm., width of fore wing .9-1.2 mm.,
width of head .8-1.0 mm., length of antennae .8-.9 mm. General color through-
out reddish brown with lighter markings on the head, thorax, and fore wings,
the latter frequently being present as transverse bands (Plate 9, figs 6 and 7).
Characters of the genus well developed.

Head slightly broader than thorax, strongly deflexed, irregularly wrinkled or
corrugated, sometimes very strongly so (Plate 9, fig. 2), pubescent with many
small setae uniformly distributed over the general surface; genae about a third
as long as vertex, rectangular in shape, forming a uniformly smooth surface
with and scarcely separable from the vertex; antennae ten-segmented, slender,
as long as or very slightly shorter than width of head, the first and second seg-
ments more than three times the diameter of the other segments, segments 4,
6, 8, and 9 having moderately conspicuous sensoria.

Thorax strongly arched, the general surface covered with numerous closely
set, rounded, and variously shaped, small chitinized plates, pubescent with
small setae distributed over the entire surface. Legs comparatively stout, the
femur of the hind and middle pair of legs having a double or single row of setae
and three sensoria each on the mesal side, the femur of the anterior pair having
a less well defined row of such setae and but a single sensorium; the posterior
tibia without a spur at the base, with seven or eight small black teeth at the
apex, and two small black claws on the posterior tarsus. Fore wings slightly
more than twice as long as broad, rhomboidal, coriaceous in texture, opaque, and
variable in color (Plate 9, figs 6, 7, and 9), the membrane being covered with
small ovulate chitinized plates of considerable thickness, each one of which
apparently has at its apex a very minute seta set in a relatively large and con-
spicuous socket, the general surface of the membrane bearing sparsely distributed
and relatively large setae, the venation as illustrated by Crawford (1) and by
Schwarz (8), the veins beset biseriately with relatively large setae and generally
obscured by the chitinization. Hind wings relatively large, fumate, with the
venation as illustrated (Plate 9, fig. 8), the veins being a darker brown than the
membrane and rather thick at the proximal end but becoming obscure apically,
the membrane delicately membraneous in the apical region, the anterio-proximal
margin bearing a row of stout setae, the basal vein (R-M-Cu) and about half
of the radius bearing setae, the wing membrane beset with numerous minute
points.

Abdomen with the tergites and sternites equally and moderately to strongly
chitinized, the tergites bearing a singly row of hair-like setae along the posterior
margin, the sternites having several rows of such setae located chiefly toward
the posterior margin. Male genitalia relatively large, the proctiger or anal
valve distinctly longer than the claspers, elongate-oval in lateral aspect, the

156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930

anterior portion heavily chitinized, the posterior margin membraneous and
frequently shrunken or completely collapsed in dried or mounted specimens;
_ the claspers wide at the base, abruptly constricting in the proximal third, then
gradually widening to become roundly spatulate in the distal half, the outer
surface bearing a number of fine sparsely scattered setae, the inner face covered
with numerous very closely set short, stout, downwardly pointing setae (Plate 9,
figs. 13 and 14). Female genital segment (Plate 9, fig. 11) about two-thirds of
the length of the rest of the abdomen, heavily chitinized, the dorsal valve con-
spicuously longer than the ventral valve, the dorsal valve bearing scattered
posteriorly pointing setae over the general surface, and on the apical third bear-
ing many short, stout dorsally, anteriorly, and ventrally pointing setae, the
apex bluntly rounded; ventral valve sharply pointed apically, with scattered
setae over the general surface, the setae being more numerous and crowded
toward the apex.

Euphyllura neveipennis (Schwarz).

Length to tip of folded wing 4.0-4.1 mm., length of fore wing 3.1-3.4 mm.,
length of body mounted on slide 4.1-4.5 mm., width of fore wing 1.5-1.6 mm.,
width of head 1.1-1.3 mm., length of antennae 1.1-1.3 mm. General color very
light brown with pinkish, reddish, and light to deep chocolate brown markings,
vertex and genae cream-white, the margins of the head, the eyes, the first two
and the last antennal segments dark brown, the thorax with four conspicuous
and constant dorsal and longitudinal chocolate brown strips, the wings white
with very small blood-red marginal spots, abdomen light reddish brown color
with the genital segments generally darker. The characters of the genus well
developed.

Head slightly wider than width of thorax, strongly deflexed, the general sur-
face covered by weakly chitinized plates (Plate 9, fig. 4), pubescent with small
setae uniformly distributed over the entire surface but becoming larger toward
the ends of the genae, the genae about one half as long as the vertex with which
they form a uniformly smooth surface and from which they are, therefore,
scarcely separable, the ends of the genae broadly rounded and slightly bulging
laterad; antennae ten-segmented, slender, as long as width of head, the first and
second antennal segments more than three times the diameter of the other seg-
ments, segments 4, 6, 8, and 9 having moderately conspicuous sensoria.

Thorax strongly arched, the general surface covered with numerous variously
shaped strongly chitinized and closely set plates, pubescent with small setae
scattered over the general surface. Legs rather stout, the femur of the hind and
middle pair of legs with a double or triple row of setae and three sensoria on the
mesal side, the front pair of legs without setae in such definite rows and with but
a single sensorium; base of posterior tibia without a spur, apex of the posterior
tibia with nine or ten small black teeth, the posterior tarsus with two small black
claws. Fore wings slightly more than twice as long as broad, rhomboidal but
rather broadly rounded at the apex, very slightly coriaceous in texture, semi-
transparent and uniformly white except for occasional and irregularly spaced,
small blood-red marginal spots, the wing membrane densely pebbled with very
small, weakly chitinized plates (Plate 9, fig. 8), venation similar to and not as

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 5, DEC., 1930 157

obscure as that of E. arctostaphyli Schwarz, the veins beset biseriately with
small setae, the membrane bearing setae around the entire margin and sparingly
on the wing membrane at the proximal end. Hind wing similar to that of E.
arctostaphyli Schwarz in size and shape, pure white ‘and very delicately mem-
braneous, the venation discernible only toward the proximal end where the
veins are feebly developed as ridges, the membrane beset throughout with
numerous exceedingly minute points.

Abdomen with the plates only moderately chitinized, the tergites with a
single row of small setae along the posterior margin, the sternites with similar
setae scattered chiefly over their posterior half. Male genitalia large, the proc-
tiger distinctly longer than the claspers, elongate-oval in lateral view, the an-
terior portion heavily chitinized and the posterior margin membraneous, the
claspers peculiarly “‘slipper-shaped” in lateral aspect as illustrated (Plate ¥),
figs. 16 and 17), the outer surface bearing relatively few scattered setae, the
inner surface being densely beset with setae of two distinct sizes distributed as
shown (Plate 9, fig. 17). Female genital segment similar to that of EF. arctosta-
phylt Schwarz (Plate 9, fig. 11) except that the dorsal valve is only very slightly
longer than the ventral valve, and except for the type and distribution of the
setae, those of this species all being of the same type and being densely and
uniformly distributed over the entire genital segment, becoming more densely
crowded toward the apex.

TAXONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS.

Schwarz (8) and later Crawford (1) have both considered
E. neveipennis (Schwarz) a variety of FE. arctostaphyli Schwarz
and in so doing have each apparently based their interpreta-
tions on the superficial resemblances between these two closely
related species. Schwarz has described with painstaking care
the color variations found in each of the species and evidently
considers the color pattern as being of some importance. He has
also noted some differences in the general appearance of the
fore wing venation. ‘The sexual characters, on the other hand,
are given scant attention by him. Crawford has similarly
dealt chiefly with the same characters emphasized by Schwarz,
although he notices some differences in the claspers or forceps
of the male genitalia, but, as it happened, either he has failed to
see them correctly or else he has misinterpreted certain essential
characters of the genitalia. Furthermore, Crawford had made
no mention of the significant differences between the female
genitalia of the two species, and also has made no note of the
differences present in other less important characters.

The writer has on several occasions (5, 6, 7) stated his opin-
ion as to the relative taxonomic value of color pattern and the
sexual characters in the Chermidae. In rare and isolated cases
only is coloration and color pattern of taxonomic importance.
Conversely, in exceedingly rare cases are the sexual characters
without great significance. The writer has also called attention

158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOI.. 32. NO. 9, DEC., 1930

to the importance of wing structure (5, 7) totally aside from the
type of wing venation present in individual cases.

The principal characters on the basis of which E. neveipennis
(Schwarz) is here distinguished as a separate and distinct species
instead of a variety of FE. arctostaphyli Schwarz are obvious when
revealed by the technique here employed.

First in significance and importance are the distinctive
differences of both the male and the female genitalia. In the
males, the claspers differ both in form and in the type of setae
present and in the distribution of the setae, these setae entirely
covering the inner face of the clasper in both species instead of
merely forming a “fringe of hairs” as stated by Crawford (1).
The genitalia of the females are superficially alike in size and
general proportions although the difference in the relative
lengths of the dorsal and ventral valves in the two species would
ordinarily be considered significant. Aside from this, the dif-
ference in the type and distribution of the setae is regarded
as very important, E. neveipennis having only one type of
setae all of which are directed posteriorly, whereas E. arctosta-
phyli has two distinct types of setae, the longer hair-like type
merely constituting the general pubescence of the genitalia while
the smaller, stouter setae, judging from their form and the di-
rections in which they point, are obviously structures of special
function, which are possibly of importance in mating. The
second most important basis for a separation of these two species
is found in the structure of the fore wing and to a less extent the
hind wing of each species. In E. neveipennis what has been
described by Schwarz (8) and Crawford (1) respectively as a
“fine white powder” and a “rather white-pulverulence” is in
reality numerous very small colorless chitinized plates scattered
densely over the entire wing membrane (Plate 9, fig. 8). Con-
trasted with this in the wing of FE. arctostaphyli the fore wing
membrane bears numerous much larger chitinized plates of
rather unusual structure, (Plate 9, figs.9 and 10). This contrast
in structure is very apparent in Figures 8 and 9, these illustra-
tions being drawn to exactly the same scale with the camera
lucida. Incidentally, the hind wings also differ in important
details as stated above. The third most important basis of
distinction between these two species is found in the differences
in size and relative proportions. This is evident from the
measurements recorded above and is equally apparent from
comparisons of Figures 1 and 2, and Figure 14 with Figures
16 and 17, all of which are drawn accurately to the same scale.

Other noteworthy differences of less significance than those
stated above are found in the somewhat different form of the
heads (Plate 9, figs. 1 and 3), in the difference in the sculpturing
of the heads (Plate 9, figs. 2 and 4), in the differences in the
setae on the femurs, in the difference in the number of teeth on

i eX ae aX

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930 159

the apex of the posterior tibiae, and in the different degree of
chitinization of the abdominal plates.

LITERATURE CITED.

1. Crawford, D. L. 1914. A Monograph of the Jumping Plant-Lice or Psyllidae
of the New World. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 85: 115:-117, illustr.

2. Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of Western North America, pp. 221-222, illustr.
Macmillan.

3. Ferris, G. F. 1928. The Principles of Systematic Entomology, pp. 58-76.
Stanford University Press.
4. Ferris, G. F. and Hyatt, Persis. 1923. The Life History of Euphyllura
arbuti Schwarz. (Hemiptera: Chermidae.) Can. Ent. 55: 88-92, illustr.
5. Ferris, G. F. and Klyver, F. D. 1930. Report upon a Collection of Chermidae
from New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Technology. In press.

6. Klyver, F. D. 1930. Notes on the Chermidae. Part I. (Hemiptera:
Homoptera.) Can. Ent. 62: 167-175, illustr.

7. Klyver, F.D. 1930. Chermidae from Utah, Nevada, and Arizona, Including
Three New Species. Pan-Pacific Entomologist. In press.

8. Schwarz, E. A. 1904. Notes on North American Psyllidae I. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 6: 234-245, illustr.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
(Drawn with camera lucida by the author.)

All drawings of the corresponding structures are made to the same scale and
are therefore comparable.

Euphyllura arctostaphyli Schwarz.

1. Cephalic view of head; 2, rugose surface of genae; 5, hind wing; 6 and 7,
fore wings, diagrams illustrating the degree of contrast in wing coloration,
shaded area reddish brown, unshaded areas white or nearly white; 9, detail
of membrane of fore wing magnified about 500x, brown pigmentation
shown by stipple, circles each representing a chitinous scale with a minute
setae at its apex; 10, detail of chitinous scales magnified about 1200x; 11,
genital segment of female; 12, detail of circum-anal ring of pores; 13,
genital segment of male; 14, inner face of clasper showing distribution of
setae; 15, seta greatly magnified.

E. neveipennis (Schwarz).

3. Cephalic view of head; 4, chitinous plate-like sculpturing of genae; 8,
detail of membrane of fore wing magnified about 500x;°16, outer aspect of
clasper of male; 17, inner face of clasper; 18, seta greatly magnified.

PLATE 9

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32

Ay.

ns pity

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930 161

A NEW SPINNING MITE ATTACKING ASPARAGUS PLUMOSUS
IN FLORIDA

By E. A. McGrecor,
Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

In the course of their duties at the Federal laboratory at
Orlando, Florida, Mr. W. W. Yothers and Mr. C. B. Keck
observed a mite causing serious damage to the ornamental
plant Asparagus plumosus. During the seasons of 1928 and
1929, these entomologists sent to the present writer specimens
of the Asparagus mite and a description of the appearance and
work of the pest in the field. Critical study has established that
the mite is new to science, and its characters are such that it
can hardly be placed in any known genus. Consequently the
following new genus is created to receive the present new species:

DIVARINYCHUS, new genus.

This genus is thus far represented by a single species from

Florida.

Spinning mites with empodial claw very deeply split into two equal, strong,
divaricate, sickle-shaped fang-like prongs, each prong bearing dorsally two ex-
ceedingly fine hair-like spurs which hardly equal in length that of the prongs.
Collar trachea extending downward first as a rather straight narrow tube, then
bending at an angle of about 155°, increasing gradually in caliber to form
enlarged distal portion. Penis with basilar lobe absent from usual position;
with corresponding lobe ventrally opposite usual position of basilar lobe; bear-
ing distally a sharp-pointed barb.

Type.—Divarinychus floridensis McGregor.

Divarinychus floridensis,enew species.

Female.—General body color salmon pink, varying to greenish-yellow in cer-
tain old individuals; dark colored blotches laterally, probably due to dark mater-
ial contained in internal organs; legs and palpi same color as body. Eyes car-
mine, directly above coxae II. Body oval, widest across hind margin of ce-
phalothorax, in length about 0.41 mm. Body setae conspicuous. “Thumb”
of palpus thicker than long, bearing at its tip a “finger”? which is thicker than
long, and the base of which is only about one-fourth less thick than that of the
“thumb” at tip; the dorsal “finger” or sensilla is at least half again the length
of the terminal “finger”; the customary pair of digituli arise from the dorso-
distal angle; a short hair arises laterally near the tip of the “thumb,” and a pair
of hairs arise dorsally between the dorsal sensilla and the base of the “thumb”;
the claw of the penultimate joint reaches to the dorsal “finger.” Legs a trifle
shorter than usual, quite hairy; femur 2 1-5 times as long as thick, barely ex-
ceeding the tarsus; tibia barely exceeding the patella, which is about one-half
again as long as the trochanter: Relative lengths of the joints of foreleg as

162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Divarinychus floridensis McGregor.

Fig. 1, tarsal appendages in profile; Fig. 2, foreleg viewed laterally; Fig. 3,
palpus( @ ) and its appendages, viewed laterally; Fig. 4, tarsal appendages viewed
from above; Fig. 5, collar trachea; Fig. 6, penis, viewed laterally.

follows: Trochanter, 14; femur, 33; patella, 20; tibia, 22; tarsus, 32. Tip of
tarsus (female) with an empodial claw which is split almost to its base into two
equal strong, divaricate, sickle-shaped prongs; each of these divisions bears dor-
sally two exceedingly fine hair-like spurs which hardly equal in length that of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930 163

the prongs. The usual series of four tenent hairs arise from the onychium at the
sides of the empodial claw base. Collar trachea extending downward first as a
rather straight narrow tube, then bending backward at an angle of about 155°,
increasing gradually in caliber to form the enlarged distal portion. Egg salmon
pink, spherical, without markings.

Male.—General body color salmon pink; irregular dark blotches laterally.
Legs same color as body; front legs longer than other three pairs. Body cuneate-
oval, widest across hind margin of cephalothorax, in length about 0.26 mm.
Eyes dark carmine. Penis with inner lobe rod-like, about twice as long as shaft;
basilar lobe absent from its usual position, but with a corresponding lobe situ-
ated ventrally at a point opposite the usual position of the basilar lobe; shaft
proximally about three times as thick as inner lobe and tapering distally; hook
bent upward at nearly right angles to shaft, and in turn deflected distally to form
a sharp-pointed barb.

Type slide—Cat. No. 1004, U. S. N. M.

The type material is from Longwood, Florida, February 8,
1928, from Asparagus plumosus, collected by C. B. Keck. The
same species has been received from the same host from Orlando,
Florida. Mr. W. W. Yothers of Orlando has always maintained
that this mite is distinct from other red spiders occurring in
Florida. Messrs. Yothers and Keck write that, so far as they
know, “this species has not been taken on any plant other than
Asparagus plumosus, but it probably occurs on many other
plants.” The injury to the Asparagus “‘fern’’ occurs chiefly
to the more tender growth and young shoots, and where the
infestation is heavy the color of the plant is changed from green
to whitish.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA (BRA-
CONIDAE) FROM OHIO.

By F. DEGanr.
SUBFAMILY ROGADINAE.
Rogas granulata, new species.

This species can be separated from most of those already
described, by its more slender habitus. Its entire body including
palpi and legs, except the parts specified below, is granular.
The pronotum is also less declivous anteriorly than usual, giving
the thorax an appearance quite different from that so character-
istic of R. parasiticus Norton, R. terminalis Cresson, and R.
abdominalis Cresson. In habitus as well as in having the 4th
tergite strongly striated this species resembles R. aciculatus
Cresson but is at once distinguished by its dark markings.

Female.—Length 4.5 mm.; anterior wing 4 mm. Antennae 47 jointed, the
joints all two or more times as long as thick. Head transverse and clothed
with scattered hairs; posterior orbits about one-half the transverse diameter of

164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930

the eyes; malar space as long as two-thirds the height of the eyes; eyes elliptical
and of medium size; clypeus small, separated from the face, convex, the foramina
distinct. Ocelli small, the ocell-ocular line about equal in length to the post-
ocellar line and about one-half the length of the ocell-occipital line. The
hypostomal carinae sharply defined and much higher than the occipital carina.
The face below the antennae for one-half the distance to clypeus transversely
striated, the continuity of the striae broken by a short median carina. Prono-
tum not declining sharply anteriorly; propleuron obliquely rugose below; meso-
notal lobes not prominent, the notauli weakly defined and ending in a finely
longitudinally striated area in front of the scutellum; an area below the anterior
wings rugose. Propodeum rather long and nearly flat to its apical third where
it becomes sharply declivous; median carina distinct. The first four segments
of abdomen striate, the median carina ending at apex of the third tergite, all
segments beyond the fourth retracted. The second abcissa of radius twice as
long as the first; the width of the second cubital cell equal to two-thirds its length;
the second abcissa of cubitus, the first transverse cubitus, and the recurrent vein
subequal in length; that portion of the first abcissa of discoidal vein between the
basal vein and the nervulus one-half the length of nervulus; sub-mediellan cell
half as long as the mediellan. Thorax beyond a line drawn from the apex of
postscutellum to the posterior edge of the procoxal fossae, the middle and hind
coxae, the propodeum except a basal spot on each side, first and second abdomi-
nal tergites entirely, basal three-fourths of third tergite, and a plano-convex
area across the base of the fourth tergite, reddish testaceous. All trochanters,
femora and tibiae at their bases, and proximal four joints of tarsi, slightly paler
testaceous; balance of body and legs deep black; wings hyaline, veins and stigma
brownish black, the stigma with a pale spot at base. Antennae fusco-testa-
ceous. Palpi blackish.
Mag.—42 x 102x.

Ty pe-locality —Cleveland, Ohio.

Type.—Cat. No. 43176, U. S. National Museum.

Described from one female taken on cabbage infested with
Autographa brassicae, July 14, 1930.

SUBFAMILY MACROCENTRINAE,

Macrecentrus harrisi, new species.

This species in color is somewhat like M. pyraustae Viereck
and M. longicornis Provancher but can be separated from both
of them by the long ovipositor, the shape of the eyes and the
color of the dorsum of abdomen.

Female.—Length 4.5 mm.; exserted portion of ovipositor 8 mm.; anterior
wing 4mm. Head viewed from above transverse; viewed from in front about
as broad as high, narrowed below, the vertex raised above the level of eyes.
Whole head smooth and shining, the face below antennae with a few weak
setigerous punctures. Clypeus convex and clothed with a few long hairs. Eyes
ovate. The malar space nearly one half the length of the eyes.

Antennae with about 45 joints; the first joint of flagellum one and one-half

St cee —ocilie rertlii ie eet Se ee ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930 165

times as long as the second, about six or seven times as long as thick; apical
joints about twice as long as thick. Ocelli small, the distance between the
lateral ocelli about equal to the distance from lateral ocellus to median ocellus;
ocellocular line one and one half times the postocellar line. Scutum and scutel-
lum mostly polished and impunctate; notauli distinct, punctate and ending in
a punctate depression at middle of mesoscutum. Scutellar groove shallow,
crenulate. Mesopleuron polished, the sternaulus wide and rather weakly
punctate. Propodeum rugose, the lateral carinae slightly defined at apex.
Metapleuron more coarsely sculptured on posterior half than anteriorly. Hind
basitarsus equal to, or greater in length, than the following joints combined.
First abdominal tergite with median depression at base, the distance between
its spiracles equal to the distance from spiracle to base of tergite. First three
tergites aciculate-striate, the following tergites very faintly shagreened. Radial
vein arising a little beyond middle of stigma, its first abscissa a little less than
half the length of second.

Color black. Scape, pedicel, base of mandibles, palpi, legs including all
coxae, and the first three sternites of abdomen stramineous; hind tibiae and all
tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline, the veins brownish black; stigma nearly uniformly
black but with a small area at base indistinctly paler.

Mag.—34 x 102x.

Ty pe-locality —Bedford, Ohio.

Type.—Cat. No. 43170, U. S. National Museum.

Described from two females, type and one paratype, collected
by the writer at Bedford, Ohio, June 27, 1930.

The species is named for Mr. Joseph Porter Harris of Cleve-
land, Ohio, an advocate of this science.

Many thanks are due Mr. A. B. Gahan, U. S. Bureau of Ento-
mology, for his criticism of the manuscript.

CONCERNING SOME TINGITIDAE FROM-THE PHILIPPINES
(HEMIPTERA), WITH NEW SPECIES.

By Cart J. Drake, Ames, Iowa.

This paper contains notes on nine species of Tingitidae from
the Philippine Islands, three of which are described below as new.
I am indebted to the late Dr. C. F. Baker of the Philippine
Islands and to the United States National Museum for the
privilege of studying the specimens.

Paracopium philippinensis, n. sp.

Dark fuscous-brown, the paranota and costal area of elytra brownish testa-
ceous with transverse nervelets mostly fuscous-brown. Antennae rather long,
moderately stout; segment I slightly thicker and a little longer than II; III
slightly swollen towards apex, the short golden hairs closely appressed and not
very distinct; IV moderately swollen, clothed with much longer, more slender,

166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930

and much more prominent hairs; proportions, 12: 9: 64: 34. Rostrum extend-
ing a little beyond anterior coxae; rostral channel open behind. Bucculae
closed in front, more or less brownish testaceous. Head fuscous-brown; poster-
ior spines short, yellowish, directed forward, contiguous with head, extended
a little beyond posterior margins of eyes; median spine greatly reduced or en-
tirely wanting; anterior pair stout, short, conical, directed inwardly, their tips
frequently touching. :

Pronotum coarsely pitted, strongly swollen, tricarinate; lateral carinae
slightly curved, constricted a little behind the humeri; collum very distinct,
reticulate, a little lighter in color, slightly emarginate in front. Paranota very
narrow, composed of a single row of small areolae. Wings clouded, consider-
ably longer than abdomen. Elytra with areas distinctly marked off; costal
area moderately wide, uniseriate, the areolae hyaline; subcostal area mostly
biseriate, some places triseriate; discoidal area bounded by a prominent costate
nervure, the outer margin nearly straight, narrowed at both base and apex
with four areolae at widest part; sutural area with areolae considerably clouded
with fuscous. Legs very dark fuscous-brown.

Length, 3.83 mm.; width, 1.17 mm.

Holotype (male) and allotype (female) Island Sibuyan,
Philippine Islands, Baker collection, U. S. N. M., Washington,
D.C. Paratypes (four specimens), taken with type, in collections
of U. S. N. M. and writer. This species is probably most
closely allied to P. /ewisi Distant from which it differs in pro-
portional lengths of the antennal segments.

Serenthia vicinalis Drake.

Female, Mt. Maquiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, Baker
collection.

Cromerus bakeri, n. sp.

Slightly larger than C. ka/shoveni Drake but differing in having shorter anten-
nae, slightly less tumid pronotum, very differently formed lateral margins of
anterior lobe of pronotum, and distinct lateral carinae on posterior portion of
pronotum. Head short, black, with golden scalelike pubescence on the median
portion. Posterior spines appressed, directed anteriorly, extending to the
middle of eyes. Rostrum extending to intermediate coxae. Antennae moder-
ately slender, shortly pilose, ferrugineous brown, the apical and first two seg-
ments a little darker; proportions, 12: 9: 56: 35.

Body ferrugineous brown, somewhat shiny, clothed with scale-like, golden,
decumbent pubescence. Pronotum strongly swollen, very shiny, coarsely
pitted, narrowed anteriorly; median carina very prominent, the lateral short,
slightly divaricating, extending from tumid elevation to posterior margin.
Collum very prominent, strongly raised, jointly raised along the median line
with median carina, with a row of rather large cells along the anterior margin.
Calli very strongly depressed, black. Pronotum with a large, thick, round,
carinalike structure on each side of anterior lobe connecting the lateral margin

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930 167

with collum, the carina forming two large opaque cells on each side. Elytra
rather dull, a little longer than abdomen, jointly rounded behind; nervures of
discoidal area dark fuscous, the areolae opaque; costal area narrow, uniseriate,
the areolae a little larger and lighter in color at widest part; subcostal area
biseriate; discoidal area narrowed at both base and apex, widest near middle,
outer margin slightly curved, areolae not arranged in very regular rows. Wings
a little longer than abdomen, smoky. Legs moderately long, dark ferrugineous

brown.
Length, 4.68 mm.; width, 1.68 mm.

Holotype, female, Island Samar, Philippine Islands, collected
by C. F. Baker, in writer’s collection. The antero-lateral
margin of the pronotum separate this species at once from the
known species of Cromerus Distant.

Cromerus kalshoveni Drake.

Female, Butuan, Mindanao Islands, Philippine Islands,
Baker collection. This species has been recorded heretofore
only from Kediri, Java, collected by L. Kalshoveni, on Vitex
heterophylla Roxb.

Cromerus invarius (Walker).

Fifty-five specimens, Butuan, Mindanao Island and Island
Samar, Philippine Islands, collected by C. F. Baker, U.S. N. M.
Up to the present time, this species has been recorded only from
the type locality, New Guinea. Mr. W. E. China, who has
kindly compared a female of the above series with Walker’s
type in the British Museum of Natural History, London, states,
“Very closely allied to if not identical with C. invarius Walk.
and differing only in slightly smaller size and in rather shorter
and more robust fourth antennal segment.”’ As the long series
of specimens shows a little variation in size and length of the last
antennal segment, it seems advisable to identify the Philippine
specimens as invarius. The male genital structures of the
species of Cromerus should be studied.

C. invarius Walker has a much longer body and also longer
antennae than ka/shoveni Drake or the new species described be-
low. The fourth antennal segment of izvarius is also consider-
ably longer; the scalelike, golden, decumbent pubescence of
the antennae is very short and not very conspicuous.

Diplocysta nubilia Drake.

Singapore, Straits Settlements (six specimens), and Cuernos
Mts., Negros, Philippine Islands (one specimen), Baker Col-
lection. The Singapore specimens are from the type locality
and were probably collected with the type (female).

168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 32, NO. 9, DEC., 1930

Cysteochila pictus (Distant).

Female, Sandakan, Borneo; female, Mt. Maquiling, Luzon,
Phillipine Islands, Baker collection.

Stephanitis quercus Bergroth.

Baguio, Benguer, Philippine Islands (two specimens), Baker
collection.

Tingis buddleiae, n. sp.

Elongate-ovate, brownish testaceous, frequently with whitish exudations on
head, pronotum, and to a more limited extent on reticulations, clothed with
long, fine, somewhat decumbent hairs, those along the lateral margins of paran-
ota and elytra longer, bristly and almost spinelike. Head covered with whitish
exudation, adorned with five long erect spines, the anterior pair converging.
Rostrum reaching between posterior coxae; intermediate and posterior legs
rather widely separated. Bucculae almost contiguous in front. Antennae
moderately long, stout, widely separated at base, brownish, beset with long
setae; segments I and II considerably swollen, the latter shorter and slenderer;
III tapering a little towards apex, two and a half times as long as IV; propor-
tions, 7: 5: 34: 14. Legs moderately stout, brown, the tarsi darker.

Pronotum brown, closely and rather finely pitted, slightly swollen through
disc, tricarinate; each carina composed of one row of very small areolae; lateral
carinae converging posteriorly; median carina raised anteriorly, forming a small
rooflike hood, the anterior margin almost truncate. Paranota rather broad,
slightly reflexed, the outer margin jointly rounded with both anterior and
posterior margins, projecting a little anteriorly beyond pronotum, triseriate
in front, biseriate at humeri. Elytra broad, slightly narrowed posteriorly;
costal area broad, triseriate, the areolae fairly large and arranged in regular
rows; subcostal area biseriate, the areolae distinctly smaller; discoidal area
finely reticulated, slightly impressed, bounded by a prominent vein, with five or
six rows of cells at its widest place, narrowed at both base and apex.

Length, 3.51 mm.; width, 1.59 mm.

Holotype (male), allotype (female), and one paratype inal
Los Banos, Philippine Islands, Baker collection, U. S. M.
Paratype, female, Mt. Makling, Luzon, writer’s ieee
This species was collected on Buddleia asiatica Lour.

Actual date of publication, Fanuary 26, 1931,

INDEX TO

Acanosema sylvana, n. sp., 134.

Achatodes zeae Harris, !ife history of, 169

Acropiesta pulchella, n. sp. 75.

Aupricu, J. M., Article by, 25

ALLARD, . Ae ’ Article by, 144.

ALLEN, H. W., and Lort, Ear, article by, 135.

Amitus arcturus, n. sp., 69

Amphibolips arcuata (Kieffer),
species from Callirhytis, 141.

Anachroides cameron, Taxonomic note on, 139.

Anaxipha pulicaria ‘Burm. ., occurrence near
District of Columbia, 144.

Andricus, Notes on genotype, synonymy, etc.,
139; scutella, n. sp., 29.

Anteon ‘flaviscapus, n. sp., 67; hirtifrons, n.
sp., 68.

Aphanogmus subapterus, n. sp., 130; canaden-
Biss) spi.) Los obsoletus, neepey ploie
dorsalis, Nn. sp., 132.

Aphids, Genera proposed as new in recent
years (with bibliography), 1-23.

Batpur, W. V., Article by, 25, 169.

Barnes, Dr. Wiuram, Obituary, V1

Bethylidae, New species of, 67.

Bothrochacis cameron, synonymic and taxo-
nomic note on, 159.

Bovinc, Apa G., Articles by, 51, 182.

Brazil, Lead-cable beetle in, 104

British Columbia, new parasitic hymenoptera
from, 67, 129.

Buprestidae, new leaf-mining, 177; new West
Indian, 125.

Butterflies, notes on species local to Wash-
ington, D. C., 80.

Calliceras concinna, n. sp., 70; boreale, n. sp.
71; pacifica, n. sp., 129.

Callirhytis Forst., Taronomic note on; hartigi
Forst., description of male; azteca (Camer-
on), note on type of, 140; defecta, taxo-
nomic note on, 141].

CampBeELL, Roy E., and Duran,
article by, 48.

Cerotoma trifurcata F6rster, description of
larva of, 51.

CHITTENDEN, F. H., article by, 48.

Chrysobothris fragariae, n. sp., 149.

Crark, Austin H., article by, 80.

Colpocephalum menoponoides, n. sp., 117;
echinatum, n. sp., 118.

Conostigmus pulchellus, n. sp., 133.

Corron, Ricuarp T., article by, 58.

Crampton, G. C., article by, 83.

Cromerus bakeri, sp. nov., 166; invarius
(Walker), note on, 167; kalshoveni Drake,
note on distribution, 167.

Cycloptilum trigonipalpum (Rhen & Hebard),
note on distribution, 144.

Cynipidae, New, 28; notes on types of, 137.

DrGant, Frank D., articles by, 65, 163.

Diapriidae, new species of, 73.

Diphora nearctica, n. sp., 74.

Diplolepis capronae, n. sp., 29.

Diptera, synonymy of, 25.

Disogmus torvus, n. sp., 68.

Divarnychus, gen. noy., 161;
sp. nov., 161.

Drake, Cart J., article by, 165.

Duran, Vicror, article by, 48.

Epiblema strenuana Walk., as a host of
Oriental fruit moth parasites, 135.

transfer of

Victor,

floridensis,

VOLUME 932

Euphyllura arctostaphyli Schwarz, redescrip-
tion with taxonomic notes, 163; nevei-
pennis (Schwarz), redescription with
taxonomic notes, 156.

Ewine, H. E., article by, 117.

Fett, E. P., article by, 146.

FIsHER, W. Ge articles by, 125, 149, 177.

Gall flies, new, from Arizona, 28.

GRANOVSKI, A. A., article by, 61.

Holocynips kieffer, notes on genotype; H.
badia (Bassett) comb. nov., 141; hartmani
(Weld.), comb. nov.; H. maxima (Weld.),
comb noy., 142.

Hylaeogena alibertiae, n. sp., 180; coelicolor
Obenberger, taxonomic note, 182.

Ktiyver, F. D., article by, 153.

Lagynodes xanthus, n. sp., 72.

Laphygma exigua Hiib., egg of, 48.

Laspyresia molesta (Busck), parasites of, 135.

Lead-cable beetle in Brazil, 104.

Leichenum variegatum Kust., larva of (?), 122.

Light, effect of, on development of Tenebrio
obscurus Fab., 58.

Liodora, note on genotype, 142; sulcata F6rst.,
description of female, 142.

Lipeurus volsellus, n. sp., 119.

Lott, Eart, joint article by, 135.

Macrocentrus pallisteri, n. sp., 65; harrisi,
n. sp., 164.

Mallophaga, new species of, 117; new species
of on white-tailed deer, 76.

McAtTee, W. L., article by, 67.

McGrecor, E. A., article by, 161.

Monelata nigra, n. sp., 133.

Negros, sugar cane insects of, 99.

Neotrachys hoffmani, n. sp., 128.

Nepticula sericopeza Zeller, brief summary of
Vevgeew history and biology in America,

Neralsia cameron, taxonomic note on, with
synonymy, 138.

Nomenclature, scientific attitude in relation
to, 67.

Notaris flavipilosus, n. sp, 48.

Oestlundiella gen. nov. (Aphiidae), 61.

Pachyschelus frosti, n. sp., 177; pittieri, n. sp.,
179; atrifrons Fisher, note on, 180; atro-
viridis Fisher, taxonomic notes on, 180.

Panteliella kieffer, note on genotype material;
P. fedtshenkoi (Riibsaamen), description
of female, 143

Paracopium phillipinensis, sp. nov., 165.

Ranambly nang cameron, notes on synonymy,
137.

Paratelopsilus canadensis, n. sp. 73.

Peronaemis elegans, n. sp., 127.

Perers, Haro xp S., article by, 76.

Phelomerus aberrans (Sharp) Junk, 45; ochro-
pygus Pic., Notes on biology and morpho-
ology, 38.

Phlyctaenia tertialis Cycles and
habits of, 31.

Prerce, W. Dwicut, articles by, 37, 99.

Pissodes strobi Peck, and Pissodes approxima-
tus Hopkins, taxonomc characters of

mature larvae of, 182.

Polycesta insulana, n. sp., 125.

Protoplasa fitchii OLS: 5 anatomical details of
pupa, 83.

(Guen.),

169

170

Pseudibalia kieffer, taxonomic note on, 138.

Psiloptera (Lampetis) aurata var. domingoen-
sis, n. var., 126

Cie epels AGH Oestlund, new generic name
or, 61.

Renpe tL, E. J. P., article by, 104.

Rogas granulata, sp. nov., 163.

St. Georce, R. A., article by, 122.

Scelionidae, new species of, 69.

Serphidae, new species of, 68.

Strawberry, new species of Chrysobothris
infesting, 149.

Sugar cane, insects of, on Negros, P. I., 99.

INDEX

Sree filicornis Cameron, taxonomic note,
143.

Takauwasui, Ryorcui, article by, 1.

Tenebrio obscurus Fab., effect of light on
development of, 58.

Tingis buddleiae, sp. nov., 168.

Trichodectes brachycephalus, n. sp., 120;
abnormis, n. sp., 121.

Tricholipeurus virginianus, n. sp., 76.

Trichosteresis vitripennis, n. sp., 72.

We np, Lewis H. article by, 28, 137.

Wuittaker, Oscar, article by, 67, 129.

Xanthoteras mediocre, n. sp., 30.

APY \ rYVy VAR AA a's\s\e\aha AAAIAla!A\ INARA AA
Mepiyatoee tttttceccaoon Maan

ye ry Be esoeseceseo AARGARAARAR mA

AAA manne WAARRARAAAAAN Aaa ala AA\

RANA A

A aN NEN NAN

AAPAAAAA AA

WARAA Aaa. .

lat
|
/

a
> >
Di o>

AAnAA SCRAANAIH

AAA AA

A NAAN Ne

SSS =

SAA AAAS

TSS

Vivir

v
WU
IAS

WIy

wv Uely

|
|

}
|

r=, i; a,
DYAAAy,

LJ Ld
\“/I
|

Se
ete

Weve

3
2

WEYL YON
AAA

ww, Vi
AAS)

J) 4 \—,
GIG

AUTHOR

MITLE Entomological Society of
Damnnn Asinan

WIA Aha nA HAnN

VOGGVV

Y
)

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington"

See other formats